A survey of race relations in South Africa: 1964

http://www.aluka.org/action/showMetadata?doi=10.5555/AL.SFF.DOCUMENT.BOO19650000.042.000

Use of the Aluka digital library is subject to Aluka’s Terms and Conditions, available at
http://www.aluka.org/page/about/termsConditions.jsp. By using Aluka, you agree that you have read and
will abide by the Terms and Conditions. Among other things, the Terms and Conditions provide that the
content in the Aluka digital library is only for personal, non-commercial use by authorized users of Aluka in
connection with research, scholarship, and education.

The content in the Aluka digital library is subject to copyright, with the exception of certain governmental
works and very old materials that may be in the public domain under applicable law. Permission must be
sought from Aluka and/or the applicable copyright holder in connection with any duplication or distribution
of these materials where required by applicable law.

Aluka is a not-for-profit initiative dedicated to creating and preserving a digital archive of materials about
and from the developing world. For more information about Aluka, please see http://www.aluka.org
A survey of race relations in South Africa: 1964

Author/Creator Horrell, Muriel

Publisher South African Institute of Race Relations, Johannesburg
Date 1965
Resource type Reports
Language English
Subject
Coverage (spatial) South Africa, Namibia
Coverage (temporal) 1964
Source EG Malherbe Library
Description Survey of race relations in South Africa in 1964 and
includes chapters on: Political parties; Organizations
concerned with race relations; Organizations involved in
sabotage; Security measures; Control of publications and
the SA Broadcasting Corporation; Control of persons;
Detention for interrogation; Refugees from South Africa;
Trials for political offences; Other matters relating to justice;
Overseas concern with South Africa's racial politics; The
population of South Africa and measures to deter
intermingling; The Transkei; Other African areas; Bantu
Laws Amendment Act, No 42 of 1964; Other African affairs;
Coloured and Asian affairs; Group areas and housing;
Employment; Education; Health; Nutrition; Welfare; Sport;
Other recreation; Liquor; South-West Africa; Legislation of
1964.
Format extent 411 pages
(length/size)

http://www.aluka.org/action/showMetadata?doi=10.5555/AL.SFF.DOCUMENT.BOO19650000.042.000

http://www.aluka.org
wo

wo
21 ~ ;k!,
. . .... ....
Yt
W:j . 2: mamew~ ,jrýk,
msolkw
Olm.
oo r. mix~ p 4 la going
W,
11 ill M
Ii. immel hell .1m"dmgdmgdmdwmawaw . . . . . . . . . . .
... . . ... ...... .....
im ljniffi alibi: Nwalm, Offi
. .....
Offi
Offi
1160.1 00 i Wi 001.1 Ni
..........
iw
. . . . . . . . . . . .... ~ New~
.1 mall 0 111 a ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AP AÅL-

A SURVEY OF
RACE RELATIONS
IN SOUTH AFRICA
1964
Compiled by
MURIEL HORRELL
Research Officer
South African Institute of Race Relations
SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF RACE
RELATIONS
P.O. Box 97
JOHANNESBURG
1965

ACKNOWLEDGEM ENTS
Again Dr. Ellen Hellmann checked the manuscript of this Survey, made
invaluable suggestions for its improvement, contributed material to fill various
gaps, and gave constant encouragement. Dr. Hellmann's help was appreciated
more than ever this year because the writer had been overseas for five months and
out of close touch with the South African scene.
During this period Miss Mary Draper of the Institute's staff spent a great deal of
time collecting material for the Survey, analysing legislation, and summarizing
official documents. She was assisted by Miss Lesley Cawood and Miss Brenda
Adams. Very sincere appreciation is expressed to them for their contributions.
Mr. Quintin Whyte and Mr. F. J. van Wyk kindly checked certain sections of the
manuscript. Mr. Stanley Osler generously allowed the writer to make use of
educational material he had obtained. Numerous Government and Provincial
Departments furnished information.
The writer is indebted, too, to Mrs. Merle Stoltenkamp and Mrs. M. Dickson, who
did the typing; to Mr. L. Hotz and Mrs. A. Honeywill, who saw the manuscript
through the Press; to the staff of the Institute's library; and to the printers, The
Natal Witness (Pty.) Ltd.
NOTES
Period covered
This Survey is stated to be for the year 1964. As it was wished to have it
published early in 1965, however, it was impossible to include mention of certain
events that occurred during the closing weeks of the year. This will be done in the
next issue.
Dates
All dates mentioned refer to the year 1964 unless otherwise stated.
Printed In South Africa by The Natal Witness (Pty) Ltd., Pietermarltzburg.

iii
CONTENTS
Political Parties
Page
N ationalist Party .... ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... ... ... 1
U nited Party .... ... ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 3
Progressive Party ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 4
Liberal Party ............. ........................ 6
Conservative Republican Party ... .... ... ... ....... ... ... 7
Coloured and Indian organizations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
African organizations ... ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... 8
Organizations Concerned with Race Relations
The Churches:
A nglican Church ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
Ecumenical conversations ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... 10
Presbyterian Church ... .... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 11
M ethodist Church ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... 11
Catholic Church ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... 11
Christian Council ... .... ... ... .... ... ... ... .... ... 11
Christian Institute ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... 12
Attacks on Mr. Naud6 and Mr. Engelbrecht ............. 13
Nederduitsch Hervormde Kerk ....................... 14
African Moderator of N.G. Missionary Church ......... 15
Conference of World Alliance of Reformed Churches ...... 15 M indolo
consultation ... ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... 16
Inter-denominational service in Grahamstown ............ 17
Publication on the Churches and Race Relations ......... 17 Religions of the
population, 1960 ... ... .... ... ... ... 17
S.A. Institute of Race Relations: 1964 Council meeting ...... 18 S.A. Bureau of
Racial Affairs ... .... ... ... .... ... ... ... 19
Black Sash ... ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... ... 20
Rotary Club ... ... ... .... ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... 20
Afrikaner Broederbond ... ... ... .... ... ... .... ... ... 20
Attacks on liberalism and communism ................... 22
African Foundation ... ... .... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 24
Organizations Involved in Sabotage
Organizations operating in 1963 ... ... .... ... ... .... ... ... 25
Subsequent information on Yu Chi Chan Club ............ 25

iv A SURVEY OF RACE
Spear of the Nation:
Organization and aims (26), Operation Mayibuye (27), Alleged link with the S.A.
Communist Party (28), Involvement of the A.N.C. (29), Military training (29),
Crushing of the Spear (30).
African Resistance Movement ............................ 30
Acts of sabotage in 1964 ... .... ....... .... ...... ... ... 31
Security measures
Further strengthening of Defence Force ..................... 34
Division of Emergency Planning ........................ 34
Police Reserve . . .. .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 35
Protected places .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... 35
Provisions of the General Law Amendment Act of 1964:
Recalcitrant witnesses (36), Evidence of accomplices (36),
Training in sabotage (38), Detention for twelve days (38).
Control of entry into African areas ........................ 39
Control of publications, and the S.A. Broadcasting Corporation
Banning of publications:
Legislation .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 40
Publications which have been banned ................. 40
The Press:
Press Code of the S.A. Newspaper Press Union .......... 42
Report of the Press Commission ..................... 43
Comments by Sir de Villiers Graaff ..................... 44
Comments by the S.A. Press Association ................. 45
Possible legislation for control of the Press .............. 46
Circulation of newspapers .... ... .... ....... ....... ... 46
Action taken against certain journals ................. 47
Certain Press Gallery reporters ....... .... ... .... ... ... 48
Award to Mr. Gandar ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ....... 48
S.A. Broadcasting Corporation .... ... .... ... .... ....... ... 48
Control of persons
Travel documents:
Passports (50), Permanent exit permits (51), Visas (51),
Residence permits (52), Prohibited immigrants (52).
"Listed" persons:
Reasons for "listing" (52), Numbers involved (52), Named communists in the
educational profession (53), And in the
legal profession (53).
Banning orders:
Types of orders (54), Numbers of orders served (54), House arrest (55),
Prosecutions for failure to comply with the terms of banning orders (55),
Definition of a social gathering (55).
Continued detention of Mr. Sobukwe ..................... 56

RELATIONS: 1964 v
Banishment of Africans .... ... .... ... .... ....... ... ... 57
Detention under emergency regulations for the Transkei ...... 57
Detention for Interrogation
Provisions of the law:
The Act of 1963 (59), Statements by detained persons (59),
Extension of provisions of Section 17 (60).
Decisions relating to the operation of Section 17:
Legality of re-arrest after 90 days (60), Statements by legal practitioners (61),
Reading matter and writing materials may be forbidden (61), Access of detainees
to courts of law is debarred (62), Interference with the processes of the courts
(63), Responsibility for decision to detain persons (63), Regulations relating to
detainees, and places of detention
(63), Purpose of detention (64).
Numbers detained .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... 64
Conditions of detention .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 66
Families of detainees .... .... ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 67
Alleged assaults on detainees:
Statements by the Minister ....... .... ... .... ....... ... 68
Examples of complaints:
Mothopeng case (69), Schermbrucker case (69), Levy, Trewhela, and Gazides
(70), Application to the Supreme Court (70), Brooks and Kemp (71), Maharaj
(71), Lewin
(71).
Mental and psychological effects of detention .............. 71
Protests during the year .... .... ... .... ... .... ....... ... 74
Suspension of 90-day clause ....... .... ... ... .... ... ... 74
Refugees from South Africa
Num bers .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... ...
Prominent persons who escaped before 1964 ... Refugees in Swaziland .... ... ....
... ... ...
Refugees in Basutoland ...... Refugees escaping via Bechuanaland ......
Prominent persons who escaped in 164 ...... Escapes via the Rhodesias (Miss Sy.-
nii3-'on and Alleged vigilante group outside Scuth Africa
... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
Mr. Higgs) ...
... ... ... ...
Trials for Political Offences
Total numbers accused and s:ntenzzd ...............
Successful appeals ....... ..........
Notes on certain persons c'harge I in 1963 Trials of alleged member3 cf t'e YCCC
...
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ...

vi A SURVEY OF RACE
Rivonia trial:
Arrests (87), Opening of trial (87), Charges laid (87), Notes on evidence led (88),
Responsibility for acts of sabotage mentioned in indictment (88), Verdict and
sentences (89).
Other "Spear" cases:
Mkwayi and others (89), Nair and others (90), Mashaba and others (90),
Matsemela case (91), Mrs. Moodley and others
(91).
African Resistance Movement (or National Committee for
Liberation) cases:
Hirson and others (92), Evans and Laredo (92), Daniels and
de Keller (93), Brooks and others (93), Harris (93).
Notes on cases involving alleged members of African Resistance
M ovem ent ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 95
Other cases of sabotage:
Schoon and others (95), Isaacs and others (95).
Alleged members of S.A. Communist Party ................. 96
Membership of other banned organizations ................. 97
Voluntary assistance given to political prisoners .............. 98
Other matters relating to Justice
Strength of police force ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 99
Charges against policemen and prison warders ................ 100
Convicted persons in 1962-63 .... ... .... ... .... ....... ... 102
Prison outstations .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... 104
Escapes of prisoners .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 104
Prevention of delinquency among juveniles. ............... 104
Courts in African townships ... .... ....... .... ... .... ... 105
Relief for dependants of prisoners ... .... ....... .... ... ... 105
Photographs of prisons .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 105
Overseas concern with South Africa's racial policies
United Nations:
South Africa's continued membership ................. 106
United Nations' resolutions in 1963 ....... .... ... ... ... 106
Appointment of Myrdal group ......................... 107
Correspondence between Secretary-General and South Africa 107
Myrdal group's report:
Content (108), Dr. Verwoerd's comments (110).
Special Committee on Apartheid ..................... 110
Security Council meeting in June ..................... .1l
Representations made after the Rivonia verdict .......... 112
Steps taken by member-states after the Security Council's
resolution ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 113
Renewed appeal for clemency ........................ 113
Subsequent developments ....... .... ... .... .......... 114
Anti-Apartheid Committee in London ..................... 114

RELATIONS: 1964 vii

London Sanctions Conference:
The conference (115), Dr. Verwoerd's comments (116).
Commonwealth Prime Ministers' Conference ................. 116
Summit Conferences in Africa ............................. 117
British Council of Churches ............................. 117
Sanctions already in force or threatened:
Representations for the breaking off of relations .......... 119 Airways and
shipping .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 120
A rm s ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12 1
O il .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... ... 123
General merchandise ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 124
Diplomatic representation in Africa and proposed common
market:
Suggestion by Dr. Kaunda ....... .... ... .... ....... ... 125
Dr. Verwoerd's views .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... 125
Views of Southern African leaders ..................... 126
Proposed "common market" . ......................... 127
South Africa's membership of International Organizations:
Food and Agricultural Organization ..................... 128
International Labour Organization ..................... 128
Word Health Organization .... ... .... ... .... ....... ... 130
Universal Postal Union ... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 132
International Telecommunications Union .............. 133
United Nations Conference on Trade and Development ... 134 World Student
Christian Federation ..................... 134
International Organizations of which South Africa is a
m em ber ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 134
The population of South Africa, and measures to deter intermingling
Size of the population .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 135
Geographical distribution of Coloured and African groups ...... 135 Statistical
Yearbook ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 136
Population Registration ................................. 137
Prosecutions under Immorality Act ......................... 138
Potential of people of different racial groups ................. 138
The Transkei r
Transkeian Government .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 140
Xhosa in the towns ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 140
Political parties in the Transkei .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 141
Proceedings of the Legislative Assembly:
Prelim inaries ... .... .... ... .... ... ... .... ... .... ... 142
Budget ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 143
Legislation:
Transkei Education Act (145), Development and Reserve

A SURVEY OF RACE
Fund Act (145), Electoral Law Amendment Act (146), Trading Amendment Act
(146), Transkeian Authorities
Act (146).
Select Committee on Educational Matters ............
Control of persons ... ... ... ...
Gcaleka by-election ... ... ... ...
Transkeian Civil Service ............
Development plans:
Rehabilitation of the land (149), Roads Agriculture (150), Afforestation (150),
(151), Commerce and finance (152).
Racial zoning of towns in the Transkei ...
Future of Whites and Coloured .........
Other African Areas
The Ciskei ... ... . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..
Zululand and Natal ... ... ... ... ...
W estern Areas ... ... ... ... ... ...
Northern Areas ... ... ... ... ... ...
Free State ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Area of the African Reserves .........
. I.. ... ... ... ... 148
... ... ... ... ... 148
... ... ... ... ... 148
(149), Irrigation (150), Secondary Industries
... ... ... ... ... 152
... ... ... ... ... 153
Financing of the development of the Reserves ... Rehabilitation of the land, and
development works A griculture ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
M ining ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Commerce and industry ... ... ... ... ... ...
Border industries: ...
Definitions (165), Inducements offered prior to
... ... ... 154
... ... ... 155
... ... ... 158
... ... .... 159
... ... ... 160
... ... ... 160
... ... ... 161
... ... ... 162
... ... ... 163
... ... ... 164
... ... ... 164
1964 (166),
Progress made up to early 1964 (167), Further inducements ofiered (168), Wage
rates ,(169), Developments in certain border areas: Hammarsdale (170), Rosslyn
(170), The Ciskei (171), Transvaal north of the Witwatersrand (172), Other
areas in Natal (173).
Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 42 of 1964
Background ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Terms of the Act:
"Prescribed" areas (174), Presence in a prescribed area for longer than 72 hours
(175), Dependants of Africans who qualify to remain in a prescribed area (175),
Re-entry to a prescribed area after absence therefrom (177), Employment in
prescribed areas (178), Labour bureaux (178), African women entering urban
employment (179), Africans deemed to be idle or undesirable (180), Removal of
Africans who are unlawfully in a prescribed area (181), Aid centres (182), Youth
centres (183), Pass consultants (183), Curfew (183),

RELATIONS: 1964 ix
Wages and recruiting (184), Foreign Africans (184), Powers of Government
Commissioners (184), Other provisions of the Act (184), Provisions of the 1963
Bill that were omitted (185).
Parliamentary debate ....... .... ... .... ....... .... ... ... 185
Opposition outside Parliament ............................ 186
Other African Affairs
Bantu Labour Act, No. 67 of 1964 ......................... 188
Urban Bantu Councils ...... ... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 188
Influx control:
Rate of growth of Africans in urban areas .............. 188
Number of endorsements out ........................ 189
Western Cape ....................................... 190
W itwatersrand .... ... .... ... ... .... ... .... ... ... 191
Settlements for Africans sent back to Bantu Areas .......... 191 Black Sash forum
.... ... .... ... .... ....... .... ... ... 192
Foreign Africans .... ... .... ... .... ....... .... ... .... ... 192
Resident domestic servants ....... .... ... .... ....... .... ... 193
African attorneys in Johannesburg ......................... 193
African traders in urban areas ............................ 194
Rights and status of African women ........................ 194
State expenditure on behalf of Africans ..................... 194
Coloured and Asian Affairs
Coloured Persons' Representative Council Act, No. 49 of 1964 ... 195 National
Indian Council ... .... ....... .... ... .... ....... 201
Local governing bodies ... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ....... 204
Rural Coloured areas .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ....... 206
Indian Laws Amendment Act, No. 43 of 1964 ................. 208
Naturalization of Indians .... ... .... ... .... ....... .... ... 208
Research .... .... ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 208
Group Areas and Housing
Responsible Departments .... ....... .... ... .... ....... ... 209
Certain provisions of the General Law Amendment Act, No. 80
of 1964 .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 209
Occupation of land or premises ............................ 209
Financing of development of group areas and housing .......... 209 Indians affected
by group areas proclamations .............. 210
Group areas and housing (White, Coloured and Indian):
Cape Town and adjoining areas:
Utility companies (211), group areas (213), housing schemes
(214).
Stellenbosch ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 215
Port Elizabeth .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 216

A SURVEY OF Ri
Other towns in the Cape .... ... .... ....... .... ... ...
Johannesburg's Coloured and Indian areas ..............
E ast R and ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Other Transvaal towns ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
D urb an ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Other N atal towns ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
F ree State ... ... ... .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .
Notes on some African townships:
Johannesburg (225), East Rand (227), Southern Transvaal (227), Cape Town
(227), Paarl (227), East London (228),
Durban (228), Pietermaritzburg (229), Howick 1(229).
ployment
The general economic situation ....... .... ... .... ....... ...
National income and per capita incomes ....................
Organizations concerned with wages .......................
The cost of living:
Cape Town and Johannesburg studies ...............
W ages in Johannesburg ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Price indices .... ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... ...
M inistry of Planning ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Manpower:
Shortage of skilled workers ... .... .... ... .... ... ... ...
U nem ploym ent ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Im m igration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Other methods to overcome the shortage of skilled workers
Use of Non-White skilled and semi-skilled workers ......
New book on the industrial colour-bar .................
Skills of African workers .... ... .... ... .... ....... ... ...
Job reservation ... ... ... ... .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..
Determinations prior to 1964 ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
New determinations:
Motor transport driving in Durban (244), The motor vehicle
assembly industry (245).
Taxi driving in Cape Town ... .... ... .... ....... ...
Employment in various sectors of the economy:
A griculture ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Provisions of the Bantu Laws Amendment Act affecting farm ing areas ... ... ... ...
... .. . .. . .. . ..
M in in g ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. . . .
M anufacturing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Construction ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... ...
C om m erce ... ... . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .
The Public Service ...............................
Post O ffi ce ... ... ... ... ... .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..
R ailways .... .... ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... ...
Provincial administrations and local authorities .........
kCE
216 216 219 220 221 224 225
Eir

RELATIONS: 1964
The professions ... ... ... ...
Operators of buses .........
Trade unionism ... ... ... ... ...
Attitudes of Government ......
Membership of registered unions
Industrial agreements .........
Trade union co-ordinating bodies TUCSA and Fofatusa ..........
SACTU .... ... .... ... ... ...
Labour disputes among Africans ...
Xi
... ... ... ... ... ... 260
... ... ... ... ... ... 2 6 1
... ... ... ... ... ... 262
... ... ... ... ... ... 2 62
... ... ... ... ... ... 2 6 3
... ... ... ... ... ... 26 3
... ... ... ... ... ... 264
... ... ... .. . .. ... 264
... ... ... ... ... ... 265
... ... ... ... ... ... 266
Education
BANTU SCHOOL EDUCATION
Advisory Board .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 267
School boards ... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... 267
Bantu Education Account:
Revenue (267), Expenditure (269), Redemption of loans (270), Per capita
expenditure (270), Representations by the Institute of Race Relations (271),
Minister's views on the financing of
Bantu Education (271), School funds (272).
Enrolment in schools:
Numbers (272), Distribution (273), Comparative distribution
figures 1(275).
Examination results:
Std. 6 (275), Junior Certificate (276), Matriculation (276).
Teaching aids:
Text-books (277), Radio (278).
Segregation of African and Coloured pupils ...... Bantu Special Education Act,
No. 24 of 1964 ......
Teachers in African schools ... ....... ...
Night schools and continuation classes ...
EDUCATION OF WHITE CHILDREN
Proposed "National Education Pattern"
EDUCATION OF COLOURED CHILDREN
C ontrol ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Financing of Coloured education ......
Enrolment and distribution of pupils ...
Examination results ... ... ... ... ...
Coloured teachers .... ... .... ....... ...
EDUCATION OF INDIAN CHILDREN
C ontrol ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Expenditure by Department of Indian Affairs ......
...... ... ... ... 2 8 1
... ... ... 286
-. . ... ... 288
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ...

TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION

Courses for Africans ... ... ... ...
Courses for Coloured and Indians ...
A SURVEY OF RACE ... ... ... ... ... ... 288
... ....... ... . .. ... 290
UNIVERSITY EDUCATION
Enrolm ent ... ... ... ... ... ...
Degrees and diplomas awarded in 1962...................
University colleges for Africans .........................
University College of the Western Cape .....................
University College for Indians ... .... ....... .... ... ... ...
Universities for White students:
Port Elizabeth (294), Proposed university in Johannesburg
(295), Graduate course in Africa studies (295).
Student organizations:
Constitution of NUSAS (295), Attacks on NUSAS in 1963 (296), S.A.
Conservative Students' Association (296), Botha's Hill Seminar (297), Reactions
(297), "Secret activities" of NUSAS (298), NUSAS conference (298), Student
conference in Cape Town (299;..African Resistance Movement trials
(299), NUSAS reactions (300).
STUDY LOANS AND BURSARIES:
National Study Loans and Bursaries Act ......
Loans to Non-White medical students ......
Student teachers ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
S.A. Coloured Advancement Trust .........
Isaacson Foundation Bursary Fund ..........
PROFESSIONAL AND SCIENTIFIC ORGANISATIONS
Apartheid in professional organizations ............
S.A. Association for the Promotion of Christian Science
Health
Administration and cost of Non-White health services .........
Siting of hospitals and admission of patients ................
Main diseases affecting the population ..................
Tuberculosis (308), Kwashiorkor (309), Eye diseases (310), Poliomyelitis (311),
Smallpox (311), Bilharzia (311), Whooping cough (311), Diseases from which
Africans are relatively free
(312).
Health personnel:
Medical practitioners (312), Nurses (313), Radiographers (314), Physiotherapists
(314), Medical technologists (314),
African health educators (314).
M ental health ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... 300
... ... ... ... 30 1
... ... ... ... 30 1
... ... ... ... 302
... ... ... ... 302
303
... ... 304

RELATIONS: 1964 xiii

Nutrition
Research .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 316
Crisis in the Northern Transvaal:
Conditions in the area (317), Relief work (317).
Drought in other areas ... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 319
Kupugani ........................................... 319
Food surpluses .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... .... ... 321
Other feeding schemes ....... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 322
Welfare
Notes on some welfare projects:
African Self-Help Association (324), Community improvement scheme at
Alexandra Township (325), Old-age homes for Non-Whites (325), Some projects
for the handicapped
(325).
Pensions:
Increases in social pension rates (326), African social pensions (327), Total sums
voted (327), Workmen's compensation for
Africans (328), Publication on pensions (329).
Sport
Olympic Games:
Government's policy in regard to race and sport (330), Course adopted by the
SAONGA (331), SANROC (331), IOC decisions, January (332), Selection of
South African competitors (333), Statement by the Minister of the Interior (333),
Withdrawal of invitation to Games in Tokyo (334), Reported
elaboration of Government policy (334).
Athletics .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 334
Boxing ............................................... 336
W eight-lifting .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 337
Swimm ing ... .... ... . ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 338
Football:
Controlling bodies (338), Teams for World Cup and AllAfrican cup matches
(338), Alignment of Non-White bodies (339), Use of municipal sportsgrounds
(339), Renewed suspension from FIFA (341).
Rugby .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 341
Golf .......................................... 342
Tennis .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 343
Bowling ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... 344
Cricket ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... 344
Table tennis ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 344
Motor racing .........345
Foundation for Amateur Sport ............................ 345

xiv A SURVEY OF RACE

Non-W hite Sports Dinner ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 345
Sporting links with Zambia .... ... .... ....... .... ... ... 345
Apartheid on beaches:
Natal (346), General situation in the Cape (346), Simonstown
(347), Cape Town (347), East London (348).
Possible legislation:
"Protection of Race Relations" Bill (349), Sunday Sport and
Entertainment Bill (349).
Other Recreation
Painting and sculpture .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 351
Photography ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 351
Writing .......... .............................. 351
The theatre, opera, and music ... .... ....... .... ... .... ... 352
Apartheid in the theatre ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... ... 353
Apartheid in civic halls and libraries ... ....... .... ....... 355
Library associations and services .... ... .... ....... .... ... 356
Teaching of languages .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 357
H oliday resorts .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... ... 357
Liquor
Success of Liquor Amendments Acts ........................ 358
Bantu Beer ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... ... 359
Liquor licences .... .... ... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 359
Profits ............................................. 359
South-West Africa
Description of the territory ... ... .... ....... .... ... .... ... 360
The people ... .... ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 360
Odendaal Commission's Report:
Proposals for "homelands" (362), Proposed administration
(363), Five-year development plan (364).
Official discussions in South-West Africa ... .......... 365
Provisional loan vote ... .... .... ... .... ... .... .... ... ... 366
Representations by the United States and Britain ... .......... 366
Decisions by the South African Government ................. 367
International Court of Justice ....... .... ... .... ... .... ... 369
Proceedings at the United Nations ........................ 369
Refugees from South-West Africa ........................ 370
Appendix
Accused and alleged co-conspirators in sabotage trials .......... 372
In dex ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 378
RELATIONS: 1964
LEGISLATION OF 1964
Bantu Labour Act, No. 67 ... ....... ... ... ...
Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 42 ...... 161, Bantu Special Education Act,
No. 24 ......... Coloured Persons' Representative Council Act, No. 49 General Law
Amendment Act, No. 80... 22, 36, 38, Indian Laws Amendment Act, No. 43
......... National Study Loans and Bursaries Act, No. 89 ... Workmen's
Compensation Amendment Act, No. 21
174, 248, 253, 56, 59, 137,
Page
188 359 278 195 209 208 300 328

POLITICAL PARTIES
NATIONALIST PARTY*
Trends in White party political thinking will not become clear until the provincial
elections on 24 March 1965; but it would appear that the swing to the right has
not been reversed. The Nationalists gained an increased majority at a by-election
in November. A number of factors have been responsible for this: sabotage in
South Africa and plans revealed at the Rivonia trial: the developments in states to
the north, overseas criticism (often illinformed) of the Republic; the country's
expulsion, suspension, or withdrawal from a number of international agencies and
sporting bodies; and, at the same time, the flourishing state of the South African
economy and the comparative absence of labour unrest.
The main objectives of Dr. Verwoerd's policy for internal affairs are unchanged.
On 23 April he said in the Assembly,1) "We have set ourselves a clear objective.
It is that we as a White nation which is settled here and which has developed . . .
the country and brought prosperity not only for ourselves but also for the Non-
Whites in our midst, will continue to exist in future as an independent autogenous
nation".
Dealing with policy relating to Africans he said, "One either follows the course of
separation, when one must accept the logical consequences right up to the final
point of having separate states, or else one believes in the course of assimilating
the various races in one state, and then one must also accept the eventual
consequences - viz. domination by the majority . . . i.e. Black domination . . .
There is no middle course except during a transitional period".
In another speech, in the Senate,O2) he made it clear that the progress towards
independence would remain controlled.
He continued, "It would have been much easier for all of us (Whites) ... if we
could have continued . . . to govern the country as an undisputed White country in
our possession ... and treat the Bantu and the other Non-White groups as protected
persons under our guardianship... But... meanwhile the situation in the world
*Although the literal translation of the Afrikaans title "Die Nasionale Party" is
"The National Party", the above, more customary, usage is followed because to
the English-speaking reader the word "national", when applied to a political party,
and particularly to a government, implies a coalition, usually formed in face of a
crisis, of a number of diverse elements cooperating in defence of "national"
interests. This gives a misleading impression of the party in power in South
Africa.
(') Hansard 13 cols. 4814-6, 4821, 4911.
(1) 5 June, Hansard 16 cols. 4690-2.

2 A SURVEY OF RACE
changed after World War II ... it had the effect of emancipating States in Africa ...
We all had to take account of it ... In our opinion we had to seek a solution in a
continuation of what was actually the old course, namely, of separation. While,
however, seeing separation in the light of the older arrangement as something that
ends at a certain point, self-rule under the care of the guardian, we now had to ...
be prepared to carry that separation further".
"I am prepared to make an adjustment within my policy", Dr. Verwoerd
emphasized, "but I am not prepared to sacrifice my nation by a process of
adjustments against policy".
In the earlier speech he once more outlined his policy for the Coloured and Asian
people. They would not be integrated into one multi-racial nation with a common
parliament. But they would be given self-government in regard to matters which
particularly affected them, and increasing opportunities for rendering service to
their own people.
As will become clear in the pages that follow, on the international front the main
plank in Dr. Verwoerd's policy is that there should be no interference from
outside in the domestic affairs of sovereign states. He is determined not to be
cowed by the world-wide condemnation of apartheid.
Dr. Verwoerd is trying to forge closer economic ties with Southern Rhodesia,
Portuguese territories, and African states in South, East, and Central Africa. He
announced in August3) that he foresaw the development of a multi-racial
Southern African "common market" in which none of the member nations would
have political control of any of the others, but in which all would co-operate to
their mutual benefit.
A crisis in South Africa's international relations may occur after the International
Court gives its judgment on the South-West African case, probably during 1965.
To revert to the home front, many members of organizations that have been
suppressed have come to believe that they will never succeed in securing
fundamental changes in the apartheid policy by means of non-violent protests.
They decided on sabotage to demonstrate the strength of their convictions. To
counter this, each year since 1960 the Government has assumed still greater
powers of arbitrary control. Part of its technique has been to equate criticism with
lack of patriotism, and liberalism with revolutionary "communistic" planning.
There has been a growing demand for conformity and blind loyalty to the State.
After the station bombing White people who would normally condemn such
expedients as detention for interrogation began to waver.
Yet, according to reports, there are a number of differences within the National
Party itself. The debate over "petty apartheid"
(3) Star, 27 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
recurred again during the year under review, the Nationalists in the south being
said to favour the easing of petty restrictions while those in the north were
reported to be insistent on the rigorous enforcement of all forms of apartheid.
Later in the year it was reported that a group of "radicals" had emerged in
opposition to the "reactionaries", the former objecting to the "smear" tactics of the
others with whom it had become "an obsession to see and seek a liberalist or a
Communist in every corner".(4) A small group of Nationalist politicians and
prominent columnists has repeatedly given grave warnings of the dangers of
economic integration which must, unless halted, lead to political integration. An
important book written by Dr. G. D. Scholtz, editor of the Transvaler, 'n Swart
Suid Afrika ? appeared mid-year. Its theme is that the pattern of dependency on
Non-White labour, developed from the very beginnings of present-day South
Africa, has become ever more entrenched, and unless the Whites of the Republic
emancipate themselves from this dependency, their children will pay with their
blood for the destruction of White civilization. The Transvaler had a long leading
article,(5) widely quoted, showing the numerical preponderance of Africans in all
major industries, and urging the need "to get rid of the threatening stranglehold of
the developed Non-White proletariat" and to eliminate the economic integration
of the Bantu "which must of necessity lead to political integration and eventually
political domination". The paper reverted to this theme(6) endorsing the call of a
Nationalist Minister for the sacrifices needed to halt this process and warning of
"the extremely detrimental consequences . . . when individuals are blinded by
their own economic interests". This appeal does not, however, appear to have
been endorsed by the majority of the leaders or their followers.
UNITED PARTY
In a speech at the Cape Congress of the United Party its leader, Sir de Villiers
Graaff, said that a United Party Government would restore South Africa as one
integral unit. It would "scrap the Bantustan plan". Africans would "again be
considered a part of South Africa" and would be represented in Parliament by
Whites, as they were previously. The United Party rejected the idea of one-man-
one-vote, Sir de Villiers said. It would retain White leadership all over the
country, and not only in certain parts. Each community, however, would have
self-government in matters intimately affecting itself.(')
At the same congress Major Piet van der Byl, M.P., stated that the United Party
would change 80 per cent of the Govern(4) Star report, 31 October.
(5) 23 June.
(1) 8 August.
(7) Rand Daily Mail, 14 October.

4 A SURVEY OF RACE
ment's apartheid legislation, but would retain segregation where it was essential
for the preservation of the White race and for political control of the country.8)
An account was given in last year's Survey (page 2) of the United Party's policy of
race federation.
PROGRESSIVE PARTY
The policy of the Progressive Party was described in detail in previous issues of
this Surve y.0) Briefly it believes that authority must be shared by all those fit to
exercise it, irrespective of race. It stands for integration on the basis of a qualified
franchise and an entrenched Bill of Rights; and its membership is multiracial.
In April it formed a first branch in an African township in the Cape (Guguletu,
Cape Town), with an African chairman and committee'0° Before that, branches
had been formed in Soweto, Johannesburg.
The Party decided to put up a candidate, Dr. Oscar Wollheim, in the South Cape
Coloured constituency in the Provincial elections to take place in March 1965.
According to the Sunday Times1) the number of Coloured men on the voters' roll
in the Cape dropped from 23,435 at the end of June 1963 to 9,839 after the
general registration two months later. At the end of February 1964 there were
4,113 registered in the South Cape constituency. Then the Progressive Party
began canvassing support and assisting Coloured men to enrol as voters. As a
result, it is reported that 12,000 more had registered in the South Cape when the
rolls closed at the beginning of November. Another 5,000 had registered in the
North Cape constituency.(2)
Dr. Wollheim sought the permission of the Minister of Coloured Affairs
(necessary in terms of regulations under the Rural Coloured Areas Act) to address
a meeting in the Coloured Reserve of Genadendal on 12 September. Permission
was refused. In his letter of refusal the Secretary for Coloured Affairs said it was
Government policy that Coloured people, "without interference from White-
controlled political parties should, through their own Coloured organizations,
exercise their own choice to nominate... representatives in Parliament, the Cape
Provincial Council, and the Representative Coloured Council". He stated that only
the elected representatives of Coloured voters would be allowed into Coloured
areas. This policy would apply to all White-controlled political parties!"3)
On 7 September, when addressing the Transvaal congress of the Jeugbond, the
Minister of Bantu Education accused the Pro() Star, 15 October.
(9) 1959-60 page 12; 1962 page 2.
(10) Cape Times, 17 April.
(1) 26 January.
(12) Sunday Times, 13 September, and Sunday Express, 1 November.
(13) Rand Daily Mail, 11 September; Star, 14 September.

RELATIONS: 1964 5
gressive Party of interference in the Transkei and in Indian politics and of
building up an organization to influence the election of the Coloured Council.
(The Party leader, Dr. Jan Steytler, subsequently denied these allegations). The
Progressives were dragging White differences into the Non-White arena, the
Minister stated, which was an unsound and undesirable development. The
Nationalists considered that Non-Whites should be kept out of the White political
arena.
It was his personal opinion, said the Minister, that if need be, Progressive Party
activities among Non-Whites would be curtailed by means of legislation.!"4)
Next day, at the Transvaal Congress of the Nationalist Party, Dr. Verwoerd said,
"We cannot allow that White parties meddle in the politics of the Bantu,
Coloured, and Indians".(1")
A week later the S.A. Broadcasting Corporation departed from a scheduled
programme to broadcast an anonymous talk condemning White participation in
Non-White politics.
The Star pointed out(") that, while the terms of the law left the matter open, the
clear intention seemed to have been that Coloured people should be represented
by Whites in the Provincial Council. It was specified in the relevant legislation
that their parliamentary representatives must be White. If this was the case, how
could White candidates conduct an election campaign in Coloured rural areas if
they were not to be allowed to meet the voters?
Dr. Steytler said, in a Press statement,(17) that it was in terms of the Nationalists'
own legislation that his party was campaigning among Coloured voters. The
Nationalists, he maintained, feared that the Progressive Party would demonstrate,
constitutionally, through the polling booth, that it commanded real support across
the colour line. He said the Minister of Coloured Affairs had threatened Coloured
people who supported the Progressive Party "with disastrous results".
Dr. Steytler challenged the Nationalists "to come into the open and fight fair. Let
them put up candidates against ours on equal terms, without abusing ministerial
powers in order to favour White supremacist candidates . . . For our part, we shall
continue to make use of every legal method to advance our cause among all the
people of our nation", he stated.
Referring to Dr. Steytler's denial of the allegations that the Progressives had
interfered in the Transkeian elections and in the affairs of the Coloured and Indian
Councils, the Sunday Times pointed outf'() that nothing could prevent Non-
Whites from identifying themselves with the Progressives' point of view. Their
(14) Star, 8 September.
(15) Rand Daily Mail, 9 September.
(0) 14 September.
(17) Rand Daily Mail, 11 September.
(IS) 13 September.

A SURVEY OF RACE
policy had largely been adopted by Paramount Chief Victor Poto's Democratic
Party in the Transkei.
Sir de Villiers Graaff strongly condemned the Government's attitude. The United
Party too, he said, would continue to make its policies known as widely as
possible to all races, and to exercise its undoubted right to enlist support from all
groups for these policies.(19)
According to the Star,(2") the Government intends introducing legislation
prohibiting White-controlled political parties from playing any part in elections
for Non-White bodies or representatives, and providing that only recognized
Coloured parties may nominate candidates to represent Coloured people in
Parliament and the Cape Provincial Council.
LIBERAL PARTY
It was mentioned in last year's Survey that the activities of the non-racial Liberal
Party had been impeded by Government action taken against numbers of its
leaders. The National President, Mr. Alan Paton, was denied a passport, and
severe banning orders had been served on the Deputy National President, a
National Vice-President, and the Chairman of the Cape Division.
During 1964 such action against the Party was intensified. The National
Chairman, Mr. Peter Brown, was served with a series of banning orders which,
inter alia, prohibited him from attending gatherings, and thus made it impossible
for him to function as chairman. He had been assisting Africans charged with
various offences or displaced under "Black spot" removals: the banning orders
prohibited his presence in a court of law except as a witness.
In a statement of protest Mr. Paton and the Acting Nationat Chairman, Dr. E. H.
Brookes, said, "At a time when the temptation to use extreme violence against
authority is strongly felt by desperate and frustrated people, his (Mr. Brown's)
wise moderation has been a source of strength to many . He is utterly opposed to
the use of violence".(21)
Numbers of other leading Party members, including tie national treasurer, Mr.
Elliot Monjati, have been served witn banning orders. As will be told in a later
chapter, at least 15 members were arrested under the 90-day clause during July,
and others subsequently. Some of them were charged later with sabotage and a
number were convicted.
About 12 Liberals have been warned by magistrates, under threat of house arrest,
to cease their political activities. Large
(19) Sunday Chron'cle, 13 Sep'ember.
(2) 18 September.
(21) Rand Daily Mail, 31 July.

RELATIONS: 1964
numbers have had their homes raided by the police. The Natal Provincial
Committee of the Party told the Sunday Times(22) that the police made threats,
not only to party members, but in numerous cases to their wives or mothers, too,
to the effect that the member would be taken into detention or be banished or
deported unless he gave up Liberal Party activities. The home of one Party
organizer was raided 12 times in a month. Party documents have been seized.
The Provincial Committee stated that a Liberal Party meeting without the
presence of numbers of security police was something of a rarity. The names of
those attending were sometimes taken, and copious notes or tape recordings made
during the proceedings. Members of the public were, thus, intimidated, ceased
attending, and in many cases resigned from the Party.
A call was made by the Provincial Committee for an independent judicial
commission to investigate the political activities of the police and the Liberal
Party.
The Star stated(2") that not only was a concerted propaganda campaign being
directed towards the destruction of the Party, but by accident or design a clear
association was being created in the public mind between the party and
subversion. Mr. Paton said(-24) that attempts were being made to strangle the
Party, "to break without banning".
In a letter to the Star on 21 August Mr. Paton and Dr. Brookes wrote that the aims
of their party were those of liberalism the world over. Since they did not believe
in the colour-bar they stood for universal suffrage.
"We have completely repudiated force as the means of carrying out our policy",
they stated. "If any Liberal should be found guilty of sabotage he will have sinned
against his own party's principles as well as against the law of the land. Let this be
clear to all and let this unequivocal statement give the lie to the attempts to 'smear'
the Liberal Party". The Party demanded the resignation of any member who had
taken part in sabotage.
CONSERVATIVE REPUBLICAN PARTY
It was announced in May that a Conservative Republican Party had been formed
under the chairmanship of Professor C. F. van der Merwe. It differed from the
Nationalists on the question of independent Bantustans, and from the United Party
on the latter's policy of race federation.
The new party believed in entrenched White Leadership, under one central
government, it was stated. Coloured people
(22) 20 September.
(23) 14 August.
('4) Sunday Times, 2 August.

8 A SURVEY OF RACE
should be politically linked with the Whites, and the parliamentary representation
of Africans by Whites should be restored.(25)
COLOURED AND INDIAN ORGANIZATIONS
The Coloured National Convention, Coloured People's Congress, Indian
Congress, and Indian Organization continue in being, but during the past year
little has been heard of their activities. In the case of organizations belonging to
the Congress Group this is largely because numbers of officials are under
restrictive orders.
(Other members of the Congress Group are the S.A. Congress of Trade Unions,
described in the chapter on employment, and the Federation of S.A. Women. Both
have been very severely handicapped by the arrest or banning of most of the
leaders. Before being declared unlawful organizations the African National
Congress and the Congress of Democrats were members, too.)
The Government-created Coloured and Indian Councils are described in a
subsequent chapter.
The establishment of a Coloured People's Federal Party was announced in July.
According to its manifesto it will seek to make the Coloured people independent
and will encourage them to make use of the opportunities offered by the
Government's policy of separate development. It aims at "weaning the Coloured
people from inferior membership of the community into a new era where there
will be full national co-existence and citizenship".
Among this party's leaders are members of the Union Council for Coloured
Affairs. Its first national congress is planned for March 1965.(2")
AFRICAN ORGANIZATIONS
Descriptions have been given in previous Surveys of the banning of the African
National Congress and the Pan-African Conference, the subsequent emergence of
the Spear of the Nation and Poqo, and the banning, in turn, of these.
In the chapters that follow accounts will be found of the trials of members of
these and other organizations, and of political refugees.
The ANC and PAC have offices in Dar-es-Salaam, London, and various other
centres, which issue Press releases, send emissaries to the United Nations and to
other countries, lobby for aid, and attend to refugees.
Leaders of the A.N.C.-in-exile are Messrs. Duma Nokwe, Tennyson Makiwane,
Oliver Tambo, Robert Resha, Moses Kotane, and Arthur Letele.
(25) Sunday Times, 26 April.
(26) Sunday Times, 26 April.

RELATIONS: 1964
New banning orders, more restrictive than the previous ones, were served during
May on ex-chief A. J. Luthuli, who was President-General of the ANC in South
Africa before it was declared an unlawful organization. In terms of these orders he
may not attend gatherings, or communicate with other banned persons, and his
words may not be quoted. He was previously confined to the Lower Tugela
district: now he may not enter Stanger, the only town in this district. During
October ex-chief Luthuli was awarded a bronze medallion and a grant of $5,000
by the Society for the Family of Man in the United States "for leading the fight
against the apartheid policy of the Government of South Africa, always
advocating firm and continued opposition by non-violent means".
Mr. Potlako Leballo, who is stated to have directed Poqo activities from Maseru
in Basutoland, became unpopular with other PAC refugees there, led by Rhodes
Gxoyiya, who considered him to be too dictatorial.(27) He left in August and flew
to Ghana. For some time Mr. Nana Mahomo has been the PAC's representative in
Britain, but he resigned in October because of differences of opinion with the
Maseru-based group.(28) The PAC national treasurer, Mr. A. B. Ngcobo, has an
office in Dar-es-Salaam.
More than 20 Poqo members were arrested in Maseru on 7 October: it was
stated(29) that the police were investigating their political activities and were
enforcing entry and residence regulations.
(11) Star, 29 November 1963.
(28) Rand Daily Mail, 27 October.
(21) Ibid, 8 October.

A SURVEY OF RACE
ORGANIZATIONS CONCERNED WITH
RACE RELATIONS
THE CHURCHES
Anglican Church
The Anglican Bishop of Pretoria, the Rt. Rev. E. G. KnappFisher, announced in
October that where the church councils of both White and Non-White parishes in
any area within his diocese were both in favour of the plan, the parishes would be
merged under a joint council representative of both groups. White communicants
would receive Communion at the hands of any Anglican priest, White or Black.
Stipends of priests would in future be based on their costs of living, and not on
race. There would be sustained endeavours to unite for worship and for social
contact.
There was already an African archdeacon of Pietersburg, serving all groups.
During the year under review Africans were appointed as archdeacons in the East
Rand and in Albany.
The Johannesburg Diocesan Synod decided in October to hold a "90-day cycle of
prayer" on the theme, "The passion of South Africa and the compassion of
Christ".
Ecumenical Conversations
Conversations between the Church of the Province of South Africa (Anglican)
and the Methodist Church of South Africa on the question of working towards a
closer union between these two churches have taken place throughout the year
and some progress has been made. Similar conversations are taking place between
the Presbyterian Church of South Africa and the Congregational Union.
Committees for closer union between the Presbyterian and the Methodist Church
and the Presbyterian and the Anglican Church have been set up.
In 1951 the United Church of the American Board Mission, the Congregational
Union of South Africa, the London Missionary Society and the Paris Evangelical
Missionary Society established a Joint Planning Committee to consider matters of
common concern which led to the desire for unity. These bodies in the Orange

RELATIONS: 1964 11
Free State have established the United Church of the Orange Free State.
Negotiations are proceeding for a union of the Bantu Congregational Church of
the American Board (in South Africa), the Congregational Churches of the
American Board (in Southern Rhodesia), the Congregational Union Church Aid
and Missionary Society of South Africa, and the London Missionary Society
Church in Southern Africa. A Joint Committee of members of each of these
churches was set up in 1961 and it has met four times.
Presbyterian Church
Plans are in progress for a union of Presbyterian Churches. Three churches are
involved, namely the Bantu Presbyterian Church, the Tsonga Presbyterian Church
and the Presbyterian Church of Southern Africa, the first two being entirely
African. The union envisaged would unite the Assemblies and the overlapping
Presbyteries but would leave congregations as they are, except where it would, for
example, be desirable for two small African congregations using the same
language and in the same area to unite.
Methodist Church
The Rev. Seth M. Mokitimi is the first African to have been chosen as the leader
of a major South African church with White as well as Black members. He took
over the office of president of the Methodist Church in mid-1964.
Catholic Church
In February the Catholic Archbishop of Bloemfontein, the Most Rev. W. P.
Whelan, O.M.I. (who is Director of Publicity for the Administrative Board of the
S.A. Catholic Bishops' Conference) made a Press statement which was interpreted
by many as a qualified acceptance by the Catholic Church of the apartheid policy.
Shortly afterwards the Bishops' Conference reaffirmed its official policy in
respect of race relations, set out in statements issued in 1952, 1957, 1960, and
1962. The most important of these, made in 1957, condemned the "evil and anti-
Christian character" of apartheid, "the injustice that flows from it, the resentment
and bitterness it arouses, the harvest of disaster that it must produce". The Bishops
considered that immediate integration was impossible and that a change must be
gradual, but emphasized that a change must come.
The Christian Council of South Africa
Largely due to the efforts of its first full-time secretary, the Rev. Basil H. M.
Brown, the 28 member churches and church

12 A SURVEY OF RACE
bodies of the Christian Council are becoming increasingly involved in its work.
As in the past, the Council watched legislation and administrative measures
affecting race relations and it has spoken out clearly against measures it considers
unjust, e.g. (as is described later) the Bantu Laws Amendment Act.
The Council has been able, with the aid of the World Council of Churches,
Oxfam, and other bodies, to render considerable assistance to the dependants of
"political" prisoners and also to the victims of the famine conditions which
developed in parts of South Africa because of continued drought.
Christian Institute
The formation of the Christian Institute of Southern Africa was described in last
year's Survey.(1)
Some 28 Protestant churches and missionary societies are linked in the Christian
Council of South Africa; but the Dutch Reformed Churches are unwilling to
associate themselves with this Council. Individual members of the Dutch
Reformed Churches, however, joined with representatives of other churches to
establish the Christian Institute of Southern Africa, with the aim of uniting
individual Christians of any race or denomination, and making Christianity more
of a living force. By mid-1964 there were more than 1,000 White and Non-White
members.
The position of Director of this Institute was offered to and accepted by the Rev.
C. F. Beyers Naud6, who was at the time Moderator of the Southern Transvaal
Synod of the Nederduitse Gereformeerde Kerk (N.G.K.). Mr. Naud6 sought
permission from his church to accept the post while retaining his status as a
minister; but this application was refused. He continues to edit the monthly
publication Pro Veritate, which has an inter-racial and inter-denominational
editorial board and aims at discussing current problems in the light of the
Scriptures.
There have been sustained attacks on the Christian Institute. A leading article in
the Kerkbode (the official organ of the N.G.K.) in January stated that faithful
members of the Kerk would never be able to reconcile themselves to the fact that
there was a Roman Catholic on the Christian Institute's board of control. In April
Professor A. D. Pont of the University of Pretoria said in a speech to a student
body, "It is not far-fetched to allege that the Christian Institute and the journal Pro
Veritate are nothing but liberalist stepping-stones from which propaganda which
suits Communism admirably are carried into our churches". Much of the
argument at a Volkskongres on Communism (described later) was directed
towards trying to show that organizations such as the World Council of Churches,
the Students' Christian Association, and the
(1) Page 6.

RELATIONS: 1964 13
Christian Institute were, consciously or unconsciously, "playing the communist
game".
During February the Executive Committee of the Christian Institute stated,(')
"Certain people and circles have alleged that the Christian Institute was born as
the result of political motivation and that it wishes to be (or could unwittingly
become) the instrument of political interests. We categorically declare that these
allegations are completely without foundation". The Committee stamped as
"McCarthyism" the subtle attempts, apparently resulting from a centrally directed
campaign, to identify the Christian Institute with communism. The Christian
Institute completely rejected communism, its Executive said. The Rev. Dr. J. B.
Webb, then chairman, added(') "The Christian Institute seeks nothing more, nor
less, than a renewed understanding of God's will for the members of Christ's
Church".
Although Dr. Webb sent material on the activities of the organization to Professor
Pont and invited him to study its workings, the latter, at a meeting of the
Nederduitsch Hervormde Kerk, held in May, introduced a resolution calling on
any church members who had joined the Christian Institute to resign publicly
from it. This motion was defeated by a small majority.
Nevertheless, in the Christian Institute's first annual report Mr. Naud6 stated that
certain Afrikaans-speaking members had felt obliged to resign because of
pressure brought to bear on them.
Attacks on Mr. Naud and Mr. Engelbrecht
Mr. Naud6 appealed to the Southern Transvaal Synodal Commission of the N. G.
Kerk against the decision that he could not retain his status as a minister while
occupying the post of Director of the Christian Institute; but this appeal was
rejected. The Commission requested church members not to join the Christian
Institute.
By majority vote Mr. Naud4 was elected an elder of an N.G. Kerk congregation in
Johannesburg. Two of the other elders then appealed to the Johannesburg Circuit
(Ring) against his election, on the grounds that he had not resigned from the
Christian Institute and continued to edit Pro Verxitate. Their appeal was upheld.
Six ministers, including the Rev. B. Engelbrecht, then decided to plead Mr.
Naud6's case before the Synodal Commission. This Commission upheld a
contention that the Johannesburg Circuit had not been properly constituted when
it made the decision, and referred the matter back.
Shortly afterwards nine members of Mr. Engelbrecht's parish council asked the
Johannesburg Circuit to take action against him because of his membership of the
Christian Institute and of views he had expressed in Pro Veritate.
(2) e.g. Star, 8 February. %%M %0& %4. "a A

A SURVEY OF RACE
Nederduitsch Hervormde Kerk
It was mentioned in the 1962 issue of this Surve/4) that Professor A. S. Geyser
and Professor A. van Selms of the Nederduitsch Hervormde Kerk (N.H. Kerk)
challenged their Church's principle that membership should be confined to
Whites. During 1962 Professor Geyser was found guilty of heresy by a Synodal
Commission and was deposed as a minister of the Church. He then resigned his
post as Professor of New Testament Theology at the University of Pretoria, and
accepted the Chair of Divinity at the University of the Witwatersrand. In
sympathy with him Professor van Selms resigned from his honorary post as
lecturer in Biblical Archaeology in the Theological Faculty of the University of
Pretoria, but continued to hold the chair of Semitic Languages.
Professor Geyser contested the commission's findings in the Supreme Court. An
agreement was reached in 1963 which was made an order of court, setting aside
the commission's findings, and reinstating Professor Geyser as a minister. The
Commission agreed to pay all costs.
In terms of a long-standing inter-church agreement Professor van Selms, who is a
minister of the Hervormde Kerk in Holland, was given the status of a minister of
the N.H. Kerk when he arrived in South Africa in 1937. But in February 1964 he
was deprived of this status on the ground that he no longer lectured in the
Theological Faculty. Yet other ministers had been allowed to take up secular
posts without losing their status.
A conference of the N.H. Kerk held in August decided, however, that this would
be an automatic rule in future.
At a national N.H. Kerk Synod meeting held the following month Professor
Geyser accused a section of the Synodal Commission of having fabricated the
heresy charge against him because he had challenged the policy of confining
Church membership to Whites, and of twisting the outcome of the case in an
attempt to justify itself. These accusations were denied. The assembly voted
against allowing Professor Geyser to reply to the terms of the denial.
It adopted a new article to the effect that no Church member or office-bearer who
had disciplinary action taken against him might seek recourse to the worldly court
in connection with thib action. Should anyone defy this ruling he would
immediateiy be shut out of the "community of the faithful", and an officebearer
would, in addition, lose his office.
It was reported at this time05) that Dominee C. Jongeleen oi the N.H. Kerk in
Cape Town, together with 8 church officials and 27 families (mainly of Hollander
extraction), were considering
(4) Page 4.
(5) Sunday Times, 3 May; Star, 5 May.
RELATIONS: 1964 15
breaking away from the N.H. Kerk because of its handling of Professor Geyser's
case.
African moderator of Nederduitse Gereformeerde Missionary
Church
In October the N.G. Kerk elected an African Moderator of its Missionary Church
(which is segregated from the White "mother church"). He is the Rev. S. G. S.
Ntoane, of Moroka. Previously this office had always been held by a White
minister.
Conference of World Alliance of Reformed Churches
White and Non-White delegates from the Presbyterian Church and the N.G. Kerk
attended the General Assembly of the World Alliance of Reformed Churches,
held in Frankfurt during August.
One of the preoccupations of the assembly was the ecumenical issue. It was
decided that closer relationships should be forged not only between Protestant
churches but also with Roman Catholics.
The second main concern was race relations. A resolution was drafted by a sub-
committee of which the N.G. Kerk representatives and delegates from the
Presbyterian Church were members. As will be described, the South Africans
moved amendments to two of the paragraphs of the resolution, but were very
heavily outvoted. When the resolution was put as a whole, however, the South
African delegates voted for it.
The resolution called on all churches to impress on their people the gospel edict:
"God had made all nations of one". This involved "the unity in Christ of members
not only of different confessions or denominations but of different nations and
races ... The exclusion of any person on grounds of race, colour, or nationality
from any congregation or part of the life of the Church contradicts the very nature
of the Church", it stated.
Two representatives of the N.G. Kerk moved that this be amended to read, "The
exclusion of any person on grounds of race, colour, or nationality from the
Church of Christ contradicts the very nature of the Church". This would allow for
separate congregations, they said. But their motion was defeated.
The resolution went on to call upon Christians to protest against racial
discrimination "not only in words but in action, and to participate in responsible
efforts towards the establishment of racial justice and equality". Christians were
asked to identify themselves with and to accept responsibility alongside those
who suffered. "At a moment when violence and revolutionary action are
spreading", the resolution stated, "it is of primary importance for the Church to be
prepared, through serious study of the Scriptures and of the political situation, to
help its members face

16 A SURVEY OF RACE
responsibly such hard problems as civil disobedience or violent action, under the
guidance of Jesus Christ and His law of peace".
South African delegates attempted, without success, to have the wording altered
to make it clear that action of a revolutionary or semi-revolutionary nature was
not being encouraged. But, as stated, they voted for the resolution as a whole in
the general assembly.(6)
This caused consternation in the N.G. Kerk in South Africa.(7)
Mindolo Consultation
Consultations on "Christian practice and desirable action in social change and
race relations" were held at Mindolo, Northern Rhodesia, in July, organized by
the World Council of Churches in collaboration with the Mindolo Ecumenical
Centre and the S.A. Institute of Race Relations. Those participating, who came
from South Africa, other African territories, and the World Council, were invited
on a personal basis.
The consultation analysed the economic, the political, the social aspects of the
present situation, and the position of the Church in relation to these. It called to
the Church and to Christians for positive action to eliminate the discriminatory
structure of the present system.
In considering the political situation, the Consultation drew attention to the
process by which constitutional channels of achieving political rights and
exercising civil liberties had been closed to Non-Whites. Leading Non-Whites
had come to the conclusion that their only recourse was one of violence, which
had increased the gravity of the situation. The Consultation considered four forms
of action that could be taken: the basic form of spiritual resistance, constructive
political opposition, extra-constitutional activity, and violence. It was agreed that
where Christian conscience and the Word of God commend, all Christians should
take the initiative in resisting evil by choosing from amongst those means. Some
members dissociated themselves from any suggestion that industrial disruption,
sanctions, internal violence can be invoked to secure social justice, and some
members considered that it was not the task of the Church to undertake to produce
and to carry out specific economic and political solutions to human problems.
In order to attempt to avoid violent conflicts and to lay the foundations for a non-
discriminatory society, all Christians, White and Non-White, were asked to take
the initiative by cultivating friendships across racial lines, by educating White
fellow-Christians on the human suffering and sin resulting from policies of dis(6)
From reports in Star and Rand Daily Mail, 14 August, and Sunday Chronicle, 16
August.
(7) See report by Benjamin Pogrund, Rand Daily Mail, 21 August.

RELATIONS: 1964 17
crimination, and by resisting evil through whatever means were dictated by their
consciences and the Word of God.
Inter-denominational service in Grahamstown
On 17 May more than 1,500 persons of all races attended an open-air service held
in Grahamstown as a demonstration of Christian unity. The service was conducted
in English, Afrikaans, and Xhosa, by members of the Anglican, Dutch Reformed,
Roman Catholic, Methodist, and Presbyterian Churches.0)
Publication on The Churches and Race Relations
During 1964 the Institute of Race Relations published The Churches and Race
Relations, by Miss Lesley Cawood. This booklet sets out the history and
organizational structure of each of the eleven major South African Churches, their
official statements on the question of race, and action taken by them in pursuance
of official policies.
Miss Cawood pointed to the legal and practical difficulties that stand in the way
of churchmen who want to break down racial barriers. But, as Mr. Benjamin
Pogrund said in a review of her book, she made it clear that "even allowing for
these difficulties, the overall picture is still one of lack of action in fulfilling
Christian precepts". Non-Whites, he wrote, "have been given the Book - but they
experience little evidence of its application in their daily dealings with the Whites
. . . They see, too, the confusions and disunity within the Christian fold".
An African wrote in an article featured in the Star,(9) "The moves by some of the
leading churches to scrap racial distinctions and their courageous outspokenness
in race matters help to dispel Africans' suspicions of Christianity. But these
suspicions are not going to be easy to eradicate. They flow from the palpably
unchristian behaviour of people who profess to be Christians, from unchristian
laws enforced by a State that claims a Christian foundation".
Religions of the population, 1960
On 11 November 1963 the Bureau of Statistics released a preliminary analysis of
the religious affiliations of the population, based on a sample of 10 per cent of the
1960 census returns of Whites, Coloured, and Asians, and 5 per cent of those of
Africans. Figures for certain churches were combined. The writer has extracted
material, and has altered the order in such a way as to indicate total membership
(all races combined) in descending
(8) Race Relations News, June.
(9) 28 October.

18 A SURVEY OF RACE
order. (Heathens are grouped under "Other and unspecified", but as far as
Africans are concerned this is the largest single group.)
The figures in the last four columns show the percentage of each race group that
adhered to the religion stated - they do not reflect the composition of the
membership of the various churches themselves.
Nederduitse Gereformeerde Bantu Churches ..... Methodist ... ...
Anglican Churches ..... Roman Catholic ..... Lutheran ...........
Apostolic Churches..... Presbyterian ...... Hindu Congregational Nederduitsch
Hervormde Islam ... ...
Gereformeerde ......
Other Christian ..... Jewish
Other and unspecified
(including heathens)
* Included unde
Percentage of race group concerned adhering to each religious group Whites
Coloured Asians African, 42.9 29.3 0.1 5.1
- - - 20.1
8.7 7.8 0.4 12.0
12.6 17.8 1.0 6.9
6.2 8.0 2.2 7.0
1.1 4.9 - 4.9
3.4 4.6 0.2 2.8
3.6 0.5 0.1 1.9
- - 65.1
0.5 9.1 - 1.2
6.2 0.2 * *
- 6.2 20.6
3.3 0.5 * *
5.4 8.8 3.3 4.7
3.8 - - -
33.4
r
Nederduitse Gereformeerde.
Apart from the Bantu Churches, the Methodist Church had the largest number of
Non-White adherents, followed by the Anglicans, the Nederduitse Gereformeerde
Kerk, the Roman Catholic, and the Lutherans (in that order).
S.A. INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS: 1964 COUNCIL MEETING
The 34th annual Council meeting of the Institute of Race Relations was held in
Cape Town during January. The following addresses were given:(1")
The Hon. O.-D. Schreiner - Presidential address: South
Africa-United or Divided?
The Most Rev. Denis E. Hurley (Incoming President)
Hoernl6 Memorial Lecture: Apartheid: A Crisis of the
Christian Conscience.
Professor Gwendolen Carter - South Africa's International
Position.
(70) The full texts of these addresses are available from the Institute.
S

RELATIONS: 1964 19
Mr. Leo Katzen- The Implications of Economic and
Other Boycotts for South Africa.
Professor M. F. Prestwich - Power Structures in South
Africa.
Professor D. Hobart Houghton - Some Implications of
Bantu Homeland Development.
The Council divided into panels to discuss the possibilities of direct and indirect
intervention; the internal and external effects of boycotts of South Africa; and the
political, psychological, and economic implications of Bantu homelands.(")
The other activities of the Institute of Race Relations during the year are
mentioned in appropriate chapters of this Survey.
S.A. BUREAU OF RACIAL AFFAIRS
During 1964 the headquarters of Sabra were moved from Stellenbosch to Pretoria;
Dr. A. L. Geyer resigned as chairman; and Professor P. F. D. Weiss succeeded
him. These developments made it evident that Sabra was increasingly aligning
itself with Government policies.(2)
There still appears to be some unease among individual members, mainly from
the Cape, over the Government's policy for the Coloured people. The results of a
Sabra investigation were published by the University of Stellenbosch in May,
entitled Die Kleurlingbevolking van Suid Afrika (The Coloured Population of
South Africa), the book having been compiled by Professor Erika Theron. It
contained a number of papers by contributors who were stated to be responsible
for their own standpoints.
In his chapter Dr. W. J. de Kock expressed the view that in spite of everything
that was being offered to the Coloured people they still felt frustrated and
aggrieved. The future would have to show, he said, whether it was possible to find
constitutional methods whereby these people, accepted as spiritually belonging to
the Western, and particularly the Afrikaans-speaking, section of the population,
could be offered a political future that would free them from these feelings.
Professor J. P. van S. Bruwer pointed out that the Cape Coloured people, unlike
the Griquas and Basters, were territorially linked with the Whites and had no
inherent political structure of their own. Dr. M. L. Olivier said the objective for
the moment should be to concentrate on social, economic, and educational
upliftment; but the leading Coloured classes should not be left without hope and
should be assured that their future lay in the White sphere and that the political
question would be reviewed from time to time.(13)
(11) Summaries of the reports by rapporteurs were published in Race Relations
News,
January and February.
(12) See 1961 Survey, page 79, for a report on earlier dissension within Sabra.
(13) Cape Times and Rand Daily Mail, 19 May.

A SURVEY OF RACE
BLACK SASH
The Black Sash now has offices in Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban, Port
Elizabeth, East London, and Elgin in the Western Cape. It continues to run free
advice offices in various centres where Africans can seek explanations of the
many laws affecting them and help in such matters as proving their right to be in a
town.
During June the Black Sash organized a forum, in Johannesburg, on the adverse
effects of the migratory labour system on African family life.
Representations made by the Black Sash during the year, and silent
demonstrations held in protest against the 90-day clause, are described in
appropriate chapters of this Survey.
ROTARY CLUB
Mr. C. W. Pettengill, a former Governor of the American Bar Association and
president of Rotary International, visited South Africa in September and, in an
interview with a Sunday Times reporter, strongly criticized the 90-day clause. In
doing so he made it clear that he was speaking as a lawyer and not as a Rotarian.
At a party congress Dr. Verwoerd referred to Mr. Pettengill's criticism and said
that in future he would have "serious misgivings" about the Rotary movement.
This remark caused much concern among Rotarians: numerous statements were
issued denouncing Mr. Pettengill.
AFRIKANER BROEDERBOND
Charges have been made over many years that the Afrikaner Broederbond is a
self-elected elite of a sectional character using its influence secretly behind the
scenes in national affairs. Two Prime Ministers, Generals Hertzog and Smuts,
publicly accused the organization of playing a subterranean role in the national
life. In 1963 and 1964 the Sunday Times published photostat copies of original
Broederbond documents to demonstrate its sectional nature.
Dr. Verwoerd said in January,(4) "It has been known for more than 25 years that I
am a member of it (the Broederbond)... I definitely deny that I cannot as the
responsible Prime Minister properly discharge my duty towards the public
because I am a member . . . No attempts are being made and no attempts have
been made by the Broederbond to dictate policy or to influence policy".
(14) Assembly, 21 January, Hansard 1 cols. 75, 80.

RELATIONS: 1964
Early in 1964 the Nederduitsch Hervormde Kerk appointed Mr. J. C. Oelofse as a
one-man commission to investigate allegations that the Broederbond was
meddling in the affairs of the church. He decided that it was not. He reported that
he had been given access to Broederbond documents. It operated in secret, he
said. Members were barred from making their membership known. The
Broederbond believed that the Afrikaner people were a race chosen by God. It
strove to rouse a national consciousness in the Afrikaner, and to promote all the
interests of the Afrikaner people by ensuring that members gave preference to
Afrikaners in the economic, public, and professional life of the country.( ")
During the no-confidence debate in the Assembly the Leader of the Opposition,
Sir de Villiers Graaff, said that there had been charges, substantiated by published
documents (the authenticity of which had never been denied) which alleged that
the Broederbond exercised an undue influence on certain aspects of South African
life; that it was engaged in something akin to organized nepotism. He pressed for
a public enquiry by a judicial commission.(")
The Prime Minister again denied that the Broederbond was trying to bring
political influence to bear on the Government, and that people were unfairly
promoted in the Public Service as the result of Broederbond influence. But, he
said, he would agree to an investigation into the affairs of bodies which practised
secrecy if the Opposition would put forward such a comprehensive proposal. The
Sons of England and the Freemasons, too, conducted their affairs in secrecy. He
was attacking no-one, Dr. Verwoerd said. He had gained a very good impression
of the Sons of England when South Africa became a republic outside the
Commonwealth. The Freemasons had stated that they had no objection to an
investigation into their affairs.(7)
This challenge was accepted by Sir de Villiers. Because he had the fullest
confidence in the Sons of England and the Freemasons he said, and because this
was the only way he could get a commission appointed to investigate the
Broederbond, he would propose that a commission of inquiry be appointed to
investigate organizations that conducted their affairs in secrecy. He hoped the
Government would agree that evidence should be given under oath and the
sittings, wherever possible, held in public.(8)
But the Government did not agree to public sittings, and the United Party then
dissociated itself from the proceedings of the commission.
On 9 June Dr. Verwoerd announced(9) that a Judge of Appeal, the Hon. D. H.
Botha, had been appointed as a one-man com(15) Rand Daily Mail, 1 May.
(16) See Assembly 27 April, Hansard 14 col. 4960.
(17) Cols. 5021-2.
(11) Cols. 5023-4.
(19) Assembly, Hansard 20 cols. 7471-4.

22 A. SURVEY OF RACE
mission to inquire into and submit a report on the conduct of the Freemasons,
Broederbond, the Sons of England, and any other organizations he considered
should be included, in order to ascertain whether they were guilty of subversion,
graft or nepotism, of exercising illegitimate influence on the affairs of the country,
of efforts to damage relations between English- and Afrikaans-speaking people or
to undermine the rights, liberties or interests of any section, or of other stated
matters. The judge was instructed not to disclose any confidential information
brought to his notice which was not essential to his findings or to proving the guilt
of any organization or person.
Section 13 of the General Law Amendment Act, No. 80 of 1964, amended the
Commissions Act, No. 8 of 1947. The latter enactment provided that the State
President may appoint a commissioner, whose hearings will be held in public
except in so far as the commissioner otherwise determines. The amendment
empowers the Government to make regulations concerning the procedure to be
followed by commissions, including provisions for the preservation of secrecy if
this is considered necessary.
ATTACKS ON LIBERALISM AND COMMUNISM
The Minister of Justice said in the Assembly on 6 March,"') "Communism in its
essence is anti-national. Because it is antinational and because the liberals ...
throughout the whole world reject nationalism, the liberals . . . are wittingly or
unwittingly the prime promoters of communism. I do not want to say for one
moment that all liberals are communists . . . but I do not know of one single
communist who has not at the same time pretended to be a liberal".
At the suggestion of Professor A. D. Pont (whose attacks on the Christian Institute
are mentioned earlier) a Volkskongres (Congress of the People) was held in
Pretoria during April on the theme "Christiandom against Communism". More
than 2,400 persons were present, nearly half of them clergy or office-bearers of
the Dutch Reformed Churches, and probably only between 15 and 20 per cent
English-speaking.21) No Non-Whites were present.
In the opening address Dr. B. J. Engelbrecht of the University of Pretoria claimed
that for its "front" organizations, which were cloaked in the mantle of
respectability, communism recruited church leaders and other esteemed persons,
and through them it "frequently infiltrated into great and even world-wide
bodies". Professor Pont talked of the "liberalistic-communistic" infiltration of the
country. Much of the argument at the congress was directed towards trying to
show that organizations such as the World Council of Churches, the Students'
Christian Association, and the
(20) Hansard 7 col. 2632.
(21) Rand Daily Mail, 4 April.

RELATIONS: 1964
Christian Institute were, consciously or unconsciously "playing the communist
game".
A different note was struck by the only foreign speaker, Professor G. Kuypers of
Amsterdam. He warned of the danger of equating with communism the
nationalism of a dependent people. The banning or curtailment of organizations
formed by such people might suit the communist strategy, he said. Through
consequent frustration the masses became ripe for an alliance with communism.
No-one in the audience questioned the value of the apartheid policy as a counter
to communism.
The Volkskongres decided to set up a National Council for Combating
Communism. It asked the Government to take positive action against the
"liberalistic Press".22)
Professor Andrew Murray, who was called by the State as an expert witness on
communism at the Treason Trial in 1960, is reported(23) to have said that he did
not attend the congress because it was conducted by "non-experts" and he feared
it might give rise to a witch-hunt and McCarthyism. "Nothing was said", he
continued, "about the true extent of the Marxist and Maoist infiltration in Africa,
or about the number of Marxist cells which have become infiltrated and destroyed
by Chinese communism; or about the attitude of Pan-Africanism towards
communism... Frankly, it seems as if Pan-Africanism has been confused
throughout with communism". He added that communism should be combated by
raising living standards and by fighting the "sin" of low wages.
In October a journal Anticom, produced by a committee on which representatives
from the three Dutch Reformed Churches serve, published several articles linking
Jews with communism. Questioned by the Sunday Express(/24) the moderator of
the General Synod of the N.G. Church, Dr. A. J. van der Merwe, said the matter
would be put before the synod of his church. He went on, "I do not believe for one
moment that the Dutch Reformed Churches would support any movement to
persecute Jews as Jews. But . . . it would be greatly appreciated if our Jewish
friends in this country would stand side-by-side with us in our fight against
communism".
Several leaders of the Dutch Reformed Churches dissociated themselves from the
views expressed in the articles. The S.A. Jewish Board of Deputies issued a
statement in which it said, inter alia, "No less than any other section of the
population, the Jewish community seeks to advance the welfare and peaceful
development of South Africa in the interests of all its inhabitants. Representative
Jewish spokesmen, both lay and clerical, have on
("2) From reports in Race Relations News, April; Rand Dally Ma. and Star of 4
April.
("3) Cape Times, 25 April.
(_,) See Sunday Express, 25 October,

A SURVEY OF RACE
numerous occasions affirmed that they stand for law and order and for political
progress through constitutional means, and that they unreservedly condemn and
reject subversion and violence". The Board pointed out that it was a mistaken idea
that the Jewish community somehow constituted a political entity. "Jews act
politically as individual citizens", it said. But "anyone who is aware of the facts
know that Jews have little reason to be sympathetic to communism".
During November the Moderature of the Cape N.G. Church stated that this
Church would never be a party to the furtherance of anti-Semitism. It called for a
report explaining who had inserted the articles into the journal and why they were
published in a Church magazine.
AFRICAN FOUNDATION
An African Foundation was established in January in Soweto, Johannesburg, by a
group of African business and community leaders, along the same lines as those
of the South African Foundation formed four years previously by Whites. Its aims
are to "purify the name of South Africa, to foster the large measure of goodwill
existing among the races, and to promote the good offices of the Government
overseas and in other African territories".25)
(25) Star, 27 January.

RELATIONS: 1964
ORGANIZATIONS INVOLVED IN SABOTAGE
ORGANIZATIONS OPERATING IN 1963
Accounts were given in the last issue of this Survey of acts of sabotage and
attempted sabotage that took place during 1963. It appeared that at least four
groups were operating.
Firstly, there was Poqo, said to have been formed by extremist members of the
Pan-African Congress (PAC) after the banning of this organization. Members of
Poqo were alleged to have been responsible for the Paarl riots, the murders and
attempted murders in Langa (Cape Town) and in the Transkei, plans for large-
scale murders of Whites, and attacks, in numerous centres, on power stations,
railway lines, police stations, and other targets. Hundreds of Poqo suspects were
arrested in mid-1963 on specific charges or under that 90-day clause; Poqo was
declared an unlawful organization; and on 12 June 1963 the Minister of Justice
gave the assurance that the organization had been smashed.
Secondly, there was Yui Chui Chan (or the Yu Chi Chan Club). In July 1963 the
Commissioner of Police announced that various members had been arrested: their
activities could otherwise have ended in violence and subversion, he stated.
The Spear of the Nation (Umkonto we Sizwe) was a third group, and its activities
and membership appeared to overlap with those of a fourth, the National
Committee for Liberation. Members were alleged to have attacked telephone
installations, railway services, power supply lines, and other objectives. The Spear
of the Nation was said to have been associated with the African National
Congress (ANC). In a proclamation declaring it an unlawful organization the
President declared he was satisfied that it was the ANC.P)
SUBSEQUENT INFORMATION ON YU CHI CHAN CLUB
The Yu Chi Chan Club (YCCC) appears to have consisted of Coloured people in
the Cape. At his trial in February on a charge of sabotage Dr. Neville E.
Alexander said(2) it had nine members and had been brought into being by Dr.
Kenneth Abrahams and himself. (As was described in last year's Survey,(3) Dr.
Abrahams escaped from South-West Africa to Bechuanaland during 1963.
(1) See 1963 Survey, page 48.
(2) Rand Daily Mail, 19 and 20 February; Star, 13 February; Cape Times, 14
February. But see page 86.
(3) Page 59.

26 A SURVEY OF RACE
For some reason he apparently allowed men stated to be from South-West Africa
to motor him back to that territory, where he was arrested. After Britain had
expressed serious concern over the manner of the arrest he was allowed to return
to Bechuanaland).
There was some confusion about the origin of the name of the club. Dr. Alexander
indicated it was taken from the title of a book on guerilla warfare by Mao Tse-
Tung, but co-accused persons said they thought it was named after a Chinese
trade union leader.
According to Dr. Alexander, members of the club had studied ways of
overthrowing the Government by revolution and of securing a united front against
it. They had read literature on guerilla warfare, considering that it was necessary
to have a knowledge of it in case armed conflict should occur between the
Government and the masses; but they had differed among themselves as to
whether or not preparations for such warfare should be made. The YCCC was
disbanded at the end of 1962, Dr. Alexander said, when the National Liberation
Front was formed.
A description is given later of the trial of Dr. Alexander and co-accused persons
(arrested in July 1963).
SPEAR OF THE NATION
(a) Organization and Aims
The Rivonia trial, in which Mr. Nelson Mandela, Mr. Walter Sisulu, and others
appeared, is described later, too. At this trial the Deputy Attorney-General, Dr. P.
Yutar, who led the prosecution, traced the recent history of the ANC which, he
contended, had been dominated by communists. By the latter half of 1961, he
said, the ANC (operating underground since its banning the previous year) had
decided to embark upon a policy of violence and destruction to achieve its
political aims. For this purpose the Spear had been formed as the military wing of
the ANC. The Spear operated under the political guidance of the National
Liberatory Committee, which represented all the banned organizations of the
country, including the ANC and the S.A. Communist Party.
For its control and direction the Spear had placed itself under a so-called High
Command, Dr. Yutar continued, which was located in Johannesburg. Under it
were regional and sub-regional committees and cells. A "Freedom Radio" was
operated from Rivonia. The Spear had recruited volunteers who were sent to
Algeria, Egypt, Ethiopia, and other countries for training in sabotage and guerilla
warfare, or who were trained in South Africa.

RELATIONS: 1964 27
Funds were obtained from various sources, including African states.
Numerous acts of sabotage had been committed, and a master-plan had been
drawn up for guerilla warfare, armed invasion, and revolution.("
It was admitted by the defence(5) that in June 1962 the Spear had decided to
make preparations for guerilla warfare, and to this end had recruited men and sent
them out of the country for military training. It was also admitted that the national
executive committee of the ANC decided to allow its national secretariat and its
external missions to assist the Spear; and that the purpose of these preparations
was to ensure that the Spear would not be found unprepared if it were ever
decided to embark on guerilla warfare.
In a statement made from the dock Mr. Mandela denied that the Spear was a wing
of the ANC. Some people were members of both organizations, but at all times
attempts were made to keep the two bodies apart. Violence was never discussed at
ANC meetings.
Because all other means of opposing the principle of White supremacy had been
closed by legislation, Mr. Mandela said, the Spear leaders had decided to organize
sabotage. They chose sabotage as the weapon rather than terrorism because the
former did not involve loss of life. It was hoped by this means to scare away
foreign capital and draw world attention to South Africa. Strict instructions were
given that on no account were the members of Spear to injure or kill people in
carrying out sabotage operations. They were forbidden to carry arms.(')
(b) Operation Mayibuye
A document headed "Operation Mayibuye" (come-back), which had been seized
at Rivonia, was handed in by the State. This was alleged to be the Spear's master-
plan for the forcible overthrow of the "White State" by mass revolutionary action.
Sabotage was envisaged as a preliminary step. While this was in progress
preparations for guerilla warfare would be made. Courses would be arranged,
both outside and within South Africa, to provide military training for volunteers.
Land mines and hand grenades would be manufactured and stock-piled.
Committees would be set up to deal with intelligence, external planning, transport
and logistics, and political authority. Propaganda would be broadcast over "Radio
Liberation".
Four areas were suggested as bases for guerilla warfare: the North-Western
Transvaal, Natal Coast, Eastern Cape, and North(4) Rand Daily Mail, 4
December, 1963.
(5) Ibid. 29 May.
(6) Ibid, 21 April; and Star, 20 April.

28 A SURVEY OF RACE
Western Cape. It was proposed that 7,000 fighters should be trained and
distributed between these areas, and that suitable military targets should be
selected in advance. When the signal was given external military groups should
be landed by air or sea in the base areas to join the trained South African men,
forming a guerilla army which would be supported by the local population. They
would then attack the selected targets, trying to create the maximum havoc and
confusion.
After the attacking forces had succeeded in overthrowing the Government a
provisional revolutionary government, to be set up in advance, would take over.(7
Mr. Sisulu said, in his evidence, that "Operation Ma~yibuye" had been prepared
by Mr. Arthur Goldreich in about April 1963 for consideration by the National
High Command, of which Mr. Goldreich was not a member. (As described in last
year's Survey., Mr. Goldreich and Mr. Harold Wolpe escaped from a police cell in
July 1963 and managed eventually to make their way overseas). This plan had
been examined by the National High Command and by the national executive
committee of the ANC, Mr. Sisulu continued, but had not been adopted by either.
Members of the National High Command, at a meeting held in May, had been
divided on this matter. They had set up a logistics committee to make further
investigations of certain aspects of the plan; but it was hoped that mass action
might prove effective without guerilla warfare. "Operation Ma.ibuye" was a draft
plan for a possible necessity, to be used as a last resort.(')
In his argument, later, Dr. Yutar maintained that the plan was a formal document,
many of the provisions of which had been carried out or were in the process of
being carried out9) But the presiding judge, Mr. Justice Quartus de Wet (Judge-
President of the Transvaal) said he agreed with the submission by the defence (led
by Mr. A. Fischer) that "Operation Mayibuye" had not been adopted and that a
date for guerilla warfare had not been fixed. That did not mean that the leaders
would never have decided on a date. But the charges of conspiracy to commit acts
of guerilla warfare, acts of assistance to foreign invading forces, and acts of
participation in violent revolution fell away, the judge decided.1"
(c) Alleged link with the S.A. Communist Party
Dr. Yutar said in his opening address that the S.A. Communist Party had
dominated the ANC, and their objects were the same. Behind the accused stood
"the vast Communistic machine and organization". According to documents
found Moscow had promised the accused every sort and manner of assistance.
The
(7) Star, 11 February, and Rand Daily Mail, 23 April.
(8) Star, 21 April; Rand Dai'y Mail, 22, 24, 28 April
(9) Rand Daily Mail, 21 May.
(10) Star, 27 May; Rand Daily Mail, 12 June.

RELATIONS: 1964 29
African leaders involved had tried to keep this from the ears of the rank and file of
the people and, in turn, from the Western Powers, because of possible
international repercussions")
Mr. Mandela replied that the ideological creed of the ANC had never been the
same as that of the Communist Party; but that the short-term objects of
communism corresponded with the longterm objects of freedom movements. Mr.
Fischer said he would show that the ANC was a broad national movement with
equal political rights for all South Africans as its aim. It accepted the support of
the Communist Party, as it did all support.(2)
But after hearing the evidence Mr. Justice de Wet referred to a report by Mr.
Mandela, which had been produced in court. Mr. Mandela had stated, "In this area
there are great reservations about our policy and there is a widespread feeling that
the ANC is a communist-dominated organization". He shared this feeling, the
judge said. It did appear that many of the members of both the ANC and the
Spear, if not the majority, had also been members of the S.A. Communist Party.(3
(d) Involvement of the ANC
Mr. Justice de Wet found that the national executive of the ANC had at all times
retained the political guidance of the Spear, had authorized its members to embark
on a policy of sabotage, and had permitted its secretariat and its external missions
to assist the Spear.
He agreed, however, with the defence contention that an individual member of the
ANC could not be convicted of sabotage unless it could be proved that he had
approved of sabotage in some material way0")
(e) Military training
A State witness said that he had been sent for three months' military training at
Dabraseur in Ethiopia. Members of his group had been taught squad drill,
musketry, the use of hand grenades, machine guns, pistols, the BAR, the Bazooka,
and land mines, and had received instruction in first aid, swimming, map reading,
signals, rope-climbing, demolition, radio communications, and the preparation of
booby traps and ambushes. During the training they were paid 45 dollars a month;
and afterwards they were told to return home and each train 15 others!5)
The judge said it had been conceded that about 300 recruits had been sent for
training in other African countries.!6)
(11) Rand Da'.ly Mail, 4 December, 1963.
(12) Ibid, 21 April.
(13) Ibid, 12 June.
(14) Ibid, 29 May and 12 June.
C15) Rand Daily Mal, 21 December 1963.
(16) Ibid, 12 June.

A SURVEY OF RACE
The State alleged that Mr. Dennis Goldberg (one of the accused) had run a camp
for young African and Coloured men at Mamre in the Cape at which military
training was given. In his evidence Mr. Goldberg denied that campers had been
trained in guerilla warfare: the object of the camp, he maintained, had been to
give political education to people who would replace banned leaders.(17) But the
judge rejected this explanation.('8)
(f) Crushing of the Spear
Besides those apprehended at Rivonia, numerous other members of the Spear
were arrested, as will be described later.
The Minister of Justice announced in the Senate on 10 March(9) that the Spear of
the Nation, "which gave me much trouble", had been dealt with. He added
later(20) that the mopping up of scattered elements that remained and had tried to
re-group during the Rivonia trial was going well.
AFRICAN RESISTANCE MOVEMENT
On 10 June, in the Assembly, the Minister said(2") that "subvers've elements",
"communists and the itellow-traveiers", were re-grouping. Instructions had been
given by the Communist Party outside the country, he added, that pending the
verdict in the Rivonia case acts of sabotage in South Africa should be kept to a
minimum. It was reported in July(2) that leaflets were being distributed by an
organization calling itself the African Revolutionary Movement. An African
Resistance Movement claimed, -n telephone calls to newspapers, to have been
responsible for sabotage.
A young South African couple, Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Mutch, who made their way
secretly to Bechuanaland during July, announced there that they were members of
a Resistance Movement.(23)
It was stated by the Head of the Security Police a few days later(24) that the
African Resistance Movement had been identified. It was an organization of "so-
called intellectuals", both White and Non-White: young professional men,
students, and lecturers. The Non-Whites, he said, apparently played a minor role
compared with their share in previous sabotage organizations.
In the trial of Mr. John Harris, accused of setting off a bomb at the station
(described later) it was stated in evidence that the National Committee for
Liberation (formed early in 1962)
(1 ) Ibid, 13 May.
(1) Ib:d, 11 June.
( ) Hansard 8 col. 1965.
(2(l) Rand Daily Mail, 28 July.
(2 ) Hansard 20 col. 7637.
(22) e.g. Sunday Express, 5 July.
(21) Rand Daily Mail, 17 July.
(24) Star, 27 July.

RELATIONS: 1964 31
had subsequently changed its name to the African Resistance Movement.
In Proclamation R 242 of 25 September the State President declared the African
Resistance Movement to be an unlawful organization. It was, the proclamation
stated, also known as the African Freedom Movement, the National Committee
for Liberation, the National Liberation Committee, or the Socialist League. In the
State President's opinion it was, directly or indirectly, carrying on some of the
activities of the ANC.
According to a speech by the Chief of the Security Police in September,(205) the
organization was founded by Mr. D. E. Montague Berman before the latter left the
country.
It transpired, in evidence given at various trials, that there were at least two
groups, in Johannesburg and Cape Town respectively. Names of alleged leaders
are given in a subsequent chapter, dealing with these trials.
It would also appear that most of the alleged members have been arrested or have
fled the country. Mr. Harris said at his trial that at the time of the station bombing
he was the only one still able to operate.
ACTS OF SABOTAGE IN 1964
(a) Up to 10 March
On 27 January two men, apparently trying to enter a transformer installation at the
Union Buildings, Pretoria, were seen by the police, and fled. About a fortnight
later two sets of mainline railway signal cables near Germiston station were
severed by bombs, and an unsuccessful attempt was made to blow up the post
office at Natalspruit, Germiston.
The Minister of Justice said in the Senate(") that since December 1961, when the
first large-scale sabotage occurred, to 10 March, there had been 203 serious cases
of sabotage in South Africa. Of those, 182 had occurred before 30 June 1963,
when the 90-day clause became operative, and 21 since.
(b) 10 March to 13 June
From then until 13 June (the date of the Rivonia verdict), there were few reported
cases. Early in May an explosion partially wrecked pylons carrying power lines
near Dube station, Johannesburg, in front of a train that was taking hundreds of
Africans to work. The driver managed to pull up in time.
(25) Rand Daily Mail, 28 September. (2 6) Hansard 8 cols. 1980-1.

32 A SURVEY OF RACE
On 10 June a home-made bomb was thrown through the window of the home of
an African in Galeshawe Village, Kimberley. His property was damaged, but no-
one was hurt.
(c) Since 13 June
Immediately after the Rivonia verdict there was a fresh outbreak of sabotage. The
next day a bomb explosion damaged the front of the Vrededorp post office,
Johannesburg, and the day thereafter three bombs, which failed to explode, were
placed under railway lines at various points near the city. Four days later a high
voltage pylon in the Springs area was knocked down, causing a break in power;
two pylons on the Cape Flats were brought down, disorganizing the train service
for some hours; and attempts were made to destroy a third pylon in the Cape. Two
days after that another pylon was damaged on a farm near Stellenbosch.
In July the Pimville post office, Johannesburg, was extensively damaged; there
was a bomb attack on the walls of the Johannesburg Fort; and an unsuccessful
attempt was made to blow up the Hospital Hill police station.
Later there was an unsuccessful attempt to set fire to the Matroosfontein post
office near Cape Town, and pipe-bomb attacks were made on two further post
offices in the African townships of Johannesburg.
Hundreds of arrests were made, and on several occasions the police announced
that they had captured material. A secret radio transmitter was found in
Johannesburg. On 9 July the chief of the Security Branch handed a statement to
the Press in which the Minister said that another radio transmitter had been
discovered in Cape Town and that in raids there the police had seized 100lbs. of
dynamite, 50lbs. of electrical detonators and time-bomb mechanisms, and a large
number of photographs of vital installations and military establishments. Similar
material was found later in various places in Johannesburg.
(d) Station bombing
On 24 July a time-bomb, which had been left in a suitcase, exploded in the
concourse of the main railway station in Johannesburg. Numbers of people,
including children, suffered very severe injury from burning petrol from the bomb
and flying glass from damage caused to the buildings. Fifteen were admitted to
hospital, of whom one, Mrs. E. Rhys, subsequently died.
A few minutes before the bomb exploded the police and two newspapers received
telephone calls telling of the planting of a bomb somewhere in the concourse and
specifying at what time it would go off.

RELATIONS: 1964
Numerous political and church leaders and organizations, including the Institute
of Race Relations, issued statements reiterating their condemnation of the use of
violence as a form of political protest, and expressing their utmost abhorrence of
the vicious disregard, in this latest act, for the lives of innocent people.

A SURVEY OF RACE
SECURITY MEASURES
FURTHER STRENGTHENING OF DEFENCE FORCE
The figures that follow show the amounts allocated for Defence in the current
year's Budget compared with those in the previous year and in 1961-62 (i.e. the
time that South Africa left the Commonwealth):
1961-2 1963-4 1964-5
(millions) (millions) (millions) Loan Account .........- R 26.1
Revenue Account ...... R71.5 R121.6 R210.0
Appropriation to Defence
Special Equipment Fund - R 2.0 R 6.5
R71.5 R149.7 R216.5
Thus between 1963-4 and 1964-5 the amount allocated for Defence increased by
R66.8-million, or 45 per cent. Compared with the year that South Africa left the
Commonwealth, expenditure on Defence has more than trebled.
A White Paper issued on 16 March stated that the votes for national security
(Defence and Police) amounted to 26.8 per cent of the State's total expenditure.
The Rand Daily Mail pointed out next day that the Defence Vote far outstripped
the total provision for Bantu Administration and Development, which was R68-
million (including a special allocation of R13-million to the Transkei).
The Defence Special Equipment Fund has been set up to finance the purchase of
heavy armament.
The Prime Minister announced in August that South Africa is to have an aircraft
factory.
DIVISION OF EMERGENCY PLANNING
A Division of Emergency Planning, under the Department of Justice, was set up
in December 1963 as part of the country's general defence preparations. It
replaces the Civilian Protective Services. Its purpose is to investigate and design
measures to ensure the survival of the nation in case of war or other national
disasters, including arrangements for the continuance of government and its
operations. Possible target areas have been demarcated.

RELATIONS: 1964 35
The Government has approved a general civilian survival plan, including fire-
fighting, rescue work, emergency housing, health, and feeding services, the
evacuation of civilians from threatened areas, and the provision of warning
systems and shelters.(') Existing facilities and services will be integrated into the
plan, and for that reason the Division is keeping in touch with the United
Municipal Executive, local authorities, first aid organizations, and government
departments with functions bearing in any way on the work.
As a first practical step the Government allocated R12,000 for training instructors
from the Red Cross, St. John's Ambulance Service, and Noodhulpliga to give
classes in basic first aid. Some 300 instructors were trained, and they then
arranged classes for members of the public, first in Pretoria and next on the
Witwatersrand. The course consists of four lectures, each of two hours.
POLICE RESERVE
The establishment of a Police Reserve was described in last year's Survey.() The
Minister of Justice said on 3 March3s) that branches for Whites, Coloured, and
Indians already existed, and a branch for the Bantu would be considered when this
was deemed expedient.
Thus far, he added, 16,220 Whites, 187 Coloured, and 87 Indians had completed
their basic training and were doing duty on a temporary and voluntary basis to
gain practical experience. There were 3,093 Whites, 44 Coloured, and 32 Indians
undergoing training.
PROTECTED PLACES
As mentioned in the 1963 issue of this SurVey4) the General Law Amendment
Act, No. 37 of 1963, empowered the Government to declare any place or area to
be "protected" if it considers it to be in the public interest or in the interest of the
safety of the State to prevent unauthorized persons from being within such place
or area.
The Commissioner of Police said in February(5O that a special staff of senior
police officers had almost completed a country-wide survey to draw up a list of
strategic installations which would be declared "protected" in time of emergency.
Regulations have been issued under the Sea Shore Act, No. 21 of 1935,(6)
prohibiting anyone (with the exceptions noted below) from entering the coast
around Robben Island, and between the
(1) South African Digest, 13 February.
(2) Page 35.
(3) Assembly, Hansard 7 cols. 2314-5.
(4) Page 28.
(5) Star, 3 February.
(6) Proclamation 547 of 10 April, and Government Notice R1085 of 24 July.

36 A SURVEY OF RACE
Lourens and Eerste Rivers, and opposite the African Explosives factory at the
Strand. Nor may anyone operate a vessel off these shores. The exceptions are
persons authorized by the State in the execution of their duties, people whose
vessels are stranded, or anyone trying to save life.
PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL LAW AMENDMENT ACT,
No. 80 OF 1964
(Provisions relating to security are summarized below, while those dealing with
other matters are described in the relevant chapters of this Survey. See Index).
Recalcitrant witnesses
In terms of the Criminal Procedure Act,(7' if any person present in court
(including a person present under subpoena or warrant of arrest) is required to
give evidence in any criminal proceedings and refuses to be sworn, or after being
sworn, refuses to answer questions put to him, or refuses to produce any
document or thing that he is required to produce, without any just excuse, the
court may adjourn the proceedings for a period not exceeding eight days and may
in the meantime commit the recalcitrant person to be detained in gaol. This
procedure may be repeated for successive periods until the person concerned
consents to do what is required of him.
This Section was amended by the Act of 1964. In such circumstances the court
may now in a summary manner enquire into his refusal or failure and unless the
person concerned has a just excuse, he may be sentenced to imprisonment for a
period not exceeding twelve months. If at the end of the term of imprisonment he
again so refuses or fails, he can be sentenced to further successive terms of
imprisonment. The court may, however, at any time on good cause being shown
remit all or part of the gaol sentence. Right of appeal against such a sentence is
provided for. The court may at any time conclude the criminal proceedings for
which the evidence was required despite any action which may have been taken
against the witness.
Explaining why imprisonment was being substituted for detention in gaol, the
Minister of Justice said(8) that prisoners could be compelled to work, whereas
detained persons could not.
Evidence of accomplices
The Criminal Procedure Act previously provided(O) that a witness in criminal
proceedings is not compelled to answer any
(7) No. 56 of 1955, Section 212.
(8) Assembly, 16 June, Hansard 21 col. 8294.
(9) Sections 234, 254, 255.

RELATIONS: 1964
question which would have a tendency to incriminate him. However, if a witness
(known to the prosecution to be an accomplice of the accused) voluntarily submits
to being sworn as a witness for the prosecution and answers all questions to the
satisfaction of the court, he is freed and discharged from all liability to
prosecution, even though in his evidence he may have incriminated himself. This
indemnity against prosecution is noted in the court records.
Should the accomplice later be prosecuted for the offence concerned (this might
happen if he did not previously answer all questions to the satisfaction of the
court) the evidence he gave earlier will not be admissible in evidence against him
at his trial.
In terms of the amended Act, any person produced as a witness for the
prosecution who in the opinion of the prosecutor is an accomplice will be
compelled to be sworn and to give evidence, even though it might tend to
incriminate him. As before, if he answers fully all lawful questions put to him to
the satisfaction of the court he will be discharged from liability to prosecution.
The major difference is that the giving of such incriminatory evidence will be
compulsory, and not a matter of choice.
In explaining the change the Minister of Justice said(1") the object was to prevent
a recurrence of a position that occurred in a Cape Town case when certain
accomplices offered to give evidence for the State, but when called refused to do
so. A prosecutor, he continued, would be unlikely to produce an accomplice who
was unwilling to give evidence. When such a person was produced the prosecutor
would have to inform the court that in his opinion this person was an accomplice.
It would be for the court (not the prosecutor) to decide whether the witness would
be compelled to give evidence which might incriminate him. (Should he refuse he
might be treated as a recalcitrant witness).
The Opposition was not happy about the change - nor, the Minister admitted, was
the General Bar Council. During the debate Mr. J. D. Newton Thompson pointed
out(") that an accomplice could previously refuse to give evidence if he feared
retaliation from others he might implicate. He would no longer have that
protection.
Mr. Thompson and Mr. R. M. Cadman drew attention to another point.(2) A
witness who incriminated himself would be discharged from liability to
prosecution for the offence for which the accused was being tried, but in the
course of his evidence he might provide the police with a key to some other
offence, and he could then be prosecuted for that. The Minister had stated(13) that
(10) Assembly, 17 June, Hansard 21 cols. 8452, 8467.
(11) Col. 8465.
(12) Cols. 8469, 8477.
(13) Col. 8461.

A SURVEY OF RACE
an accomplice who was forced to give evidence could lawfully refuse to do so in
connection with offences other than the one under investigation by the court. But,
the Opposition speakers said, more than one offence might be held to arise from
the same set ot circumstances.
Dr. L. I. Coertze (Nationalist) replied(4) that it might be to the witness's
advantage, in such an event, to speak freely and give the key to some other
offence. Should he later be prosecuted for it, and the evidence he gave earlier be
used against him at his trial, he would have a strong case if he pleaded that it
should be regarded as inadmissible.
(But, of course, the prosecutor might meanwhile have uncovered other evidence
against the man concerned in respect of the offence that came to light as a result
of his evidence).
Training in sabotage
As stated in last year's Survey(5) the General Law Amendment Act of 1963
provided that it was an offence if a resident or former resident of the Republic
obtained training outside the country, or procured information, which could be of
use in furthering the achievement of any of the objects of communism or of an
organization declared unlawful, and failed to prove beyond a reasonable doubt
that he did not do so for the purpose of furthering such an object.
The Act of 1964 extends these provisions. It is now an offence, not only to have
undergone training, but also to have taken any steps to that end. It is an offence to
have advised or assisted anyone to undergo training. And the provisions apply to
training within the Republic as well as elsewhere.
Detention for twelve days
The 1964 Act extended until 1 June 1965 a provision of the Criminal Procedure
Act, introduced in 1961, which empowers an Attorney-General, if he considers it
necessary in the interests of the safety of the public or the maintenance of public
order, to instruct that a person arrested on a charge of having committed any
offence shall not be released on bail or otherwise for twelve days.
The Minister of Justice said(6) that as far as he knew this Section had very seldom
been used. "Certain Attorneys-General". he went on, "think that they can do
without it at this stage, while others feel they cannot. It is particularly those who
are near the Protectorates who feel that they need it, for very sound reasons.
(14) Col. 8476.
(1-) Page 25.
(11,) Assembly, 16 and 17 June, Hansard 21 cols. 8293, 8447.

RELATIONS: 1964 39
A man is arrested and there is a strong suspicion that he has a fairly bad record in
regard to subversive activities, but it is just impossible to ascertain precisely
within 48 hours what his record is and then to make arrangements that if he is
granted bail . he will not escape".
CONTROL OF ENTRY INTO AFRICAN AREAS
Control has been reimposed over the entry to certain African areas:
Sekhukhuneland, Matlala's and Molietzie's locations near Pietersburg, and 69
African-occupied farms in the Northern Transvaal.(")
(17) See 1962 Survey, page 16, for the implications.

A SURVEY OF RACE
CONTROL OF PUBLICATIONS, AND THE
S.A. BROADCASTING CORPORATION
BANNING OF PUBLICATIONS
Legislation
The terms of the Publications and Entertainments Act of 1963 were described in
last year's Survey.(') It does not apply to newspapers published by members of the
Newspaper Press Union, because the Union has its own Press Code, referred to
later. Under this Act a Publications Control Board was set up, io function as from
1 November 1963, to examine any publication or film submitted to it, and to make
enquiries about any entertainment which the Board has reason to believe may be
undesirable.
There had been some control of publications before 1963. Various Acts(2)
prohibit the publication of material likely to undermine the security of the State or
to engender feelings of hostility between Black and White, and material which
constitutes contempt of court or of Parliament, reveals information about prisons,
or is defamatory. No indecent, obscene, or blasphemous literature may be sent
through the post. Various provincial ordinances render it an offence to distribute
literature which is profane, indecent, or offensive.
The Customs Act of 1955 prohibits the importation of goods which are indecent,
obscene, or on any ground whatsoever objectionable. A Board of Censors was
appointed under the Customs Act to decide whether or not imported publications
fell into these categories. (Its functions have now been taken over by the
Publications Control Board). But until 1963 publications produced in South
Africa could not be banned on these grounds.
Publications which have been banned
In the September issue of the journal Forward its editor, Mr. A. Hepple, analysed
action taken under the legislation described above. From the time that the
Customs Act came into force in 1956 until 1 November 1963 (when the
Publications Control Board began functioning) 8,629 publications were placed
(1) Page 68.
(2) See 1963 Survey, page 66.

RELATIONS: 1964
on the prohibited list on the grounds that they were indecent, obscene, or
objectionable.
From 1 November 1963 to the end of July 1964 the new Board banned 504
publications, in the following categories:
125 were deemed undesirable under the Publications and
Entertainment Act;
293 were deemed indecent, objectionable, or obscene
under the Customs Act;
86 magazines, journals, or newspapers "and all ensuing
issues" were declared indecent, obscene, or objectionable.
Mr. Hepple commented that although a great deal of the material banned is
pornographic, there are also many books and magazines dealing with politics and
race issues which have been prohibited.
In an address to a Rotary Club Professor Ellison Kahn of the University of the
Witwatersrand said that by October some 10,000 publications had been banned by
the Board of Censors and the Publications Control Board. Authors, he declared,
were having difficulty in determining where licence began and liberty ended. "Of
course we don't want hard-core pornography or other blatantly filthy literature
here in this country, but I regret it very much when works of literature are
banned". He cited books by Brendan Behan and John O'Hara. 3)
Among the many books prohibited in 1964 was When the Lion Feeds, by Wilbur
A. Smith of Johannesburg, after some 10,000 copies had been sold in South
Africa and 35,000 overseas.t4) During August security police raided the flat of
Lionel Attwell of Cape Town and confiscated a number of documents, including
his multi-racial play Nothing But the Truth, which was to have been produced a
fortnight later. The police submitted it to the Publications Control Board, and it
was banned. Political books published in England in the Penguin African Library
series, by people like Patrick Duncan, Brian Bunting, and Ruth First, have been
banned, too.
There has been much confusion over the procedure for examining imported
publications. According to reports, until 1964 customs officials examined the
invoices, where possible in advance, but did not hold up the release of the
publications to booksellers and agents. During 1964, however, they decided to
seize all books and periodicals arriving by sea or through the post office, to
examine them, and to submit all doubtful ones to the Publications Control Board.
Booksellers were most perturbed about the delays; and it was stated(5) that
members of the Board had an interview
(3) Rand Daily Mail, 16 October.
(4) Star, 15 July.
(5) Sunday Times, 18 October.

42 A SURVEY OF RACE
with the Minister of the Interior to point out that they could not handle the flood
of material being submitted to them.
Then the policy was again changed. Customs officials examined invoices listing
new hard-cover books in advance of the arrival of the mail, at the ports of entry.
Titles which they considered might be undesirable were listed, and the books
concerned were placed under embargo on arrival until they had been cleared by
the Board. Parcels of hard-covered books were no longer held up at the ports. But
all paper-backed books were still examined by Customs officials before being
sent to the booksellers.
A little later the Department of Customs announced that delays could be
minimized if invoices were always submitted before the books arrived, showing
new titles separately. Parcels should be labelled distinctively to distinguish
between those containing hard-covered and paper-backed books. Advance copies
of books considered "doubtful" should be obtained.
Booksellers have described the situation as chaotic. Large stocks of books under
embargo must be held: this creates storage problems and difficulties in regard to
payment for the books.
The Institute of Race Relations reproduced an article by an advocate, published in
the Cape Times in August, entitled Is Possession of Banned Books Illegal? (RR
115/64). The position is an involved one.
THE PRESS
Press Code of the S.A. Newspaper Press Union
The Press Code, and the Board of Reference set up by the S.A. Newspaper Press
Union, were described in last year's Survey.(10 The Board is composed of two
managerial nominees under the chairmanship of a retired judge. Its function is to
try to ensure that Press reports are accurate and not offensive to decency. Editors
or journalists who are considered to have infringed the code of conduct which was
drawn up by the Press Union may be reprimanded by the Board, and such
reprimand will be published in other papers.
The S.A. Society of Journalists and certain newspaper proprietors have objected
to the code on the grounds that it was adopted as a result of Government pressure
and that it would tend to inhibit the freedom of the Press. (The final clause of the
code reads, "While the Press retains its traditional right of criticism, comment
should take cognizance of the complex racial problems of South Africa, the
general good, and the safety of the country and its peoples".)
(6) Page 66.

RELATIONS: 1964
At the time when last year's Survey was written six complaints had been
submitted to the Board. Since then, only two have been reported. In November
1963 the Board dismissed a complaint by a Nationalist Member of Parliament that
an article by Mr. Horace Flather published in three newspapers had contravened
the code. In April it upheld a complaint that the Sunday Times had published an
incorrect version of a statement by the Secretary of the S.A. Medical Association.
Report of the Press Commission
The report of the Press Commission, which had been in preparation for thirteen
years, was tabled in Parliament on 11 May. It consisted of about 1,400 pages, with
annexures and appendices taking up another 3,000 pages.
The Commission made no attempt to deal with the contents of the South African
Press, and asked the Government to relieve it of such a study, which, it said,
would entail an enormous volume of work. The Commission covered only reports
sent to overseas news agencies and papers by the S.A. Press Association and other
correspondents and "stringers" in South Africa, and the handling of such reports.
The Commission pointed out that much of its study of such matters was already
outdated (it did not deal with years subsequent to 1960).
Little criticism was made of news despatched from South Africa on matters other
than racial or political affairs; but reports on these affairs were severely criticized.
The Commission censured leading overseas newspapers, including The Times of
London and the New York Times, for showing hostility to Afrikaner Nationalists
and for sometimes slanting news to this end.
It deemed that 67.25 per cent of the cables and reports sent overseas from South
Africa, on racial or political affairs, were "bad" or "very bad"; 25.85 per cent were
"faulty" in that they did not put the situation into perspective; and only 6.90 per
cent were "good". The "bad" or "very bad" reports gave a distorted picture of the
South African scene: many of them appeared to have been written for the purpose
of making propaganda against the White people of South Africa, and more
particularly against the Afrikaner and the Nationalist Party. The English-speaking
and the Non-White points of view were over-reported, as were views of minor
political groups and dissidents. An inadequate picture was given of the
Government's policy. Correspondents failed to make the comment necessary to
place criticisms in perspective: political problems were virtually never reported
against South Africa's historical background or in relation to its linguistic and
racial plurality.
The Commission recommended that a statutory Press Council be established "for
the self-control and discipline" of the Press.

A SURVEY OF RACE
Such a council would, inter alia, try to maintain the freedom of the Press and
encourage the greatest practicable accuracy in the presentation of news. It would
consist of:
(a) two representatives of proprietors of journals published
in South Africa, and two representatives of journalists employed by them, in each
case one from the Afrikaansspeaking and one from the English-speaking sections;
(b) representatives of the public, to be elected by two
electoral colleges, one Afrikaans and one English;
(c) representatives of the Government and of the main
Opposition party, appointed by the Speaker of the House
of Assembly.
This Council, the Commission considered, should have powers to impose fines, to
reprimand, to order publication of its judgments, and to make orders about costs.
There would be no right of appeal against its judgments.
The Commission recommended, too, that the Council should maintain a register
of approved journalists, and that only those journalists who were granted
registration should have authority to cable news overseas. All Press cables should
be filed with the Department of Posts and Telegraphs and should be available for
public inspection for 48 hours after their despatch.(')
In reply to a question in the Assembly8) the Minister of the Interior said that the
Commission had been disbanded. It will, thus, not bring its work up to date, nor
report on the South African Press.
Comments by Sir de Viliers Graaff
Sir de Villiers Graaff, leader of the United Party, is reported to have said, in a
Press statement published on 17 May,O9) that the Commission's report was
valuable for at least one thing. "It shows more vividly than anything else how
abhorrent the Government's race policies are to the civilized world... The Press
Commission has put practically the entire British and American Press in the dock,
and in judging them the Commission's most frequent complaint is not that their
reports were untrue or false. but that there were not sufficient comments in those
reports to present the facts in a light favourable to the Nationalist Government.
The norm that the commission set for itself was obviously not accuracy, but the
presence or absence of opinions favourable to the Government. The result is a
lopsided, unbalanced, and unfair condemnation of journalists".
(7) Account compiled from numerous Press reports.
(8) 15 May. Hansard 16 col. 6038.
(9) Sunday Times of that date.

RELATIONS: 1964
Sir de Villiers pointed out that by limiting its work to the correspondents and the
reporting of overseas newspapers the Commission had avoided commenting on
the contents and practices of Nationalist newspapers, which did not send reports
overseas. He urged that the Government should announce that it did not intend
imposing the drastic control suggested by the Commission.
"I and my party unequivocally condemn inaccurate, false, and malicious reports",
he stressed, "particularly when they relate to the delicate situation in South Africa,
and we have given considerable thought to the best manner in which this evil can
be countered. We have come to the conclusion that the Press, itself, is the best and
only agency to correct wrong things done by the Press. We are strengthened in
this view by the willingness which the Press has evinced to accept this
responsibility - a willingness which led to the creation, two years ago, with the
blessing of the Government, of the Press Board of Reference, under the
chairmanship of a retired judge. That board should be given a fair chance to prove
itself".
Comments by the S.A. Press Association
At the annual general meeting of the S.A. Press Association, held in Cape Town
on 18 September, its president, Mr. A. H. Macintosh, drew attention to the Press
Commission's criticisms of the S.A. Press Association (Sapa), and of
representatives of overseas news agencies and newspapers, for their reporting of
the South African scene. He described in detail what Sapa was and what it stood
for1°)
Sapa, he said, was a non-profit making national co-operative news-gathering and
distributing organization, wholly owned and controlled by South African
newspapers. There were 19 membernewspapers published in English, between
them owning 21,940 shares, and 6 member-newspapers, holding 3,350 shares,
published in Afrikaans.
The constitution of Sapa stated, "All news supplied to or by the Association ...
shall be independent, unbiased, and impartial, and shall be supplied as far as
possible in such a form that it can be published by every paper receiving it,
irrespective of the political views of the paper, without modification other than
curtailment. In particular, all such services shall be free from all political, social,
financial, commercial, or religious propaganda, except as it is inseparable from
the fair reporting of public utterances by men of public importance or events of
general news interest".
Mr. Macintosh pointed out that it was unfortunate that the Commission had ended
its investigation with reports sent overseas
(10) A full report was published in the Cape Times, 19 September.
A SURVEY OF RACE
in 1960 (the time of Sharpeville). Of course, he said, among the messages sent
overseas between 1950 and 1960 there were occasional items which had been
legitimately criticized. But Sapa's policy and objective remained clear and
steadfast - to provide news which was independent, unbiased, and impartial. If
overseas news agencies and newspapers elected to emphasize only certain aspects
of South African national life, Sapa could not be held responsible.
Afrikaans-language newspapers, Mr. Macintosh said, were contributing more to
the Sapa pool than they did formerly, and as a result Sapa's reflection of the South
African scene had become wider.
Possible legislation for control of the Press
The Prime Minister said in the Assembly, on 27 April,(11) that he had always
been a protagonist of the freedom of the Press, and he still was. But there was a
difference between freedom and abuse. Certain Opposition newspapers, he
declared, went much further than merely advancing the cause of a political party.
"Some newspapers... even go so far in their comment as to harm South Africa as
far as possible and . . . are also inclined to tell many untruths". The Press, he said,
had not got the right "to commit treason against its country".
There have been numerous attacks by Nationalists on the English Press: it is
mentioned in an earlier chapter, for example, that the Volkskongres asked the
Government to take action in the matter. The Transvaal Nationalist Party
Congress held in September resolved to urge the Government to implement the
recommendations of the Press Commission. It was reported(12) that the Minister
of the Interior, who was present, said that while this was easier said than done,
nevertheless he did not think that it would be necessary to put the same request at
the next congress.
Circulation of newspapers
If newspaper circulation figures for the period January to June 1964 are compared
with those for July to December 1962 it is seen that the circulation of all the
English-language Opposition daily papers, combined, increased by approximately
22,000 copies per issue over the period, while that of Nationalist dailies decreased
by about 3,000 copies. (These figures exclude the weekend editions of daily
papers, for which no comparative statistics are available). So far as the Sunday
papers are concerned, the Opposition Press increased its circulation by 76,000,
while the circulation of Nationalist papers decreased by 7,000.
(11) Hansard 14 col. 5014.
(12) Sunday Times, 27 September.

RELATIONS: 1964 47
At the Transvaal Congress of the Nationalist Party a resolution was adopted
appealing to members to support only those newspapers which were well
disposed to the party. The chairman is reported(1") to have said that about 40 per
cent of the readers of English-language newspapers were Afrikaans-speaking.
The dailies with the largest circulation per issue (figures given to the nearest
1,000) in January to June 1964 were:
Star ... .... ... ... ... 163,000
Rand Daily Mail ...... 109,000
Cape Argus ......... 101,000
Natal Daily News ....... 75,000
Cape Times ............. 67,000
Natal Mercury .......... 61,000
Vaderland ............. 50,000
Burger ... .... .... ... 48,000
Transvaler ............ 37,000
So far as Sunday and weekly papers were concerned the Sunday Times easily led
the field with a circulation of 394,000. Next were the Sunday Express (177,000),
Landstem (156,000), Dagbreek/Sondagnuus (154,000), Cape Argus
(weekend) (152,000), and Star (weekend) (131,000).
The most popular periodicals were the Huisgenoot (135,000), Personality
(118,000), Rooi Rose (104,000), and Brandwag (102,000).
Non-White papers had not attained nearly as high a circulation. (Very many Non-
Whites, of coiirse, subscribe to the papers mentioned above and others that
circulate mainly among Whites. Some of these run special editions with news of
the African townships). Post (weekly) had a circulation of 90,000, and The World
(daily) of 69,000.
Action taken against certain journals
The fornightly Liberal newspaper Contact has operated under increasing
difficulties. Its activities have been disrupted by police searchers and several
prosecutions;("') three successive editors and other members of staff have been
banned, and a fourth placed under 90-day detention; and for political reasons
printers have been unwilling to produce it. For a time during 1964 it appeared in
duplicated form, but the proprietors have now acquired a small printing press of
their own.
During April the police raided the offices of The New African, established in
1963,(") and confiscated correspondence, address plates, financial books,
subscription lists, and nearly 2,000 copies of the latest issue, in order to examine
these.
(13) Star, 9 September.
(14) See 1962 Survey, page 63.
(15) See 1963 Survey, page 66.

A SURVEY OF RACE
Certain Press Gallery reporters
The (African) editor of The World, Mr. M. T. Moerane, holds a Parliamentary
Press Gallery ticket, and during 1963 shared the office of a White reporter. The
newspaper Dagbreek mentioned this on 26 January, and added that Mr. Moerane
used the same toilet facilities as the Whites did. "This is a situation which is not
generally accepted", Dagbreek stated. After certain newspapermen had
complained, Mr. Moerane ceased using the offices.
In June the Speaker expelled Mr. Anthony Delius of the Cape Times from the
Press Gallery permanently for having failed to heed a warning not to refer, in
Press reports, to the presence of relatives of Members in the visitors' galleries.
Award to Mr. Gandar
Mr. Lawrence Gandar, editor of the Rand Daily Mail, has been awarded the first
gold medal of the British Institute of Journalists in recognition of his "outstanding
services to journalism and the fundamental freedom of the Press".
S.A. BROADCASTING CORPORATION
During January the United Party demanded that the Government should appoint a
commission to enquire into the "one-sided presentation of political material by the
S.A. Broadcasting Corporation in news broadcasts and political talks".
Sir de Villiers Graaff returned to the subject in a speech made in the Assembly on
27 April.") It was becoming more and more a purveyor of comment as well as
news, he said, and "in purveying that comment it is not observing even the code
which the Press in South Africa, under Government pressure very largely, has
agreed to accept. It regards itself free to attack individual newspapers, individual
Pressmen, individuals who are citizens of the country, and give them no right of
reply".
The SABC, Sir de Villiers continued, is "a State-supported monopoly which
stands very closely under the surveillance or the care of the Minister of Posts and
Telegraphs ... The activities of this organization are a denial of democracy in
South Africa . . . It is being used . . . to propagate a political point of view . . .
Public money is being used for monopolistic propaganda purposes".
In his reply Dr. Verwoerd said,°') "Honourable Members opposite are so
accustomed to the prejudiced and partial news service that they have had for years
(in the English-language Press) that they can no longer see or hear a general
national point of
(16) Hansard 14 col. 4957.
(17) Col. 5016.

RELATIONS: 1964
view without saying immediately that it is a Nationalist Party point of view ...
(They) resent the attempt by the SABC to guide the people to consider the
interests of South Africa and South Africa only".
The Minister of Finance made similar remarks in the Senate on 9 March.(18) He
could understand that people who read only English newspapers would think that
news broadcasts were slanted, he said. On the other hand people acquainted with
the facts thought that the English newspapers were slanted. The Minister was
speaking in reply to an allegation that Radio Bantu broadcast propaganda. "In the
last couple of years", he said, "there has been a tremendous direction of
propaganda from the various African colonies (States) on South Africa . . . Must
we not from our side as far as possible see to it that the inhabitants of the Transkei
and other Bantu in South Africa have some counterpropaganda?"
In a series of broadcasts early in the year, entitled "Know Your Enemy", an attack
was made on the church ecumenical movement in general and the World Council
of Churches in particular. It was stated on one occasion that the Communist front
had "virtually captured the modem ecumenical movement". In the April issue of
its official quarterly publication the Christian Council of S.A. categorically
refuted charges made, and said, "The Council deeply deplores the use of the radio
for this kind of biased reporting".
In broadcast talks attacks have been made on the Christian Institute and various
other bodies. The broadcast on White participation in Non-White politics, made at
the time when the Progressive Party was canvassing support for its candidate to
represent Coloured people of the Cape in the Provincial Council, is described on
page 5.
In the April issue of its official journal the Afrikaans Calvinist Foundation, which
is based on the University of Potchefstroom, criticized the SABC for referring
derisively and disparagingly to African states and their leaders.(")
In broadcasts for home consumption the word "Bantu" is used, and the usual
policy is to refer to African politicians who are critical of South Africa by their
surnames only. But it was announced in July that when a full Africa service,
designed mainly for listeners in other countries, was introduced, the word
"African" would replace "Bantu". The titles "Dr." or "Mr." were already being
used in the limited service, consisting of a news broadcast at 6.30 p.m.("°)
(18) Hansard 8 cols. 1959-61.
(19) Star, 25 April.
(20) Sunday Express, 19 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE
CONTROL OF PERSONS
TRAVEL DOCUMENTS
Passports
No recent statistics are available indicating the number of passports that have
been granted or refused in recent months. Towards the beginning of the year fair
numbers of Non-Whites (persons not suspected of political activities) were
granted passports. Examples are the Rev. Gladstone Ntlabati to take up a
scholarship offered at Yale; Mr. Gerald Murison of the University of the
Witwatersrand to study for a doctorate in the United States; Mrs. Deborah
Mabiletsa to take a course in social work at Cleveland; and Mr. Norman Daniels,
Mr. Peter Dabula, Mr. Dick Naicker, and Mr. Joseph Manyoni to study local
government and educational methods in Britain. The Rev. and Mrs. S. Thema,
who were awarded United States/South Africa Leadership Exchange grants, were
granted passports. Overseas visits by other Non-White citizens are described
elsewhere in the text of this Surve.y.
During the course of the year, however, the Government appeared to become less
ready to grant passports to Non-Whites. Applicants were kept waiting up to six
months for a reply, and numbers of them who, so far as was publicly known, had
not been involved in politics, were refused passports. Among these was Mr. J. C.
M. Mbata, Field Officer of the Institute of Race Relations, who had been awarded
a grant under the United States/South Africa Leadership Exchange Program. The
Rt. Rev. A. H. Zulu of the Anglican Church, who is on the Executive Committee
of the World Council of Churches, was denied a passport. The Rev. and Mrs. T.
Gqubule were prevented from taking up scholarships for theology and sociology
studies in New York.
Two journalists, Mr. M. T. Moerane, editor of The World, and Mr. Nat Nakasa,
were denied passports when they were offered Nieman Fellowships at Harvard
University. Protests were made by the S.A. Society of Journalists. Mr. Nakasa
decided to apply for an exit permit and to leave the country permanently.
The Rev. M. Msane of the Anglican Church was prevented from studying at
King's College, London; and Mr. Abner M'Timkulu was unable to take up an
Ernest Oppenheimer Scholarship for one year's post-graduate study at Alberta
Uni-

RELATIONS: 1964 51
versity, Canada. At least another 8 such cases were reported. Non-White members
of a table tennis team were not allowed to take part in overseas championships.
The Institute of Race Relations urged the Government to clarify the policy it was
adopting in regard to people awarded scholarships.
Some Non-White South Africans have in the past attended the multi-racial
Waterford school or other schools in Swaziland. They required travel documents,
renewable annually. After the summer vacation at the beginning of 1964 these
documents were refused to all except those nearing the end of their studies.
Permanent exit permits
Questioned in the Assembly on 5 June, 1) the Minister of the Interior stated that
during the first five months of the year 7 Whites, 6 Coloured, 2 Indians, and 1
African had applied for permanent exit permits. All applications had been
granted.
Visas
On 17 April the Minister said02) that during the past twelve months visas to visit
South Africa had been refused to 245 persons, of whom 61 were White. Among
the Whites were Mr. Gaspar Ortego, a Mexican boxer; and members of the
Claremont String Quartet who were to have toured under the auspices of the
United States Department of State Cultural Presentations, a body which does not
allow performances to be given before segregated audiences.
A Ghanaian in voluntary exile, occupying an important academic post in Holland,
was invited to deliver the T.B. Davie Memorial Lecture at the University of Cape
Town, but was refused a visa. An American Negro, a professor at a leading
United States university, was invited in his stead, but was likewise prevented from
coming. The Negro jazz trumpeter Louis "Satchmo" Armstrong was debarred
from touring South Africa, although the promoters stipulated that he would play
to segregated audiences.
Two Maoris invited to attend the jubilee celebrations of the S.A. Rugby Board
were allowed to come, however. (This was at the time when the controversy about
South African participation in international sport, described later, was at its
height).
Commander G. Cunningham of Amnesty International was refused a transit visa
to enable him to cross from Bechuanaland to Swaziland in order to visit refugees.
(1) Hansard 19 col. 7251.
(2) Assembly, Hansard 12 cols. 4422-3.
A SURVEY OF RACE
Residence permits
A plan was made for the informal exchange of top-flight journalists between the
United States and South Africa. The first American selected was Mr. Saul
Friedman who two years previously had been awarded a Nieman Fellowship.
After a long delay his application for a residence permit in South Africa was
refused although, according to reports,O3) it was accompanied by testimonials
from President Johnson and three Congressmen. Mr. Mark Green, an ex- New
York Times journalist who had been offered a post in South Africa, was also
denied a residence permit.
Prohibited immigrants
Most of the leading politicians from the former High Commission Territories
have been declared prohibited immigrants in South Africa, for example Mr.
Seretse Khama (Bechuanaland Democratic Party), Mr. Motsamai Mpho
(Botswana Independence Party, Bechuanaland), Dr. Allen Nxumalo (Swaziland
Democratic Party), Dr. Ambrose Zwane (Ngwane National Liberatory Congress,
Swaziland), Dr. Mtsu Mokhehle (Basutoland Congress Party), and Dr. Seth
Makotoko (Marematlou Freedom Party, Basutoland).
"LISTED" PERSONS
Reasons for "listing"
Persons may be "listed" as having been members or active supporters of the S.A.
Communist Party or any other organization that is declared unlawful, or as having
been deemed by the Minister of Justice to be promoting any of the aims of
communism. It ;s an offence for listed persons to change their address or
employment without notifying the police. They may not, without special
permission, become members or office-bearers of any of 35 organizations
specifically mentioned by the Government, nor may they have anything to do
with the preparation, issuing, or dissemination of any publication. Further action
which may be taken against them in the form of banning orders was described in
last year's Survey, 4) and will be dealt with below.
Numbers involved
On 16 November 1962 the Minister released a list of 437 named communists.
Numbers of these had been politically inactive for some years, at least 81 had left
the country, and at least two had died.
(3) Rand Daily Mail, 7 March.
(4) Page 38.

RELATIONS: 1964
Early in 1964 the names of those deemed to have been members or active
supporters of the banned Congress of Democrats were added; but no lists of ex-
members of other banned organizations have yet been published.
The Minister told the Assembly on 28 April(5) that 173 persons had applied to
have their names removed from the list: of these, 79 applications had succeeded
and 16 were still under consideration. The names of 30 other persons had been
removed, and 38 names had been added. During August another 37 names were
included and 38 deleted.
A supplementary list was gazetted on 28 August. Since then, several names have
been removed.
Named communists in the educational profession
On 4 September the Minister announced6) that as from the beginning of 1965
persons whose names were on the list would be prohibited from lecturing or
teaching at any State-aided university, technical college, school, or other
educational institution. No special legislation would be required for this, he said:
he already had the necessary powers under the Suppression of Communism Act.
Of the listed persons who still were in South Africa at least three were university
lecturers and three were teachers.
It was announced by the Minister on 9 November that three people listed as
communists and employed at State-aided educational institutions had applied to
have their names removed from the list.*
Named Communists in the legal profession
As mentioned in the 1962 issue of this Survey(') there were reports that year that
the Minister was considering the introduction of a Bill in terms of which listed
communists would be debarred from the legal profession. There was no reference
to this in the Admission of Advocates Act or the Attorneys, Notaries, and
Conveyancers Admission Amendment Act of 1964.
However, in the statement mentioned above the Minister announced that he
intended introducing legislation in 1965 which would ban listed communists from
practising at the bar and side-bar. The names of at least eleven legal men were on
the list.
(5) Hansard 14 col. 5040.
(6) Star, 4 September.
*During December severe banning orders which, inter alia, will prevent them
from teaching and from publishing any writings, were served on Professor E.
Roux of the University of the Witwatersrand and Professor H. J. Simons of the
University of Cape Town, whose names had been listed.
(7) Page 170.

54 A SURVEY OF RACE
BANNING ORDERS
Types of banning orders
The types of banning orders that have been served on persons were described in
last year's Survey:08) at least 25 different kinds of bans are involved ranging from
house arrest to a ban on visiting any hospital. All banned persons are
automatically prohibited from attending gatherings, from being members of the
35 organizations mentioned above, and from having anything to do with the
preparation, publication, or dissemination of any book, periodical, or pamphlet.
They, too, must report change of address or of employment to the police. Their
sayings or writings may not be published.
An example of a banning order issued to an African on 21 August is quoted.0) He
is prohibited from attending any kind of a gathering, including social gatherings.
He may not absent himself from the magisterial district of Johannesburg, nor may
he enter a Coloured or Asian group area, an African township other than the one
where he lives, any factory premises, the offices of any of the 35 organizations,
any place where a publication is prepared, or any educational institution. He is
forbidden to communicate with any listed or banned person, and to give any form
of educational instruction to persons other than his own children.
Other people have been prohibited from leaving a specified township; entering
any harbour, mine, or railway premises; entering any court of law except as a
petitioner, accused, or witness; visiting any hospital; communicating with any
newspaper; or communicating with members of organizations specified in the
banning notice. Numbers have been instructed to report to the police once a week.
The orders are generally issued for periods of five years.
Numbers of orders served
On 6 November 1964 the Department of Justice issued a list of 303 persons in
possession of current banning orders.(") This list covered the period up to 30
April. It included numbers of the listed persons, mentioned above. At least 22 of
the people involved had left the country and 3 had died.
Between the time when this list was issued and 14 November at least another 40
people had been served with banning orders.
(8) Page 41.
(9) Government Notice R 1288 of 21 August.
'1o) Government Notice R 1813.

RELATIONS: 1964
House arrest
The Minister said on 24 January(") that by then 33 persons had been placed under
house arrest,(12) of whom 12 had been forbidden to leave their homes at all. The
rest could go out to work.
He added, on 15 May, that 11 of these people had fled from the country without
valid travel documents. Others had been granted exit permits, and some were in
gaol.
During 1964 at least 15 more people were placed under house arrest and 6 more
received warnings.
By 13 October 1964 Mrs. Helen Joseph of Johannesburg, who was the first to be
served with such an order, had been under 12-hour house arrest for 2 years. She
may not leave her home at weekends or on public holidays.
Prosecutions for failure to comply with the terms of banning orders
During February two Africans were each sentenced to 12 months' imprisonment
(11 months suspended for 3 years) for failing to notify the police that they had
changed their addresses.
Sentences ranging from 2 to 12 months, the greater portion suspended, have been
imposed during the year on two people for failing to report to the police at a set
time, on two for communicating with another banned person, and on two more for
attending a gathering.
Definition of a social gathering
Mrs. Jacqueline Arenstein of Durban, who had been prohibited from attending
social gatherings, was found guilty in a magistrate's court of having contravened
this order by having tea with three friends. They had met by chance in a public
cafe. She was sentenced to 7 days' imprisonment, suspended for a year.
But on appeal to the Natal Supreme Court the conviction and sentence were set
aside. The two judges ruled that persons who spontaneously have tea together or
who come together in any way without premeditation are not attending a social
gathering within the meaning of the Suppression of Communism Act.
Mr. Justice Fannin said, "There may be many circumstances in which, while it
may not be incorrect to say that a person was a part of a gathering of persons, it
would be wrong to say that he had 'attended' a gathering".
The judge said he thought it would be a misuse of the word "attend" to say that
the individuals concerned, by being at the place in question with the others, were
"attending" a gathering.
(11) Assembly, Hansard 1 cols. 264-5.
(12) See 1962 Survey, page 48, for the implications.

56 A SURVEY OF RACE
It followed that the kind of gathering to which the Act authorized the application
of a prohibition is a gathering which could be "attended".
"It is difficult to state with any degree of precision the test which must be applied
to ascertain upon which side of the line a particular gathering will fall, but it must,
I think, be something more purposeful and less casual and spontaneous than, for
example, a bus queue, or a crowd at a street fire or accident and thus, I conclude,
something less casual than the chance meeting of the four persons in this case".
The relevant sections of the banning order and of the Act were not intended, Mr.
Justice Fannin considered, to authorize the Minister to inhibit all social contact
between the affected person and any other persons.
Mr. Justice Miller concurred.(")
CONTINUED DETENTION OF MR. SOBUKWE
As mentioned in previous issues of this Survey, after the demonstration organized
by the Pan-African Congress against the pass laws in 1960 Mr. Robert Sobukwe,
the president of the organization, was sentenced to 3 years' imprisonment for
inciting others to support a campaign for the repeal of these laws.
His sentence was due to expire on 3 May 1963, but meanwhile the General Law
Amendment Act of 1963 had been passed. One of its clauses provided that in
cases where a person is sentenced to imprisonment for a political offence and the
Minister is satisfied that if released, he is likely to further the achievement of any
of the objects of communism, the Minister may order his continued detention.
These provisions were to remain in force until 30 June 1964 unless extended for a
period not exceeding 12 months by resolution of both Houses of Parliament.
The Minister ordered the continued detention of Mr. Sobukwe, who was removed
to Robben Island.
Section 14 of the General Law Amendment Act, No. 80 -of 1964, extended the
provisions described above to 30 June 1965, and stated that after that the Minister
(instead of Parliament) could make further extensions in individual cases.
At the time of writing Mr. Sobukwe was the only person who had been detained
under this Section. In mid-June Mrs. Helen Suzman, M.P., pleaded for his
release,04) but the Minister said that circumstances which he did not think it wise
to disclose made it necessary for him to refuse.(")
Mr. Sobukwe applied for an exit permit to allow him to leave the country
permanently. The Minister announced") that his
(13) Star, 24 August.
(14) Assembly, 16 and 17 June, Hansard 21 cols. 8334, 8429-31.
(15) Col. 8432.
(18) Assembly, 10 June, Hansard 20 cols. 7701-2.

RELATIONS: 1964 57
Department had made a thorough study of what could possibly happen if this
request were granted. "I decided that in the interests of South Africa I could not
permit him to go overseas".
A representative of the International Red Cross had visited Mr. Sobukwe, the
Minister continued, and reported that his accommodation was equivalent to "that
of a high-ranking officer in time of war". He was in excellent health, had a radio,
and received newspapers daily.
The South Ajrican Digest stated on 26 December 1963 that Mr. Sobukwe
occupied a 3-roomed bungalow with a shower and toilet, and received three daily
newspapers and as many books as he required. A Rand Daily Mail reporter who
visited him said, on 21 January, that he wore his own clothing, could spend up to
RIO a month on extra foods and other goods, and was studying for the Bachelor
of Economics degree of the University of London. His time was his own. But the
fact remained that he was in prison, had very few visitors, and felt frustrated.
BANISHMENT OF AFRICANS
During the year under review the Government has again taken action mainly in
terms of legislation passed from 1962 on, and few further Africans have been
banished from their home areas in terms of Section 5 (1) (b) of the Native
Administration Act of 1927.7)
As at 18 June 1963 there were apparently 31 Africans still in banishment. The
Minister of Bantu Administration and Development reported in the Assembly(")
that from then until 12 June 1964 another 5 banishment orders were served; 9
orders were withdrawn, 11 were suspended, and 1 man died in banishment.
In June 1964, then, there were apparently 15 Africans in banishment.
DETENTION UNDER EMERGENCY REGULATIONS FOR THE
TRANSKEI
At the time of writing, most of the emergency regulations for the Transkei,
originally gazetted as Proclamations 400 and 413 of 1960, remained in force.(9)
It is laid down in these that any persons suspected of committing an offence under
the regulations or any law, or of intending to do so, or of possessing information
about an offence, may be arrested without warrant and held in custody until the
police or prison authorities are satisfied that they have fully and truthfully
answered all relevant questions put to them. They may not consult
(17) See 1962 Survey, page 19.
(18) 28 January, Hansard 2 cols. 400-1: and 12 June, Hansard 20 cols. 7873-4
(19) See 1961 Survey, page 43.
A SURVEY OF RACE
with a legal adviser unless with the consent of the Minister of Bantu
Administration and Development.
Certain of the offences specified in the emergency regulations are: holding a
meeting of more than 10 Africans unless with special permission (church services,
funerals, etc. are exempted); making any statement or performing any action
likely to have the effect of interfering with the authority of the State, one of its
officials, or a chief or headman; boycotting an official meeting; and treating a
chief or headman with disrespect.
On 24 January the Minister of Justice gave statistics relating to persons detained
under these regulations during 1963.02o) The number reached a peak in April
1963, when there were 140 detainees. Four months later the total was 64, and
thereafter it dwindled to 1 in January.
During the first 3- months of 1964 two persons were detained under Proclamation
400 on suspicion of sabotage, alternatively armed robbery, and three for alleged
ANC activities (and, in two cases, also on allegations of attempting to defeat or
obstruct the course of justice).(21) One of these men was Dr. Paschal Ngakane.
According to Press reports Dr. Ngakane, a medical practitioner of Clermont, near
Durban, left his home by car on 19 February, and disappeared. Efforts to trace
him failed until 6 March, when his wife received an anonymous telephone call to
the effect that his car had been seen at Matatiele in the Transkei. She then
telephoned the police there, who said that Dr. Ngakane had been detained under
the emergency regulations in connection with a political meeting. She had not
been informed because he had given a false name. (But Mrs. Ngakane pointed out
that the police could have traced her through the car registration number). She
was allowed to visit him and take books and 'a change of clothing.(")
Dr. Ngakane appeared in court in April with others accused of continuing the
activities of the ANC; but the charge against him was not proceeded with at the
time.
(20) Assembly, Hansard 1 col. 263.
(21) Minister of Justice, Assembly 14 Apri!. Hansard 12 cols. 4150-1.
(22) Sunday Express, 8 March; Rand Daily Mail, 9 and 10 March.

RELATIONS: 1964
DETENTION 'FOR INTERROGATION
PROVISIONS OF THE LAW
The Act of 1963
As stated in last year's Survey, Section 17 of the General Law Amendment Act,
No. 37 of 1963, provided that a commissioned officer of the police may without
warrant arrest any person who he suspects has committed or intends to commit
sabotage or any offence under the Suppression of Communism or Unlawful
Organizations Acts, or who in the police officer's opinion is in possession of any
information relating to such an offence.
A person so arrested is detained in custody until, in the opinion of the
Commissioner of Police, he has replied satisfactorily to all questions put to him.
No-one may be detained for more than 90 days on any particular occasion (but see
below). No court of law has the power to order the release of a detained person,
but the Minister of Justice may order that an individual be released.
A magistrate visits each detainee once a week, but no other visitors are allowed
except with the permission of the Minister or a commissioned police officer.
The Act provided that Section 17 would be in operation until 30 June 1964 and
for such further periods, not exceeding 12 months at a time, as the State President
may determine. It first came into operation on 1 May 1963.
Statements by detained persons
Section 46 of the General Law Amendment Act, No. 80 of 1964, provided, with
retrospective effect, that persons under 90-day detention will not be entitled to
copies of statements made by them while being detained.
(In terms of the previous law01) any person who had made a statement in a
criminal case, whether as an accused or as a witness, was entitled to a copy of it
on request).
In explaining the new clause the Minister of Justice said(') that certain people
were trying to obtain copies of statements made to the police by 90-day detainees.
He had to protect the
(1) Section 380 of the Criminal Procedure Act, No. 56 of 1955.
(2) Assembly, 16 June, Hansard 21 cols. 8296-7.

60 A SURVEY OF RACE
detainees concerned. If after release they wanted to disclose what they had said in
statements, that was their affair, but he did not intend providing any proof.
Furthermore, the Minister continued, the interests of the State demanded that he
should not tell "these people" what information the State possessed.
Mr. M. L. Mitchell, M.P. (United Party) contended(3) that it was in the interests
of justice that an ex-detainee should be allowed to see what he had said in a
statement. Statements by detained persons were in any case unreliable, Mr.
Mitchell declared. Subsequent statements would be even more unreliable if the
persons concerned were not permitted to refresh their memories.
The Minister replied(4) that in theory he agreed with Mr. Mitchell's argument, but
in the interests of South Africa he was not prepared to withdraw the new clause.
His information was that "subversive elements" intended asking for copies of
statements "on a large scale", since it had become of cardinal importance to them
to determine how much the State knew.
EXTENSION OF PROVISIONS OF SECTION 17
In the Assembly on 6 March(') Mrs. H. Suzman, M.P. (Progressive Party) moved
"That, in the opinion of this House, all statutes, proclamations, and other
enactments under which citizens can be deprived of their liberty without recourse
to the courts of law, should be repealed". Her motion was negatived.
The Minister said, in June (just before Parliament rose), ') that the police had
broken the back of the Spear organization, but a certain amount of mopping up
work remained, and it was possible that sabotage might be resumed after the
verdict in the Rivonia trial. The communists, he said, were regrouping. He would,
thus, advise the Cabinet to extend the 90-day provisions: it might be possible to
suspend them later, during the Parliamentary recess. But if this were done,
Section 17 would be brought into operation again as often as was necessary to
ensure the safety of South Africa and her people.
Proclamation 136/1964 extended the provisions of Section 17 until 30 June 1965.
DECISIONS RELATING TO THE OPERATION OF SECTION 17
Legality of re-arrest after 90 days
Mr. Elijah Loza served a full period of 90 days' detention, was then released, but
was re-arrested 15 minutes later to serve
(3) 17 June, cols. 8505-6.
(4) Col. 8507.
(5) Hansard 7 col. 2634.
(1) Hansard 20 cols. 7637-8.

RELATIONS: 1964
a second term. His wife applied first to the Cape Supreme Court and then to the
Appellate Division for an order directing that he be released, but her applications
were dismissed with costs. The courts ruled that, according to the wording of
Section 17, it was lawful for a person to be re-arrested.
Statements by legal practitioners
According to a statement by the General Council of the BarP17 this Council was
given an assurance by the Minister that the 90-day clause would not be used to
force a detained legal practitioner to divulge information obtained in his legal
capacity from a client, nor would any legal practitioner be detained solely jin
order to obtain such information.
Reading matter and writing materials may be forbidden
As mentioned in last year's Survey,8) in reply to an application filed by the legal
representative of detainee Mr. A. L. Sachs a judge of the Cape Supreme Court
ruled that Section 17 did not, either expressly or by implication, deprive Mr.
Sachs of the right to have a reasonable supply of books and writing material.
The State appealed to the Appellate Division, and won its case. A police captain,
testifying for the State, contended that a person detained under Section 17 was in
fact a person undergoing imprisonment and had no rights, and that facilities to be
given to him were in the discretion of his detainer. The only limitation of this
discretion was that at the end of the period of detention the detainee should be in
good mental and physical health9)
One of the Appeal Judges stated that Parliament could certainly never have
intended that a detainee should be subjected to any form of assault to induce him
to speak, or that his health or resistance should be impaired by the conditions
under which he was detained. The interrogation authorized by Section 17 could
not be construed as in any way sanctioning third degree methods. But while
recognizing that the deprivation of reading and writing materials could, in the
cases of intellectual persons, amount to "psychological compulsion", the Judges
nevertheless found themselves obliged to take account of the purpose of the 90-
day law in combating subversion, and they found that "it was not the intention of
Parliament that detainees should as of right be permitted to relieve the tedium of
their detention with reading matter or writing materials".")
(7) Rand Daily Mail, 21 July.
(8) Page 50.
(9) Rand Daily Mail, 25 March.
(10) Star, 25 March; Rand Daily Mail, 15 August.

62 A SURVEY OF RACE
Access of detainees to courts of law is debarred
As will be described later, the wife of detainee Mr. Ian F. Schermbrucker alleged
that her husband had smuggled a message to her from gaol, in which he
complained of the way he had been interrogated, stating that the method used
amounted to torture. Mrs. Schermbrucker made an urgent plea to the Rand
Supreme Court for an order restraining the police from continuing this form of
interrogation or using any method likely to impair her husband's physical or
mental health.
At the request of the counsel for the State the judge postponed the hearing for a
few days to enable the respondent (Colonel J. C. Klindt) to question the officers
who had conducted the interrogation. This counsel gave an undertaking that all
interrogation of Mr. Schermbrucker would be suspended pending the outcome of
his wife's application.
When the hearing was resumed the judge said that Colonel Klindt had interviewed
the officers concerned and was satisfied that the alleged illtreatment had not taken
place. He had also caused Mr. Schermbrucker to be examined by a senior district
surgeon, who said in an affidavit that he had found no evidence of illtreatment.
While these facts were not conclusive, the judge said, the probabilities were
against the contention that maltreatment had occurred. But as the dispute could
not properly be decided on the papers, counsel for Mrs. Schermbrucker asked that
the detainee be brought to court to give evidence (in terms of Rule 9 of the Rules
of Court, empowering the court to call witnesses).
Colonel Klindt stated, however, that he would not allow a legal representative to
see Mr. Schermbrucker, nor would he allow the latter to come to court.
Counsel for the respondent submitted that it was the clear intention of the
legislature to remove a detained person's right of access to the courts. A detainee,
he said, was in effect placed beyond the reach of the courts of law, and was under
the jurisdiction, instead, of the Minister of Justice, of the Commissioner of the
S.A. Police, of commissioned police officers, and to a limited extent, of a
magistrate. Only the Minister could afford a detainee access to the courts.
A detainee could, after his release, bring an action for damages against the
authorities, counsel maintained, but during his detention he was not permitted by
the Act to bring his grievances in person before a court. During his incarceration
he should put any complaints to the visiting magistrate. A court of law had no
right to take any notice of hearsay evidence in regard to a detainee, nor to order a
third person to take a sworn statement from a detainee.

RELATIONS: 1964
The judge agreed with these contentions. He said, "It seems to me that the
legislature intended to isolate possible informants, and by means of that isolation
induce them to impart information to the police. If that isolation is interrupted, the
object of the legislature may well be defeated. It follows that the Minister of
Justice or a commissioned officer are the only persons competent to judge the
position. An interruption by the court of a detention would frustrate the general
policy of Section 17".0)
Mrs. Schermbrucker's appeal to a full Bench of the Supreme Court was dismissed
with costs. Leave to appeal to the Appellate Division was refused. At the time of
writing a petition to the Chief Justice had been prepared, applying for leave to
appeal to the Appellate Division.
Interference with the process of the courts
Two Africans appeared several times in the Krugersdorp magistrate's court at a
preparatory examination into an allegation of armed robbery. It was alleged that
revolvers and pistols had been stolen. On 8 October they were remanded until 19
October; but on that date they failed to appear in court, and the prosecutor was
told that the men had been detained and that the case would have to be postponed
until they were released from 90-day detention.(2)
Responsibility for decision to detain persons
The Commissioner of the S.A. Police is reported('3) to have said that the decision
whether or not to detain someone under Section 17 was made by a panel of six
police officers under his chairmanship. Unless they all agreed to the detention the
matter was referred back to the investigating officer for further motivation.
Regulations relating to detainees, and places of detention
On 21 January the Minister said in the Assembly14) that no special regulations
had been framed governing the conditions of detention. Existing Prison Service
regulations relating to awaiting trial prisoners were applicable in general, except
where the Act provided otherwise or where the safety of the State demanded a
deviation from these regulations. The Minister refused to table a copy of the
instructions issued because, he said, they included security measures.
(11) Rand Daily Mail, 14 and 15 August.
(12) Ibid, 20 October.
(13) Star, 11 July.
(14) Hansard 1 cos. 14-16.

64 A SURVEY OF RACE
Local officers responsible for detainees had discretion, he continued, in relation to
the place of detention, the nature of the reading matter allowed, and
recommendations for release.
The Minister added, later,15) that 106 police stations and prisons had been used
as places of detention.
Purpose of detention
As stated earlier, it is laid down in the Act that the purpose of detention is to
enable the police to interrogate detainees about offences or suspected offences in
relation to sabotage or under the Suppression of Communism or Unlawful
Organizations Act.
But a police sergeant is reported(6) to have said at the Rivonia trial that 52 people
had been arrested in East London in connection with ANC activities. "I did not
use the 90 days for questioning them. I merely used it to keep them in custody and
to prevent interference from outside", he stated.
In the Assembly on 6 February(7) Mrs. H. Suzman, M.P., referred to this
statement and to one by another officer to the effect that Section 17 was "a mighty
weapon in the hands of the police". She maintained that the 90-day law was being
used for purposes beyond those of obtaining information.
It was reported on 7 October") that five Africans who had been arrested in
connection with a case of armed robbery were being detained under the 90-day
clause. The Commissioner of Police confirmed this, but did not state whether the
men concerned were suspected, also, of possessing information in regard to acts
of sabotage, or whether it was suspected that the money had been stolen to assist
saboteurs, or whether the 90-day provisions were now being invoked for new
types of cases.
Two African 90-day detainees subsequently gave evidence for the State at the trial
of four persons accused of robbery involving R219,000. They had been concerned
in the buying and selling of dagga, they said. After the robbery they had been
given R7,000, and were instructed to pay some of it to an attorney. A detective
was asked by counsel whether the police believed that the two Africans had been
politically active, but replied that his superiors had instructed him not to give
information on this point.
NUMBERS DETAINED
On several occasions questions were put to the Minister in Parliament about the
number of 90-day detainees. On 21 January(9 he replied that from 1 May 1963,
when Section 17
(1.) Assembly, 28 January. Hansard 2 col. 397.
(t") Rand Daily Mail, 30 January.
(11) Hansard 3 col. 887.
(1' Star, 7 October.
(') Assembly. Hansard 1 cols. 14-15.

RELATIONS: 1964 65
came into operation, until the end of that year, 594 persons had been detained (28
White, 39 Coloured, 29 Indian, 498 African). Of these, 361 had been charged in
court, 20 were still under detention, 5 had escaped, and 1 had died (as reported in
last year's Survey,(2) Mr. Looksmart Solwandle Ngudle committed suicide in his
cell on 5 September 1963). The remaining 207 persons had, presumably, been
released.
Three days after the Minister had made this statement another African detainee,
Mr. James Tyitya, hanged himself in his cell at Port Elizabeth.
Later, on 5 and 10 June, the Minister said in the Assembly(21) that 737 persons
had by then been detained (143 of them since the beginning of the year). Of these
people, 397 had been charged, and 39 were still under detention (37 African men,
1 African woman, 1 Indian man). Presumably the rest were 2 who had died,
5 who had escaped, and 294 who had been released.
According to information given by the Minister of Justice on 13 March,(22) of
682 persons detained, 61 had been held for more than 90 but fewer than 180 days,
and 8 for longer than 180 days. Two pregnant women and more than 40 teenagers
were amongst those detained.
During July and the three succeeding months there was a fresh wave of arrests,
mainly of persons suspected of being members of the African Resistance
Movement. The head of the Security Branch said on 12 October(3) that a total of
just over 900 persons had by then been detained, of whom some 500 had appeared
in court and about 300 had been released. (Apparently more than 160 had been
arrested since the Minister's statement on 10 June). About 50 others were reported
to have been arrested after 12 October.
Another detainee, who had been in detention for 65 days, committed suicide, on 9
September. He was Mr. Suliman Saloojee, who jumped out of a seventh-floor
window at the police headquarters in Johannesburg while he was being
interrogated by Security Branch detectives.
As so little official information was available the writer maintained records of 173
cases of detention that were reported in the Press from 10 June on: this figure
does not include the 39 still being detained on 10 June. The persons not accounted
for were probably Non-Whites. These 173 detainees included 74 Whites, 15
Coloured, 34 Asians, 'and 50 Africans.
(20) Page 51.
(2-1) Hansard 19 col. 7257; Hansard 20 col. 7696.
(22') Assembly, Hansard 8 col. 2971.
(.) Star of that date.

66 A SURVEY OF RACE
By 31 December 1964 the position was as follows:
Whites Coloured Asians Africans
Charged in court 32 7 6 6
Released ...... 36 - 11 14
Apparently still in
detention* ... 6 8 16 30
Died ......... - - 1
(More persons than those mentioned in Press reports may have been released).
*According to the Nationalist Press, 73 persons were still in detention on 8
January 1965, of whom 47 were to be charged and 'the rest released.
Because full information about the persons released is not available it is uncertain
how many of the detainees were held for a second term of 90 days, but it would
appear that about 60 may have been (excluding persons who were subsequently
charged).
CONDITIONS OF DETENTION
Persons held in 90-day detention have been kept in solitary confinement.
The Minister of Justice said on 7 April(24) that, except for those on special diets,
they receive the same food as ordinary prisoners of the racial groups concerned,
but that they are allowed food from outside in reasonable quantities. Food given
to African prisoners is based on tribal diets. (The authorities have not stated what
food is given to persons who are detained in police cells).
As stated earlier, reading matter and writing materials may be withheld, and it
seems that in very many cases they have been, except for a Bible.
Relatives of detainees may apply for permission to visit them, and such visits
have in some instances been allowed when there were important family matters to
discuss. Magistrates visit detained persons once a week, and district surgeons may
be asked to see persons who are ill. The services of chaplains are denied, as are
visits by legal representatives. Outside medical specialists have on some
occasions been asked to see persons under detention when this was considered
necessary by the district surgeon.
The Minister of Justice said on 10 June(25) that at his request the International
Red Cross had sent a representative from Geneva to inspect prisons and places of
detention in South Africa. This representative, Dr. Hoffman, had visited Robben
Island, and had been given access, for private discussions, to every 90-day
detainee. The Government had not as yet seen his report as it had first to be
submitted to Geneva. Its terms have not been made public.
(24) Assembly, Hansard 11 col. 3743.
(25) Assembly, Hansard 20 cols. 7637-8.

RELATIONS: 1964 67
FAMILIES OF DETAINEES
In the Assembly on 7 April(") the Minister gave the assurance that relatives of
persons taken into detention were informed as soon as they could be traced and/or
as soon as the detainee furnished correct name and address. Earlier, on 21
January,27) he had said that of the 39 juveniles (16 to 19 years of age) who had
then been arrested under the 90-day clause, 25 had given false names and
addresses.
But there continue to be complaints that relatives are not informed immediately,
and are not told promptly where the detainees are being held, or their whereabouts
if they are moved. Because she had received many letters and inquiries from
anxious families (and because she wished to lessen the impact of the clause,
which she had opposed strenuously), Mrs. Helen Suzman, M.P., applied for an
interview with the Minister to discuss the fact that many detainees had been held
for long periods without being brought before the courts, allegations of
illtreatment (see below), the question of their dependants, and other matters. Inter
alia, the Minister said("5) he had given instructions that information should
wherever possible be given promptly to relatives. He would investigate the
individual complaints that Mrs. Suzman had brought to his notice.
Families of detainees, he continued, should write to him when they were in need
of financial assistance, and he would refer their letters to the Social Welfare
Department.
The only official assistance for which needy families qualify is that provided
through poor relief schemes operated by different Government Departments for
each of the four main racial groups. The Minister of Foreign Affairs said in a
statement for overseas readers(9) that where necessary the police provided
dependants with certificates testifying that the breadwinner was under detention,
and relief was provided if such certificates were presented to a Bantu Affairs
Commissioner (in the case of Africans) or other suitable authority.
But it would appear that many families have not been assisted. The Welfare
Section of the Port Elizabeth Branch of the Defence and Aid Fund reported3")
that more than 300 Africans from that city had been arrested on political charges,
and the families of nearly all of them were in dire need. This Fund was helping
with the payment of rents, and Kupugani made fortified food available, but
private funds were running low.
The Defence and Aid Fund (started after the 1960 State of Emergency), which
operates in various centres, has been forced for
(26) Hansard 11 col. 3731.
(27 ) Assembly, Hansard 1 col. 21.
(28) Rand Daily Mail, 18 August.
(29) South African Digest, 26 December 1963.
(30) Race Relations News, September.

A SURVEY OF RACE
financial reasons to concentrate on securing and helping to pay for the legal
defence of political prisoners. This is described later. it has helped to trace
relatives of detainees and to find out where detained persons are being held. A
special committee consisting of representatives of a large number of organizations
was formed in Cape Town to assist needy dependants of arrested persons.
Towards the end of the year the World Council of Churches decided to make a
grant of about R60,000 to be used for legal aid to political prisoners and
assistance for their dependants.
ALLEGED ASSAULTS ON DETAINEES
Statements by the Minister
Questioned in the Assembly on 31 January(3) about complaints made to police
officers alleging assaults by policemen or warders on 90-day detainees, the
Minister of Justice replied that there had been 49 complaints, some lodged by a
third party. In 12 cases the complainants had refused to make statements.
Twentythree allegations stated that a detainee had been hit and/or kicked, 20 that
in addition electric shocks had been given, 3 that the detainee had been hit with a
fist, 1 that he had been hit and had his arms twisted, and 1 that he had been hit,
slapped, and threatened with a firearm. Of these complaints, 32 had thus far been
investigated and none was found to be of substance.
Mrs. Helen Suzman maintained(3") that detainees were afraid to complain about
assaults, since they were either in the hands of the very people who had assaulted
them, or else, if they had been freed, they ran the danger of re-arrest under the 90-
day clause. The United Party, the Progressive Party, and others urged the Minister
to appoint a judicial commission of inquiry.
But on 11 March the Minister replied,0033 "I refuse to do so for the simple reason
that no case has been made out for one at all." By then, he said, 686 persons had
been detained and only 48 of them had complained of assaults. A few had made
the complaints to visiting magistrates. "The others only complained after they
were released and they were got hold of by the Defence and Aid Fund and the
Black Sash . . . I had each one of these 48 complaints investigated and the papers
were laid before the Attorneys-General and, with the exception of 4 which are
pending, the Attorneys-General decided that there was no case at all to
prosecute".
A prosecution was, apparently, instituted in at least one case, for the Minister
added, later,(34) "In the case of the Eastern Cape
(31) Hansard 2 cols. 566-7.
(32) 22 January, Hansard 1 cols. 142-3; and 6 February, Hansard 3 co's. 882-5.
(13) Senate, Hansard 8 col. 2049.
(34) Col. 2148.

RELATIONS: 1964
there was a prosecution and the people were found guilty and severely punished".
(Several policemen have been prosecuted during the year for assaults on prisoners
who were not 90-day detainees. These cases are described in a subsequent
chapter).
Examples of complaints
(a) Mothapeng case
On 10 June Mr. Zephaniah Mothapeng, then serving a prison sentence, applied in
forma pauperis in the Supreme Court, Pretoria, for leave to sue the Minister for
R5,000 damages for wrongful arrest and detention. He alleged that while he was
under 90-day detention, earlier, in the Pretoria Central Police Barracks, the police
had punched and kicked him, trussed him in a sitting position, nearly suffocated
him by placing a canvas bag over his head, and had then applied electric shocks.
The police filed an affidavit denying the allegations; but Mr. Mothapeng was
granted leave to sue.
(b) Schermbrucker case
As mentioned earlier, during August Mrs. I. F. Schermbrucker applied to the
courts for an order restraining the police from maltreating her husband, who was
under 90-day detention, but her application did not succeed. Mr. Schermbrucker
was not permitted to appear to give evidence.
The reason for her application was that she stated she had received a message
from her husband, smuggled from gaol. He alleged that when taken to Police
Headquarters in Johannesburg (The Grays) for interrogation he had been made to
stand on one spot for 28 hours continuously, in the presence of 2 to 6 policemen.
He fell twice; cold water was thrown over him and he was pulled to his feet.
Threats were made that this treatment would be continued unless he replied to
questions. He was tempted to commit suicide by jumping through the window;
but decided instead to make a short statement.
On the day after she received this message she obtained permission to visit her
husband to discuss urgent family matters, Mrs. Schermbrucker said. He was
looking pale and exhausted, his hands trembled, and his eyes were blood-shot.(35)
Mr. Schermbrucker was, shortly afterwards, brought before the courts and, with
others, was charged with having furthered the aims of the S.A. Communist Party
(the trial is described later).
(35) Rand Da'ly Mail, 8 August.
A SURVEY OF RACE
(C) Levy, Trewhela, and Gazides
Three of the other accused at this trial, Mr. Norman Levy, Mr. Paul Trewhela, and
Dr. Costa Gazides, made sworn affidavits alleging ill-treatment. When they
appeared in the magistrate's court and later, in the Regional Court, the defending
counsel asked the magistrates concerned to accept these affidavits, which related
to the manner in which certain statements had been obtained by the three men
while they were under 90-day detention; but on each occasion the magistrate
refused, stating that he had no jurisdiction to hear such affidavits.
Mr. Levy alleged, in his affidavit, that during his 54 days of solitary confinement
he was taken to the officer of the Security Branch in Pretoria and made to stand
for 42 consecutive hours in a small square drawn on the floor, while teams of
detectives in turn interrogated him. He was given food but had to eat it while
standing. When he was allowed to go to the cloakroom he was able only to drag
himself there in a crouched position. After he eventually agreed to make a short
statement he was returned to the gaol; but a few hours later was pulled to his feet,
taken to an office in the prison, and told that his statement had been inadequate.
After 15 minutes of further interrogation he could no longer stand and was
returned to his cell. Some days later, when the treatment was repeated, he agreed
to make a statement.
Similar affidavits were made by the others. Mr. Trewhela said that on one
occasion he was interrogated continuously for 69 hours, being allowed to sit for
only about 12 hours of the time. He snatched a little sleep at intervals. After two
further periods, of 40 and 35 hours respectively, he gave in and made a statement.
Dr. Gazides mentioned periods of interrogation lasting for 43 and 40 hours during
which he was made to stand in an 18 inch square and was threatened by shifts of
policemen06)
(d) Application to the Supreme Court
On 20 October 9 ex-detainees, who had been charged and now had the status of
awaiting-trial prisoners, together with the wife of detainee Paul Joseph
(subsequently charged) applied to the Supreme Court, Pretoria, for a court order
declaring these alleged methods of interrogation to be unlawful. Mrs. Joseph
asked for an interdict restraining the police from maltreating her husband in the
ways mentioned, saying she gravely feared that he might be tempted to commit
suicide.
Each of the petitioners had filed an affidavit. The head of the Security Police in
Johannesburg, Colonel J. G. Klindt, asked for a postponement to give him time to
investigate the allegations
(36) Sunday Times, 13 September; Rand Daily Mail, 27 August; 10 September,
21
October.

RELATIONS: 1964 71
made. He said the police had strict instructions never to assault prisoners. Mrs.
Joseph's fears were unfounded, he added: two Government medical officers had
examined her husband a few days earlier and had found no physical or mental
abnormalities.
The other nine petitioners were Mr. Levy, Mr. Trewhela, and Dr. Gazides, and six
other ex-detainees who had by then been charged in court (the trials are described
later). All complained of being made to stand for long periods while being
interrogated. It appeared that the four women included were allowed to rest at
night, but they alleged that on occasion they had been made to stand for up to 13
hours during the day.(7)
(e) Brooks and Kemp
Some similar allegations were made by persons who had been under 90-day
detention in the Cape. Mr. Alan Brooks and Miss Stephanie Kemp (who were
eventually charged with sabotage) claimed damages totalling R6,000 from the
Minister of Justice and two members of the Security Branch. Miss Kemp alleged
that she had been interrogated continuously for 15 hours and during this period
had been assaulted and knocked semi-conscious. Mr. Brooks said he had been
punched and kicked, his ankles were twisted, and one of them was broken.38)
(f) Maharaj
Mr. Sathyandranath Maharaj, convicted of sabotage, complained to the trial judge
that he had been beaten and kicked by members of the Special Branch. This
complaint was forwarded to the Attorney-General for investigation.
(g) Lewin
A police officer was charged with having assaulted Mr. Hugh Lewin, but was
found not guilty.
At the time of writing the outcome of the other complaints had not been decided.
MENTAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF DETENTION
On 8 December 1963, 60 leading psychiatrists, psychologists, and medical
specialists in the Cape and Natal appealed to the Minister to abolish the system of
detention in solitary confinement. Experimental studies in various countries of
Political prisoners subjected to this form of detention had indicated that the
experience was associated with intense distress and the impairment of certain
(37) Rand Daily Mail, 21 October.
(18) Rand Daily Mail, 20 August and 10 October.

72 A SURVEY OF RACE
mental functions, they said. The exposure of individuals to this suffering for
indefinite periods of time was no less abhorrent than physical torture. Scientific
evidence existed which suggested that prolonged isolation might cause a
disturbance of judgment to the point where the individual's testimony was no
longer reliable.(9)
A specialist neurologist and psychiatrist, called upon as an expert witness in a
sabotage trial in Cape Town during February, gave evidence on similar lines.(4")
Suggestibility was increased in isolation, he maintained.
In cases heard during the year several judges treated with reserve statements that
had been made by detainees. At the Rivonia trial Mr. Justice de Wet is reported to
have said, "All the material witnesses were detained for questioning under the
provisions of Section 17 of Act 37 of 1963, and were kept in solitary confinement
until they were prepared to make a statement. The possibility must be borne in
mind that suggestions made by the questioners were accepted, and that evidence
was concocted to satisfy the questioners".(41)
Five Africans who were found guilty of sabotage at the Rand Criminal Sessions
on 28 August 1963 appealed to the Appellate Division, and two of them
succeeded in having their convictions and sentences set aside. Their counsel
submitted that the State had failed to prove that their confessions had been freely
and voluntarily made. The trial judge had refused to allow police officers to be
questioned on allegations of ill-treatment. This contention was accepted: the
Appeal Court ruled that the refusal to hear this evidence constituted an
irregularity.(2)
Questioned in the Assembly on 21 January(43) the Minister of Justice said that
five detainees had, while in detention, been examined by psychiatrists. All had
been sent to mental homes for observation. Two of them were found to be normal,
one escaped and said, in Dar-es-Salaam, that she had feigned insanity, and the
remaining two were treated for mental disturbance and were subsequently
certified sane.
As reported in last year's Survey,44) Mr. L. S. Ngudle hanged himself in his cell
on 5 September 1963. At the inquest, held in February, a Pretoria magistrate said
that he had visited Ngudle three times, with an interpreter but out of earshot of the
police. On the first two occasions Ngudle had nothing to say. On the third he
complained that he had been assaulted to force him to make a statement, and said
he had coughed up blood as a result. The magistrate reported this to the police.
Next day he heard of Ngudle's death.
(9) bid, 17 December 1963.
(40) Star, 7 February.
(41) Star, 11 June.
(42) Star, 24 September.
(42) Hansard 1 cols. 20, 22.
(44) Page 51.

RELATIONS: 1964 73
The counsel appearing for Ngudle's relatives applied to lead evidence about police
ill-treatment of 90-day detainees, but this was ruled inadmissible. A medico-legal
expert who carried out the autopsy said he had found no evidence of ill-treatment;
and the police denied that assaults had taken place. The presiding magistrate
found that Ngudle's suicide had not been the result of any act or omission
amounting to an offence on the part of any person.(45)
PROTESTS DURING THE YEAR
Religious leaders in Cape Town, representing 19 Catholic, English-speaking
Protestant, Jewish, and Moslem groups, signed a declaration condemning the 90-
day clause and urging the Government not to re-promulgate it after its first year of
operation expired at the end of June. During May and early June large public
inter-religious services of "solemn petition" were held in Cape Town and
Johannesburg. More than 60 leading Durban and Pietermaritzburg religious,
political, and university personalities signed a similar petition to the Government;
and clergy of 7 denominations in Port Elizabeth led their congregations in prayers
for the removal of all unjust South African laws, especially the 90-day clause.
On the initiative of the National Council of Women, the Black Sash, and the Civil
Rights League a meeting was held in Cape Town at which a 90-Day Detention
Protest National Committee was formed, headed by Mr. J. Hamilton Russell and
the Hon. A. van de Sandt Centlivres, an ex-Chief Justice. (Mr. Russell had,
previously, collected many allegations of the ill-treatment of detainees by
policemen and prison warders). This committee produced and distributed
thousands of copies of a booklet entitled Tyranny 90, setting out the case against
the renewal of Section 17. During September it made an urgent appeal to the
Minister to give instructions that detainees should be more humanely treated.
For thirteen weeks in succession members of the Black Sash in Johannesburg
stood in silent protest against the 90-day clause. Similar demonstrations were held
by the Black Sash in Cape Town. The Johannesburg diocese of the Anglican
Church decided in October to hold vigils in all its churches for 90 days on the
theme, "The passion of South Africa and the compassion of Christ". It associated
itself with pronouncements against the 90-day detention clause and acts of
violence of any kind which had been made by
various of the Anglican Bishops.
In June, 431 professors and lecturers at the English-medium
universities signed a petition to the Minister urging him not to
(45) Star, 11 February.

74 A SURVEY OF RACE
retain the clause; and meetings of staff, students, and members of convocation at
these universities, held in August, made earnest pleas for the detainees to be
brought to trial or released with all possible speed.
SUSPENSION OF 90-DAY CLAUSE
The Minister of Justice announced on 30 November that the 90-day clause would
be suspended from 11 January 1965.

RELATIONS: 1964
REFUGEES FROM SOUTH AFRICA
NUMBERS
Before proceeding to describe the trials of some of the 90-day detainees it is
relevant to deal with the escapes of numbers of persons who would otherwise
have been detained or prosecuted.
On 10 March the Minister of Justice said in the Senate(" that by then 562 people
who would have been charged with sabotage had fled the country. Estimates of
those who left for military training abroad varied from 900 to 5,000: more than
150 of those who returned had been caught. On 10 June the Minister added(2) that
the numbers of those leaving had dwindled recently. They were being financed
from Peking, Moscow, Ghana, and certain circles in Britain, he alleged.
Soon after the Minister made this speech there was a fresh wave of escapes when
the police began rounding up persons suspected of sabotage.
PROMINENT PERSONS WHO ESCAPED BEFORE 1964
It is mentioned in the first chapter that certain ANC and PAC leaders left South
Africa when these organizations were banned in 1960. They set up offices
abroad3) Other leaders of ANC, PAC, the Congress of Democrats, and other
organizations escaped later when they were threatened with prosecution or were
on bail, or when their activities had been severely curtailed through banning
orders. Among these were Messrs. Anderson Ganyile and Patrick Duncan in
1962,(') and, the following year, Dr. Kenneth Abrahams, and Messrs. Vivian
Ezra, Arthur Goldreich, M. A. Harmel, Bob Hepple, P. J. Hodgson, R. Kasrils,
Moses Kotane, J. Modise, Duma Nokwe, James Radebe, and Harold Wolpe.
REFUGEES IN SWAZILAND
Some of the South African refugees escaped to Swaziland where they were given
temporary residence permits on condition that they took no part in the political
life of that territory and refrained from planning violence against persons or
property in other countries. A few men were unwilling to accept these conditions,
but found it very difficult to leave Swaziland. As described
(1) Hansard 8 col. 1983.
(2) Assembly, 10 June, Hansard 20 col. 7663.
(3) See page 8.
(4) See 1962 Survey, page 17 and 24.

A SURVEY OF RACE
in last year's Survey(5) in 1963 the South African Government set up control
posts at about 36 places where roads or bridges cross its borders with
neighbouring states, to supplement previously existing immigration offices.
Control was imposed over South African airspace.
It became clear early in 1964 that this air control was going to be enforced
strictly. On 30 January a Cessna aircraft was forced down by two Sabre jet
fighters at Komatipoort, near the Mozambique border, apparently because the
pilot had not made the reports that were required. He was allowed to proceed after
the police had interviewed him.
Eleven South African refugees, including Mr. and Mrs. Reginald September, Dr.
Graham Meidlinger, and Mr. Oswald Dennis, who found the conditions imposed
by the Swaziland administration to be unacceptable, applied for political asylum
in Britain and asked the United Kingdom Government to fly them out; but their
requests were refused. According to various reports they returned their
conditional residence permits and defied the conditions by addressing a public
political meeting. Some of them were charged with offences under the
Immigration Proclamation, but apparently acquitted. However, they decided to try
to escape to Bechuanaland.(6)
The persons mentioned and, it seems, two others, reached Bechuanaland safely,
but five Non-White men were arrested in the Ermelo district of the Transvaal. It
was reported(7) that they had been transported by car to a place near the border,
then made their way on foot to an isolated place where they crept through the
border fence. They rejoined the road some miles beyond the border, and were
again picked up by car.
A member of the South African Security Branch said in court that, "acting on
secret information", he watched a car with Swaziland registration plates cross the
border. At that time there was only the driver inside it. When he caught up with
the car again some miles along the road it had five passengers. He stopped it and
arrested the passengers because they had no travel documents. They were then
detained under the 90-day clause.
As described later, three Non-White women of Benoni, Mesdames Moodley,
Mohamed, and Thibela, who had been under 90-day arrest, were charged during
October with having helped people to leave South Africa without valid passports
or permits. Mrs. M. Singh, who had been under 90-day detention too, was warned
as an accomplice. She said in evidence(8) that she had driven Mr. and Mrs.
September from Swaziland to a point near
(5) Page 61.
(8) Rand Daily Mail, 22 February, 20 April, 22 May.
(7) Ibid. 9 June; Sunday Express, 19 July.
(3) Rand Daily Mail, 23 October.

RELATIONS: 1964
the border. They walked across, and were then driven to a house in Benoni from
where, she believed, they left for Bechuanaland.
Mrs. Rosemary Wentzel from Johannesburg was granted political asylum in a
Swaziland village, but disappeared mysteriously soon afterwards. She was
arrested by the South African police when she drove her car into a roadblock near
Ermelo in the Transvaal, and was detained under the 90-day clause. Her alleged
story of this occurrence, as told to a legal representative, was released to the Press
by a Johannesburg attorney.(9) On the evening of 10 August, she said, she opened
the door of her cottage to a stranger who claimed to have a message for her. He
grabbed her and put a gag in her mouth, two other men appeared, and she was
forced into a car and driven away. She noticed that a fourth man was following in
her car.
After several hours, during which she was threatened, one of the men said he was
sorry for her and would persuade the others to let her go. They stopped, and her
own car, driven by the stranger, and a third car pulled up alongside. She was told
that she could drive back to Swaziland in her car and set off as fast as she could,
but then ran into the road block.
Mrs. Wentzel appeared as a State witness in a sabotage trial in Johannesburg,
which is described later.
At the time when suspected members of the African Resistance Movement were
being rounded up by the police four students of the University of Rhodes fled to
Swaziland where they were given political asylum: they were Miss Gillian Gane
and Messrs. Anthony Carter, David Sobey, and Gavin Trevelyan. Mr. Michael
Schneider left for Swaziland, too. It was reported(1") that after Mrs. Wentzel's
alleged abduction threats of kidnapping were made to these other fugutives, and
that they had decided to maintain contact with the Swaziland police but to keep
out of the public eye as much as possible. Swaziland and the other two High
Commission Territories issued warnings that offences against persons, whether
refugees or not, would be dealt with according to the law of the territories.
REFUGEES IN BASUTOLAND
It is mentioned in an earlier chapter that some members of the PAC, led by Mr.
Potlako Leballo, escaped to Basutoland after Sharpeville. Mounting friction
developed between them, and finally in August Mr. Leballo left for Ghana, being
granted a transit visa to pass through South Africa.
During November three of those who remained, Messrs. T. T. Letlaka, Elliott
Mfaxa, and K. (Vincent) Hlabisa, were prosecuted
(1) ibid, 12 September.
(10) Ibid, 11 September.

A SURVEY OF RACE
on various charges under the Prevention of Violence Abroad Proclamation.") The
case was in progress at the time of writing.
REFUGEES ESCAPING VIA BECHUANALAND
Wherever possible refugees from South Africa made for Bechuanaland because
from there they had access to territories further north. It was reported in August
that there was then a record total of 119 of them in Francistown alone, including
some from South-West Africa. After that the numbers dropped. There are said to
have been fierce clashes between members of the ANC and PAC.
Fugitives are required to report weekly to the police. Until August, when the
Immigration Proclamation was amended, they were given 90 days to remain in
the territory without papers. If they were still there after this period had elapsed
they had to apply for temporary residence permits. In terms of the amended
Proclamation, however, immigration officers use their own discretion as to the
length of time that a refugee may remain without documents, and persons
overstaying the period stipulated or not complying with conditions of residence
may be summarily deported.
Refugees are assisted by Amnesty International, a body which has its
headquarters in England and works to secure the release of political prisoners
throughout the world (excluding those who have advocated or committed
violence). There is also a Londonbased Joint Committee for Relief in the High
Commission Territories. Early in 1964 these bodies appointed Commander G. H.
Cunningham as an "asylum councellor", to give general advice and help to
refugees. He visited the fugitives in Bechuanaland, but was unable to see those in
Swaziland because the South African Government refused him a transit visa.
During 1963 refugees were wherever possible flown out, funds to pay for
chartered aircraft being contributed by sympathizers in other countries. A group
of PAC members left by air in January. But since then road transport has
generally been used. The refugees are taken by lorry to a 50-yard strip of the
Zambesi river, near the village of Kasane and about 60 miles upstream from the
Victoria Falls. There they are able to cross into Zambia without traversing
Southern Rhodesia to the east, or the Caprivi Strip (administered by South Africa)
to the west. They are ferried over the river and are then required to check in with
the immigration authorities at Livingstone.
Refugees are screened before being allowed to take this escape route, so as to
eliminate possible spies and to ensure that those allowed to proceed will be
accepted at their destinations.
(11) See 1963 Survey, page 63.

RELATIONS: 1964 79
Zambia is not anxious to accept people permanently unless they have special
skills, but a refugee camp is to be established there. Tanganyika (Tanzania) will
not accept refugees unless they belong to a recognized political organization.
Representatives of the United Nations in East Africa arrange for qualified
refugees to be granted bursaries for study in the United States, Britain, or other
countries; but a high proportion of the persons concerned lack the necessary
educational qualifications. The ANC has negotiated with various countries for
scholarships which are made available to approved refugees through its offices in
Dar-es-Salaam.
The procedure apparently is for representatives of the ANC, PAC, or South-West
Africa People's Organization in Francistown, Bechuanaland, to inform the
Tanganyikan Government when refugees arrive. Tanganyika lets the Zambian
Government know which of them may be admitted through the Kasane route.
Early in September 27 refugees were turned back by the Zambian authorities and
made to wait at Kasane because authority for them to proceed had not been
received.
The future of fugitives who manage to reach Tanganyika but become stranded
there is precarious. With few exceptions they are debarred from entering
employment. They are reported(2) to be living in the buildings of an abandoned
aerodrome near Dar-es-Salaam. For a time they received a weekly grant of 21
shillings from the Tanganyikan Government, but this was to cease at the end of
September. The World Council of Churches has recently concerned itself with
this problem. A school up to the matriculation level has been established in Dar-
es-Salaam by the African-American Institute, for refugees from South Africa,
South-West Africa, Mozambique, and other territories.
Help has been given, too, by the Oxford Committee for Famine Relief (Oxfam),
which has concerned itself in numerous countries with the welfare of refugees
who have become a material burden on the countries which have given them
asylum. Oxfam, like the other organizations mentioned, avoids becoming
implicated in the political issues involved. In negotiation with the Zambian
Government it is considering establishing a farm settlement which might provide
a livelihood for refugees in that country!") And, with the approval of the
Bechuanaland authorities, it paid, through the Joint Committee for Relief in the
High Commission Territories, for the erection of the "White House" hostel in
Francistown for refugees who were stranded in Bechuanaland.
On the night of 25 July (a fortnight before it was to have been opened) the "White
House" was reduced to rubble by a
(12) Rand Daily Mail, 17 September.
(13) Press statement by Oxfam's Field Director, published in Natal Mercury,
13
August

80 A SURVEY OF RACE
gelignite blast. About a week before this it was reported(14) that two Whites,
claiming to be Pressmen, had visited refugees in their makeshift quarters in the
African township, but that the refugees refused to meet them. There had been
much suspicion of strangers since the alleged abduction of Dr. Kenneth Abrahams
a year before.1) Commander Cunningham said(6) that the "White House" would
probably not be replaced for the time being, as this would merely invite another
bombing. After that the departure of refugees from Francistown was expedited.
On 20 September it was reported(7) that during the past month 98 refugees from
South Africa and South-West Africa had been ferried across the border. Fewer
than 40 remained at Francistown; but (as is described later) about 180 South-West
Africans were still stranded at Makunda.
About fifteen refugees who were not prepared to abide by stipulated conditions
were prosecuted in Bechuanaland and deported via Kasane (arrangements made
with Tanganyika were not reported).
There were two "refugees in reverse". According to Press reports(") they left
South Africa in January for the Congo, to be trained as saboteurs, but became
disillusioned and decided to return. In August they were arrested in Bechuanaland
for illegal entry and given a sentence of a month, suspended provided they left the
territory within that period. Their appeal to the South African Government for
indemnity against prosecution was not granted, hence they remained in
Bechuanaland, and were detained pending a decision about their future.
Eventually, in October, they decided to chance their luck in the Republic, but
were arrested when they crossed the border.
PROMINENT PERSONS WHO ESCAPED IN 1964
Numbers of persons, later named by the State as coconspirators in the Rivonia
case and/or other sabotage cases involving alleged members of the "Spear"
conspiracy, escaped from South Africa during the first half of the year: besides
Mr. Oswald Dennis, Dr. Graham Meidlinger, and Mr. and Mrs. R. September,
mentioned above, they included Mr. and Mrs. L. G. Bernstein, Mr. Julius First,
and Mr. and Mrs. Joe Slovo.
When the police began rounding up suspected members of the National
Liberatory Movement other people, later named in court as leaders of this
movement or co-conspirators, fled from the Republic. Some of these were Messrs.
F. H. Green and Denis Higgs, Mr. and Mrs. R. Mutch, Messrs. Y. I. Omar and M.
Schneider, Mrs. A. H. Swersky, Miss Lorna Symington, and
(14) Rand Daily Mail, 27 July.
("5) See 1963 Survey, page 59.
(6) Star, 8 September.
(17) Sunday Times of that date.
(11) Star, 7 September; Rand Daily Mail, 20 October.

RELATIONS: 1964
Messrs. Randolph Vigne and Robert Watson. Other alleged leaders who had left
earlier were Messrs. Montague Berman, John G. F. Lang, and N. Rubin.
ESCAPES VIA THE RHODESIAS
Miss Symington
Miss Lorna Symington, mentioned above, left South Africa on 5 August with her
fiance, intending to meet his relatives in Ndola, Zambia (then Northern Rhodesia).
According to various Press reports they called at the Kariba police station (near
the border between the two Rhodesias) to enquire about a camping site, and Miss
Symington was told there that she was wanted in South Africa and would be taken
into custody.
She was driven back to Salisbury, where she was remanded in custody pending
receipt of documents from the Republic. A week later, when she appeared in court
again, a South African policeman applied for an extradition order. A
Johannesburg magistrate had issued a warrant of apprehension stating that there
were reasonable grounds for suspecting that on 24 July she committed the crime
of attempted murder. (This was the date of the bomb explosion at the
Johannesburg railway station, of which Mr. John Harris was subsequently found
guilty).("'
But because the South African authorities did not furnish adequate particulars of
the alleged crime and proof that prima lacie Miss Symington had committed it,
the Salisbury magistrate declined to grant an extradition order, and she was freed.
Mr. Higgs
During August Mr. Denis Higgs, an ex-Johannesburg lecturer, was living in
Lusaka, Northern Rhodesia, with his African wife. According to Press reports on
28 August he was kidnapped from his home by three Whites and carried to a car.
On the evening of the next day the South African police received an anonymous
telephone message to the effect that a person in whom they might be interested
could be found in a car parked at the Johannesburg Zoo Lake. They discovered
Mr. Higgs, bound and blindfolded, and took him into custody.
fhe Minister of Justice announced2") that the police had teason to believe that Mr.
Higgs was a leader of an organization that had committed various acts of
sabotage, and it had been alleged that he was an accessory before the fact in the
station bomb affair. The Government was trying to ascertain from the British
authorities whether there was any truth in reports that Mr. Higgs had been
abducted from Lusaka. If they were true, Mr. Higgs would be allowed to return to
Northern Rhodesia; for
(19) See page 93.
(20) Star, 31 August.

82 A SURVEY OF RACE
neither the South African Government nor the police wished to have any part in
any act which could be regarded as being in conflict with international law or
usage. But if this were done, his extradition would then be requested.
Mr. Higgs was allowed to return. South Africa made a request for his extradition
to the Northern Rhodesian authorities, furnishing the necessary documents; but by
then Mr. and Mrs. Higgs had gone to England, and South Africa's extradition
agreement with Britain had lapsed when she left the Commonwealth.
ALLEGED VIGILANTE GROUP OUTSIDE SOUTH AFRICA
The Rand Daily Mail reported that on 1 September a man telephoned its offices
anonymously, claiming to be the leader of the group that abducted Mr. Higgs. It
was a multi-racial group about 30-strong, he said, utterly opposed to Communism,
and dedicated to "fair-play and the punishment of saboteurs who had injured
innocent women and children".
Members of this group, he continued, were not South Africans and had no
associations with any police force. They operated from the High Commission
Territories, but had contacts in the Republic who advised them. It was this group
that had organized Mrs. Wentzel's capture;(21) had destroyed the aeroplane in
which Messrs. Goldreich and Wolpe had planned to fly from Bechuanaland in
1963;("2) and had blown up the new refugee centre in Francistown.
(21) See page 77.
(22) See 1963 Survey, page 59.

RELATIONS: 1964
TRIALS FOR POLITICAL OFFENCES
TOTAL NUMBERS ACCUSED AND SENTENCED
In reply to questions in Parliament the Minister of Justice gave information on
various occasions about the numbers arrested and sentenced in 1963 under
various security measures. It is difficult to establish the exact totals since the
questions did not cover quite the same ground each time.
Questioned in the Assembly on 24 January(') about the numbers arrested in 1963
under the Suppression of Communism. Public Safety, Riotous Assemblies, and
Unlawful Organizations Acts and the Sabotage provisions of the General Law
Amendment Act of 1962, the Minister replied that 2,169 persons had been
arrested, of whom 722 were released without trial. Of the remaining 1,447, 922
had been convicted, 421 found not guilty, and 104 were awaiting trial.
In the Senate on the 4 February(2) he said that 56 cases were awaiting trial under
the Suppression of Communism Act and Sabotage provisions (the number of
persons concerned was not stated). During 1963 there were 354 such cases
brought to trial, and at the trials 1,316 persons had been convicted and 411
acquitted. (The Minister did not mention in how many instances the charges were
withdrawn or the persons concerned were released without trial).
Of the accused in these cases, he said, 530 had been remanded in custody for
periods longer than three months before being brought to trial. In 129 instances
the charges were withdrawn and the accused released after they had been held in
custody for periods of three months or longer.
On 12 June the Minister said(3) that during the first five months of 1964 the
numbers arrested under security measures had totalled 186. Of these, 16 had been
released without trial, 20 convicted, I acquitted, and 149 were awaiting trial.
On 10 March the Minister said in the Senate(4) that since December 1961, when
the first large-scale sabotage started, 62 persons had been found guilty of murder;
258 of sabotage, and 1,466 of other crimes of a subversive nature (a total of
1,786). Another 562 persons who would have been charged had fled the country.
(1) Hansard 1 col. 264.
(2) Hansard 5 co's. 418-9.
(3) Assembly, Hansard 20 col. 7871.
(4) Hansard 8 cols. 1982-3.

84 A SURVEY OF RACE
During the discussion of his vote in the Assembly on 10 June(5) the Minister said
that 1,162 Poqo terrorists had been found guilty by the courts. "Since we last met
here", he added (the date concerned was not specified), 78 persons had been
found guilty of murder; 269 of sabotage; 6 of attempted murder; 6 of conspiracy
to murder; 150 on minor charges; and 126 of leaving the country illegally. There
have been numbers of trials since then.
Because it is difficult to follow official figures, and because these give little
indication of the nature of sentences imposed on those found guilty, the Institute
of Race Relations has attempted to maintain records, based on cases reported in
the Press. This information is obviously incomplete, especially so far as
NonWhites are concerned. The editor of the journal Forward has kept similar
records, on which the writer has drawn.
Records of reported cases up to 3 December 1963 were given in the last issue of
this Survey.(6) The outcome of reported cases since then and up to 31 December
1964 is summarized below (for convenience, headings similar to those employed
last year are used).
No. of
Sabotage persons
D eath sentences ............... ... ...... ... 5
Life imprisonm ent ........................ 9
20 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
15 to 19 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
10 to 14 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35
U p to 10 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 51
Recruiting men for military training with a view
to furthering the aims, of a banned organization, or attempting to undergo such
training
20 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1
15 to 19 years ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
10 to 14 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
U p to 10 years .............................. 7
Belonging to and/or furthering the aims of a
banned organization
5 to 7 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
U p to 5 years ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 283
Strokes only ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1
(5) Hansard 20 cols. 7634, 7636.
(1) Page 53.
RELATIONS: 1964 85
Other offences under security laws
Up to 5 years (together with a fine in some
instances) ... ... ... ..... ...... ... ... 12
Outcome of prosecutions not reported ............ 155
Acquitted or charges withdrawn .................. 59
Total number of persons ...... 671
SUCCESSFUL APPEALS
In some cases leave to appeal was granted. During 1964 there were reported cases
of 12 appeals succeeding (excluding Mrs. Arenstein's successful appeal against a
contravention of a banning order, dealt with earlier). Two Africans, sentenced in
Johannesburg in August 1963 to 17 years' and 15 years' imprisonment
respectively for conspiring to kill Whites and commit acts of sabotage, were freed
on appeal for the reason that the junior court had not allowed evidence to be led
about alleged assaults by the police.(7) Two others, sentenced in Johannesburg in
April 1963, were released by the Appellate Division because of a similar doubt as
to whether their confessions had been made without wrongful methods of
coercion."8) Seven men, sentenced in Pretoria in October 1963 to 20 years each
for sabotage, had their sentences reduced to 12 years.(9)
It was mentioned in last year's Survey1°) that Dr. H. Festenstein was arrested on
11 July 1963 when the police raided the farm at Rivonia. He was not charged with
sabotage (it transpired that his presence at the farm was fortuitous), but he was
charged with offences under the Suppression of Communism and Customs Acts,
found guilty by the Johannesburg Regional Court, and sentenced to a year's
imprisonment, half suspended, and a fine of R300. On appeal to the Supreme
Court his conviction and sentence were set aside. A few days later he left South
Africa.
NOTES ON CERTAIN PERSONS CHARGED IN 1963
Another case that attracted much public attention and had not been finalized when
the previous Survey was written(") was that of Mr. Dennis Brutus, president of
SANROC, who fled while on bail on a minor charge, crossed Swaziland to
Mozambique, was arrested by the Portuguese police and returned to South Africa,
and was then wounded when trying to escape from the police. Mr. Brutus was
sentenced to 18 months' imprisonment and was sent to Robben Island.
(1) Rand Daily Mail, 6 October.
(8) Star, 24 September.
(9) Ibid.
(10) Page 55.
(11) See page 40 of last Survey.

86 A SURVEY OF RACE
On 16 March three trade unionists belonging to organizations affiliated to the
SACTU - Messrs. Viyisile Mini, Zinakile Mkaba, and Wilson Khayingo - were
found guilty, in the Eastern Cape Division of the Supreme Court, of ordering the
deliberate murder of Mr. Sipo Mange with the express object of removing a
witness whose testimony might have incriminated members of the Spear. No
extenuating circumstances were found. The accused were convicted, too, on
various statutory charges of sabotage, including the theft and unlawful possession
of explosives, and the recruitment of persons for military training outside South
Africa to enable them to take up arms against their country. Because of the verdict
of deliberate murder, all three were sentenced to death. They were given leave to
appeal against both the verdict and the sentence, but, during October, the
Appellate Division dismissed their appeals. They were executed in November.
This trial, occurring shortly before the Rivonia one, had wide international
repercussions, described in more detail later. Briefly, the United Nations called
upon the South African Government to liberate all those "facing execution or
death sentences for acts arising from their opposition to the Government's racial
policies". South Africa's Ambassador to the UN pointed out(12) that the
responsible court had reached a verdict of deliberate murder, that its findings had
been fully reported in the Press, and that the matter was sub judice at the time
because leave to appeal had been granted. He emphasized that no person falling
within the category of a "political prisoner" was under sentence of death unless
this person had been implicated in the deliberate killing of someone else.
But, as described later, the matter was not allowed to rest there.
TRIALS OF ALLEGED MEMBERS OF YCCC
The Yu Chi Chan Club is described on page 25. On 15 April eleven Coloured
persons from Cape Town, one a preacher and most of the rest teachers, were
found guilty of having participated in the activities of the banned National
Liberation Front, which was found by the judge to be a continuation of the Yu Chi
Chan Club. He was satisfied, the judge said, that the object of these organizations
had been to further violence and revolution.
Most of the accused had been in custody since July 1963. Dr. N. E. Alexander
(who admitted to being a co-founder, together with Dr. Kenneth Abrahams) and
four others were each sentenced to 10 years' imprisonment. Of the rest, two were
sentenced to 7 years', and four to 5 years' imprisonment.
(12) S.A. Department of Information Press Release 95/64 K. of 18 May.

RELATIONS: 1964 87
RIVONIA TRIAL
(a) Arrests
An account was given in last year's Survey"3) of the arrest of 17 men on 11 July
1963, when the police raided a house in Rivonia, near Johannesburg. They were
originally held in solitary confinement under the 90-day clause. As mentioned
earlier two of them, Messrs. Arthur Goldreich and Harold Wolpe, escaped from
the police cells where they were held and fled from South Africa.
(b) Opening of trial
On 9 October 1963 eleven men, most of whom had been arrested at Rivonia,
appeared in court in Pretoria on charges of sabotage. The leader among the
accused was Mr. Nelson Mandela, who had been in prison since August 1962,
having been sentenced to five years' imprisonment for incitement and for having
left the country illegally.
Counsel for the defence made a successful application for the quashing of the
indictment; but on 12 November the Deputy Attorney-General, Dr. P. Yutar,
served a new indictment which was upheld. Charges against one of the original
accused, Mr. Bob Hepple, had meanwhile been withdrawn because he had agreed
to appear as a State witness. But he fled from South Africa before the case
opened.
The trial opened on 9 October 1963 in the Supreme Court, Pretoria, before Mr.
Justice Quartus de Wet, Judge-President of the Transvaal.
(c) Charges laid
The accused were Messrs. Nelson Mandela, Walter Sisulu, Dennis Goldberg,
Govan Mbeki, Ahmed Mohamed Kathrada, Lionel Bernstein, Raymond
Mhlaba, James Kantor, Elias Matsoaledi, and Andrew Mlangeni. The judge
discharged Mr. Kantor at the close of the State's case.
These men were alleged to have acted in concert with numerous others. As many
of the same names were quoted in certain subsequent trials their names, with
cross-references, are listed in an appendix to this Survey.
The State alleged that the accused had embarked on a campaign to overthrow the
Government by violent revolution and by assisting an armed invasion of the
country by foreign troops. There were four charges, under the sabotage provisions
(Section 21
(3) Page 54.

88 A SURVEY OF RACE
of the General Law Amendment Act of 1962), the Suppression of Communism
Act, and the Criminal Law Amendment Act. The charge sheet listed 193 acts of
sabotage committed between 27 June 1962 and the date of the Rivonia raid,
allegedly carried out by persons recruited by the accused in their capacity as
members of the High Command of the Spear of the Nation.
(d) Notes on evidence led
Much of the evidence led was summarized in an earlier chapter(4) where an
account was given of Dr. Yutar's opening address, admissions made on behalf of
the defence (led by Mr. A. Fischer, Q.C.), the evidence about the Spear and the
ANC which was given by Mr. Mandela and Mr. Sisulu, and the judge's findings
that the Spear had not adopted the plans for guerilla warfare outlined in
"Operation Mayibuye", but probably did have close links with the S.A.
Communist Party.
In a statement made from the dock Mr. Mandela talked of the grievances and
aspirations of Africans and of his ideals. "During my lifetime", he said, "I have
dedicated myself to this struggle of the African people. I have fought against
White domination and I have fought against Black domination. I have cherished
the ideal of a democratic and free society in which all persons live together in
harmony and with equal opportunities. It is an ideal which I hope to live for and
to achieve. But, if needs be, it is an ideal for which I am prepared to die".
"I do not deny that I planned sabotage", he continued, "I did not do this in a spirit
of recklessness . . . I planned it as a result of a calm and sober assessment of the
political situation that had arisen after many years of tyranny, exploitation, and
oppression of my people by the Whites". He had considered that it would be
unrealistic for African leaders to continue with the traditional ANC policy of non-
violence when the Government had itself frequently used violence to crush
opposition. "Africans", he said, "had either to accept inferiority or fight against it
by violence. We chose the latter".
(e) Responsibility for acts of sabotage mentioned in indictment
In his summing up the judge said he accepted the defence contention that
saboteurs had been instructed not to injure or kill any person. It had been argued
that a number of acts of sabotage committed fell outside these instructions and
that the leaders of Spear could not be held responsible for these acts. But he found
it doubtful that the leaders should not have contemplated that some of the
saboteurs employed might get out of hand.
(14) See page 26

RELATIONS: 1964 89
Practically all of the acts of sabotage referred to in the indictment had been
proved, he said, but the court was not able to fix the number of acts for which the
Spear was responsible, because it seemed that other organizations, too, had
committed acts of sabotage and had used similar methods.(")
(f) Verdict and sentences
On 11 June Mr. Justice de Wet acquitted Mr. Lionel Bernstein on all the charges
laid: but before he could leave the court Mr. Bernstein was re-arrested on another
charge under the Suppression of Communism Act, in which it was alleged that in
July 1963 he had contravened the terms of a banning order. He was allowed out
on bail of R2,000 and shortly afterwards escaped from South Africa.
The judge found Mr. Kathrada guilty of one of the four counts, and the remaining
seven accused - Messrs. Mandela, Sisulu, Goldberg, Mbeki, Mhlaba, Matsoaledi,
and Mlangeni guilty on all four counts. Two days later all of these men, including
Mr. Kathrada, were sentenced to life imprisonment. Mr. Justice de Wet said('6)
that the crime of which they had been found guilty was essentially high treason;
but in view of the fact that the State had not seen fit to charge them with this he
had decided not to impose the death sentence.
The seven Non-Whites were taken to the prison on Robben Island. The defence
announced that the accused had decided not to appeal. Messrs. Mandela, Sisulu,
and Mbeki accepted full responsibility for their actions. The others felt that if they
did appeal and were successful they would immediately be rearrested. If their
sentences were reduced it was probable that the Minister of Justice would detain
them indefinitely after they had served their sentences1 7)
The judge granted indemnity to all the State witnesses.18)
The international repercussions of this case, too, are described later.(")
OTHER "SPEAR" CASES
(a) Mkwayi and others
A second important "Spear" case opened in the Rand Criminal Court on 30
October. The accused were Messrs. Ian D. Kitson, Laloo Chiba, Sathyandranath
R. Maharaj, John E. Matthews, and
(15) South African Digest, 19 June; Rand Daily Mail, 12 June.
(16) Star, 12 June.
(17) Rand Daily Mail, 25 June.
(18) Ibid. 19 June.
(19) See page 111.

90 A SURVEY OF RACE
Wilton Mkwayi. Again, the alleged co-conspirators are listed in the Appendix.
Among 58 alleged acts of sabotage, committed in Durban, Port Elizabeth and
Johannesburg, were included a bomb attack on the offices of a Natal Nationalist
newspaper, the planting of a bomb in a Durban municipal beerhall (three Africans
were injured), and an attempt to blow up a wall of the Johannesburg Fort. It was
alleged that the accused conspired with the men convicted at the Rivonia trial and
others (see appendix). Evidence for the State was given by Amien Cajee and other
90-day detainees, some of whom were heard in camera.
The judge convicted all five men of more than 50 acts of sabotage, of preparing
for guerilla warfare, and of furthering the aims of communism. He found that
Mkwayi, Kitson and Chiba, together with "Mr. D" (an anonymous State witness);
had, after the Rivonia arrests, become leaders of a new National High Command
of the Spear, all the members of which belonged to the Communist Party of S.A.
Mkwayi had received training in guerilla warfare and sabotage in China, and after
his return had taught others how to make bombs. He and Kitson had been links
between the High Command and Spear members. Chiba had obtained sabotage
training in the Soviet Union. Kitson, Matthews and Maharaj had assisted in
obtaining materials for manufacturing bombs, and/or had helped to manufacture
them. (Star, 17 December.)
Mr. Mkwayi received a life sentence, Mr. Kitson was sentenced to 20 years in
gaol, Mr. Chiba to 18 years, Mr. Matthews to 15 years, and Mr. Maharaj to 12
years.
(b) Nair and others
A "Spear" case heard in Durban involved the SACTU leader Mr. Billy Nair,
seven other Indians, Mr. Cunick Ndhlovu, and ten other Africans, who were
accused of 27 acts of sabotage in Natal, and of possessing explosives, and
recruiting people for military training. The State alleged that Nair and Ndhlovu
were members of the Spear's Natal Regional Command.
One man was discharged and the rest found guilty of sabotage. Nair and Ndhlovu
were each sentenced to 20 years' imprisonment, and the sentences of the rest
ranged from 5 to 15 years.
(c) Mashaba and others
There was another "Spear" case in Pretoria in August, involving Mr. Andrew
Mashaba and eight other African men. A ninth accused was too ill to stand trial.
Most of them were hotel waiters or cooks.

RELATIONS: 1964 91
It was alleged that Mashaba was the link between the Pretoria Branch of Spear
and the headquarters in Johannesburg, and that he instructed members in the use
of explosives. Peter Mongano is said to have recruited cell leaders, each of whom
in turn was supposed to recruit three others and to plan sabotage operations which
would not involve danger to life. The names of the accused and the alleged co-
conspirators are listed in the Appendix.
According to the charge sheet the accused plotted to overthrow the Government
and liberate Non-Whites by means of acts of sabotage. They were accused of
having bombed the office of the Minister of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing in October 1962, the Innesdal post office in February 1963, and the
Brooklyn telephone exchange (Pretoria) in December 1963; of attempting in
January 1963 to blow up the building where the Treason Trial was held (1959-
1961); and of having plotted to bomb the official residences of three Cabinet
Ministers and ten other buildings and to kill two African detectives.
One of the accused was found not guilty and discharged; Mashaba and Mongano
were each sentenced to 15 years' imprisonment; Levy M. Molefe to 12 years; and
four others each to 8 years. The ninth had a 5-year sentence, with leave to appeal.
(d) Matsemela case
Mr. Morris Matsemela of Pretoria appeared in court on 6 November on two
allegations of sabotage in connection with the dynamiting of a post office and the
bombing of offices of the Minister of Agricultural Economics. and Marketing in
1963. He was found guilty on one of the charges and sentenced to 7 years'
imprisonment.
(e) Mrs. Moodley and others
Mrs. Mary Moodley, a Coloured woman of Benoni, her daughter Mrs. Joyce
Mohamed, and an African friend Mrs. Christina Thibela, were charged during
October with having helped various South African refugees who had gone to
Swaziland to cross the Republic in order to reach Bechuanaland (the method of
escape is described later), and with having helped people to escape from South
Africa. All were found guilty. On the first charge Mrs. Moodley was sentenced to
R200 (or 100 days) plus 6 months' imprisonment suspended for 3 years, and each
of the others to R100 (or 50 days) plus 3 months suspended for 3 years. On the
second charge Mrs. Mohamed was sentenced to R150 (or 75 days) and each of the
others to R50 (or 25 days).

92 A SURVEY OF RACE
AFRICAN RESISTANCE MOVEMENT (OR NATIONAL
COMMITTEE FOR LIBERATION) CASES
(a) Hirson and others
Five alleged African Resistance Movement (ARM) members appeared in court in
Johannesburg on 2 October on nine counts of sabotage, but one, Mr. G. Cox, was
subsequently released. The others were Messrs. Raymond Eisenstein B. M.
Hirson, Hugh F. Lewin, and Frederick Prag _-Twenty-five people were-alleged to
have been co-conspirators. (See appendix.)
In the indictment and in further particulars furnished by the State it was alleged
that the National Committee for Liberation was founded before May 1962,
apparently by representatives of bodies called the Socialist League, the Af
caiFreedom Mpymnt and others. Persons present at the early meetings were stated
to be Messrs. Montague Berman (who subsequently left South Africa), Hirson,
Cox, Prager, and Eisenstein, together with Messrs. W. Tibane, S. Olifant, and M.
Setlapello. They were joined later, the State maintained, by Messrs. H. F. Lewin,
F. H. Green, Y. I. Omar, Dennis Higgs, J. Vilakazi, and Mrs. Rosemary Wentzel
from upcountry, Messrs. J. Laredo and D,_ Evans from Natal, and Messrs. R.
Vigne and E. Daniels from Cape Town. Various committees were set up.
A committee was formed in England, it was alleged, composed of Mr. Berman
and Mr. and Mrs. John Lang, who solicited funds and sent explosives.
In Cape Town Mr. Vigne and Mr rDaniels_.drew in Messrs. N. Rubin.M
Schn:_idr P IWatson A. Leftwich. and othersThe aim, it was stated, was to
commit acts of violence calculated to damage p r.-i herthe groU's
politicatpurp~ses.
Messrs. Hirson, Eisenstein, Prager, and Lewin were accused of having made
attacks with explosives on power pylons and traction masts and on railway signal
cables.
Evidence for the State was given by numbers of 90-day detainees, including Mrs.
R. Wentzel Mr.__A._Ldwftch, Mr. S. Olifant, Mr. J. N. Lloyd, Mrs. T. Helmstedt,
Mr. J. Dhladhla, and Mr. W. Tibane.
At the conclusion of the trial in Pretoria, Mr. Prager was found not guilty and
acquitted. The three other accused, who had pleaded guilty to some of the
charges, were sentenced, Mr. Hirson to9 _yiear_ and Mr. Lewin and Mr.
Eisensteinto 7__!rimprisonment.
(b) Evans and Laredo case
Mr. D. Evans and Mr. John Laredo appeared in court in Pietermaritzburg on 12
October on two charges of sabotage. It

RELATIONS: 1964
was alleged in the indictment that these men had possessed explosives and had
carried out numbers of acts of sabotage in Durban.
They were found guilty only of possessing explosives, and were each sentenced to
five years' imprisonment.
(c) Daniels and de Keller case
Two further alleged ARM members, Mr. Edward J. Daniels and Mr. David G. de
Keller, were charged on _kQtob= with having carried out various acts of sabotage
in Cape Town, causing damage to pylons and to railway installations. Three
others who originall apeared with them pleaded not guilty to the main chaMe of
sabotage, but uilty to the alternative chageof being
-mf-embers of theAs Dai a denied7 othcharges a separation of trials
was ordered.
Mr. Adrian I .ftdc.h " Ma. . L. van er Rie who had been under 90-day arrest,
gave evideng,-,,,.a,,,ite-witness. (See appendix). It transpired that one of the plans
made by the group was to free Mr. Robert Sobukwe from Robben Island.020
On 5 November the two accused pleaded guilty to an amended indictment which
stated that the common purpose of their group had been a protest to encourage a
change of the political and social attitudes held by the electorate and the
Government (mention of overthrowing the Government by intimidation and
violent resistance, and of bringing about rule by a government elected on the basis
of universal adult suffrage, contained in the original indictment, was deleted).
Both men were found guilty of sabotage. Mr. Daniels was sentenced to fifteen
years' imprisonment, and Mr. de Keller to ten years'.
(d) Brooks and others
The three for whom a separate trial was ordered were Mr. Alan K. Brooks, Miss
Stephanie Kemp, and Mr. Antony A. Trew. The State abandoned charges of
sabotage against them; but all three were found guilty of being members of an
unlawful organization.
The judge said that, while they had played only minor r6les in the African
Resistance Movement, they nevertheless must have been aware that it planned
acts of sabotage. The two men were each sentenced to four years' imprisonment
(two suspended), and Miss Kemp to five years' (three suspended).
(e) Harris case
The deliberate explosion of a bomb in the concourse of the Johannesburg railway
station on 24 July is described on page 32.
(20) See page 56.

94 A SURVEY OF RACE
Numbers of people, including children, were seriously injured, and one woman
subsequently died.
Mr. John Harris (a teacher and the banned former chairman of SANROC) was
arrested for this crime, and on 15 September was charged with murder and two
counts of sabotage. It was reported that the police wanted Mr. Dennis Higgs and
Miss Lorna Symington as accessories before the fact but, as has been described,
both had escaped from South Africa.
Two people under 90-day arrest, Mr. John N. Lloyd and Mrs. Thelma Helmstedt,
were called as State witnesses.
A statement made by Harris to a magistrate was produced in court. Harris
admitted that he had planted the bomb. At the time, he said, he was the only
member of the ARM who could still operate, for all the rest were under arrest or
had fled the country. He had intended a spectacular demonstration as a means of
bringing about a change of government. A few minutes before the bomb was due
to explode he had telephoned a warning to the police and to two newspapers. He
had expected the concourse to be cleared as a result so that no-one would be hurt.
At the request of the defence the court allowed an eminent private psychiatrist and
two State psychiatrists to examine Harris. The private practitioner afterwards gave
his opinion that Harris was a maniac depressive with a paranoid complex, had
been in a state of maniac ecstasy at the time of the explosion, and could, therefore,
not be held to be criminally responsible. But the State psychiatrists considered
that Harris had been responsible for his actions.
Mr. Justice Ludorf found Harris guilty of murder and sentenced him to death. The
two assessors concurred in the judgment. On the probabilities, the judge said,
there were no mitigating circumstances. While Harris's mental condition was
"something different from normal" it could not be held to have reduced his moral
blameworthiness. The State witness Lloyd had quoted Harris as having said, "If a
few lives are taken, it will be tactically desirable because it will save so many
lives in the future". In a draft letter to Dr. Verwoerd, which Harris admitted he
had typed, he threatened that if the Prime Minister did not announce over the S.A.
Broadcasting Corporation that all political prisoners would be released, all bans
removed, and a national convention called, he would be forcing Harris's group to
accept that he would "only be moved by the killing of White people. We have
plans for such killings, and with great reluctance will put the plan into operation if
you reject or ignore our ultimation", the letter stated.
The judge said, "I regard it as my duty that the sentence should act as a deterrent.
I cannot allow this potential mass

RELATIONS: 1964 95
murderer to be at large again, no matter how long a time that might be".21)
Leave to appeal was granted.
NOTES ON CASES INVOLVING ALLEGED MEMBERS OF
AFRICAN RESISTANCE MOVEMENT
The first point that strikes the observer, in connection with cases involving
alleged members of the African Resistance Movement, is that numbers of those
who were stated to have led the organization had left South Africa before they
could be arrested.
The accused brought before the courts were almost all young, well-educated
people. The median age of twelve of them, charged by 4 November, was 26.
Apart from one .Coloured man they were all Whites. They included three
newspapermen, three junior university lecturers, two university students, two
photographers, a teacher, and a physiotherapist.
The a -conspirators were educated__.eople, too.
Twenty-six had been named by 4 November: twenty Whites, four Africans, one
Coloured man and one Asian. Of the sixteen whose professions are known to the
writer there were six university lecturers and three students, a businessman, a
lawyer, two newspapermen, a clerk, and two housewives.
A noteworthy feature of the cases.was that much of the evidence against the
accused was given by alleged co-conspirators who had been under 90-day
detention for -considerable periods: from early July until the hearings commenced
at the beginning of November.
OTHER CASES OF SABOTAGE
(a) Schoon and others
During August Messrs. Marius Schoon, Raymond Thoms, and Michael Ngubeni
were found guilty of having tried to blow up the Hospital Hill Police Station,
Johannesburg. They alleged in court that a man named Ed Round (who did not
appear) had instigated them to do so. Each was sentenced to 12 years'
imprisonment, Schoon and Thoms being granted leave to appeal.
(b) Isaacs and others
Mr. Sedrick Isaacs, a young Coloured teacher from Cape Town, two of his
matriculation pupils - Achmad Cassiem and James Marsh - and a young clerk
named Abdurrahman Abrahams, were charged with having tried to blow up the
Matroos-
(21) Star, 6 November.

96 A SURVEY OF RACE
fontein post office and an electric sub-station, and having planned to attack the
University College of the Western Cape. All were found guilty of sabotage. Mr.
Isaacs was sentenced to 12 years' imprisonment and each of the three youths to
five years'. Leave to appeal was granted to two of the youths.
ALLEGED MEMBERS OF S.A. COMMUNIST PARTY
Numbers of persons who had been under 90-day detention and five others,
arrested later, were charged on 26 August with having furthered the aims of the
Communist Party, or being office-bearers, officers, or members of the Party. The
charge-sheet alleged that they aimed at establishing "a despotic system of
government based on the dictatorship of the proletariat" in South Africa. It was
stated that various of the accused had attended meetings of a central committee or
of district or area committees or cells; had distributed a document called "A Time
for Reassessment" and a pamphlet "Focus"; and organized the "Volunteers"; had
painted anti-government slogans in public places; or had arranged for trained
organizers to enter the Transkei. It was alleged that their programme said, "A
great many of our decisions are subject to discussions held outside the country".
As mentioned earlier, some of them complained about illtreatment during their
detention, but the magistrate refused to hear their statements. One of them, Miss
Sylvia Neame, had been sentenced to two months' imprisonment for having tried
to escape from custody.
Accused No. 1 was Mr. A. Fischer, Q.C., who led the defence in the Rivonia trial.
He was detained on 9 July under the 90-day clause, but was released after three
days. Then he was again arrested on 23 September on the charge mentioned
above. He had, however, just been granted a temporary passport to enable him to
appear before the Privy Council in London in a case involving patent rights. In
view of this the judge granted his application for bail, which was fixed at
R10,000. Mr. Fischer won his case in London and returned to stand trial.
The other accused were Lewis Baker, Esther Barsel, Hymie Barsel, Mollie Doyle,
Florence Duncan, Dr. Costa Gazides, Norman Levy, Jean Middleton, Sylvia
Neame, Ann Nicholson, Ivan F. Schermbrucker, Paul Trewhela, and Eli
Weinberg.
Evidence was given by 90-day detainees, including Piet Beyleveld.
Mr. Gerard G. Ludi, a secret agent from the Security Branch who had infiltrated
into the Communist Party, gave detailed evidence about meetings he had
attended, persons with whom he had associated, and their activities.

RELATIONS: 1964 97
MEMBERSHIP OF OTHER BANNED ORGANIZATIONS
(a) Cape Town case
On 15 November 1963, 45 Africans appeared in court in Cape Town on charges
relating to the banned ANC. The charges against 4 were withdrawn on the first
day of the trial, 8 were discharged at the end of the State's case, and when
sentence was finally passed on 26 August, 10 were acquitted. Of the rest, 16 were
found guilty of belonging to the ANC and furthering its aims, and 7 of belonging
to the ANC. Sentences totalling 117 years' imprisonment were imposed (an
average of 5.1 years each). Notice of appeal was given.
(b) Natal case
Early in April, 25 Africans from Natal were charged with having become or
continued to be office-bearers, officers, or members of the ANC and having
assisted in its activities. The charges against 18 of them were subsequently
withdrawn. The rest were found guilty on 4 September and were sentenced to
varying periods of imprisonment on each of four counts, part of which periods
were to run concurrently. The period of imprisonment to be served was 33 months
in each case.
(c) Johannesburg case
Messrs. Paul Joseph, Cyril Jones, and Nandgohpal Naidoo, who had been under
90-day detention, were charged on 30 October with having taken part in the
activities of a banned organization and (in Naidoo's case only) undergoing
guerilla training. The charges against Mr. Joseph were subsequently withdrawn.
(d) Port Elizabeth cases
During the year between three and four hundred people, or possibly more, were
arrested in Port Elizabeth and charged with offences arising under the
Suppression of Communism Act. The cases were heard in various centres. In
Graaff-Reinet, for example, 74 African men and women from Port Elizabeth were
found guilty on charges of being members, officials or officebearers of the ANC
and the Spear: 19 of them were also charged with taking part in the activities of an
unlawful organization. All were found guilty and sentences totalling 239- years
were imposed, 44 of the accused being sentenced to 3 years' imprisonment.2)
Other sentences, arising from trials in Somerset East, were as long as 9 years.
(22) Rand Daily Mail, 18 September.

98 A SURVEY OF RACE
(e) Further Durban case
Seven men were charged in Durban under the Suppression of Communism Act:
they were Messrs. S. Dhlamini, S. K. Gounden, K. Moonsamy, M. P. Naicker, M.
D. Naidoo, N. Padachee, and R. G. Pillay. Bail was granted to the 6 Indians, who
were former 90-day detainees. The case was in progress at the time of writing.*
VOLUNTARY ASSISTANCE GIVEN TO POLITICAL PRISONERS
The Defence and Aid Fund, which was created by private persons soon after the
1960 State of Emergency, continues to assist people who are accused of various
offences by securing and helping to pay for their legal defence.
It reported(23) that between November 1963 and the end of May 1964 its
Johannesburg branch handled cases involving 83 accused. In 17 cases the charges
were withdrawn, 3 people were acquitted, 38 sentenced, 1 escaped, 1 was
committed to a mental home, and 23 cases were pending at the time the report
was made.
The Cape Town branch stated that it helped 537 persons during 1963, of whom
235 were acquitted. Most cases had to do with furthering the aims of a banned
organization, leaving South Africa illegally, or being in possession of banned
literature. Help had been given in tracing relatives of 90-day detainees and in
finding out the whereabouts of detainees who were moved from one prison to
another.
The National Union of S.A. Students (NUSAS) initiated a scheme for helping
prisoners of all categories to study while in gaol. It is being assisted, in an
advisory capacity, by a Prison Education Committee with representatives from
various bodies, including the Institute of Race Relations.
* The charges against all but Mr. Moonsamy were withdrawn.
(11) Ibid, 9 June.

RELATIONS: 1964 99
OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO JUSTICE
STRENGTH OF POLICE FORCE
According to the report of the Commissioner of the S.A. Police(') the strength of
the Police Force at the end of the halfyear ended 30 June 1963 was:
White Coloured Asian African
Officers ............. 563 -
Warrant Officers ....... 903 - -
Chief Sergeants ....... - 5 1 17
Senior Sergeants ...... . - 25 8 142
Sergeants .......... 3,573 107 49 1,116
Constables ...... ... 6,861 915 361 10,453
Constable Labourers ... - 9 - 268
Labourers .......... .- 34 - 163
Band ............. 46 Included above
Students ......... 1,824 -
13,770 1,095 419 12,159
The Deputy Commissioner said(') that about 1,500 White recruits would pass
through the Police Training College in 1964. The minimum educational
requirement was Std. VIII: lads with this minimum qualification were given
further general education and encouraged to matriculate. Matriculated youths
spent six months only at the college. Of the 1,500 recruits, more than 200 were
English-speaking: this proportion was greater than in previous years. The Natal
Divisional Commissioner said on 20 August3) that fifty years previously only 10
per cent of the policemen were Afrikaans: now only 10 per cent were not.
Students at the police college are given a course in the causes of strained race
relations and how matters might be improved.
A training college for Coloured policemen is to be established in Cape Town to
replace the existing one in East London. Indians are trained at Wentworth,
Durban, and Africans at New Modderfontein, near Benoni. The minimum
qualification for a Non-White recruit is Std. V and fluency in at least one official
language, but applicants with Std. VI are preferred.(')
(1) R.P. 26/64.
(2) Rand Daily Mail, 27 January.
(1) Natal Mercury of following day.
(4) Benoni Bantu Bulletin, March.
The Officer Commanding Non-European Training is reported to have said in
March that 32 police stations were manned entirely by Non-Whites.05)
CHARGES AGAINST POLICEMEN AND PRISON WARDERS
Cases of illtreatment of arrested persons and prisoners have caused considerable
public concern. Allegations made by 90-day detainees have been described
earlier.0) But other instances have been reported.
In February the Rand Supreme Court awarded damages of R450 and costs to an
African woman who sued the Minister of Justice on the ground that she had been
assaulted by members of the police at the Hospital Hill police station,
Johannesburg. After she had complained of this when appearing before a
magistrate she was examined by a district surgeon, who found that she had facial
injuries and "tram-track" bruises on her buttocks and one thigh.)
A White constable was found guilty, during April, of having deliberately shot at
an African constable, without cause, hitting him in the chest00
Two other, grave, cases occurred at about the same time. In White River (Eastern
Transvaal) two White and two African policemen were found guilty of assaulting
three Africans by using electric shock machines. The Whites were each sentenced
to R50 or 50 days, and the Africans to RIO or 30 days9)
The Station Commander at Bultfontein (Free State) and four White members of
his staff were charged with murdering one African and assaulting another with
intent to murder while they were investigating the theft of some money. It was
alleged in court that the man who died had been sjambokked,(°) given electric
shocks while trussed in a seated position, partially choked, and suffocated when
his head was tied in a plastic bag. The other man said that he had been punched,
kicked, and whipped with a sjambok.
Two of the policemen were found guilty of culpable homicide with intent to do
grievous bodily harm, two of assault with similar intent, and the fifth of defeating
the ends of justice. This last man was sentenced to four years' imprisonment. The
sentences of the others ranged from nine years and six strokes to three years and
six cuts.
The Commissioner of Police announced that he had sent a directive to all police
stations drawing attention to strict standing orders prohibiting the ill-treatment of
prisoners and enquiring into
(5) Race Relations News, March.
(6) See page 68.
U) Star, 21 February.
(8) Rand Daily Mail, 18 April.
(9) Sunday Chronicle, 12 April.
(10) A sjambok is a leather whip.
100
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964
an allegation by a young policeman (one of those convicted) that Bultfontein
methods were common practice.(11)
These matters were raised during debates in the Assembly. The Minister of
Justice said(12) that every policeman had to sign a copy of the standing orders.
The police themselves had instigated an investigation and post-mortem in the
Bultfontein case, and had charged the persons concerned with murder. The police
had also made a thorough investigation of the alleged use of electric shock
machines at police stations. "In some places such apparatus was found", the
Minister said, "but . . . it was obviously in private hands."
In reply to a question in the Assembly on 24 March (before the cases mentioned
above had been finalized) the Minister gave the following statistics in regard to
convictions of members of the police force for offences involving the irregular
treatment of persons in custody:(3)
1960 1961 1962 1963
White officials .......... 22 15 36 24
Non-White officials ...... 24 16 26 14
A similar question was asked about members of the Prisons Department. A
summary of the reply('-) is: 1960 - 44 convictions
1961 - 42
1962 - 45
1963 - 46
Of those convicted 103 were White and 74 Non-White.
As is described below, certain long-term prisoners are sent to Robben Island, off
the coast at Cape Town. The Minister was questioned about complaints of alleged
assaults by officials on these prisoners. He replied(5 that six complaints had been
received by the prison authorities. In three cases the complaints were considered
to be unfounded. In the other three cases minor assaults had taken place: the
officials concerned were charged in terms of the Prisons Act and Regulations.
Further cases of assaults were reported later. Mr. S. L. Nkosi of Paulpietersburg,
who was found by the court to have been unlawfully assaulted by a White police
constable, was awarded damages of R1,000 and costs.
It was announced in November that Mr. Washington Bongco, who was under
sentence of death after having been convicted on six counts of sabotage in the
Eastern Cape, one of which resulted in a child's death, would be brought to court
in East London to institute a claim for damages against the Minister of Justice and
(11) Rand Daily Mail, and Star, 11 April.
(12) Hansard 13 cols. 4836, 4861, 4898; Hansard 14 cols. 5007-8.
(,3) Hansard 10 cols 3531-2.
(14) Assembly, 24 March, Hansard 10 cols 3530-1.
(15) Assembly, 9 June, Hansard 20 col. 7479.

102 A SURVEY OF RACE

three detectives who he alleged had assaulted him after his arrest. His claim was
dismissed with costs.
CONVICTED PERSONS IN 1962-63
According to the Report of the Department of Prisons for the year ended 30 June
1963,(16) the sentences imposed on convicted persons during that period were:
Whites Coloured Asians Africans Total
Sentenced to death ......... 7 17 1 124 149
Life ............2 1 - 18 21
Indeterminate sentence ... ... 144 257 6 908 1,315
Imprisonment for the prevention of crime .......... 95 189 4 616 904
Corrective training .......... 267 919 34 3,091 4,311 2 years and longer ..........
238 425 16 4,597 5,276 Over 6 months to 2 years ... 644 1,439 74
13,856 16,013 Over 4 months to 6 months ... 516 2,724 76 18,506 21,822
Over 1 month to 4 months . 1,511 10,205 313 91,709 103,738 Up to and
including 1 month 2,420 18,823 463 112,525 134,231 Periodical imprisonment
... 184 63 16 106 369
Corporal punishment
(cane only) .............. 150 97 5 507 759
6,178 35,159 1,008 246,563 288,908
This was before the large numbers of severe sentences for sabotage that were
imposed in the latter half of 1963 and in 1964.(17) The figures exclude persons
awaiting trial and in police cells; a daily average of 11,380 persons were awaiting
trial during January 1964.(1)
The daily average prison population during 1963 was 3,127 Whites, 11,291
Coloured, 396 Asians, and 51,761 Africans. The figures have increased
considerably over the years, as the following figures show:(9)
Whites Non-Whites
1948 ...... 1,984 23,943
1953 ...... 1,729 33,264
1958 ...... 2,534 41,903
1963 ...... 3,127 63,448
And this is in spite of the fact that the numbers of petty offenders in prison have
decreased. The Minister gave the following approximate figures :(20) 1962
1963
Sentences of one month and less ... 185,000 134,000
,, 1-4 months ....... 111,000 103,000
The authorities were doing all they could, he said, to reduce these numbers. When
opening the congress of the Social Services
(16) R.P. 42/64, page 11.
(17) See page 84.
(18) Minister of Justice, Assembly, 11 June, Hansard 20 col. 7795.
(19) Ibid, 9 June, Assembly Hansard 20 col. 7486.
(20) Ibid, 11 June, Assembly Hansard 20 col. 7795.

RELATIONS: 1964 103

Association on 23 July(21) the Chief Justice, the Hon. L. C. Steyn, pointed out
that during the year 1961-62 twice as many recidivists were found amongst the
short-term prisoners as among these in the next group, gaoled for periods from 6
months to 2 years. "This suggests very strongly," he commented, "that short-term
imprisonment is, in most cases, quite ineffective in preventing further crime by
first offenders".
According to the Prisons Department report, quoted above,') in the year ended 30
June 1963 the following sentences of corporal punishment were imposed:
Number of persons Number of strokes Average per offender
Whites 659 3,060 4.6
Coloured 2,625 12,830 4.9
Asians 85 271 3.2
Africans 14,035 67,045 4.8
In the same period 149 persons were sentenced to death (7 Whites, 17 Coloured, 1
Asian, 124 Africans). Of these and the 3 Coloured and 59 Africans with similar
sentences who were in custody when the year began, 115 were executed (5
Whites, 11 Coloured, 99 Africans). The sentences of 25 were commuted to
imprisonment; 4 died, 2 were discharged on appeal, and 1 was to be re-tried.
In reply to a question in the Assembly(23) the Minister of Justice gave an analysis
of executions from 1960 to 1963. Extracts are:
1963 1962
Sentence Wh. Col 4s Af. Wh. Col. As. ,f.
Murder ...... 2 9 - 107 5 4 - 77
Rape ...... - 1 - 7 1 3 - 4
Robbery .. - 3 - 5 - - - 2
Sabotage .. - 4
Housebreaking
with intent
to commit
various crimes,
with aggravating circumstances ...... - - - 1 - - - 2
Totals 2 13 --12-0 6 7 89
The Minister said on 28 April(24) that 1,395 prisoners were then being held on
Robben Island, 628 of them for political offences.
(2L) Star of that date.
(22) R.P. 42/1964, pages 13 and 14.
(23) 10 April, Hansard 11 col. 3990.
(24) Assembly, Hansard 14 cols. 5039-40.

A SURVEY OF RACE
PRISON OUTSTATIONS
The prison outstation system was described in some detail in the 1959-60 issue of
this Survey.25) Long-term prisoners are sent to these institutions: a minority are
employed by the Department of Prisons itself, but most of them work for local
farmers.
The farmers provide accommodation for prisoners and warders in accordance
with plans and specifications laid down by the Department, and are responsible
for the maintenance of the buildings. They pay 15 cents per prisoner per day for
using them as labourers06) The Prisons Department controls the outstations and
provides food and medical attention for the prisoners.
In reply to a series of questions in the Assembly on 7 February(2") the Minister of
Justice said that nine of the outstations on farms had been built since 1959. Their
present numbers were 14 in the Cape, 10 in the Transvaal, and one in the Free
State. During 1963 they accommodated a maximum of 9,582 and a minimum of
8,537 prisoners.
The outstations were regularly inspected by senior officers and inspectors of the
Prisons Service. Magistrates of the districts concerned had authority to visit them
at any time.
Asked whether any complaints of assaults on prisoners had been received, the
Minister said that there had been 2 in 1961, 8 in 1962, and 8 in 1963. On receipt
of a complaint Departmental or police investigations were instituted.
ESCAPES OF PRISONERS
The Prisons Department report, quoted above, states(2") that during the year
ended 30 June 1963, 82 White, 255 Coloured, 13 Asian, and 909 African
prisoners escaped from prison or while under custody. Of these 59.3 per cent were
recaptured.
PREVENTION OF DELINQUENCY AMONG JUVENILES
Questioned in the Assembly about the rehabilitation of African juvenile
delinquents, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said(29) that
91 probation officers were working in collaboration with local authorities and
welfare organizations, and as from 1 April there would be professional posts for a
qualified sociologist/anthropologist and for Bantu social workers on the
establishment of each Chief Bantu Affairs Commissioner. The aim was to combat
idleness and the consequent growth of delinquency by promoting healthy
recreational activities, youth organizations and centres, and other schemes.
Reform schools
(25) Page 267.
(26) Minister of Justice, Assembly 18 February, Hansard 5 col. 1495.
(27) Hansard 3 col. 936.
(28) R.P. 42/1964, page 15.
(29) 3 March, Hansard 7 cols. 2325-6.
104

and children's homes known as youth camps had been established. The
Government's plan to establish youth centres is described in a subsequent chapter.
COURTS IN AFRICAN TOWNSHIPS
The Minister of Justice stated on 19 June(30) that courts were functioning in
Orlando (Johannesburg) and Duncan Village (East London), and were being
established at Tembisa (Kempton Park), Kwa Thema (Springs), Zwelitsha (King
William's Town), and Daveyton (Benoni). The establishment of further courts at
Sharpeville (Vereeniging), Dobsonville (Roodepoort), and Galeshewe
(Kimberley) was gazetted on 16 October.
RELIEF FOR DEPENDANTS OF PRISONERS
It was announced at a congress of the Social Services Association in September
1963 that representations had been made to the Department of Bantu
Administration and Development about the provision of maintenance grants or
some other form of continuing relief for rural dependants of long-term African
prisoners. So far, poor relief rations only were available.
PHOTOGRAPHS OF PRISONS
In January an Indian visitor to Pretoria was fined R20 (or 20 days) for taking a
family photograph with the gaol as a background. The Prisons Act, No. 8 of 1959,
rendered it an offence to sketch or photograph a prison or prisoner without written
authority from the Commissioner of Prisons.
A few months later a British family who took photographs of a colourfully
dressed African outside the Pretoria prison were interrogated by security police.
(30) Assembly, Hansard 21 col. 8628.
RELATIONS : 1964
105

A SURVEY OF RACE
OVERSEAS CONCERN WITH SOUTH AFRICA'S
RACIAL POLICIES
UNITED NATIONS
South Africa's Continued Membership
The Prime Minister said in the Assembly on 24 April"V that the policy of South
Africa was to remain a member of the United Nations as long as this was
considered to be in the country's interests.
United Nations' resolutions in 1963
As reported in last year's Survey(2) in October 1963, by 106 votes to 1 (South
Africa), the United Nations General Assembly passed a resolution stating that the
situation in South Africa was seriously disturbing international peace and
security. The Assembly called on South Africa to release all political prisoners
immediately and unconditionally, and to put an immediate end to the trials of all
those accused under the "Sabotage Act" and related legislation.
In December08) the Security Council unanimously adopted a resolution which:
(a) called on South Africa to cease forthwith the continued
imposition of discriminatory and repressive measures;
(b) called on South Africa to liberate all persons imprisoned,
interned, or subjected to other restrictions for having
opposed apartheid;
(c) asked all member-states to refrain from supplying South
Africa with military equipment, arms, ammunition, military vehicles, ordnance
equipment, and materials that might be used to manufacture or maintain
armaments
for the enforcement of apartheid;
(d) asked the Secretary-General to establish a group of
recognized experts to examine methods of resolving the situation in South Africa
through the full, peaceful, and orderly application of human rights and
fundamental freedoms to all, regardless of race, colour, or creed; and to consider
what part the United Nations might play in
the achievement of that end.
C) Hansard 13 Col. 4900.
(2) Page 324.
(3) See 1963 Survey, page 325.
106

The Secretary-General was instructed to report back by 1 June 1964 on the extent
to which the resolution had been put into effect.
Subsequently the General Assembly, by 99 votes to 2 (South Africa and
Portugal), overrode strong South African objections in asking the Secretary-
General to institute a scheme for the provision of international assistance for the
families of persons persecuted for their opposition to apartheid.
The South African representative contended that no-one was prosecuted, let alone
persecuted, merely for opposing his Government's policy of separate
development. The resolution, he maintained, was a flagrant violation of Article 2
(7) of the Charter (which excludes the United Nations from interfering in the
domestic affairs of a member-nation).
Appointment of Myrdal Group
In pursuance of the Security Council's resolution the Secretary-General, U
Thant, appointed a group to investigate methods of resolving the situation in
South Africa. He appointed a Swedish diplomat, Mrs. K. Gunnar Myrdal, to be
chairman and, as members, Sir Hugh Foot of Britain (rapporteur), Mr. Josip
Djerdja of Yugoslavia, Sir Edward Okyere Asafu-Adjaye of Ghana, and Mr. Dey
Ould Sidi Baba of Morocco.
After about two months Mr. Djerdja resigned, because he wanted to take a more
vigorous line than the rest. He urged that the United Nations should take action
under Article 7 of the Charter, which deals with threats to peace, breaches of
peace, and acts of aggression. Decisions made by the Security Council under this
Article are mandatory on member-states. But other members of the group hoped
that the South African situation could be satisfactorily dealt with under Article 6,
which is concerned with the peaceful settlement of disputes and does not
empower the Council to make mandatory decisions.
U Thant announced in January that he had asked the South African Government
to extend facilities enabling the group to examine the situation in the Republic at
first-hand, in the context of the Security Council resolution; but the Government
replied that this was "manifestly impossible".04) Members of the commission
went to London, instead, to meet South Africans living in Britain and others with
an intimate knowledge of the South African scene.
Correspondence between Secretary-General and South Africa
Arising, too, from the General Assembly and Security Council decisions, on 27
March the Secretary-General, U Thant, addressed
(4) Rand Daily Mail, 7 February.
RELATIONS: 1964
107

an appeal to the South African Government to "spare the lives of those facing
execution or death sentences for acts arising from their opposition to the
Government's racial policies".
In reply, the South African Ambassador to the United Nations stated that U
Thant's appeal appeared to relate to the death sentences passed a few days before
on Messrs. Mini, Mkaba and Khayingo.(5) These men, he said, had been
convicted of deliberate murder, as well as of a number of acts of sabotage. No
extenuating circumstances were found. All three had been given leave to appeal,
thus the matter was sub judice at the time. (Their appeal, heard later, did not
succeed).
The court's findings had been fully reported in the Press, the Ambassador
continued. If U Thant had investigated the facts it would have been clear to him
that there had been no question of the imposition of the death sentence purely
because of opposition "to the Government's racial policies". The Secretary-
General's intervention could be construed as casting suspicion on, or bringing into
disrepute, the South African judiciary and the South African judicial processes.
Disapproval was expressed of the way in which the Secretary-General had felt
obliged, by the terms of the General Assembly resolution, to act without absolute
impartiality.0
Myrdal Group's Report
(a) Content
The report of the Myrdal study group was published on 20 April. Members stated
they had no doubt that the cause of emancipation would prevail in South Africa.
"What is now at issue is not the final outcome, but the question whether on the
way the people of South Africa are to go through a long ordeal of blood and hate.
If so, all Africa and the whole world must be involved. We believe that the cause
of reason and justice . . . offers the only way and the last chance to avoid such a
vast tragedy".
The group's suggested way of avoiding conflict was the summoning of a national
convention, fully representative of the whole population of South Africa, to set a
new course for the future. A prerequisite was an immediate amnesty for all
opponents of apartheid. The South African Government should be invited to send
a representative at once to discuss the composition and agenda of the convention
with a special body, to be appointed by the United Nations. Representatives of the
Opposition and of the unenfranchised South African majority should be invited to
participate in the discussions.
(5) See page 86.
(6) Department of Information Press Release 95/64 K, 18 May.
108
A SURVEY OF RACE

The scope of the convention was for South Africans to decide; but the group made
certain suggestions, including the introduction of a Bill of Rights incorporating
the principles set out in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The Supreme
Court should be empowered to declare null and void any enactment or executive
action which violated the Bill of Rights. The adoption of the Scandinavian
Ombudsman system might be considered, and specific functions might be given
to the Opposition.
There was much to be said for a federal system of government, the group
considered, on the basis of regional or natioial representation through a fully
democratic franchise on a common voters' roll.
The convention would have to consider the method and timing of the removal of
"a mass of restrictive and discriminatory legislation". At the same time,
constructive plans would have to be made for a new social and economic
structure. The educational system would have to be totally reorganized, the first
targets being to provide free compulsory education for all as quickly as possible,
and to extend secondary schooling so that it would be available to a growing
proportion on the basis of merit.
The United Nations should give immediate help, the group recommended, by
asking member-nations to provide scholarships for the training abroad of large
numbers of South African engineers, lawyers, agronomists, administrators,
teachers, and skilled workers. Foreign business interests and trading concerns in
South Africa could exercise effective influence, especially by a "fair employment"
policy.
When a fully representative system of government had been introduced and a
peaceful and orderly transformation had started, a wide range of international
assistance could be made available on request from South Africa. The
International Labour Organization could help in the task of establishing trade
unions for workers, irrespective of race, which were needed to help to transform
labour from an unskilled, rootless, and hopeless migrant force into a stable and
expanding asset for economic progress. The Food and Agricultural Organization
could help with advice on establishing agricultural co-operatives and farmers'
unions.
The group recommended that the Security Council should fix an early date by
which the South African Government would be required to reply to an invitation
to participate in discussions about, preparations for a national convention. "If no
satisfactory reply is received ... the Security Council, in our view, will be left with
no effective peaceful means for assisting to resolve the situation, except to apply
economic sanctions", the group stated, the object of sanctions being to achieve a
rapid transformation with a minimum of suffering and dislocation.
Piecemeal sanctions might defeat their own purpose, it was stated, merely leading
to a hardening of attitudes. An embargo
RELATIONS: 1964
109

on petroleum products and rubber could be more quickly decided upon and
enforced than a ban on all imports, though a total ban would be effective more
speedily.
The group recommended that a practical and technical study of the "logistics" of
sanctions be made by experts in the economic and strategic fields.
(b) Dr. Verwoerd's comments
On 30 May Dr. Verwoerd said, in a statement released to the Press, "Although the
members of the group are described as experts, their report consists to a large
extent of a number of inaccuracies, distortions, and erroneous conclusions based
on false premises". The report presented a distorted image of the situation in
South Africa and was a "reprehensible example of suppressio veri and suggeshio
alsi". Dr. Verwoerd quoted statements made in the report to illustrate his remarks.
"For obvious reasons", he continued, "the South African Government can see no
useful purpose in commenting on the detailed proposals for a national convention
and its agenda".
The Government had informed the President of the Security Council, he said,
"that its policy of separate development was not a denial of human rights and
fundamental freedoms, or a policy of race domination - it was, in fact, the very
opposite. The peoples of South Africa would, through separate development,
attain freedom from domination and secure their human rights, freedoms, and
equality".7)
Special Committee on Apartheid
In a report to the General Assembly and the Security Council the United Nations'
eleven-member Special Committee on apartheid urged that a brief time-limit be
set for South Africa to comply with United Nations' resolutions. If South Africa
did not comply within this period, the committee stated, new mandatory steps
should be taken by the Security Council to force it to do so.
The chairman, Mr. Diallo Telli of Guinea, asked petroleum exporting countries to
suggest steps for an effective oil embargo.(8
The Committee appealed to all countries to use whatever influence they possessed
to persuade South Africa to abandon its policies. It was reported in May(9) that
the committee had written to the Pope appealing to him to intervene on behalf of
"victims of the racial struggle" in South Africa. In reply, the Vatican Secretary of
State said that the Pope "is not failing to use his good offices ... to the end that the
lives of the persons threatened
(7) Department of Information Press Release 99 / 64 K.
(8) Star, 30 March.
Q) Star, 13 May.
A SURVEY OF RACE
11i0

RELATIONS: 1964 111

with capital punishment be spared and that the rights of human persons be
respected".
Security Council meeting in June
Early in June the Ivory Coast and Morocco submitted a resolution asking the
Security Council to appeal to the South African Government to renounce the
execution of the persons sentenced to death for acts resulting from their
opposition to the policy of apartheid; to end forthwith the Rivonia trial; and to
grant an amnesty to all persons already imprisoned, interned, or subjected to other
restrictions for having opposed the policy of apartheid, and particularly to the
defendants in the Rivonia trial.O)
On 9 June the Security Council passed this resolution by majority vote. Those in
favour of it were Bolivia, China, Czechoslovakia, the Ivory Coast, Morocco,
Norway, and the Soviet Union. The United Kingdom, United States, France, and
Brazil abstained: the United States delegate had previously expressed the view
that the Council should not take action which could be construed as interference
in the judicial processes of a member state,(11) and Britain concurred. (The
Rivonia trial was then in progress, and the appeal by Messrs. Mini, Khayingo, and
Mkaba had not been decided).
The voting pattern differed radically nine days later.
On 18 June the Security Council passed a resolution, submitted by Norway and
Bolivia, by 8 votes to nil, with 3 abstentions (France, the Soviet Union, and
Czechoslovakia), in which the Council stated it was convinced that the situation
in South Africa was continuing seriously to disturb international peace and
security. It once again condemned the apartheid policy, and urgently appealed to
the South African Government:
(a) to liberate all persons imprisoned, interned, or subjected
to other restrictions for having opposed the policies of
apartheid;
(b) to renounce the execution of any persons sentenced to
death for their opposition to the policy of apartheid;
(c) to grant immediate amnesty to all persons detained or on
trial, as well as clemency to all persons sentenced, for
their opposition to the Government's racial policies;
(d) to abolish the practice of imprisonment without charges,
without access to counsel, or without the right of prompt
trial.
The Council voted to set up an expert committee, as proposed by the Myrdal
group, to study the possibility and the practical and technical implications of
measures which could be applied under
(1o) South African Digest, 24 July.
(I) Rand Daily Mail, 10 June.

the Charter to induce South Africa to change her policies. This committee was to
report by February 1965.
South Africa was given until the end of November 1964 to concur with the
proposal to call a national convention.
France abstained from voting on the grounds of nonintervention in the affairs of
member-states; and the Soviet Union and Czechoslovakia did so because they did
not consider the resolution to be strong enough. The United States delegate, Mr.
Adlai Stevenson, made it clear that although he had voted for the resolution his
Government could not subscribe to the concept of automatically-applied sanctions
if South Africa declined to convene a national convention.
Sir Patrick Dean (speaking for the British Conservative Government that went out
of power five months later) pointed out that a pre-condition to the application of
sanctions (under Article 39 of the Charter) was the existence of a threat to the
peace, a breach of the peace, or an act of aggression. "Although the racial policies
of the South African Government are, and rightly so, the subject of world-wide
condemnation", he said, "it cannot be said with any certainty that such policies
directly endanger the maintenance of international peace and security".
Britain would participate in the work of the expert committee, he stated, but in
doing so it was in no sense committed, then or in the future, to supporting
measures of coercion against South Africa. But he believed that the Security
Council should be in a position to weigh all possible implications of the
application of sanctions so that there would be no doubt as to what was involved.
Representations made after the Rivonia verdict
rt was reported(12) that after the verdict in the Rivonia trial South Africa's
Ambassador to the United Nations gave copies of the full judgment to the
Secretary-General for circulation. In an accompanying letter he repeated remarks
made in his earlier representations, to the effect that it was a perversion of the
facts to state that people were being prosecuted or persecuted for having opposed
the policy of apartheid. The Security Council's resolution was evidence of an
attempt to distort the nature of the case against the defendants in the Rivonia trial,
he said, and was unconstitutional in that it constituted interference in the judicial
processes of a member-state.
The British Ambassador drew the attention of the South African Government to
the widespread criticism in Britain of the length of the sentences passed, and to
the desirability of reducing them. Dr. Verwoerd is reported to have replied that his
Govern-
(12) Rand Daily Mall, 16 July.
112
A SURVEY OF RACE

ment would not be influenced by attempts to induce it to interfere with the

processes of the law.(3)
The Prime Minister of Northern Rhodesia is reported14) to have written to South
Africa's State President expressing his distress at the severity of the sentences and
asking the President to use his good offices to intervene in the interest of those
concerned. Similar messages were sent to the State President and the Prime
Minister by five other countries, including the Soviet Union, and by large
numbers of overseas organizations and individuals.")
Steps taken by member-states after the Security Council's
resolution
At its meeting in June the Security Council called for reports from member-states
on steps taken by them, following the resolution.
In reply to a request for information by the Secretary-General, Britain replied that
it had made it abundantly plain to the Government of South Africa that it deplored
the absence of political means of expression for African leaders, and the arbitrary
nature of the laws by which those arrested at Rivonia "had been brought to trial
for their opposition to apartheid".0 6)
The United States said that it had expressed the hope that South Africa would
begin the process of creating an atmosphere in which all elements of the
population could begin to talk together about their common future. It had pledged
itself anew to lend assistance to efforts to reach a humane and just resolution of
the pressing problems arising from the security trials, and the laws under which
opponents of apartheid were being detained. It stated that it considered the
apartheid policy created a situation charged with potential danger, not only for the
people in South Africa, but also for peoples seeking harmony among the races
throughout the world.(7)
The Soviet Union replied that it resolutely advocated the ending of the policy of
apartheid. Twenty-one other countries stated that they had expressed their deep
concern, and, in many cases, had urged South Africa to comply with United
Nations resolutions.")
Renewed appeal for clemency
After the appeals of the three condemned Africans had been rejected U Thant
wrote to the South African Government passing
(13) Ibid, 28 and 29 July.
(14) Ibid, 13 June.
(13) Ibtd, 2 October.
(16) Ibid.
(17) Natal Mercury, 22 May
(18) Star, 29 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
113

on appeals for clemency by the African group of delegations at the United

Nations, by the Special Committee on Apartheid, and by the Cairo Conference of
Non-Aligned Nations. He added his own appeal.
In a Note published in reply, the South African Ambassador to the United Nations
said that his Government had "no intention whatsoever of answering the
communications regarding the pleas". He recalled that he had, "fully dealt with"
the merits of the matter in another letter, and continued, "The facts enunciated in
that letter are further highlighted by the latest example of political opportunism. It
is a matter of particular regret to the South African Government that the
Secretary-General has once again seen fit, in the last paragraph of his letter on
October 9, to associate himself with the political vendetta against South Africa,
more particularly in view of the existence of so many problems at present posing
a very real threat to the peace of the world.
"I have the honour to state further that the South African Government would be
interested to learn in what other cases the Secretary-General of the United Nations
has seen fit to address representations to a member Government concerned in
relation to the judicial processes of that member State, what the circumstances
were and what were the reactions of the member Government concerned".(19)
The three men were executed on 6 November. Protests were made by the United
Nations Special Committees on Apartheid and on Colonialism, and by
organizations and people in many parts of the world. Morocco complained to the
Security Council that the executions endangered international peace and security.
South Africa's representatives again pointed out that the men had been found
guilty of murder, with no extenuating circumstances.
Subsequent developments
On 20 November South Africa informed the Secretary-General that it rejected the
resolution passed by the Security Council in June. The Republic's Foreign
Minister stated that it was difficult to conceive of a more far-reaching example of
an attempted intervention in matters falling within the domestic jurisdiction of a
sovereign member of the United Nations.
ANTI-APARTHEID COMMITTEE IN LONDON
The Anti-Apartheid Committee in London arranged an international petition
supporting the General Assembly's resolution calling on South Africa to release
all political prisoners immediately
(19) Rand Daily Mail, 27 October.
114
A SURVEY OF RACE

and unconditionally, and to put an immediate end to the trials of those accused
under the "Sabotage Act" and related legislation.
The secretary of this committee, the Liberal M.P. Mr. Jeremy Thorpe, announced
on 13 June that this petition had been signed by 91,691 individuals and
representatives of organizations with a membership totalling 258,592,293
persons. His committee had sent telegrams to the Pope and to the heads of the
"Big Four" Powers, he said, asking them to intercede against the sentences in the
Rivonia case, and to ensure the implementation of the General Assembly's
resolution.
The Anti-Apartheid Committee maintained a vigil outside South Africa House for
some days when the sentences were passed, and held a rally at Trafalgar Square,
preceded by a march from the Marble Arch.(20)
LONDON SANCTIONS CONFERENCE
The conference
A Sanctions Conference was held in London from 14 to 17 April, convened by
Mr. Ronald Segal, with Mr. Mongi Slim (the Tunisian Foreign Minister) in the
chair. It was financed mainly by independent African states. Papers were read by
a number of prominent people from the West. There were about 250 delegates and
observers from 40 countries, including the Soviet Union and China.
In a pre-conference article published in The Observer Colin Legum and Anthony
Sampson said, "The case for intervention... is that South Africa maintains a
tyranny which is exclusively racial, which inflames racial feelings throughout the
world, and by its very existence constitutes a threat to peace. It exacerbates and
epitomizes the racial division of the world which both sides alike most dread".
The conference divided into five commissions to consider the strategic, political,
economic, legal, and other implications of sanctions.
One of its findings was that, "The continued frustration of the wishes of the
majority of nations may lead to a breakdown of the United Nations, to alignments
on a colour basis, and to extreme crisis on a world scale".
The delegates decided that total economic sanctions against South Africa were
feasible and practicable. To be applied effectively a naval blockade would be
required, needing 4 to 7 aircraft carriers and 30 to 100 other ships. Economic help
would have to be given to the High Commission Territories. Possible costs were
worked out. Mr. Brian Lapping, who gave a paper on oil sanc-
(20) Cape Times, 13 June.
RELATIONS: 1964
115
A SURVEY OF RACE
tions, said afterwards that the report on the conference did not touch on the
difficulties that would be encountered in imposing sanctions, but these had been
discussed and the conference felt that they could be overcomeY')
Dr. Verwoerd's comments
Talking of the Sanctions Conference in the Assembly on 19 May2) Dr. Verwoerd
said, "We must regard these matters soberly ... I do not believe that sanctions of
the kind threatened will ever be able to be applied to South Africa. In the first
place, something like that has never succeeded yet . . . In the second place, South
Africa . . . is fortunate in being blessed with a wealth of natural resources. If
something like that were to happen we could keep going for a long time. We are
busy building up our own industries and particularly diversifying them, so much
so that we are becoming self-supporting in many important respects . . . It now
appears that many industries which were formerly considered to be uneconomic
can in fact be economic if they are developed properly . . .
"People are also realizing, in the third place . . . that sanctions ... result in more
harm than good to the people whom they want to assist. In the fourth place South
Africa is of too much value to most of the countries in the world who count.
South Africa is too valuable as a provider of raw materials, of gold and other
minerals, and . . . as a market for other countries".
Dr. Verwoerd maintained that behind the "boycott agitations" were "leftist
elements, often communist-inspired and financed... A psychological war is being
waged against us".
COMMONWEALTH PRIME MINISTERS' CONFERENCE
In the final communiqu6 issued at the end of the Commonwealth Prime Ministers'
Conference in London, on 15 July, it was stated, "The Prime Ministers re-
affirmed their condemnation of the policy of apartheid practised by the
Government of the Republic of South Africa.
"Some Commonwealth Prime Ministers felt very strongly that the only effective
means of dealing with the problem of apartheid was the application of economic
sanctions and an arms embargo.
"It was recognized, however, that there was a difference of opinion among
Commonwealth countries as to the effectiveness of economic sanctions and as to
the extent to which they regarded it as right or practicable to seek to secure the
abandonment of apartheid by coercive action of whatever kind.
(21) Rand Daily Mail, 15 and 18 April; Star, 5 May.
(22) Hansard 17 col. 6240.
116

"But the Prime Ministers were unanimous in calling upon South Africa to bring to
an end the practice of apartheid, which had been repeatedly condemned by the
United Nations and was deplored by public opinion throughout the world".
SUMMIT CONFERENCES IN AFRICA
The Organization for African Unity (OAU) Conference of Foreign Ministers of
32 member-states, held in Lagos during March, passed a resolution calling for
"the necessary steps to be taken to refuse any aeroplane or ship going to or from
South Africa the right to fly over territories of member-states or utilize their ports
or other facilities".(23) This resolution was submitted to the Africa Summit
Conference of heads of states, held in Cairo from 17 to 21 July.
The Summit Conference called on all African states to close their seas and skies
to South Africa. It urged oil-producing countries to refuse petroleum shipments. It
decided to set up a bureau within the secretariat of the OAU in Addis Ababa to
co-ordinate plans for an effective boycott. This bureau was to study and
recommend ways in which the African countries which were dependent on trade
with South Africa could be compensated if they joined a boycott. (Presumably it
will also study the implications of denying air space or shipping facilities to
countries operating services to or from South Africa; this matter is dealt with
later).
According to reports by Mr. Anthony Delius,(24) Prime Ministers Jomo Kenyatta
and Milton Obote said that if apartheid were not ended by sanctions it could cause
a race war which would spread up Africa and beyond, and would lead to a
polarization of peoples in a world where well over two-thirds of the inhabitants
were Non-Whites. Speakers appreciated that only South Africa's main trading
partners could make a boycott succeed.
The attitudes of African states which are dependent on trade with South Africa are
described later.
A summit conference of 47 non-aligned nations was held in Cairo during October.
It called for sanctions against South Africa, and urged all states to break off
diplomatic relations, to prohibit aircraft and ships from proceeding to and from
South Africa, and to discontinue all road and rail traffic with the Republic.
BRITISH COUNCIL OF CHURCHES
The British Council of Churches appointed a working party of 28 people to
prepare a report on "the future of South Africa" and the responsibilities of Britain
in this regard.
(23) Rand Daily Mail, 2 March.
(24) Ibid, 22 July.
117
RELATIONS: 1964

A SURVEY OF RACE
The working party considered that it was a Christian responsibility to become
involved with the sins and sufferings and aspirations of all mankind. After
considering the religious and moral implications of the philosophy of separation
they concluded that a policy based on this philosophy was a blasphemy against
the Holy Spirit.
The Rev. S. P. Freeland wrote in the Sunday Times (22 November) that the
motivation of the report of the working party, published in November, was clearly
set forth. It was to help individual Christians in the United Kingdom to pray
intelligently and to pass political judgment responsibly on a problem which
affected the whole world; to guide the British Council of Churches in its corporate
responsibility to the United Kingdom Government; and to enable the Council to
take right action within the fellowship of the world-wide Church.
Recognizing the weight of world opinion against the apartheid policy the group
attempted, inter alia, to analyse some of the plans for action that had been
discussed in various quarters, and the factual situation. The report stated, "Once
the protective ring of buffer states has been breached subversive elements (whose
training has already begun) will increasingly be passed across the frontiers. There
will be a risk of increasing para-military involvement of the Eastern and Western
blocs with the real possibility of world conflict to which a magnified Congo-type
situation could lead. Action by the United Nations is called for, not least because
a race war, once started, could scarcely be confined to the African continent. This
bell could toll for us all".
The working party went on to discuss the arguments of those who call for
sanctions. Members felt that a decision to impose sanctions in order to protest
against apartheid would be weak in international law. But this would not be the
case if the object were to enforce a United Nations' decision on South-West
Africa, if the International Court should hold that the General Assembly was
legally qualified to exercise supervisory functions over that territory, and if South
Africa refused to comply with demands then made.
If sanctions were imposed these would have to be enforced by a naval blockade,
the working party said. The resultant economic distress in South Africa might
probably lead to internal disorders, and United Nations officials might then have
to be flown out to confer with the authorities. Should this be resisted, a United
Nations expeditionary force might have to be landed to prevent chaos.
But after this discussion the report stated, "It is not for the churches of Jesus
Christ to advocate a policy of total sanctions . .. We oppose the matter
instinctively. We shrink from forcing our judgments on others, however much we
may think the other
118

RELATIONS: 1964 119

person's view is wrong. Economic sanctions are a form of police action".
Various alternatives to the apartheid policy were discussed. The group
emphasized that it was for the South African people, not outsiders, to make the
choice, but it suggested certain fundamental principles to be borne in mind.
So far as Britain itself was concerned the group stated that while it could not
advocate sanctions, neither could it agree with a policy which combined verbal
denunciation of apartheid with practical encouragement of it.
It suggested that the British Government might consider:
(a) cutting the flow of new capital investment in South
Africa and making Britons who hold South African
shares pay surtax on their dividends;
(b) totally prohibiting the export to South Africa of all
weapons and their spare parts;
(c) ending the advantages of sterling area membership for
South Africa;
(d) insisting on visas for holders of South African passports; (e) consulting with
the United States with a view to inviting
members of the European Common Market and Japan to set up a special licensing
committee for trade with
South Africa;
(f) discouraging permanent emigration to South Africa.250
At its meeting on 20 October, the British Council of Churches did not endorse any
of the specific recommendations of the Working Party's report, but commended
the report to member churches. "While not regarding economic sanctions at this
stage as likely to lead to a satisfactory solution of the South African problem", the
Council urgently requested the British Government to consider measures to
prevent giving encouragement to apartheid. It resolved to lay the report before the
Foreign Secretary and seek discussion with him and, finally, to keep matters dealt
with in the report under review. (Pro Veritate, 15 November.)
SANCTIONS ALREADY IN FORCE OR THREATENED
Representations for the breaking off of relations
As reported in the 1962 issue of this Survey26) at the end of that year the United
Nations General Assembly, by majority vote (67 to 16, with 23 abstentions)
passed a far-reaching resolution asking member-states:
(a) to break off diplomatic relations with South Africa, or to
refrain from establishing such relations;
(25) From reports in the Star, 21 October; 4, 6, and 7 November; Rand Daily
Mail,
24 October; Sunday Times, 22 November.
(21) Page 230.

(b) to boycott all South African goods, and to refrain from

exporting goods, including arms and ammunition, to
South Africa;
(c) to close ports and airports to South African ships and
aircraft;
(d) to refrain from allowing their ships to enter South African
ports.
Those who opposed the resolution made it clear that while they disapproved of
South Africa's racial policies they did not agree with the imposition of sanctions.
In the following year, largely as the result of discussions initiated by the
Scandinavian countries, references to sanctions in United Nations resolutions
were much less sweeping. In December 1963 the Security Council's resolution
referred to armaments only: it asked member-states to refrain from supplying
South Africa with military equipment, arms, ammunition, military vehicles,
ordnance equipment, and materials that might be used to manufacture or maintain
armaments for the enforcement of apartheid. As stated earlier, in June 1964 a
committee was set up by the Security Council to examine the possibility and
practical and technical implications of sanctions.
The Afro-Asian states have for long been urging the adoption of stronger
measures than those to which the West was prepared to agree. In May 1963 the
Organization for African Unity called upon all African States to sever diplomatic
and economic relations with South Africa, to close their ports and airports to
South African ships and aircraft, and to ban over-flights of aircraft belonging to
South Africa. The African Summit Conference held in July 1964 urged, in
addition, that oil-producing countries should refuse to send supplies to South
Africa. It deferred decision on a proposal by the Foreign Ministers concerned that
any aeroplane or ship going to or from the Republic should be refused facilities.
In November 1963 the Trusteeship Committee, by majority vote, called on
member-states to cease supplying South Africa with oil and oil products. Similar
recommendations have been made on several occasions by the Special Committee
on Apartheid.
Airways and Shipping
It was reported in last year's Survey27) that most of the African states did decide
to ban over-flights by South African aircraft and to refuse port facilities to her
ships, and that, as a result, the Republic decided that its flights to Europe would
be routed round the "bulge" of West Africa, via either Luanda or Brazzaville and
Las Palmas. About 900 miles was added to each trip.
(27) Page 328.
120
A SURVEY OF RACE

Early in 1964 the South African Airways (SAA) announced that it would not
accept air freight destined for any country that had been engaged in boycott or
threatened boycott activities against the Republic unless the goods were
accompanied by an import permit from the country concerned. Seventy-one
countries were included in a provisional list sent to cargo agents.28)
In a recent annual report of the East African Airways it was stated that the
discontinuation of its service to South Africa in October 1963 had resulted in the
break-up of a quadripartite pool consisting of the BOAC, SAA, Central African
Airways, and East African Airways. Arrangements then had to be made for the
conclusion of new agreements covering services between East Africa, Europe,
and Britain. A reduction in revenue resulted.29)
Because of the threat to close ports to vessels trading with South Africa the
shipping lines concerned have had to give thought to the future. It is reported that
the Japanese have split their services so that ships proceeding to the Republic do
not call at other African ports. East Africa would be hard hit if the ban were
enforced, as about two-thirds of the ships docking at Mombasa and other ports
there are on the South African run, and these same ships transport East African
exports of coffee, sisal, cotton, and other goods. It seems possible that, faced with
a choice, many companies would decide to by-pass East African ports. Of interest
is the fact that in November, Kenya, Uganda, and Tanzania established a shipping
line which is to start monthly services to Europe, initially with three cargo liners
each of up to 10,000 tons. 30)
It is stated(31) that the overseas air traffic market to and from South Africa was in
March worth about R40-million a year, of which foreign carriers earned about
R25-million. The local representative of Lufthansa announced early in the year(2)
that this line would continue to operate services to and from South Africa. If
denied over-flying rights in other African territories it, too, would fly round the
"bulge" or resort to similar devices. The decisions of the other companies
involved have not been announced: they are the BOAC, Pan-American World
Airlines, Alitalia, KLM, UTA, Scandinavian Airlines, Sabena, and El Al.
Arms
Following the Security Council decisions mentioned above the United States
announced that it expected to stop all sales of military equipment to South Africa
by the end of 1963. Existing contracts for strategic defence equipment suitable for
use against
(28) Rand Daily Mail, 29 February.
(29) Sunday Times, 19 July.
(3o) Star, 17 November.
(3t) Ibid, 2 March.
(32) Sunday Times, 15 March.
RELATIONS: 1964
121

external threats would, however, be honoured. The embargo might be revised if

the interests of the world community required the provision of material in a
common defence effort.
Britain and France decided in 1963 to cut off supplies of weapons that could be
used for suppression, but to continue selling equipment that might be needed for
strategic defence against outside aggression. Britain added that it would also
supply any arms that it considered were needed for the joint British-South African
protection of the shipping route round the Cape, in terms of the Simonstown
Agreement.
It was reported in December 1963<33) that the embargo was being carried out
almost completely by Czecho-Slovakia, Belgium. and Western Germany. Italy
would supply practically nothing larger than .22 ammunition. Japan had never
exported arms to South Africa. Supplies could still be obtained from other
countries, for example France, Spain, and Finland.
On 13 March Mr. Harold Wilson, leader of the British Labour Party, urged the
then Conservative Government to supply no arms to South Africa except those
specified in the schedule to the Simonstown Agreement of 1955, i.e. certain ships
which the Republic undertook to purchase by 1963.
South Africa placed a firm order with the Hawker Siddeley Company in Britain
for 16 Buccaneer strike reconnaissance aircraft required for seaward defence, at a
cost of some R40-million. The first was due to be delivered early in 1965. The
Republic had an option on the purchase of 14 more of these aircraft, plus spares.
Part payment was made after the approval of the British Government, required for
armament contracts made by British firms, had been given.
On 14 November, a few weeks after the Labour Government came into power,
Dr. Verwoerd stated from a public platform that if Britain prevented the export of
the Buccaneers he would cancel the Simonstown Agreement. In terms of this
Agreement, the Simonstown base was handed over to South Africa, and the
Republic undertook to maintain and develop it, provide alternative bases
elsewhere, and, in the event of a war involving Britain, to make these bases
available to Britain and her allies, under a Commander-in-Chief from the Royal
Navy.
Three days after Dr. Verwoerd's statement Mr. Harold Wilson announced a total
embargo on the supply of arms to South Africa. This would apply immediately to
all sporting arms and ammunition that could be used for internal purposes. Other
existing contracts would be allowed to run out; but the question of the Buccaneers
was still under review. Nothing in this statement, he said, involved a breach of the
Simonstown Agreement.
(11) Star, 20 December 1963.
A SURVEY OF RACE
122

On 25 November Mr. Harold Wilson announced in the House of Commons that

South Africa would get the 16 Buccaneer naval jet bombers and that his
Government would sanction the shipment of spares for the Buccaneers as and
when required. He was advised, he stated, that the existing contract did not
involve "an extension for a further 14". Mr. Wilson stated that no further South
African contracts would be entered into. (Rand Daily Mail, 26 November.)
The following day Dr. Verwoerd welcomed the announcement that the Buccaneer
contract was being fully honoured, stated that it was immaterial that the option to
purchase 14 more was not to be retained, and that immediate action with regard to
the Simonstown Agreement had been avoided. Further exchanges would be
conducted through diplomatic channels. (Star 26 November.)
South Africa can itself now manufacture any light arms and ammunition required
for purposes of internal security, and it plans to establish an aircraft factory.
Oil
The Republic is highly dependent on imports of oil. In a paper read to the Institute
of Race Relations in January 1964(') Mr. Leo Katzen said that 90 per cent of
South Africa's requirements of motor spirit and an even larger proportion of its
other oil requirements were derived from outside sources. Oil was then being
obtained mainly from the Middle East because this was the cheapest and most
convenient source; but if Middle Eastern countries placed an embargo on supplies
South Africa could fairly easily buy elsewhere (albeit at a slightly higher price)
unless a total blockade were imposed. And South Africa had fairly substantial
reserves.
Kuwait banned oil exports to South Africa early in 1964, but it appears that the
major oil companies in the Republic import less than 1 per cent of their supplies
from that country.35)
Questioned in the Assembly on 21 April(") the S.A. Minister of Mines said that
the Geological Survey section had been instructed to give priority to
investigations relating to natural oil and to the granting of assistance to private
concerns that had been granted prospecting rights in various parts of the country.
In discussions with the Federated Chamber of Industries during August("7) the
General Manager of the South African Railways Administration, Mr. J. P. Hugo,
said that his administration had decided against the wide-scale use of diesel
locomotives, useful as these would be, because of the threats to boycott oil
supplies.
(34) RR 1/64.
(35) Star, 4 March.
(36) Hansard 13 cols, 4601-2.
(37) Rand Daly Mail, 20 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
123

It was reported in September(8) that the oil resources of Angola have by no means
been fully surveyed or exploited. A Belgian-backed company, Petrofina, had
invested about R53.7million in developing deposits in the north part of the
territory, but because of a world glut the rate of development had been
comparatively slow and the Portuguese authorities were dissatisfied. It was said
that the South African firm Federale Mynbou (which merged in 1964 with
General Mining) was negotiating for oil concessions in Southern Angola, and
might, in addition, apply to take over Petrofina's interests.
General Merchandise
In the paper quoted above Mr. Leo Katzen said that by the end of 1963 about 25
countries had declared official boycotts against South Africa: with the exception
of the British West Indies and British Guiana these countries were all in Africa or
Asia. In most cases the boycott had been confined to not buying South African
exports, while the sale of goods 1o South Africa continued. The most significant
of the boycotters in terms of trade were Malaya, Ghana, Nigeria, the British West
Indies, Kenya, and the Phillipines.
If all these boycotts became completely effective, Mr. Katzen said, the loss of
trade to South Africa would be about 4.5 per cent of the value of her exports. In
actual fact the loss between 1959 and 1962 was about 1.7 per cent of exports
excluding gold, or 1 per cent if gold were included. This was partly because some
of the boycotts were of only recent origin, but was also because not all of them
had been very effective. There had been some voluntary consumer boycotts, but
these had not had, and were unlikely in the future to have, more than a marginal
effect on South Africa's exports.
Since Mr. Katzen's paper was written other countries have imposed boycotts:
Pakistan, Uganda, and Zanzibar. Nigeria announced that it will no longer cash
postal and money orders issued in South Africa. But other countries such as
Communist China and Japan have increased their trade, and numbers of those
who state that they support boycotts have considerable under-thecounter dealings
- so far as Asia is concerned, often through Hong Kong. Official statistics in
South Africa no longer give details about trade with each country in the East, and
instead have the one heading "Asia", in case exposure would compel certain states
to end these dealings.
Mr. Katzen pointed out, however, that even if every country in the world that has
threatened boycotts (i.e. with the exception of Britain, the United States, Canada,
Western Europe other than
(3 ) Star, 23 September.
124
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964 125

Scandinavia, Japan, Hong Kong, Aden, Australia, New Zealand, Portuguese
colonies in Africa, and Southern Rhodesia) imposed a complete boycott, the
percentage decline in South African trade, based on 1962 figures, would be 19.0
per cent of imports and 10.1 per cent of exports.
These figures indicated, Mr. Katzen said, how very dependent South Africa was
on a relatively small number of important markets. In 1962 three-quarters of her
exports went to Britain and another 9 per cent to the United States.
South Africa constituted an important market, too, importing R361-million worth
of goods from Britain in 1963.
At the request of the Special Committee on Apartheid the United Nations
Secretariat prepared a report on foreign investments in South Africa.390 In
1962 these totalled about R301,450,800. Britain held about 60 per cent of them.
The value of private British investments in the Republic (excluding insurance and
banking) represented 7 per cent of all British overseas investments, and were her
fourth largest, exceeded only by those of British firms in Canada, Australia, and
the United States.
American investors had the second largest holdings in South Africa - 11 per cent
of the total foreign investments in the Republic, and 1 per cent of those of the
American total. Next in value were the holdings of international organizations,
France, Switzerland, the Rhodesias, and Belgium-Luxembourg.
DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATION IN AFRICA, AND PROPOSED
COMMON MARKET
Suggestion by Dr. Kaunda
During 1963 South Africa severed its last official link with Black Africa when it
recalled its Consul-General and his staff from Nairobi, shortly before Kenya
became independent. The only diplomatic and consular ties it retains in the
continent are with Southern Rhodesia and the Portuguese territories.
On the eve of the elections shortly before Northern Rhodesia (now Zambia)
became independent, Dr. Kenneth Kaunda
announced through the Press that he would be prepared to exchange envoys with
South Africa on condition that his diplomats enjoyed the same rights and
treatment in the Republic as South African diplomats would expect in
Zambia.(40)
Dr. Verwoerd's views
This announcement was not made through recognized diplomatic channels and
Dr. Verwoerd apparently did not reply. But
(39) Rand Daily Mail, 30 September.
(40) Star, 15 January.

in the Assembly on 23 April he said,(41) "It must be very clear to representatives

of other countries in South Africa that while we shall act in their countries in
accordance with their customs, we ... expect them to act in South Africa in
accordance with South Africa's customs".
On the following day(42) he pointed out that under Dr. Malan's Government the
Nationalists "had gone as far as to appoint someone who was going to be a
travelling ambassador in Africa". Dr. Verwoerd said he maintained that since
South Africa had so many neighbouring states and it was "impractical to have
representation in all . . . a sensible method would be to appoint a travelling
ambassador who, when any problem presented itself, would be available to visit
the country concerned. In the same way it would be sensible on the part of the
Black States, when they have dealings with us in connection with some matter or
other, to pay us a visit through one of their Cabinet Ministers who is best
informed on the subject so that the particular matter can be ironed out . . . That is
the form in which a beginning can at least be made".
It was mentioned in the previous Survey(43) that in September 1963 Dr.
Verwoerd proposed that if the inhabitants of the High Commission Territories so
wished South Africa would act as their guardian, allowing them to develop to
independence along the lines being followed in the Transkei. He repeated these
remarks in the Assembly on 21 January,(44) adding, "The Government has
adopted the realistic attitude that South Africa no longer claims the incorporation
of these territories . . . We want to have the best possible relations for the sake of
our common safety and economic interests".
Views of Southern African leaders
In spite of the pressure being exercised on them by African states further to the
north, leaders of certain states nearer to the Republic appreciate the extent of their
economic dependence on South Africa. Mr. Seretse Khama, likely to be first
Prime Minister of Bechuanaland, pledged economic co-operation in a speech
made during August.
Mr. Q. M. Malapo, representing the Basutoland Congress Party in London,
said,(45) "We are going to have to live with South Africa, whether we like it or
not. Our geographical position makes sure of that. It is, therefore, vitally
important that we get busy as soon as possible laying the foundations of
satisfactory relations with the Republic". After interviews with Dr. Seth
Makotoko,
(41) Hansard 13 col. 4831.
(12) Col. 4901.
(43) Page 123.
(44) Hansard 1 col. 59.
(13) Rand Daily Mail, 16 April.
126
A SURVEY OF RACE

president of the Marema 'tlou Freedom Party, and senior officials of Mr. Ntsu
Mokhehle's Congress Party, and officials of the Basutoland National Party, a
correspondent of the Star wrote on 13 October that it was clear that, whichever
party won the forthcoming elections, an independent Basutoland would want to
establish full diplomatic relations and economic co-operation with South Africa.
At a meeting of the United Nations General Assembly on 2 December Dr.
Hastings Banda said that, while a major preoccupation of any African power must
be the ending of colonialism, Malawi could not cut its ties with South Africa,
Rhodesia, or Mozambique without damage to its economy. It would adopt "a
policy of discretional neutralism". (Rand Daily Mail, 3 December).
Mr. Moise Tshombe of the Congo stands, too, for a pragmatism in African
politics which has made him a "stooge of neo-colonialism" in the eyes of other
African leaders. In mid-1964 Dr. Verwoerd sent him an aircraft full of medical
supplies, and turned a blind eye to the enlistment of South Africans in Mr.
Tshombe's White mercenary forces.
President Kaunda of Zambia is reported to have studied the effects of cancelling
inherited trade agreements with South Africa. He is anxious for a rail link with
Tanzania which would make him less dependent economically on Southern
Rhodesia and the Republic. But on 25 October he said that some way would have
to be found of looking after the affairs of 40,000 South Africans in Zambia.(46)
Proposed "common market"
On 27 August Dr. Verwoerd announced47) that he foresaw the development of a
multi-racial Southern African "common market" in which none of the member-
nations would have political control of any of the others, but in which all would
co-operate to their mutual benefit.
While most African states were implacably hostile towards South Africa, he said,
there was another group "who are opposed to our policy but are willing to co-
operate with us economically".
In October the Governments of South Africa and Portugal concluded agreements
providing for closer economic relations between the Republic and Angola and
Mozambique; and earlier, in February, representatives of private business
interests set up a South Africa-Portuguese Economic Institute to promote
industrial and trade ties.
During the Southern Rhodesian constitutional crisis in October Dr. Verwoerd
urged political leaders there not to countenance
(1) Star, 26 October and 3 November.
(7) Star, 27 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
127

interference from Britain or any other country. His remarks were made, he said,
only because he felt he should give encouragement to a friendly neighbour.08) A
new trade agreement between South Africa and Rhodesia, providing for the
lowering of tariff barriers, was concluded on 30 November.
SOUTH AFRICA'S MEMBERSHIP OF INTERNATIONAL
ORGANIZATIONS
South Africa left UNESCO more than 10 years ago. In 1963 she resigned from
the Commission for Technical Co-Operation in Africa, and was expelled from the
Economic Commission for Africa after having withdrawn from a session of the
body.
Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO)
At a meeting of the FAO in December 1963 Ghana moved that the constitution of
the Organization be amended to make it possible for a member-state to be
expelled. This motion failed to obtain the necessary two-thirds majority; but the
conference then decided to exclude South Africa from any African regional
meeting.
A few days later Mr. Eric Louw, the then South African Minister of Foreign
Affairs, sent a letter to the FAO's DirectorGeneral in which he stated that the
decision mentioned constituted acquiescence by the conference in the political
victimization of a member-state, and was completely contrary to the scientific and
technical aims and functions of the FAO. In view of this he gave notice of South
Africa's withdrawal.
As from the date of the handing over of the letter, Mr. Louw said, South African
co-operation with the FAO would cease. The Onderstepoort Veterinary Research
Institute would no longer serve as a world reference centre on behalf of the FAO
for certain diseases. South Africans would withdraw from various FAO panels of
experts and study groups; and no further technical assistance would be provided
through the FAO.
South Africa would, however, extend and develop collaboration in the scientific
and technical fields with individual States on a direct bilateral basis.(9)
International Labour Organization (ILO)
It was reported in last year's Survey(50) that at its 1963 conference the
International Labour Organization invalidated the credentials of the South African
workers' delegate; that shortly afterwards the Governing Body decided to exclude
the Republic
(48) Sunday Express, 1 November.
(49) South African Digest, 26 December.
(50) Page 330.
128
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964
from membership of certain industrial committees; and that it set up a special
committee on South Africa.
This committee drew up a proposed programme for the elimination of apartheid in
labour matters in South Africa. It drafted a declaration calling upon the Republic
to renounce the policy of separate development and to repeal all legislative and
administrative measures inconsistent with the terms of its programme. And it
formulated two resolutions, suggesting that the ILO should be empowered to
expel or suspend any member that was expelled or suspended by the United
Nations, and to suspend from conferences any country found by the United
Nations to be persistently pursuing by its legislation "a declared policy of racial
discrimination such as apartheid".
South Africa wrote to the Director-General of the ILO rejecting the proposed
programme and accusing the Organization of unwarranted interference. The
committee's report was based on a wrong understanding of the policy of separate
development, it was stated. This policy was not devised, as the committee seemed
to think, to maintain discrimination, but to remove it by a process of separate
evolution of the constituent peoples of the Republic.51)
But at a meeting held directly after this letter had been delivered the ILO's
Governing Body approved the suggested changes in the constitution, for
submission to the Organization at its conference in June. The resolution dealing
with suspension from conferences was adopted by 32 votes to 14, with 2
abstentions: most of the Western nations, including the United States and Britain,
and the Commonwealth countries, were against it.(2)
The South African Government then decided to withdraw from the Organization.
The Minister of Labour said in the Assembly on 11 March(53) that a statement to
that effect had been handed to the Director-General. The Republic would retire of
its own free will rather than allow itself to be forced out, which was the clear
intention. In view of the denial to South Africa of its basic rights as a member, the
South African Government did not consider itself bound by the provisions of the
constitution in terms of which two years' notice of termination of membership
must be given. All obligations to the Organization would be regarded as having
been terminated, including the obligation with regard to South Africa's financial
contribution for the current year.
(According to the Rand Daily Mail(") this contribution was to have been R89,000.
Only part of it had been paid).
The Director-General replied that South Africa was not entitled to terminate its
obligations to the ILO unilaterally.
(51) Star, 13 February; Rand Daily Mail, 14 February.
(52) Star, 15 February.
(5-1) Hansard 8 cols. 2803-6.
(51) 12 March.

A SURVEY OF RACE
Notwithstanding South Africa's move, the conference held in July adopted the
proposed constitutional changes by 253 votes to 24, with 35 abstentions. In
addition, it unanimously approved a declaration condemning "the degrading,
criminal, and inhuman racial policies" of the Government of South Africa, and
called upon the Government to renounce these policies without further delay55)
The Trade Union Council of S.A. decided to send its president, Mr. Tom Murray,
to attend the conference as an observer. On his return he said(") that the
increasing prejudice among world labour movements was frightening. Nothing in
South Africa's favour was believed, and nothing against the Republic, "no matter
how far-fetched", was disbelieved. His Council would invite Western trade union
leaders to visit the country and see conditions for themselves.
At its first meeting after the conference the Governing Body of the ILO instructed
the Secretary-General to make recommendations on measures which should be
adopted to bring apartheid to an end. In addition, he was told to ask the South
African Government to furnish annual reports on its laws and practice regarding
ILO conventions dealing with freedom of association, penal sanctions, the
abolition of forced labour, and the elimination of discrimination in employment
and occupation!7)
In his annual report to the General Assembly, published on 20 November, the
Secretary-General stated that he had advised the ILO's Governing Body that
South Africa had the right to participate in meetings of all United Nations bodies
until Its principal organs decided otherwise.
World Health Organization (WHO)
At a meeting of the World Health Organization held in Geneva during March
certain African states submitted a resolution to the financial and legal committee
asking the Organization's executive committee and Director-General to draw up
proposals, for submission to the following conference, for the amendment of the
constitution to provide for the suspension or expulsion of a member who violated
the WHO principles and whose official policy was based on racial discrimination.
A further resolution called on the WHO to withdraw the voting rights of the South
African delegates with immediate effect.
Delegates from Britain, the United States, New Zealand, France, Japan, and other
countries opposed the resolutions on the ground that, while they condemned
apartheid, nevertheless political decisions were a matter for the United Nations,
not for technical
(55) Forward, August.
(5) Sunday Express, 19 July.
(57) Forward, op cit.
130

RELATIONS: 1964 131

specialized agencies. Nevertheless, when the resolutions were submitted to the
WHO Assembly the first was passed by 63 votes to 22, with 1 abstention, and the
second by 66 votes to 23, with 6 abstentions. A British move to have the vote
subjected to a twothirds majority as "an important matter" was rejected.
The leader of the South African group denounced the resolutions as "a violation
of the spirit of the constitution", and added, "My Government has instructed its
delegation to withdraw forthwith" (from the conference).8)
A few days later Professor James Gear, who serves on several WHO committees,
said it would be a great pity if South Africa left the organization. The association
had been of mutual benefit, although South Africa had perhaps contributed more
than it had received. Its contribution towards combating diseases such as malaria,
relapsing fever, bilharzia, plague, and typhus fever had world-wide significance.
Much of the vaccine for smallpox, polio, rabies, and other diseases had been
produced in South Africa and provided to other African countries either free or at
a reduced price. There was a continual exchange of medical information between
South Africa and the WHO. "Every advance in medicine in our country has been
made with mankind in view, and not in consideration of a man's colour or creed",
Professor Gear said.(59)
On 26 March Dr. Verwoerd announced in the Assembly(6") "Since the
Government of the Republic of South Africa is not committed to any single
pattern of action when opposing this vendetta in world organizations, but is
guided by the circumstances relevant to each particular case, it has decided not to
withdraw voluntarily from membership of the World Health Organization, in spite
of the provocation which so rightly led its delegation to leave the meeting at
which the unjustifiable decision was taken.
"The Government's decision to maintain its right of membership for as long as
is within its power to do so, and to seek to regain its full rights, flows from two
main considerations. Firstly it has, and will always have, a duty and the capacity
to co-operate in providing health services to humanity, and does not wish to
withdraw itself of its own free will from this particular means of doing so.
Secondly, and in this respect the situation is different from the position in other
organizations where other decisions were taken, most Western nations, and others
similarly opposed to the injection of extraneous political issues, did their utmost
to prevent the regrettable action taken against South Africa, and these nations
must therefore be given the opportunity and encouragement to reverse the
decision and to re-establish the non-political and technical character of the World
Health Organization".
(5) Star, 12 March; Rand Daily Mail, 18 and 20 March.
09) Rand Daily Mall, 23 March.
("0) Hansard 10 cols. 3706-7.

A SURVEY OF RACE
At a meeting held in May the Executive Board of the Organization rejected
resolutions aimed at the expulsion of South Africa.
Universal Postal Union (UPU)
South Africa was a founder member, through the old South African Republic, of
the Universal Postal Union, in 1875, and in 1948 it participated in the African
Postal Union agreement. It contributed R13,784 to the expenses of the UPU in
1963-4.( 8) The constitution of this Union provides for expulsion only for
violations of international postal agreements.
At a conference of the UPU in Vienna during June delegates from certain African
states declared themselves insulted by the presence of South Africans, contested
the right of a "minority government" to be represented, and demanded the
expulsion of delegates from the Republic. This declaration was interpreted as a
resolution, and was passed by 58 votes to 30 with 26 abstentions. The South
African group, led by the Postmaster-General, Mr. A. J. Botes, was then asked to
leave. Mr. Botes at first declined to do so but, after a private discussion with the
chairman, agreed to leave under protest and under escort.
The South African Government protested to the Director of the International
Bureau of the UPU, stating that the action taken had been flagrantly
unconstitutional.
Mr. Botes flew home for consultations with the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs.
The situation was confused. It was not clear whether South Africa had been
expelled from the UPU, or whether the delegation had merely been expelled from
the conference. Moreover the resolution had been passed by fewer than half of the
122 members of the conference.
A new world postal convention was being discussed at the conference. An Afro-
Asian motion for the deletion of a clause stating that all member-countries of the
United Nations were automatically members of the UPU was defeated when the
Western delegations demanded a secret ballot.
Mr. Botes returned when the new constitution was before the conference for
adoption. Again the Afro-Asians demanded South Africa's expulsion but this
time, when the voting was again by secret ballot, their resolution was rejected by
58 votes to 56, with
3 abstentions.
The conference excluded South Africa's name from the list of countries eligible to
sign the constitution; but Mr. Botes said that his government would probably
simply advise the headquarters of the UPU that it adhered to this constitution.
(11) Minister of Posts and Telegraphs, Assembly 16 June, Hansard 21 cols. 8237.
8239.
132

RELATIONS: 1964
South Africa lodged an appeal against the view, held by some delegates, that in
terms of the first resolution mentioned it had been expelled from the UPU. The
conference then agreed by majority vote that there had been no legal basis for the
expulsion of the South African delegation, that South Africa had in fact never
been expelled from the UPU, and that her continued membership had at no stage
been affected in any way.(6")
International Telecommunications Union (ITU)
A conference of 51 African, Asian, and European membernations of the ITU was
convened by the ITU in Geneva during October, with the object of helping the
African countries to develop broadcasting by drawing up a medium-frequency
plan. The South African delegate, Mr. W. L. Browne, said that his country had
been prepared to give up three or four wavelengths.
On the opening day Algeria moved that the delegates from South Africa and
Portugal be excluded. In spite of protests from British and Western European
delegates that the action was out of order it was put to the vote, and was passed by
27 votes to 9, with 13 abstentions. As Mr. Browne and the Portuguese
representative, Mr. Vieira, refused to leave, on the ground that the resolution was
illegal, the chairman (from Guinea) adjourned the session.
When the conference reassembled next day Mr. Browne and Mr. Vieira were
present. The Africans and Asians all walked out in protest. The British delegate
then stated that the vote taken on the previous day had been completely outside
the competence of the conference. Britain, Belgium, France, Spain, Luxembourg,
Italy, and Holland then walked out too, accompanied by the South African and
Portuguese delegates. As only the Communist delegates were left, the conference
was again adjourned.
At the next session the African and Arab delegates were back, but the Western
European countries remained out, and their delegates decided to return home.
The deputy secretary-general of the ITU, Dr. M. B. Sarwate, suggested that the
meeting be renamed the "ITU Regional Committee for Africa"; but after much
wrangling this proposal was rejected. Dr. Sarwate then said that the ITU could not
continue to sponsor the meeting. If it were to continue the countries still
represented would have to pay for all conference services, such as interpreters and
secretaries. Maintaining that the decision to exclude South Africa and Portugal
had been contrary to the ITU convention, the officials withdrew.
(62) Sunday Chronicle, 7 June; Rand Daily Mail, 12 and 19 June and 8 July; Star.
7 and 10 July and 8 August; Sunday Express, 12 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE
As the countries present refused to pay for the expenses the meeting was
suspended, after resolving to complain to the ITU about the "illegal behaviour" of
the secretariat.(")
United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
A conference aimed at increasing world trade and strengthening the economy of
under-developed nations was convened by the United Nations in Geneva, and
opened in March. Again the Afro-Asian-Soviet blocs protested against the
presence of South African and Portuguese delegates, made plans for their
ejection, and walked out when they spoke. But these manoeuvres were apparently
dropped after the president of the conference, who was the United Arab
Republic's Minister of Finance, pointed out that the conference had no legal right
to expel anyone since all were the guests of the United Nations.
World Student Christian Federation
After the World Student Christian Federation had deplored the failure of the
Students' Christian Association of S.A. to "dissociate itself in word and act" from
the policy of apartheid, and had urged sanctions against the Republic, the South
African body decided to withdraw its affiliation.040
International Organizations of which South Africa is a member
South Africa retains its membership of the United Nations, the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development, the International Finance Corporation, the
International Civil Aviation Organization, the International Monetary Fund, the
International Atomic Energy Agency, the Inter-Governmental Committee for
European Migration, the Southern African Regional Committee for the
Conservation and Utilization of the Soil, the Universal Postal Union, the World
Meteorological Organization, the World Health Organization, the General
Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, the Southern African Air Transport Council, and
the International Office of Epizootics.05
(6s) From reports in the Rand Daily Mail, and Star, 14 and 20 October.
(64) Rand Daily Mail, 2 October.
(65) As listed in the State of South Africa, 1964 (Da Gama Publications).
134

RELATIONS: 1964
THE POIPULATION OF SOUTH AFRICA,
AND MEASURES TO DETER INTERMINGLING
SIZE OF THE POPULATION
According to official estimates, at the end of June the total population of South
Africa had risen by nearly 1 million since the last census in September 1960. The
figures were as follows:
Males Females Total Total
1964 1964 1964 1960
(Est.) (Est.) (Est.) (Census)
Whites 1,661,000 1,674,000 3,335,000 3,088,492
Coloured ...... 843,000 860,000 1,703,000 1,509,258 Asians ...... 262,000
258,000 520,000 477,125
Africans ...... 5,989,000 5,926,000 11,915,000 10,927,922
Totals ... 8,755,000 8,718,000 17,473,000 16,002,797
Between September 1960 and June 1964 the White population increased by about
8.0 per cent, the Asian and African by 9.0 per cent, and the Coloured by about
12.8 per cent.
The Minister of Coloured Affairs said in the Assembly on 17 April(') that the
Coloured population included about 96,000 Malays and 20,000 Griquas.
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF COLOURED AND
AFRICAN GROUPS
Coloured
Quoting from a recent document of the Scientific Research Division of the
Department of Education the Minister of Coloured Affairs added that although
most of the Coloured people were still resident in the Cape (namely 1,330,000, or
88.1 per cent of the total), the Coloured populations in the other provinces were
increasing rapidly. As against an increase of 35.5 per cent in the Cape during the
period 1951-60, the Coloured population of the Transvaal grew by 44 per cent, of
Natal by 43.7 per cent, and of the Free State by 76.1 per cent. It would appear, the
Minister said, that many Coloured people were leaving the Cape to settle in the
Northern Provinces and South-West Africa.
(1) Hansard 12 cols. 4503-4.
135

A SURVEY OF RACE
The Star reported(') that Coloured people were apparently drifting away from
farms in the Cape to the cities, where there were opportunities of industrial
employment and better wages and educational and recreational facilities.
Whereas the Coloured population as a whole increased by 37 per cent between
1951 and 1960, their numbers increased by 41 per cent in Cape Town, 53 per cent
in Johannesburg, 54 per cent in Durban, and 66 per cent in Bloemfontein.(3) In
1951, 64.4 per cent of the Coloured people lived in urban areas: by 1960 this
percentage had grown to 68.3.
African
The Bureau of Statistics states that in September 1960 there were 3,471,233
Africans (or 31.8 per cent of the African population) in urban areas (these figures
included those migrant workers who happened to be in the towns at the time). At
the time of writing, population census figures had not been broken down to show
the distribution of Africans as between the Reserves, White farming areas, and
other rural areas (Crown lands, rural mines and works, rural villages, etc.). The
Bureau hoped to release such statistics early in 1965.
Agricultural census figures for 31 August 1960 are quoted later in this Survey, in
the section dealing with employment in agriculture. These cannot accurately be
compared with population census figures, for the definitions of rural areas
probably do not co-incide. They show that there were then 4,811,141 Africans in
Bantu areas, and 2,144,085 on farms.(4) The balance of 501,463 persons (using
total population figures as given in the population census) were apparently on
Crown lands, rural mines and works, etc.
It would, however, seem that the proportion of Africans in White rural areas is
considerably higher than figures given above indicate.
STATISTICAL YEAR BOOK
The Bureau of Statistics is publishing a Statistical Year Book, 1964, which
contains valuable information about population and other statistics between 1945
and 1963.
(2) 28 March.
(3) Ca'culation by the writer based on census figures.
(4) These differ from the figures given in the 1963 Survey, pages 75 and 198. Last
year the writer unfortunately allocated two groups of persons, given in detailed
tables, to the wrong classifications.
136

RELATIONS: 1964
POPULATION REGISTRATION
Amendments to the Act
It was reported in the 1962 Survey(5) that in terms of Act 61 of that year the
definition of a "White" person was made more exclusive: persons could, after
that, not be classified as White on the basis only of general acceptance, but had
also to be White in appearance. It was provided that the Secretary for the Interior
might instruct an official to investigate any matter in respect of which particulars
must be recorded in the population register.
The General Law Amendment Act, No. 80 of 1964,06) made both the 1962
amendments retrospective to 7 July 1950 (the date that the principal Act came
into force), and provided that any action taken since 1950 would be deemed to
have been taken as if the revised definition of a White person had existed from the
start. That is, race classifications made before 1962 will be deemed to have been
made in terms of the 1962 definition.
Members of the Opposition urged in the Assembly(7) that special protection
should be given to persons who were classified as Whiie between 1950 and 1962.
As the law stood, the Secretary for the Interior would have power to investigate
their classification and to alter it, using the revised definition as his criterion.
The Minister of the Interior gave the assurance that no witch-hunt would be set
afoot. The amendment was necessary, he said, to enable genuine mistakes to be
corrected, and to enable persons to be reclassified if they themselves asked for
this. Thus far, he added, there had been no objections to anyone's classification by
a third party. Such objections could not be lodged later than 30 days after the
classification concerned had been made (or, if the Minister considered that special
circumstances existed, later than 11 months thereafter). It was, thus, too late for
third parties to object to any classifications made between 1950 and 1962.08)
Objections by persons to their classification
The Minister of the Interior reported at various times to the Assembly(9) about
the numbers of people who had objected to their own racial classification, as
made by officials. Up to 31 March, he said, 3,940 objections had been received.
On 13 March, when the total was 3,933, it included 947 persons who wanted the
classification changed from Coloured to White, and 2,986 who wanted it changed
from Bantu to Coloured.
(5) Page 71.
(6) Section 45.
(7) 17 June, Hansard 21 cols. 8488.
(8) Cols. 8492-3, 8500-1.
(9) 13 March, Hansard 8 cols. 2963-4; 11 May, Hansard 20 cols. 5761; 9 June.
Hansard 20 col. 7480.

Of these applications, 302 were still under consideration in May, and 686 persons
who objected had failed to reply to correspondence, withdrawn their applications,
or died before finality was reached.
By 9 June, 2,823 applications had succeeded.
PROSECUTIONS UNDER THE IMMORALITY ACT
In reply to questions in the Assembly the Minister of Justice gave the following
statistics relating to prosecutions and convictions under the Immorality Act:(")
1962 1963
Prosecuted Convicted Prosecuted Convicted
Whites ... 452 206 389 188
Coloured ... 167 81 130 65
Asians ... 10 4 9 4
Africans ... 196 91 217 107
Cases in which one of the two co-accused was found guilty and the other not
guilty were:(") 1963 First 5 months
of 1964
Number of cases ...... 7 1
Race of convicted person 1 White, 6 Africans 1 African
Race of discharged person 6 Whites, 1 African 1 White
POTENTIAL OF PEOPLE OF DIFFERENT RACIAL GROUPS
Under the auspices of UNESCO a group of 22 biologists, geneticists, and
anthropologists from 17 countries prepared a report on the biological aspects of
race, which was published in October.(x2)
They found that all people possessed equal biological potential for attaining any
level of civilization. Differences in the achievement of different peQples must be
attributed solely to their cultural history.
Applying its findings to a specific field, the group of scientists stated that there
was no biological justification for prohibiting intermarriage between persons of
different races. The biological consequences of marriage depended only on the
individual genetic make-up of the couple, and not on their race.
The coincidence between physical traits on the one hand and linguistic and
cultural ones on the other was due to the fact that people who spoke the same
language and shared the same culture tended to marry within that group.
(10) 4 February, Hansard 3 col. 691; 19 June, Hansard 21 col. 8638.
(11) See 1963 Survey, page 77, for examples of how this can occur.
(12) Star, 1 October.
A SURVEY OF RACE
138

Thus, the group found, there was no justification for a concept of "inferior" or
"superior" races. Racist theories "can in no way pretend to have any scientific
foundation".
In a public lecture on "Evolution and Race", given in Johannesburg during
October under the auspices of the Institute for the Study of Man in Africa,
Professor Phillip Tobias,(3) too, maintained, that science offered no evidence that
some races were superior to others. Accidents of geography and history were
sufficient to account for the contributions different populations had made to the
sum total of civilization.
The majority of man's genes, he said, were shared in common by all mankind.
The myth of the pure race had been thoroughly disproved. There were no pure
races and, as far as the fossil record went, never had been. The idea that purity of
race was a desirable thing had no evidence to support it.
Racial groups were highly variable entities; intermediates existed between one
race and the next; and all races were capable of inter-breeding with all others.
Beliefs about the alleged evils of race crossing did not bear scientific scrutiny.
(13) Head of the Department of Anatomy at the University of the Witwatersrand.
RELATIONS: 1964
139

A SURVEY OF RACE
THE TRANSKEI
TRANSKEIAN GOVERNMENT
Accounts were given in the previous issue of this Survey(1) of the terms of the
Transkei Constitution Act of 1963, and of the results of the elections for the
Legislative Assembly. A full list of elected members was published in the
Government Gazette for 13 December 1963.
The Assembly consists of 64 chiefs and 45 elected members. When they met in
closed session to elect a Chief Minister, Chief Kaiser Matanzima was elected, by
54 votes to 49.(2) As the voting was by secret ballot the details of his support
were unknown; but it was certain that a majority of the chiefs voted for Chief
Matanzima, whereas the majority of the elected members supported Paramount
Chief Victor Poto. As described in more detail below, Chief Matanzima supports
the policy of separate development, while Paramount Chief Poto stands for multi-
racialism.
The Assembly elected Chief Matanzima's nominees to the Cabinet, which was
composed as follows:
Chief Minister and Minister of Finance - Chief Kaiser
Mantanzima
Minister of Justice - Mr. George M. M. Matanzima (the
chief's brother)
Minister of Education - Mr. Bennett B. Mdledle
Minister of the Interior - Chief Jeremiah Moshesh
Minister of Agriculture and Forestry - Mr. Columbus
Madikizela
Minister of Roads and Public Works - Mr. Mtanda S. Mvusi.
Six White public servants were appointed by the South African Government as
temporary administrative heads of the respective departments.
XHOSA IN THE TOWNS
The total number of Transkeian citizens living permanently or working
temporarily outside the territory, and their distribution between towns and
farming areas, is not known. It was reported in 1963(3) that of the 880,425
citizens who registered as voters for the general election, about 270,000 were
outside the Transkei:
(1) Pages 83 and 98.
(2) There were 2 spoilt papers, 1 chief had died, 1 was ill, 1 away, and 1 abstained
from voting.
(3) See 1963 Survey, page 96.
140

RELATIONS: 1964 141

this may have been an over-estimate. In reply to questions in Parliament the
Minister of Bantu Administration and Development gave the following figures for
the main cities:(4) Registered Voted
Johannesburg ...... 10,747 5,956
Other Reef towns .. 37,693 25,314
Cape Town ......... 18,192 5,440
Port Elizabeth ..... 6,934 5,020
Durban ........ 5,764 2,259
Bloemfontein ..... 2,133 450
Pretoria ........ 873 339
Totals ... 82,336 44,778
Chief Matanzima made a ceremonial tour of the northern provinces during
September: he was greeted enthusiastically, but it was clear that nevertheless
many Xhosa were scornful of the "Bantustan" plan and regarded the chief as a
"Government stooge".
Mr. Ronald Nkopo was appointed during 1963 to be Chief Matanzima's
"ambassador" in Soweto, Johannesburg. He resigned in October, stating that there
was no support for the chief among the educated urban Africans of the area. "I
have found that the policy is totally unsuitable to most urban Africans, and that
their inclinations are towards a multi-racial policy", he said.05)
The Government maintains that urban Africans who wish to exercise political
rights or develop skills must do so in their own areas, in the service of their own
people. But it appears that not all of those in the Reserves would welcome the
return of sophisticated urban people. A member of Chief Matanzima's party, Mr.
Z. Chemane, is reported(') to have said during a visit to Johannesburg, "It would
be wrong to move the urban Africans to the Transkei. There is no room for them
there and we won't be able to fit them in. These people are used to the city, where
they were born, and will find it unnatural in a strange place".
POLITICAL PARTIES IN THE TRANSKEI
During January Paramount Chief Poto founded the Democratic Party in the
Transkei, which constitutes the official Opposition. He is its leader, and Mr.
Knowledge Guzana, an attorney, its national chairman. Membership is open to all
races.
The Democratic Party's policy is "democracy and multiracialism for all in the
Transkei and, eventually, all in the rest of South Africa". It rejects separate
development and believes that
(4) Assembly, 4 and 11 February, Hansard 3 cols. 719-20, and Hansard 4 col.
1127.
(5) Sunday Times, 25 October.
(6) Rand Daily Mail, 8 October.

the Transkei should remain an integral part of South Africa. The party will use the
Legislative Assembly as a means toward eventual representation in the Parliament
of South Africa. It would like to see the Assembly divided into an Upper House of
chiefs and a Lower House of elected members. It hopes to develop a nonracial
loyalty to the governments of the Transkei and of South Africa as a whole, and
will encourage all races to work together in the development of the territory.
On 23 April Chief Matanzima launched his rival Transkei National Independence
Party, with himself as leader, and his brother, Mr. George Matanzima, as national
chairman.
In his policy speech in the Legislative Assembly on 18 May,') Chief Matanzima
said that his Government wholeheartedly endorsed the policy of separate
development, stood by the constitution of the Transkei, and would preserve the
traditional system of chieftainship. From time to time his Government would ask
that greater powers and more comprehensive duties be handed over, so that the
Transkei could develop towards full autonomy. The policy of multi-racialism was
firmly rejected. "We confirm our policy of friendship towards the Whites of the
Transkei and acknowledge our deep indebtedness towards the European
administrators, traders, and missionaries, but we also unequivocally stand for the
gradual withdrawal of the Whites from the Transkei so that this territory can
become our own exclusive homeland", he stated.
His policy was one of "intimate friendship with our mothercountry, the Republic
of South Africa", Chief Mantanzima said. "It can be foreseen that eventually
South Africa will embrace a number of fully Bantu-governed states linked with
the White Republic of South Africa in a co-operative association - a South
African Commonwealth of Nations".
PROCEEDINGS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY
Preliminaries
The First Session of the Legislative Assembly was convened in December 1963
mainly for the purpose of electing the Chief Minister.
The Second Session was opened by the State President on 5 May. The Chief
Minister moved on the first day(8) that the Assembly's Chairman (a Poto
supporter), who had been elected
(7) Debates of the Transkel Legislative Assembly, Second Session, page 67.
(1) Debates, page 3-5.
A SURVEY OF RACE
142

in December, be removed from office because, during the recess, he had attacked
the rules of the House and the Cabinet. The motion was carried by 63 votes to nil
- the Opposition did not participate because they objected to the way in which the
debate was curtailed. The Deputy Chairman was then elected Chairman.
Paramount Chief Poto introduced a No Confidence motion which was eventually
lost by 61 votes to 40. Of the chiefs present, 10 voted for the No Confidence
motion and 47 against it. The commoners were 30 for and 14 against.09) (It is
reported that several members changed their allegiance, one way or the other,
during the Session).
Budget
The Transkeian estimates of revenue for
Income Tax ... .... ... ... ... ...
General tax ... ... ... .... ... ...
Local tax and quitrents .........
General levy ... ... .... ... ... ...
Duties, fees, fines, rents, interest, motor
vehicle tax, etc .........
Total Jrom Transkeian sources
Grant from Consolidated Revenue
Fund ... ... ... ... ...
Additional grant ... ... ... ... ...
Total ...
1964-65 were:(1")
R
2,000
1,200,000
338,000 217,000
1,369,000
3,126,000
11,000,000
2,000,000 16,126,000
As will be seen, the Government of the Republic decided to make an annual grant
of Rl1-million and a special additional grant of R2-million for the first year.
It is anticipated that R1,000,000 of the general tax will be collected in the
Republic for the credit of the Transkei Revenue Fund. Various licence and other
fees, taxes, road rates, fines, etc. paid by persons living in urban areas of the
Transkei, which previously accrued to the Cape Provincial Administration or to
various Government Departments, will now be paid to the Transkei Revenue
Fund instead. These are included under the appropriate heads of revenue from
Transkeian sources.(11)
The votes for the various Departments under the control of the Transkeian
Government were:
(9) Debates, page 45.
(10) Transkei Official Gazette, 16 October.
(11) South African Digest, 22 May.
RELATIONS : 1964
143

A SURVEY OF RACE
R
Chief Minister and Finance ...... 1,499,000 Justice ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 390,000
Education ... ... ....... ... ... 4,176,000
Interior ....... ... ... ... .... .... 1,637,000
Agriculture and Forestry ......... 3,491,000 Roads and works ................
4,317,000
15,510,000
Included in these amounts are about R1 -million for social welfare, Ri-million to
establish a Development and Revenue Fund (described later), R225,000 for the
erection of a technical high school, and R107,000 for the Transkeian police force
and for home guards for chiefs.(12)
The education vote includes R3,404,000 for financial assistance to community
schools, plus R101,500 for capital expenditure on such schools; R66,900 for
supplies and services (including the general maintenance of hostels, books for
pupils, and school libraries); and R53,000 for financial assistance to aided special
schools for physically handicapped children.
The Minister of Bantu Education said in the South African Assembly on 28
April1) that the total costs of education in the Transkei were R3,552,000 in 1962-
63, and R4,053,000 in 1963-64. The budgetted figure for 1964-65 (quoted above)
is R4,176,000; but to this should be added the salaries of about 60 educational
personnel seconded by the Republic.
According to Vote 25 in South Africa's Estimates of Expenditure(4 the Republic
will pay an additional R1,308,000 for the salaries and rent allowances for a total
of 647 seconded White personnel in the various Departments.(")3
Besides paying these salaries and making the grants mentioned earlier, the South
African Government continues to be responsible for health services; national
roads; railways; postal, telephone, telegraph, and radio services; defence and
security; currency; customs and excise; and other matters. Some of these services
produce revenue, but this must be far outweighed by the costs.
Legislation
Six Acts were passed by the Legislative Assembly in 1964; and all received the
State President's assent. The first was the Transkei Appropriation Act, dealt with
above.
(12) Star, 7 May.
(13) Hansard 14 col. 5033.
(14) R.P. 1 and 44/1964, page 125.
(1) On the estimates for the Department of Bantu Administration and
Development.
144

(a) Transkei Education Act

Act No. 2 was the Transkei Education Act. This provided that all community
schools (established or maintained by Bantu Authorities, tribes, or communities)
would become Transkei Government schools, the teachers (both officially and
privately paid) and school board secretaries being transferred to the service of the
Government. All school boards would be disestablished; but school committees
would be retained.
When introducing the Bill the Minister of Education said(16 that control by
school boards had "not only created a multiplicity of administrative units with
widely diversive conceptions as to the aims and practices of education", but had
also complicated the appointment and control of teachers. Some boards had
employed teachers whose salaries could not be subsidized immediately by the
Bantu Education Department, and as the pay offered had often not been attractive
the best talent was not forthcoming.
The Act provided that regional authorities would assist the Department of
Education in planning and providing school buildings and equipment; would
make recommendations in connection with the appointment of teachers; would
investigate complaints; and would exercise such functions relating to education as
might from time to time be conferred upon them.
(b) Transkeian Development and Reserve Fund Act
In terms of Act No. 3 a Transkeian Development and Reserve Fund was created,
with the objects of encouraging and promoting the economic development of the
territory and of creating a reserve on which to draw in lean years or in the event of
an emergency or disaster. The Legislative Assembly paid Ri-million into the Fund
from its current budget.
It was laid down that the Fund would be controlled by the Secretary for Finance,
who would prepare annual estimates of income and expenditure for submission to
the Cabinet.
The Minister of Finance said(") that the Government would use moneys from this
Fund to call in expert advice in regard to economic development and, if
necessary, to have economic or geological surveys carried out. "We will", he said,
"be able to establish state-controlled industries, or take up shares in existing
industries, or give moneys in loan for the establishment of such industries ... We
do not intend ... to give small loans to private individuals for the establishment of
small commercial enterprises. That is the function of the Bantu Investment
Corporation".
Consideration was being given, the Minister said, to allowing private White
enterprise to establish industries in the Transkei,
(16) Debates, page 127.
(17) Debates, page 171.
RELATIONS: 1964
145

A SURVEY OF RACE
on condition that the Government had a controlling financial interest, that White
workers be withdrawn as Bantu were trained, and that the Bantu should
eventually take over the whole undertakings.
(c) Transkei Electoral Law Amendment Act
The Electoral Law Amendment Act, No. 4, provided for a card index of voters,
and for measures to avoid the duplication of registration.
(d) Trading Amendment Act
Act No. 5 dealt with trading rights in the Transkei, which had been controlled by
Proclamations 11 of 1922 and 244 of 1934. The first of these provided that no
trading station should be established by Whites within five miles, by the nearest
travellable route, of an existing station. The Minister of the Interior said(") that
there was no need to amend this, for no further licences would be granted to
persons who were not citizens of the Transkei.
The second proclamation dealt with licences for Native traders, butchers, and
bakers. It stipulated that no such licence should be issued in respect of premises
situated within a distance of two miles from another business of the same type run
by a Native, or from a White trading station. In terms of the Act, this stipulation
was removed. The Minister said that the law of the survival of the fittest should be
allowed to operate.
It was laid down in the Act, that, except with the Minister's approval, no holder of
a trading licence, nor his or her spouse, might take out another such licence in
respect of premises situated within a distance of 20 miles from the premises in
respect of which he was already licensed. The object was to prevent the
establishment of monopolies, the Minister said.
In terms of the Act, licences will be issued by the Minister of the Interior (or the
Secretary), who must consult the regional authority and the tribal or community
authority functioning in the area concerned. Applicants must testify that no-one
other than an African has any interest in the business.
(e) Transkeian Authorities Act
The Transkeian Authorities Act, No. 6, extended the life of all Bantu Authorities
in the Transkei until 31 December 1965. The Chief Minister said(9) that in the
meanwhile the whole system was to be reviewed with a view to streamlining the
functions of the various bodies.
(is) Debates, page 263.
(19) Pages 275-6.
146

Select Committee on Educational Matters

Early in the Session the Legislative Assembly appointed a joint Select Committee,
under the Minister of Education as convenor, to consider the report of the Cingo
Commission.("°)
On 10 June the findings of this Select Committee were adopted by the Assembly.
It was decided that the Cape Provincial Education syllabuses should replace those
of the Bantu Education Department in primary and secondary schools. The
National Senior Certificate examination would be retained. Preparations would be
made for a Transkeian Junior Certificate examination, to be introduced in 1966.
Meanwhile pupils would write the J.C. examination of the Bantu Education
Department if suitable arrangements could be made.
Another major decision was that in Standard III English or Afrikaans (as selected
by parents) should gradually be substituted for the mother-tongue as the medium
of instruction. (In Bantu schools in the rest of South Africa the mother-tongue is
the medium of instruction up to and including Standard VI). The Chief Minister
said(1 that this decision did not mean that the Xhosa despised their mother-tongue
or disagreed with the principle that a child is best taught through its home
language. But the suggestion had been made "simply because our language was
undeveloped and had not reached the stage when it could be used in all respects to
put across the ideas found in the Western world. We have not the vocabulary and
the terminology. We haven't the books". There was some pressure for the use of
English as the sole medium from Standard IV, but the Assembly decided that
parents should be free to choose between the two official languages.
The main recommendations of the Cingo Commission, dealing with other matters,
were adopted. The Standard II examination is to be abolished.
The Select Committee continued in being, as a standing committee on education,
to go on with its examination of the whole system.
Two Africans (the first to hold such posts) have been appointed inspectors of
education in the Transkei.(") The services of about 60 Whites have temporarily
been retained in senior posts(12)
When control of education was transferred to the Transkei Education Department
there were 1,637 schools in the territory, 5 of them high schools. The number of
high schools is to be increased, and a technical high school is to be built in
Umtata24) About 5,000 teachers were employed early in 1964.(25)
(20) See 1963 Survey, page 220.
(21) Debates, page 207.
(22) Bantu Education Journal, October.
(23) Bantu, February.
(24) Ibid.
(25) Report from South AfrIca, August.
RELATIONS: 1964
147

Control of persons
On 8 June the Government supported an Opposition motion calling for the
relaxation of influx control regulations relating to Transkeians in the Republic.(26
But another Opposition motion, urging that the advisability of repealing
Proclamation R 400 of 196027) be considered, was defeated by 52 votes to
40.(28) The Chief Minister said that he was particularly anxious to retain the
section dealing with the control of meetings. Paramount Chief Poto (Opposition)
maintained that certain of the chiefs were afraid of their people. If the people were
treated properly there would be no need for the Proclamation, he stated.
Gcaleka by-election
There was a by-election in the Gcaleka electoral division in November: it was the
first poll in the Transkei to be fought on a strict party political basis. In an eve of
poll statement Chief Matanzima turned the by-election into a virtual vote of
confidence, stating that the result would call for the resignation of Democratic
Party members of the Assembly, who had no mandate from the electorate for their
policies.
In a 48 per cent poll the Democratic Party candidate won by a majority of 7,434
votes. He polled 36,137 to the 28,703 votes cast for the National Independence
Party candidate and 4,569 for an independent.
Paramount Chief Victor Poto then called for Chief
Matanzima's immediate resignation. (Sunday Times, 29
November).
TRANSKEIAN CIVIL SERVICE
The appointment of a Transkeian Civil Service Commission, under the
chairmanship of Mr. Price Sobahle, was announced by the Chief Minister in
January. The three members, appointed for three years, were made directly
responsible to the Cabinet.
In June there were about 2,500 permanent posts in the Transkeian Civil Service,
plus some 10,000 other posts for labourers.29) As mentioned earlier, 647 White
personnel have been temporarily seconded by the Republican Government.
Except for the six Secretaries of Departments none of the Whites comes under the
direct authority of an African. Some Africans are theoretically senior to some
Whites, but things are arranged so that this does not occur in the same section of a
Department30)
(26) Debates, page 202.
(27) See page 57.
(28) Debates, pages 137-145.
(29) Bantu, June.
(30) Star, 14 July.
A SURVEY OF RACE
148

During the year the Government advertised widely for additional qualified
personnel, for example Sub-Inspectors of Education, Legal Assistants, and Senior
Translators (all of these were required to have university degrees), and for typists.
Applicants for appointment as typists had to be in possession of at least a J.C.
certificate but it was stated that matriculants would be preferred.
Wage increases of about 10 per cent were granted in September to all public
servants, including labourers. The latter are now paid at the rate of R127 a year,
rising to about R230.031)
DEVELOPMENT PLANS
(Some aspects of the development plans for the Transkei, which fall under
Departments of the Republican Government, or did so until recently, are dealt
with in the next chapter).
Rehabilitation of the land
The Transkeian Secretary for Agriculture and Forestry, Mr. S. Pienaar, said in
September32) that by then almost a million morgen of land in the territory had
been planned for "economic and efficient land use in accordance with modem
concepts of soil conservation". (According to the Soil Conservation Board33) the
total area of the Transkei is 4,321,801 morgen).
An estimated 18,000 miles of grass strips had been completed, Mr. Pienaar said,
and 7,500 miles of fencing and 800 miles of contour banks and training walls
built. Satisfactory progress was being made, in terms of the 5-year plan
(commenced in 1961-62), with afforestation, the building of dams and the sinking
of boreholes, the establishment of dipping tanks, and the erection of necessary
buildings.
Roads
The Transkeian Government took over the responsibility for most of the roads in
the territory; but the Government of the Republic has declared certain of the more
important arteries to be national roads, and will itself pay for these to be improved
and maintained. They are, firstly, the links between Queenstown Umtata - Port
St. Johns - Port Edward (across the Transkei), and, secondly, the roads between
Kokstad - Matatiele - Maclear
- Elliot - Indwe - Dordrecht (along the north of the Transkei, partly in White
territory).
The Minister of Transport said in the South African Assembly on 2 March34) that
as these roads had considerable strategic
(31) Race Relations News, September.
(32) Star, 16 September.
(83) Annual Report for 1962-63, R.P. 39/1964.
(34) Hansard 7 cols. 2251. 2254, 2259.
RELATIONS: 1964
149

importance control should be kept in the hands of the Republican Government. It

was in the interests of Whites living on both sides of the Transkei, as well as of
the people of the Transkei, that the roads should be improved.
Irrigation
Besides a number of smaller projects the Transkeian
authorities are continuing work on the Lubisi dam at Qamata, some 40 miles from
Queenstown. About 40 Whites and 1,000 Africans are constructing the dam wall:
the construction costs of this project will be in the region of R3-million. It will
water 5,000 morgen of fertile land on which it is hoped to settle 2,500
families.35)
Another big irrigation scheme is being developed on St. Marks Flats.
Agriculture
A pilot scheme sponsored by the Fertilizer Society of South Africa, to promote
more efficient arable farming, was launched in the Nqamakwe district during
October by the Transkeian Minister of Agriculture and Forestry.
About R8,000 will be spent initially on propaganda and education programmes.
The Society will supplement existing advisory services through the appointment
of two African demonstrators, who will give free advice to farmers on the
selection of seed, weed and pest control, and proper methods of ploughing and
cultivation.
A further R40,000 is set aside, in the pilot scheme, for the granting of credit
facilities to local farmers who agree to adopt scientific methods. (36)
In the statement quoted earlier the Secretary for Agriculture and Forestry said that
about 700 morgen of phormium tenax fibre plantations had already been
established.
Afforestation
He announced, too, that besides the non-commercial forests, the development of
which was continuing, more than 12,000 acres of commercial forests had been
planted.
In a further statement( 7) the Secretary gave details of a very large project to be
established in the Tsolo district, adjoining existing forests. In order to obtain the
necessary land about 645 Fingo families were moved and resettled near Umtata.
Their new home was divided into six residential areas, each having four
(35) Bantu, November 1963.
(36) South African Digest, 30 October.
(31) Rand Daily Mail, 14 October.
150
A SURVEY OF RACE

camps for the rotational grazing of stock. About 1,563 morgen of arable land is
available: this was ploughed for the settlers, and they were given fruit trees.
The land they vacated, the Secretary said, was being prepared for the planting of
trees, which process would commence in 1965, and for which 800 workers would
be required initially. The planting would be completed in ten years. After three
years sawmills would be erected, to begin operating with wood supplied from
previously existing forests. It was estimated that at the end of the first ten years
2,000 "landless" workers would be employed: this scheme would, accordingly,
support about 10,000 people. The eventual yield of timber would be worth about
R2-million a year at (1964) current prices. It was anticipated that other secondary
industries, providing employment for many other people, were likely to develop
around the sawmilling project.
The Chief Minister said in May(3") that three portable saw mills were already
operating in the Transkei.
Plantations in the Qaukeni district are being extended too. Bantu reported in
February that 1,000 morgen had already been planted, and that the heads of about
600 families had thus found employment. Another 4,000 morgen were to be
developed in the next few years.
Secondary industries
Some of the timber produced is sent to the Vulindlele factory at Umtata. The
furniture manufactured at this factory has been described in previous issues of this
Survey. Vulindlele has recently installed a machine, imported from Germany at a
cost of R412,000, which will be used for the production of good-quality timber
houses needed to meet a severe (White and African) housing shortage in
Umtata.(39)
During 1963 the Bantu Investment Corporation established a hand spinning and
weaving factory near Umtata, at a cost of R54,967. At the end of 1963 it was
employing 3 Whites and 54 Africans, but the undertaking has been expanded
since then.(-0)
The Transkeian Government invested R500,000 of its temporary current budget
surplus with the Bantu Investment Corporation for the establishment of a meat-
processing plant on the outskirts of Umtata, which should be in operation by mid-
1965. It will have an initial minimum capacity of 600 carcasses a month. Stock
slaughtered at the Umtata abattoir will move on to the processing plant, where the
meat will be deboned and chilled, and then routed to other factories further north,
in the Republic.(41)
(38) Natal Mercury, 14 May.
(39) South African Digest, 7 August.
(40) Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, Assembly 6 March,
Hansard
7 col. 2577.
(41) Star, 13 November.
RELATIONS: 1964
151

Commerce and Finance

During 1963 the Bantu Investment Corporation assisted 24 further Xhosa to set up
businesses.(2)
The Corporation established a savings bank in Umtata in April 1962. By March
1964 more than R250,000 had been deposited by Transkeians in savings accounts,
fixed time deposits, and indefinite period deposits. The rates of interest offered
are in accordance with those of building societies elsewhere in South Africa.(43)
RACIAL ZONING OF TOWNS IN THE TRANSKEI
In terms of Government Notice 421 of 12 June a committee was appointed to
investigate the zoning of areas, or portions of areas, of the "White spot" towns of
the Transkei, for occupation or ownership by Africans. Twenty-three towns
(including Umtata) were listed: the notable omissions were Port St. Johns,
Umzimkulu, and Matatiele. It is clear that the official intention is that in all the
other towns African areas should be created, and extended gradually.
The Zoning Committee held a public hearing in Umtata during September, and
has since sat elsewhere. At the Umtata sitting the (White) municipal council
suggested that about a third of the town should be zoned for Africans. This
council has resisted African "penetration": as is described elsewhere in this
Survey Africans are not admitted to the Town Hall. During February the chairman
of the European Liaison Committee (set up as an official link between the
Republican Government and the Transkeian Whites) complained that there had
been a departure from official assurances in that an African medical practitioner
had been given a permit to own and occupy a house in the suburb of Norwood.
The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development pointed out, in reply, that
this suburb was already racially mixed, for Coloured people as well as Whites
lived there.(44) The Umtata Town Council refused to allow the Bantu Investment
Corporation to purchase a central site for the erection of an hotel for Africans.45)
But, at the hearing in September, the chairman of the Zoning Committee (Mr. H.
H. L. Smuts of the Republic's Department of Bantu Administration and
Development) is reported(46) to have said, "We must be realistic. My
Government . . . is quite clear that with this initial zoning we must zone as big an
area as possible for Bantu ownership". There were large numbers of wealthy
(42) See note 30, col. 2576.
(43) Bantu, March, and Star, 7 March.
(44) Star, 7 and 20 February.
(45) Rand Daily Mail, 13 February.
(46) Star, 2 September.
A SURVEY OF RACE
152

Africans, he indicated, who wanted to return to the Transkei once the towns had
been zoned.
The Transkeian Cabinet presented a memorandum in which no specific areas
were suggested, but a general plea made for the provision of areas sufficiently
large to accommodate Xhosa who wanted to return. The Cabinet asked, too, for
the establishment by local authorities of new townships with inexpensive stands
for sale to Africans who wished to build for themselves. It suggested that all land
on which Government buildings stood should immediately be zoned "Black".
On the question of local government, the Cabinet was in favour of a proposal
originated by the Republican Government that "Bantu boards" be established to
advise White town councils on matters affecting their people, and to gain
experience. The Transkeian Cabinet was not in favour of multi-racial councils,
preferring the concept that the Black boards would eventually take over.
FUTURE OF WHITES AND COLOURED IN THE TRANSKEI
As described in previous issues of this Survey, the Heckroodt Commission was
appointed to make recommendations in regard to the future of Whites, Coloured,
and other non-Bantu peoples resident in the Transkei.
White Paper CC of 1964 set out the Republican Government's decisions:
(a) Compensation would be paid for any real losses experienced by traders
resulting from the change in the constitutional status of the territory. Onus of
proof of
loss would rest on the trader.
(b) In areas reserved for occupation or ownership by Bantu
persons, a part-time, appointed, Adjustment Committee would evaluate the land
and improvements owned by Whites as at 30 June 1963. To these amounts would
be added the estimated value of traders' goodwill, which was defined as profits for
three years calculated retrospectively
from the date mentioned.(47)
Such properties might be purchased by the S.A.
Native Trust at prices approved by the Minister of Bantu Administration and
Development. The Minister might appoint the Bantu Investment Corporation, or
any person, to conduct the business, or sell or lease it to a suitable
Bantu at a price or rent to be approved by the Minister.
(c) Any payments involved would be made from a special
account created from the funds of the S.A. NativeTrust,
the White Paper stated.
(47) Cf. Indian representations in respect of goodwill in numerous South African
towns
mentioned in issues of this Survey over the past decade.
RELATIONS: 1964
153

A SURVEY OF RACE
OTHER AFRICAN AREAS
THE CISKEI
As Mr. John d'Oliviera wrote in the Star,O) the Ciskei's Bantu areas are "scattered
in large and small tracts over thousands of square miles from the Herschel district
on the Basutoland border to a cluster of Black spots round King William's Town
and Peddie". About 350,000 Xhosa live in these areas. Between their scattered
reserves are White towns and farming areas.
The fourth session of the Ciskeian Territorial Authority was held in King
William's Town during October. One of the resolutions on the agenda called on
members to obtain the views of all Ciskei regional authorities on the question of
self-government. Another asked for the appointment of a recess committee with a
mandate to investigate the pros and cons of self-government. Mr. d'Oliviera
reported that neither fire nor enthusiasm was evident.
The first proposal, he said, "was defeated by a large majority, while the second
was rejected by 11 votes to 10 after a halting 50-minute debate during which
'Opposition' members repeatedly pointed out that the Ciskei was not in any way
ready for selfgovernment.
"The debate as well as the Ciskei's prospects for selfgovernment were bluntly
summed up by Mr. J. A. van Heerden, Chief Bantu Affairs Commissioner for the
Ciskei, when he told members, 'From the discussion I have heard, it is quite clear
that not a single one of you believes that you are ripe for self-government'. Mr.
van Heerden also pinpointed two major obstacles to Ciskeian self-government:
the scattered nature of the Ciskei's Bantu areas, and the Ciskei's lack of money".
In his opening speech Mr. J. H. Abraham, CommissionerGeneral for the Xhosa
national unit, said that the Government was tackling the question of the
consolidation of Bantu areas in the Ciskei.
Attempts have been made by the Government, with this object in view, to buy
land in the King William's Town, Peddie, and Alice districts. Civic leaders in
King William's Town, Braunschweig, and other towns fear that they may become
completely encircled by Black territory, and farmers are afraid that their land may
border on Bantu areas. According to the Rand Daily MaiP2) the indications are
that the State plans to leave only a narrow
(1) 6 November.
(2) 26 October.
154

White corridor linking King William's Town with the White area around East
London and Komgha.
At a congress of the Cape Eastern Public Bodies held in October a resolution
sponsored by King William's Town was passed, opposing a suspected government
move to expropriate a large valley, to the north of this city, under the Native Land
and Trust Act. It was reported that deputations of Whites were seeking an
interview with the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development!')
One new community authority was established in the Ciskei during the year under
review: at Shiloh in the Whittlesea area.
ZULULAND AND NATAL
Bantu Authorities
There is still considerable opposition in Zululand to the Bantu Authorities system.
In reply to a question the Minister said in the Senate on 3 March(') that in Natal
and Zululand 111 tribes had asked for the establishment of tribal authorities, 38
tribes were against the system, and 90 tribes had not yet decided.
No assurance had been given to the Bantu that they would be free to accept or
reject the system, the Minister continued, but it was his policy not to impose the
system on unwilling tribes. Asked whether he would give an undertaking that
self-government would not be granted until a substantial majority of the Zulus
requested it, the Minister replied "No". Should a Territorial Authority be
established in Natal, he said, and should such an authority request self-
government, the request would be dealt with on its merits.
An outstanding Zulu leader is Chief Gatsha Buthelezi, cousin of the Paramount
Chief and head of the Buthelezi tribe, which by tradition supplied the "prime
minister" for the nation. He has maintained the attitude that he wished to wait to
see how the Bantu Authorities system operated in other areas before deciding
whether or not to accept it. On several occasions during the year senior officials
have met Chief Buthelezi and members of his traditional council, urging them to
co-operate. It was reported in August() that officials had asked the chief's reaction
to a suggestion that the Government should appoint a tribal authority consisting
only of the chief and his traditional tribal councillors. (In other areas outside the
Transkei some members of a tribal authority are nominated by the chief in
accordance with local law and custom, while others are appointed by the Bantu
Affairs Commissioner).
(3) Ibid.
(4) Hansard 7 cols. 1674-5.
(5) Natal Mercury, 19 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
155

As mentioned in last year's Survey(') in March 1963 the Paramount Chief,

Cyprian Bhekezulu, summoned a meeting of about 200 Zulu chiefs and headmen
to discuss the Bantu Authorities system, with a view to the possible establishment
of a Zulu Territorial Authority. Chief Buthelezi expressed the view that the chiefs
were not competent to make a decision, and a majority of those present supported
his view that on such an important matter there should be a referendum of all the
Zulus, in towns as well as in the Zulu areas of Natal. In the statement quoted
above the Minister said that this decision had been referred to the Paramount
Chief. It is reported(7) that the latter has taken no action in the matter.
Six more tribal authorities were constituted in Natal and Zululand during the year
under review.
Black spots
The Zulu areas, like those of the Xhosa in the Ciskei, are interspersed with White
towns and farming areas. They are separated, too, by large game reserves.
Schemes for the consolidation of White and of African areas have been under
consideration: an inter-departmental committee has been investigating this matter.
About 223,837 morgen of land has still to be acquired for African settlement in
Natal and Zululand in terms of the Native Trust and Land Act of 1936:0 ) it is
possible that certain State-owned land will be made available to fulfil part of this
quota.
The removal of "Black spots" continues. The Minister of Transport said in the
Senate on 17 March, on behalf of his colleague,(') that there were 199 Black spots
in Natal, 62,185 morgen in size, with a population of 35,207. It would appear that
large numbers of Africans have been moved since June 1963, when it was
announced that there were 238 Black spots in the province, measuring 69,976
morgen.(1°)
The removal of Africans from a farm called Besterspruit, outside Vryheid, and
from an Anglican mission in the vicinity, to a new township named Mondhlo was
described in last year's Survey.(") Mondhlo is situated in a Reserve, about 25
miles from Vryheid by road. As stated last year, most of the heads of the families
concerned were dependent on wages earned in the town, and as few of them could
afford the bus fare of 50 cents daily the majority were forced to become migrant
workers in single quarters or to live illegally in the Vryheid African township
during the week.
(6) Page 110.
(7) Natal Mercury, 17 February.
(8) Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, Assembly 11 February.
Hansard 4 cols. 1117-8.
(9) Hansard 9 col. 2268. "Black spots" constitute land owned by Africans in
predominantly White areas.
(0) See 1963 Survey, page 112.
(i) Page 186.
156
A SURVEY OF RACE
On arrival at Mondhlo the families were expected to provide their own housing:
basic building materials were provided and they had received compensation for
the properties they had vacated. They dug their own pit latrines. There were water
taps to serve people living near a borehole, and the authorities transported water
to those living further away. It would appear that these people needed more water
than was delivered to them and resorted to digging for it in the soil, which was
then water-logged. A serious outbreak of typhoid resulted: there were more than
60 cases, about 20 were admitted to a mission hospital, and two people died.(2) A
year after the removal scheme the authorities started work on a sanitary system
and extended the water supply.
The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said in the Assembly on
24 April(13) that by then 2,001 of the Africans at Mondhlo were living in 304
permanent houses. Another 2,483 persons were still in temporary accommodation.
In a booklet on Black Spot removals(") the Liberal Party commented, "All that
has been created is a new . . . slum which has little prospect of ever becoming
anything else - a place where the cost-of-living is considerably higher and the
standard of living considerably lower than it ever was at Besterspruit".
A new township is being established about 18 miles from Ladysmith, in a
Reserve, to re-house the Africans employed in that town. Africans living in Black
Spots in the Klip River district will be moved there, too. There is a similar new
township at Duckponds, 6 miles from Newcastle. As described later, certain
Africans from Charlestown will be forced to go there.
In the booklet quoted above the Liberal Party stated, "It is a fact that Black spot
removals are tearing families apart, converting independent householders into
migrant workers, destroying established businesses, and shattering community life
built up over two generations".
During March a number of prominent persons in Natal including Dr. D. G.
Shepstone (Chancellor of the University of Natal and a former Administrator), the
Roman Catholic Archbishop of Durban, and the Anglican Bishop of Natal, signed
a protest against the expropriation of Black Spots. Africans had purchased land in
these areas in good faith, they said, under the law in force at the time. Even under
the best conditions of removal great hardship and distress were occasioned, and in
some cases there was quite extraordinary suffering and misery('5)
(12) Minister of Health, Assembly 3 March, Hansard 7 cols. 2310-1, and Contact,
10 April.
(13) Hansard 13 col. 4851.
(14) Black Spots: a Study of Apartheid in Action.
(15) Natal Mercury, 12 March.
RELATIONS : 1964
157

WESTERN AREAS
The "Western Areas" include six large and many small scattered African Reserves
in the Northern Cape and Western Transvaal, occupied mainly by people of
Tswana stock, but including Ndebele and Xhosa groups. A Territorial Authority
was established in this area in 1961.
According to a series of articles published in the March issue of Bantu the Tswana
Territorial Authority and its constituent regional and tribal authorities are doing
useful work. A teachers' training college and an industrial school have been
established in Mafeking, and an agricultural school is being built at Taung. A
school for the sons of chiefs and headmen, similar to the Jongilizwe College in
the Transkei,(1") is to be provided. The tribes have erected considerable numbers
of primary and secondary schools.
Various bull and ram breeding schemes have been developed with the object of
improving the quality of the people's stock. Eleven co-operative dairy schemes
are in operation. Many miles of roads have been laid; and about 3,600 miles of
boundary and internal fencing erected: the Department contributes the fencing
materials and a grant of R50 per mile. One of the Authorities sells vaccines and
salt and bone meal to stock-farmers on a non-profit basis. Boreholes are
maintained. Dozens of clinics have been established: the Department of Health
contributes seven-eighths of the cost of running these.
A Regional Authority near Kuruman runs a bus service and has provided several
bottle-stores, the profits from which are used for the development of the area.
One new tribal authority was constituted during 1964, in the Lichtenburg area.
A process of consolidating the African areas has been in progress in the Western
Areas, too. An elaborate removal scheme was undertaken early in the year, of 358
Batlharo families (1,787 souls) from farms at Groenwater and Skeynfontein, near
Postmasburg (where they had been from about 1856) to land 150 miles further
north, adjoining a Reserve near Kuruman.
According to the March issue of Bantu the people consented to the move after a
delegation had been taken to see the new area, which is well-watered and 5,000
morgen larger in size than their previous farms. They were paid compensation for
their homes and improvements and could take usable building materials with
them. Forty-eight lorries plied to and fro for 21 weeks to move the families, while
their 1,675 large and 7,517 small head of stock were transported by the railways.
Temporary accommodation was awaiting the people in the new area in the form
of 2 tents per
("6) See 1963 Survey, page 105.
158
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964 159

family; and cement blocks were available there for building new homes. Free
rations were supplied for the first few days.
Another Tswana group was moved in August from Grootwagendrift, near
Rustenburg, to a farm adjoining one of the large Reserves.(1 7)
NORTHERN AREAS
The African Reserves in the Northern Transvaal, too, are made up of some large
tracts of land together with scattered smaller areas. The people are of mixed
origin, and three Territorial Authorities have been established: Lebowa (mainly N.
Sotho but also N. Ndebele), Matshangana (Tsonga and Swazi), and Thoho Ya
Ndou (Venda and N. Sotho).
Four or more regional authorities, catering for other ethnic groups, and numbers
of tribal authorities, have not as yet been linked with wider groupings. Three new
tribal authorities were constituted during 1964.
It is of interest that the Matshangana Territorial Authority has imposed uniform
lobola fees for all Tsonga in its area of jurisdiction. These are R133 for a man
marrying for a first time, R108 for a second wife, and R163 if sons or daughters
of chiefs marry commoners. A husband may demand the repayment of the fee
should his wife refuse to stay with him. A fine of R50 is prescribed for extra-
marital births (even if the man concerned is willing to marry the girl), and one of
R60 for adultery. As in many other areas all male taxpayers pay a levy (R2.50 a
year in this case), imposed by the Bantu Authorities, towards the development of
the area."'8)
Certain removal schemes in the Northern Areas have been fiercely resisted, for
example a proposal to move about 284 Bapedi from a farm at Doornkop, near
Middleburg, which the community bought in 1905, to another farm in the
Sekhukhuneland area, further north. According to reports the proposed new area
is far better watered than the existing one. The Government is said to have offered
the facilities for removal that were provided for the Batlharo group, mentioned
above, and a sum of R342,106 in compensation for the land, improvements, and
"inconvenience" -this amount is said to be(9) more than three times the prevailing
price of land in the area concerned. From this sum they would have to purchase
the compensatory farm, free of transfer costs and at less than market value. (The
price asked was not stated).
But with the backing of the people the Regent of the community, Chieftainess
Miriam Ramaube, and her counsellors refused to move. Their income was derived
mainly from the production of
(17) Rand Daily Mail, 13 July.
(18) Bantu, December 1963.
(19) Sunday Times, 22 November.

maize, potatoes, and vegetables, they said, and it would take years to cultivate
new land and make the same income. Their ancestors were buried at Doornkop.
They had built a community school and three churches there. They wanted to be
left in peace.
A commissioner was appointed by a court of law to investigate the ownership of
the Doornkop farm, but the chieftainess refused to hand him the relevant
documents. During May she was found guilty of contempt of court: after two
suspended sentences she was finally sent to gaol for a month. But her cousin, left
in charge of the tribe, adopted the same attitude.(2")
Similar resistance was encountered by the authorities from another Bapedi group
under Chieftain Arthur Mampuru, who refused to move from Brakfontein, near
Groblersdal, to the farm Goedgedacht, adjoining a Reserve about 60 miles further
north. They claim that Brakfontein was allocated to them by President Kruger as a
reward for assisting his people.
The ownership of this farm was transferred in 1963 from the S.A. Native Trust to
the State. As mentioned in last year's Survcey,(1 Chieftain Mampuru was
prosecuted for remaining unlawfully on land without the permission of the owner,
and on conviction was sentenced to a fine of RIO or 20 days. The court authorized
the Department of Bantu Administration and Development to eject him and
transfer him and his family to Goedgedacht. But other members of the community
then were equally defiant: Mr. Seworthle Mampuru was convicted on a similar
charge and sentenced to R15 or 30 days, with the same provisions for ejection.
Both men appealed, and the Supreme Court, Pretoria, set aside the sentences and
ejection orders. (The grounds on which this was done were not stated).(22)
FREE STATE
There are two regional authorities in Witzieshoek, and one at Thaba 'Nchu. No
Territorial Authority has as yet been constituted.
In the July issue of Bantu an account was given of the activities of the ba-Rolong
Regional Authority at Witzieshoek. It had built a R4,000 bridge, a post office,
community hall, two clinics, and various schools. It was running a dairy scheme,
erecting fencing, and maintaining roads constructed by the S.A. Native Trust.
AREA OF THE AFRICAN RESERVES
The area of the African Reserves naturally varies from year to year as land is
excised and added. According to the Agricultural
(20) Rand Daily Mail, 24 April, 21 May, 12 June; Sunday Express, 14 June.
(21) Page 113.
('2) Rand Daily Mail, 1 May.
160
A SURVEY OF RACE

Census, as quoted on page 163, the extent of land-holdings in African areas on 30

June 1960 (including holdings of missionary societies and State-aided
organizations) was 16,501,129 morgen. The Annual Report of the Soil
Conservation Board for 1962-63("3) gives the area of Bantu territories as
17,220,185 morgen in 1960 and 16,829,727 morgen in 1962 and does not explain
this decrease, which in view of the land-purchasing programme, is difficult to
understand. Possibly the scheduled areas(24) had in the meanwhile been more
accurately surveyed. Neither authority states whether the area of Black Spots is
included.
It was provided in 1936, in terms of the Native Trust and Land Act, that 7 million
morgen of land should gradually be added to the Reserves. The Minister of Bantu
Administration and Development said in the Assembly on 11 February25) that the
outstanding balance still to be acquired was 2,031,095 morgen (940,309 morgen
in the Transvaal, 866,949 morgen in the Cape, and 223,837 morgen in Natal).
In terms of the Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 42 of 1964, new released areas
(in which the S.A. Native Trust can acquire land) were set aside in the King
William's Town, Ndonga, Edenvale, and Groblersdal areas.
FINANCING OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RESERVES
Questioned in the Assembly, the Minister said on 22 May(2") that the direct
expenditure on the development of the Bantu homelands (excluding a pro rata
share of the salaries and transport costs of officials) had been R12,942,426 in
1961-62 and R17,922,455 in 1962-63.
A sum of R32-million was made available to the S.A. Native Trust from Loan
Account in 1964-65,07) as compared with R25-million the previous year.
At a meeting of the World Bank held in Tokyo in September the Minister of
Finance suggested2) that South Africa be authorized to apply for long-term
interest-free loans from the International Development Association (an agency of
the World Bank) for the development of the Transkei. South Africa itself is not
classed as an undeveloped country and would, thus, not be entitled to loans from
this source for the development of African Reserves within its borders; but the
Minister contended that the Transkei was an example of the "politically
identifiable developing areas" which the International Development Association
assists.
(23) RP 39/64.
(14) See 1963 Survey, page 111, for a description of scheduled and released areas.
(25) Hansard 4 cols. 1117-8.
(24) Hansard 17 cols. 6457-8.
(27) R.P. 8 and 44/64, Loan Vote N.
(28) Star, 10 September.
161
RELATIONS : 1964

REHABILITATION OF THE LAND AND DEVELOPMENT WORKS

The Annual Report of the Soil Conservation Board for 1962-63(29) gave
information about the proportion of each of the Bantu areas which had been
"planned" at the end of 1962 - i.e. in which crop lands, grazing camps, and
residential areas had been demarcated, making soil conservation measures
possible. The figures were:
Percentage of total area
that had been planned
Transkei ... ... ... .... ... 24.98
Ciskei .... ... ... ... ... 38.79
Natal ... ... .... ... ... 22.07
Western Areas ............. 22.76
Northern Areas .......... 71.10
Total ... ... 36.61
During 1962, 13,240 morgen were planned, the Board stated, as compared with
11,091 morgen in 1961 and 6,323 morgen in 1960. The pace of the work depends
to a large extent on the degree of co-operation offered by the Africans concerned.
The Board stated that 2,396 miles of retaining walls and contour banks were
erected during 1962, and 9,529 miles of grass strips and 361 miles of grassed
waterways laid.
Further information was given by the Minister of Bantu Administration and
Development in the Assembly on 15 May., 09 By then, he said, more than 44,000
miles of fencing and 18,000 miles of roads had been completed in the Bantu areas
(presumably including the Transkei). There were some 14,000 settlers on the
22,000 morgen of irrigated land. More than 4,000 boreholes and 3,600 dams had
been provided.
Bantu reported in December 1963 that since the commencement of the 5-year
development plan in 1961 about 600 successful boreholes had been sunk and
equipped, and 931 more were to be provided. Africans had been trained to operate
boring machines: they worked in gangs of 5 under a White supervisor. With the
assistance of private firms the Department had modified the windmills used in
certain areas which were comparatively windless during the winter months. The
modified types were capable of responding to wind velocities of 4 to 5 miles an
hour instead of the usual 10 to 12 miles.
(29) R.P. 39/64.
(30) Hansard 16 cols. 6066-7.
162
A SURVEY OF RACE

AGRICULTURE
According to the Agricultural Census(31) the land usage in Bantu areas at the end
of August 1960 was:
2,349,752 morgen cultivated according to the system of
rotational cropping, or temporarily fallow;
22,598 morgen under permanent crops;
592,444 morgen under wood or forest land (natural and
planted);
1,080 morgen under artificial permanent pasture;
13,058,692 morgen under natural permanent pasture;
476,563 morgen used for other purposes.
16,501,129
Interesting figures are given relating to crop production and ownership of stock in
1959-60.(3") For the sake of brevity these have been summarized by the writer in
the table that follows.
Wheat, oats, barley, rye (2001b. bags) Maize (2001b. bags) ............
Kaffircorn and millet (2001b. bags) ... Rice (husked in 2001b. bags) ...... Edible
legumes (2001b. bags) ...... Potatoes, amadumbe (1501b.) ...... Fibre crops
(morgen planted) ...... Unshelled groundnuts (100lb.) ...... Sugar cane (tons)
................
Tobacco (1001b.) ...... ......
Lucerne and hay reaped (ton) ...... Vegetables planted (morgen) ...... Fruit trees
(number) ............
Cattle ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Sheep ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Other large stock ................
Poultry ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Whites Coloured, Asians
10,365,350 38,030,870 1,771,322
12,744 665,953 5,025,592
4,405 4,274,728 8,468,332 563,450 1,037,973
62,260 32,678,610 7,518,381 35,116,196 2,846,220 11,172,475
Africans on farms of Whites
41,887 2,723,478 410,089
25,619 29,787
30
16,898
566
7,073
172,239 1,238,749 342,967 892,306 1,618,969
Africans in the Reserves
90,372 2,982,536 730,705
4,945 134,880
454,039 2,958 71,524 145,110 17,922 9,327
18,346 4,242,590 3,537,474 3,330,329
3,604,404 5,856,371
Certain crops grown to an appreciable extent by Whites only have been omitted.
Since 1959-60 the African production of sugar cane and fibres, in particular, has
increased considerably. The journal Bantu reported in June that more than 3,000
African farmers were cultivating sugar cane; and that Africans were producing
about 10-million lbs. of wool and 400,000 lbs. of mohair annually.
(s1) R.P. 10/1963, Table 13.
(32) R.P. 16/1964.
RELATIONS: 1964
163

MINING IN BANTU AREAS

In March the journal Bantu gave information about mining leases in Bantu areas.
These are granted by Bantu Authorities or the S.A. Native Trust to White
companies, and Departmental officials make sure that proposed contracts will be
beneficial to the tribes concerned. The leases are usually on a short-term basis.
Lessees are encouraged to give responsible positions to Africans, for example
posts of mechanics, hoist drivers, mechanical shovel operators, welders, and
boring operators. Royalties - usually 10 per cent of profits - are paid to the S.A.
Native Trust by mining companies on Trust lands, or to individual tribes if the
latter have title to the land. The royalties paid in 1962-63 were R83,000 to the
Trust and R30,000 to tribes.
COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY IN BANTU AREAS
The Bantu Investment Corporation, established in 1959, has a share capital of R3-
million owned by the S.A. Native Trust. It opened Bantu savings banks in
Pretoria, Umtata, and Zwelitsha: according to the Deputy Minister of Bantu
Administration and Development by the end of 19630"3) Africans in the Reserves
had deposited R426,039, and those in other areas R22,837.
The Minister said(34) that during 1963 the Corporation granted 104 loans to
individual African businessmen, the total sum involved being R468,573.
An account of the Corporation's work was given in the issue of Bantu for
September. More than two-thirds of the loans (totalling R1,276,000) thus far
granted, it was stated, were to general dealers. Another 12 per cent were to caf6
owners, fresh produce dealers, and butchers. Bantu service industries such as
garages and bus companies had received nearly a tenth of the loans, and five per
cent of them had been granted to industrialists, including grain millers, bakers,
furniture manufacturers, cabinetmakers, and brickmakers. Forty-four loans had
been granted to enable Africans to purchase businesses from White traders in the
Reserves.
There were 12,000 African traders in the country, Bantu stated. The Corporation
was training 14 African officials who would visit businessmen who had received
loans, and others wanting advice, to help them with financial records and the
correct ways of buying and selling. Numbers of business courses and discussion
meetings had been arranged.
The building branch of the Corporation, which employed African building
contractors, had already erected 22 shopping centres, including 58 business
premises, in 8 of the towns being
(33) Assembly, 27 January, Hansard 2 col. 382.
(34) Assembly, 6 March, Hansard 7 cols. 2575-6.
164
A SURVEY OF RACE

developed in Bantu areas. This work was continuing. African business or

professional men could rent or buy these premises.
Loans had been granted, or money set aside, for the erection of hotels in Umtata
and Zwelitsha, which would be managed by Africans. The Corporation had built a
number of garages in towns in Bantu areas and, with the assistance of oil
companies, was training Africans to operate them.
Three African land-owners had been granted loans for the purpose of making
roads, surveying stands, and providing drainage facilities in the Edenvale
township. Numbers of brickmaking contractors had been assisted. The issue of
Bantu for December 1963 cited such three men at Garankuwa, near Pretoria, who
had received loans of R600 each. The Department of Bantu Administration and
Development had had the soil tested, levelled the brick yards, and lent money to
pay the wages of labourers for the first three months.
The Corporation has established a bakery at Sibasa. Some of its projects in the
Transkei have been described earlier in this chapter - these include a spinning and
weaving factory, and plans for a meat processing plant. Other projects were
described in last year's Survey, including the purchase from Whites of wholesale
trading concerns in Sekhukhuneland and at Hammanskraal and Sibasa. Members
of the Corporation's staff are training Africans to run these concerns.
A new venture is the granting of 90 per cent housing loans to owners of plots in
townships in Bantu areas, on conditions similar to those applied by building
societies. The repayments of capital and interest must not exceed one-fifth of the
householder's earnings.(35)
BORDER INDUSTRIES
Definitions
There has been, and undoubtedly still is, much confusion over the official
meaning of the terms "border areas" and "border industries". The reason for this
confusion is that the Government is trying to combine two different objectives.
Firstly, it wants to decentralize industry; and secondly, it wants to provide
employment for Africans living in the Reserves (technically, the scheduled or
released Bantu areas).00 The Government continues to be adamant that White
entrepreneurs will not be allowed to establish enterprises within the Reserves, but
suggests that they should do so on the borders of those areas, in places where
suitable facilities
(35) Statement by the Corporation's General Manager, Rand Daily Mail, 22
February.
(36) See 1963 Survey, page 111.
RELATIONS: 1964
165

A SURVEY OF RACE
exist. The African employees will live in a Reserve (or Bantu area) but will work
in a White area.
The term "Bantu area" (or Reserve) does not include African townships outside
the scheduled or released areas. The Soweto complex, for example, which houses
some 467,000 Johannesburg Africans, is officially not a Bantu area, and
Johannesburg is, thus, not a border area. But Durban, Pietermaritzburg, East
London, Pietersburg, parts of Pretoria, and other cities and towns are border areas
because there happen to be Reserves nearby.
This does not, however, make them "border industrial areas". In general,
metropolitan areas are excluded from the latter term, for the reason that there is no
need for special inducements to persuade industrials to go there. Theoretically, a
"border industrial area" is a White area near a Reserve which possesses, or has
been provided with, the essential facilities for industrial development but which
happens to be undeveloped. Such a definition allows of the inclusion of the East
London area, which is metropolitan but has stagnated for various reasons.
There are still further complications. Even if an industry is established in a
"border industrial area", in order to qualify for the inducements offered it must be
"labour intensive" - i.e. it must employ a large African labour force, and must,
thus, not be too highly mechanized.7
Inducements offered prior to 1964
As described in previous issues of this Survey, in 1960 the Government set up a
Permanent Committee for the Location of Industry and the Development of
Border Industries - the same year in which the Economic Advisory Council was
established. It was then decided that:
(a) appropriate Government Departments would assist the
development of border industrial areas by providing basic services where
necessary, such as power, water, and
transport;
(b) the Industrial Development Corporation would help by
buying land, by providing loans, and by constructing
factory buildings for lease or sale;
(c) the Department of Bantu Administration and Development would erect
housing for African employees;
(d) the principle of wage differentiation in border industrial
areas would be maintained in so far as it was justified by the lower productivity of
labour and the lower cost
of living in these areas;
(37) The writer has made use of definitions given by Mr. G. F. van L. Froneman,
M.P. (Nationalist) in the Assembly, 19 May, Hansard 17 cols. 6221-2.
166

RELATIONS: 1964
(e) in approved cases higher depreciation allowances than
usual would be granted in respect of factory buildings and plant; and
compensation might be granted for the costs of transferring a factory to a border
industrial area;
(f) vocational schools to train the African workers would,
where feasible, be established;
(g) guarantees of a portion of the costs of the construction
of factories might be provided in approved cases, to make it easier to raise
mortgages; and in special cases 20 per cent of the building costs would be
refunded to the
entrepreneur.
The Income Tax Act of 1961 provided that larger building and plant investment
allowances than those permitted elsewhere might be approved for entrepreneurs in
border industrial areas.
Progress made up to early 1964
In reply to questions, the Minister of Economic Affairs stated on 21 April that
since 24 March 1961, 25 new industries had been established in border areas with
the assistance of the direct incentive measures of the Government, and extensions
to 50 existing undertakings in the border areas had been carried out partly with the
help of these measures. Approximately R40-million of private capital had been
invested in the newly established industries and R12-million in the extensions:
State capital invested was approximately R13-million. Some 996 Whites, 7,786
Africans, and 204 other workers had been employed in the new industries, and the
estimated extra employment due to the extensions of existing concerns was 5,000,
mainly African. (Hansard 13, Col. 4610.)
Later in the year Dr. P. S. Rautenbach, Director of the Natural Resources
Development Council, said that there were 25 new factories or extensions
undertaken in the border areas since 1960 without any Government assistance,
which gave employment to a further 3,000 people, nearly all of whom were
Africans. The border area development programme, he stated, would have to be
one of concentrated decentralization to get quicker results. Selected "growth-
point" industries would be needed. (Star, 27 November.)
In the Assembly on 16 June(3") the Minister of Economic Affairs gave figures
showing the amounts spent by the Industrial Development Corporation from loan
funds on the promotion of border industries:
R
1960-1 ... ... Nil
1961-2 ...... 236,000
1962-3 ...... 1,694,548
1963-4 ...... 4,809,646
(3s) Hansard 21 col. 8241.

A SURVEY OF RACE
Further details, relating to 1963, were given in the annual report of the Permanent
Committee for the Location of Industry and the Development of Border
Industries.(9) During that year, the Committee stated, it received 381 enquiries
and 35 applications for assistance in connection with the establishment or
expansion of industries in border areas. In eight cases loans, share capital, and
factory buildings, involving a total investment of about R3,600,000, had been
made available through the Industrial Development Corporation. Ten
industrialists had been granted income tax concessions of about R45,000 on
investments to the value of some R1,500,000.
It was clear, the Committee commented, that the rate of development would have
to be accelerated if the policy was to make a major contribution to the solution of
the country's social and economic problems.
Following a meeting of the Economic Advisory Council in February the Prime
Minister released a statement in which it was said, "It has.., become obvious that,
notwithstanding the progress already made, the pace is too slow in relation to the
magnitude of the problem of over-concentration in metropolitan areas and
unemployment in Bantu homelands . . . and border areas".
Further inducements offered
The Minister of Economic Affairs announced on 1 May(40) that as from that date
further concessions would be offered:
(a) When calculating the selling price of water to industrialists in border areas, the
Department of Water Affairs would not take into account the capital costs
involved in
providing the water supply.
(b) In certain towns the Treasury would, if necessary, make
funds available to the local authorities, at low rates of interest, for the provision of
shunting yards and railway
side-lines to serve the border industries.
(c) Special attention would be given to the question of permitting industrialists in
border areas to serve their
markets by road transport.
(d) Further tax rebates would be given to industrialists, for
the first five years after the establishment of the factories,
on the cost of power, water, and transportation.
(e) Still higher depreciation allowances would be granted in
respect of factory buildings and machinery, and still higher compensation
provided in approved cases for the costs involved in moving an existing industry
to a border
area.
(39) Star, 16 April.
(4") Department of Information Circular 84/64 (K).
168

(f) Up to a fifth of the cost of factory buildings erected by

the Industrial Development Corporation would be refunded in certain cases on
condition that this concession was passed on to the industrialists who bought or
rented
these buildings.
(g) The Department of Bantu Education would give much
greater attention to the establishment of vocational and technical schools to train
African labourers in border areas. In certain cases the Government might agree to
pay a subsistence allowance to the workers while they
were being trained.
(h) In order to give special encouragement to the development of the
Ciskei/Transkei area, a rebate of 10 per cent would be granted on railway and
railway roadmotor transport tariffs in respect of industrial products manufactured
there and consigned elsewhere in the country.
On 14 May the Department of Commerce and Industries issued a consolidated
memorandum setting out the measures that had been approved for the
development of border areas.
In a speech made in Johannesburg on 20 November(') the Minister of Bantu
Education said that although some success had been achieved in attracting new
ventures to the border areas, few established labour-intensive concerns had made
the move. He stated that the Government would pay for expenses involved in
moving such concerns, would assist the firms to find buyers for their properties,
and would make good any loss involved in the sale.
Wage rates
The president of the Trade Union Council of S.A., Mr. Tom Murray, maintained
in a speech made on 17 September(42) that the Government's plan for developing
border industries rested on an iniquitous low-wage policy. A survey conducted a
year previously, he said, showed that the R7 weekly wage of qualified Africans in
a border-area clothing factory near Durban was about 28 per cent below the
comparable rate in a Durban plant. The weekly wage of R7.50 reached after five
years in a border-area sewing machine factory was reported to be lower than the
equivalent rate in Japan.
The Rand Daily Mail commented, "Clearly, these rates give the border factories a
big advantage over their metropolitan counterparts, which can only be
handicapped by efforts to install modern equipment, provide good wages and
facilities for their workers and manufacture a high-class product. And the impact
(41) Rand Daily Mail, 21 November.
(42) Ibid, 18 September.
RELATIONS: 1964
169

A SURVEY OF RACE
on buying power and the general economy of this low-wage system can only be
depressing".
Developments in certain border areas
(a) Hammarsdale
By mid-1964 there were five industries established at Hammarsdale, near
Pietermaritzburg, a sewing machine factory and four concerns manufacturing
textiles or clothing. Between them they employed 2,135 Africans. The
establishment of three further textile factories had been approved by the Industrial
Development Corporation.
Water was laid on by the Department of Water Affairs. The Department of Bantu
Administration and Development proposes building an African township in the
vicinity; meanwhile the African employees are housed in temporary quarters.43)
The Chairman of the Industrial Development Corporation, Dr. H. J. van Eck, said
on 10 November(44) that by April 1965 about 3,100 Africans would be employed
in Hammarsdale factories. By that stage the Corporation's investment, including
estate development costs, buildings, shares, and loans, would exceed R3-million.
(b) Rosslyn
Among the factories in operation at Rosslyn, to the north-west of Pretoria, are
concerns manufacturing mining machinery, concrete pipes, cement, and buttons.
The Industrial Development Corporation erected a block of six small factories
under one roof, with separately fenced yards but a common entrance and washing
facilities. These are rented to manufacturers at R90 a month.45 A second block is
being provided.
A porcelain factory, providing work for 350 Africans, will start production in
mid-1965; and a Japanese firm is to establish an assembly-plant for the Datsun-
Nissan range of vehicles, which will probably cost about R12-million and employ
between 600 and 700 Africans.34
The Rosslyn estate was developed by the Peri-Urban Areas Health Board with the
aid of loan funds. A railway line laid to serve the area cost R36,866.(41) The
Department of Bantu Administration and Development built the township of
Garankuwa to house Africans employed at Rosslyn and others needing homes:
(43) Bantu, June; and Natal Mercury, 26 August.
(44) Star of that date.
(45) Bantu, November 1963.
(46) South Atrtcan Digest. 12 December 1963.
(47) Minister of Transport. Assembly 4 February, Hansard 3 col. 705.
170

RELATIONS: 1964
this township will ultimately accommodate 10,000 or more families. By the end
of October 1963 the building costs had amounted to R1,159,660.(48)
(c) The Ciskei
The Chairman of the Permanent Committee, Dr. S. P. du Toit Viljoen, said in
July(419) that the Ciskei was South Africa's largest depressed area and had
700,000 African men to be absorbed. This problem would be further aggravated
when the Government's policy was implemented which required that Ciskeian
Africans should return from the Western Cape. Priority was being given, he said,
to encouraging any type of industry to establish itself in the Ciskei: elsewhere
discrimination was exercised in cases where new concerns might jeopardise
established industries.
It was mentioned in last year's Survey that the Department of Bantu
Administration and Development was erecting the township of Mdantsane,
initially to house Africans employed in a new industrial area being developed
about 10 miles to the north of East London, and later to accommodate, too, the
Africans now living in Duncan Village.
An account was given last year of the establishment in this area of the R3-million
Cyril Lord undertaking, which manufactures poplin. It hopes shortly to be
employing 1,000 Africans.050 The Bantu Education Department has opened a
school at Mdantsane to train African weavers, spinners, and winders for the Cyril
Lord concern and other textile industries: in the speech quoted above Dr. Viljoen
said that an assembly plant for textile machinery and a number of small textile
factories had been planned for East London. The school is to train about 340
Africans a year: besides their trade they are taught English, Afrikaans, hygiene,
and the importance of cleanliness. They receive an allowance of R3 a week during
the course, which lasts a month in the case of spinners and winders. Weavers stay
for a second month, during which they receive R4 a week (paid by the
Government in all cases).(51)
A metal container manufacturing undertaking has been established in the East
London border area; and a site there has been chosen by the Japanese Toyato-
Toyopet firm, which will initially manufacture certain components and possibly
bodies for commercial vehicles, and plans later to build the engines too. Eventual
costs are reported to be in the region of R18-million. As in the case of the Datsun-
Nissan scheme, finance for the plant will be raised mainly within the Republic.(5)
The French firm Renault
(48) Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, Assembly 4
February,
Hansard 3 cols. 709-710.
(49) Natal Mercury, 8 July.
(50) Bantu, February.
(1) South African Digest, 17 July; Bantu, February.
(52) Sunday Express. 4 October.

is planning an engine manufacturing plant to be built in the East London area.

In King William's Town, adjacent to the Ciskei industrial area, a large footwear
manufacturing concern has been established recently.(53") The Minister of
Economic Affairs said on 28 April( ') that three undertakings in this town had
carried out extensions partly with the assistance of the Government's special
incentive measures. More than 3,000 African operatives are now employed at the
Good Hope Textile Factory near King William's Town55) (this was planned by
the United Party Government prior to 1948).
(c) Transvaal north of the Witwatersrand
In the speech quoted earlier Dr. van Eck said that tue Industrial Development
Corporation was building a R230,000 "flatted" factory in the Pietersburg border
area, similar to the one provided at Rosslyn. The Government is actively fostering
the development of this area, too. Five new industries were established there in
August and the two following months, bringing the total to 48; and sites are
rapidly being taken up in a new industrial township(56)
Rustenburg is another town in which the Industrial Development Corporation has
sponsored development. The municipal African township of Tlhabane was taken
over by the Department of Bantu Administration and Development during 1964
and declared part of the Tswana homeland; and the few factories in the town thus
became border industries. A new foundry has been erected. The Africans in
Tlhabane are to be granted local selfgovernment.57)
A highly-mechanized pulping plant for paper-making, representing a capital
investment of R10-million, is being established at Nelspruit.
There has been rapid progress at Phalaborwa, further north, which up to a decade
ago was still wilderness. It was opened up for the first time when Foskor, the
Government-aided phosphate development corporation, began mining operations.
These have recently been extended. The Phalaborwa Mining Company has
commenced erecting plant to exploit the extremely rich deposits of copper in the
area: iron ore will be produced as a by-product.
This area, too, is being developed as a border industrial area. A railway link has
been constructed, at a cost of R4-million; the Electricity Supply Commission has
provided power; a regional
(S) South African Digest, 29 May.
(54) Assembly, Hansard 14 cols. 5029-31.
(s5) Bantu, December 1963.
(56) Star, 7 November.
(7) Star, 15 October: Pretoria News, 25 May.
172
A SURVEY OF RACE

water board has been established; and the Department of Bantu Administration
and Development is building a township which will have 10,000 houses.58)
Other industries to be established near the mines at Phalaborwa include a factory
for the production of sulphuric acid and superphosphate and a branch of the
Barberton Engineering Company.(")
Another large African township which is being developed rapidly is
Mahwelereng, in a Bantu area near Potgietersrus. In October the Minister of
Bantu Administration and Development officially presented Mr. J. H. Koos, who
had bought a plot there, with the first deed of transfer granted in an African
township.(60)
(d) Other areas in Natal
There are other border industrial areas in Natal besides Hammarsdale. The
industrial complex at Newcastle, served by the African village of Duckponds, was
described in last year's Survey.61) According to the June issue of Bantu the
Permanent Committee has assisted with the establishment or expansion of
concerns in Ladysmith, Estcourt, and Mooi River. A new African township is to
be established near Cato Ridge to house employees of a large ferro-manganese
industry and others.(2) A new industry established near Port Shepstone employs
Africans to weave raffia wrappings for a South African brandy.63)
The Tugela Basin is likely to become a major border industrial area, with
Ladysmith as its main centre. In April the Minister of Bantu Administration and
Development intimated to a deputation from Estcourt, nearby, that a committee
representing his Department, the Department of Economic Affairs, the Natal
Town and Regional Planning Commission, the Natal Agricultural Union, and
local authorities of the area would be set up to consider plans for the economic
development of the area.(64)
(58) Star, 16 April; South African Digest, 24 July.
(5 9) Rand Daily Mail, 18 June.
(0) Ibid, 2 October.
(61) Page 119.
(62) Bantu, June; and Natal Mercury, 5 May.
(63) South African Digest, 16 January.
(64) Star, 17 April.
RELATIONS : 1964
173

A SURVEY OF RACE
BANTU LAWS AMENDMENT ACT
No. 42 OF 1964
BACKGROUND
As described in last year's Survey,(') in 1963 the Government introduced a Bantu
Laws Amendment Bill, the purpose of which was to augment and reinforce
measures for the control of the presence and employment of Africans in all parts
of South Africa outside the African Reserves. This Bill met with a large volume
of criticism. Certain portions of it, dealing with matters which the Government
considered to be of an urgent nature, were enacted late in the Parliamentary
session, and the remainder was allowed to stand over. Many of these remaining
clauses were incorporated in the measure passed in 1964.
TERMS OF THE ACT
"Prescribed" areas
The Natives (Urban Areas) Act previously provided that any urban area, or area in
which there were large numbers of Africans, might be declared a "proclaimed"
area. Most towns and certain peri-urban areas were declared to be such areas.
Other laws defined certain other types of areas. The Deputy Minister of Bantu
Administration and Development told the Assembly(2) that the Government
considered it desirable to have one uniform definition.
The Act of 1964 provided that the Minister may declare any area outside a
scheduled African area or a released area to be a prescribed area. Before doing so
he must consult any local authority having jurisdiction in the area. The Urban
Areas Act, the Labour Regulation Act, and regulations issued under these Acts
will be in force in prescribed areas, and will be administered by the local authority
indicated by the Minister, or in the absence of any such indication, by the Bantu
Affairs Commissioner.
All urban and proclaimed areas will automatically become prescribed areas unless
the Minister otherwise directs3)
The Deputy Minister said that these provisions would, in practice, make little
difference to the existing position. The new
(1) Pages 124 to 136.
(2) 27 February, Hansard 6 cols. 2122-3.
(3) Section 46.
174

prescribed areas would consist of the towns and surrounding periurban farms
where there were large concentrations of Africans. Outside these would be the
rural farms, where (as described later) labour control boards would increasingly
assume control of the presence and employment of Africans.
Presence in a prescribed area for longer than 72 hours
In terms of previous laws, any African may be in a prescribed area for up to 72
hours without seeking permission. But an African who lives in such an area or
who visits it for longer than 72 hours must be able to produce proof that he is
entitled to be there. The new Act widened the definition of an "authorized officer"
(who, inter alia, may demand the production of documents by Africans) to include
further categories of officials.4) Interference with an authorized officer in the
performance of his duties is rendered an offence.(5)
An African who wants to enter a prescribed area to take up work must (as before)
obtain permission from a labour bureau. Previously Africans who merely wanted
to visit a town for longer than 72 hours had to obtain authority from a municipal
influx control officer. This applied, too, to persons not of working age who
wanted to come to live in a town (men over 65 years of age, women over 60
years, and children under 15 years), and to women who wished to join their
husbands in cases where the men concerned qualified to remain in the prescribed
area. In terms of the new Act these people will have to obtain permission from a
labour bureau, which must give regard to the availability of accommodation in a
Bantu residential area.
Dependants of Africans who qualify to remain in a prescribed area
Section 10 (1) of the Urban Areas Act previously provided that an African is
entitled to remain for more than 72 hours in an urban or proclaimed area (now
called a prescribed area) if he or she:
(a) has resided there continuously since birth;
(b) has worked there continuously for one employer for not
less than 10 years; or has resided there lawfully and continuously for not less than
15 years; and has thereafter continued to reside there and is not employed outside;
and has not while in the area been sentenced to a fine exceeding R100 or to
imprisonment for a period
exceeding 6 months;
(4) Section 39.
(5) Section 73.
RELATIONS: 1964
175

(c) is the wife, unmarried daughter, or son under the age of

18 years of an African in one of the categories mentioned
above and ordinarily resides with him;
(d) has been granted special permission to be in the area (as
described above).
The new Act amended paragraph (c), adding that in order to qualify to remain the
dependants mentioned must ordinarily reside with the African in the prescribed
area, and that they must initially have entered that area lawfully0)
This gave rise to a great deal of confusion. In any case many local authorities had
previously not been clear as to how paragraph
(c) should be interpreted. Nor were most people clear about Section 23 (1) (d) of
the Act, as described below.
Some local authorities interpreted paragraph (c) to mean that unless a woman
qualified in her own right to be in the prescribed area, or unless she had been
resident with her husband from the time the relevant provision of the law came
into force, she could be refused permission to remain there. Many people thought
that the effect of the amendment would be that a man who qualified to remain in a
prescribed area, under paragraphs (a) or (b), would no longer be able to marry a
woman outside the area and bring her in to live with him, and that a man who
became qualified under paragraph (b) and was already married could not arrange
for his wife to join him.
Mrs. Helen Suzman, M.P., drew attention to another point.(') If a woman who
qualifies to remain marries a man who has not qualified she loses her right to stay,
and can be endorsed out of the area. Mrs. Suzman described a case in which this
happened.
The Deputy Minister explained the procedure that applies.(" A woman wishing to
join her husband permanently can be allowed into a prescribed area, under
paragraph (d) (described above), if her husband qualifies to remain in the area and
if accommodation is available for the couple in a house of their own in a Bantu
residential area, or as boarders in a house in such an area. She will not be allowed
to live with her husband in accommodation provided by an employer in the White
part of a town. The main factor, then, is whether or not the local authority is able
to provide suitable accommodation.
The Deputy Minister went on to explain the position of women who qualify in
their own right to remain in an area. If such a woman marries a man who does not
so qualify, they can live together, provided accommodation is available, while the
man remains legally in employment. Should he lose his job they may both be
endorsed out of the area; but normally the labour bureau will try to find other
work for the husband.
(6) Section 47.
(7) Assembly, 17 March, Hansard 9 cols. 3177-8.
(8) Hansard 9 cols. 3192-4.
176
A SURVEY OF RACE

The new provision to the effect that a wife must ordinarily reside with her
husband in the prescribed area was inserted at the request of Johannesburg and
other local authorities, the Deputy Minister said.
He then clarified the position in regard to visits.09) Section 23 (1) (d) of the
Urban Areas Act (which was repealed by the new Act) extended influx control to
women, but did not apply in any area unless the local authority concerned
requested that a proclamation be issued bringing it into force. Only Durban and
Greytown did so. In 1952 country-wide statutory influx control was applied to
women under Section 10 of the Act. This duplicated most of the provisions of
Section 23 (1), except one which stated that a woman can be given permission by
the local authority to visit her father or husband for more than 72 hours if the man
concerned has been in the area legally for two years.
The repeal of Section 23 (1) (which was provided for in the 1964 Amendment
Act) did not mean that women would no longer be able to visit their husbands or
fathers for longer than 72 hours, the Deputy Minister said. A labour bureau can
give permission provided that accommodation is available in a house or hostel in
a Bantu residential area. The official may use his discretion in regard to the length
of the visit. The authority granted to remain in the area must be noted in the
woman's reference book. If entering purely on a visit she does not need to have
other documents that a woman workseeker is required to obtain, that is, an efflux
control permit from the Bantu Affairs Commissioner in her home area and the
written permission of her parent or guardian. If the labour bureau refuses
permission for a visit a woman may appeal to the Chief Bantu Affairs
Commissioner.
Re-entry to a prescribed area after absence therefrom
The Native Labour Regulation Act provided(") that an African may be allowed to
re-enter a prescribed area after an absence of not more than a year in order to take
up employment with his previous employer in the class of work he performed
before leaving, unless the African was originally permitted to be in the area for a
specified period only.
In terms of the new Act an African may return after an absence of not more than a
year to take up employment with his previous employer should the latter have a
vacancy, or, should the Bantu Affairs Commissioner have no objection, with any
other employer."1)
(9) Cols. 3187-8, 3190.
(10) Section 23.
(11) Section 9.
RELATIONS: 1964
177

A SURVEY OF RACE
Employment in prescribed areas
The Act deleted the definition of a "workseeker" in the Native Labour Regulation
Act. A White Paper issued with the Bill stated that this was because the measure
provided "for regulations governing the movement of all Bantu persons".
The Urban Areas Act previously provided that no-one may employ an African in
a prescribed area unless the latter has permission to seek or to take up
employment or is exempt in terms of Section 10 (1) (a), (b) or (c). The new Act
provides merely that no-one may employ an African in a prescribed area unless
the latter has permission from the appropriate labour bureau to take up
employment.(12)
Questioned about these clauses, the Deputy Minister said(3 that existing contracts
of service will not have to be re-registered, but that new ones must be registered.
The Act empowered the Minister to make regulations in regard to work-seeking.
The deletion of the definition of a "workseeker" does not mean that Africans will
be forbidden to walk around looking for work; but this practice is to be
discouraged. The correct method for an African wanting work is to apply at a
labour bureau.
Labour bureaux
Provisions dealing with labour bureaux, previously contained in regulations, were
incorporated in the Act, with certain changes.(14)
There are local labour bureaux, generally conducted by municipalities in urban
areas and conducted by Government officials in rural areas. Further, there are
district and regional bureaux and a central bureau, also under Government
control, with wider powers of jurisdiction. The Act lays down that district and
municipal labour officers must conduct bureaux in terms of the Act and of any
lawful instructions issued by the regional labour commissioner or the Director of
Bantu Labour. Regional labour commissioners may require that a decision by a
municipal or district bureau shall be submitted for review, and may meanwhile
suspend its operation.
The Minister may decide that a municipal labour bureau shall have no jurisdiction
over Africans in certain categories of employment (e.g. the mining industry). In
such cases their employment will be controlled, instead, by the district labour
bureau.
The officer in charge of a labour bureau will be designated a "peace officer" and
will thus have powers of arrest and of search of premises.
(12) Section 48.
(13) 27 February and 18 March, Hansard 6 cols. 2126-9, Hansard 9 cols.
32193221.
(14) Section 8.
178

Certain classes of Africans may be exempted from the labour bureaux machinery,
e.g. chiefs and headmen, and certain ministers of religion, teachers, government
officials, professional persons, or registered owners of land. (Such persons are
already exempted from service contract regulations).
As indicated above, labour bureaux regulations (and thus also the necessity for
obtaining authority for employment) were, in terms of the new Act, applied for
the first time to Africans who qualify to remain in a prescribed area under Section
10 (1) (a) or
(b) of the Urban Areas Act. Such Africans may, thus, in future be ordered to leave
if the labour bureau refuses to register or cancels their contracts of service, or if
they are declared medically unfit for employment. Such an order must be
confirmed by the Chief Bantu Affairs Commissioner.
If such an African is ordered to leave and cannot find employment and
accommodation for himself and his family anywhere else, the Minister, if
satisfied that this is the case, must provide him with a residential site in a Reserve.
Africans wishing to work as casual labourers or independent contractors in a
prescribed area require permits from a labour bureau.
A district or municipal labour officer may refuse to sanction the employment of
an African or may cancel a service contract if, inter alia, he is satisfied that the
employment (or the presence of the African in the area) impairs or is likely to
impair the safety of the State or of the public or a section thereof, or threatens or
is likely to threaten the maintenance of public order. He must obtain the approval
of the Secretary for Bantu Administration and Development before taking such a
step. The White Paper stated, "It will be possible to invoke this paragraph in the
case of foreign Bantu with subversive political aims".
. Employment contracts may be refused or cancelled, too, in cases where a
removal order has been served on an African, e.g. an African deemed to be "idle
or undesirable".
Registering officers could previously order Africans not permitted to work in a
proclaimed area to leave and not to return. In terms of the new Act such Africans
may be referred to an "aid centre" (described below), or to the district labour
officer. They may then be offered work in the area concerned or any other area, or
may, "with due regard to the family ties or other obligations or commitments of
such Bantu", be required to leave the prescribed area together with their
dependants.
African women entering urban employment
During the Parliamentary debate the Deputy Minister explained the procedure
that must be followed in terms of regulations under the Act when an African
woman from a rural area
RELATIONS: 1964
179

wishes to work in a town.(15) She must approach the local labour bureau in her
home area, bringing written permission from her guardian if she is unmarried and
a minor, or from her husband if she is married. The labour officer makes enquiries
as to whether work is available in the town of her choice, and whether there is
accommodation: the local authority of the town concerned must certify that
accommodation is available. A certificate allowing the woman to proceed to the
town must then be obtained from the local Bantu Affairs Commissioner, who is
required to consult the Bantu Authority with jurisdiction over the area.
(Presumably the chief is consulted if no Bantu Authority has been established).
When she arrives in the town the woman must go to the municipal labour bureau,
where her reference book is endorsed giving particulars of the employment she is
allowed to accept. Finally, her contract of service must be registered by the
employer
- no monthly fees are payable in the case of African women employees.
Women who qualify to remain in a prescribed area and wish to enter employment
must have their reference books endorsed to the effect that they have permission
to work in the area concerned.
Africans deemed to be idle or undesirable
The new Act widened the grounds on which Africans may be deemed to be idle or
undesirable in terms of Section 29 of the Urban Areas Act. New grounds on
which an African may be deemed idle are if on three consecutive occasions he
fails to accept suitable employment offered by a labour bureau; if on more than
two occasions during any period of six months he loses his job within a month
because of his misconduct, intemperance or laziness; or if on more than three
occasions over any period of a year he is discharged due to his misconduct.
New grounds on which an African may be deemed undesirable are if he has been
found guilty of possessing an unlicensed firearm or of malicious injury to
municipal property, or if he is convicted of certain offences under the Riotous
Assemblies, Criminal Law or Unlawful Organizations Acts or the General Law
Amendment (Sabotage) Act of 1962.
A person arrested on suspicion of being idle or undesirable must be brought
before a Bantu Affairs Commissioner within 72 hours of arrest - the previous
Section laid down no such time limit.
A new provision is that Africans who qualify to remain in a prescribed area under
Sections 10 (1) (a), (b) or (c) of the Urban
(15) Hansard 9 cols. 3189-92.
180
A SURVEY OF RACE

Areas Act may be deemed idle or undesirable and then be ordered out of the area,
forfeiting their residential rights.(")
During April the Deputy Bantu Affairs Commissioner in Johannesburg found Mr.
E. Kawamadlala to be undesirable, and committed him to a farm colony for 18
months. Mr. Kawamadlala appealed to the Supreme Court, Pretoria, and won his
case.
Counsel for the State said he could not support the Con, missioner's order. Under
the Act an African must be declared idle - that is to say, not in permanent, honest
employment - as well as undesirable before being committed to a farm colony.
Mr. Justice Galgut pointed out that the Commissioner had not found the appellant
to be idle, but he was undesirable in terms of the Act in that he had not complied
with a previous order to leave Johannesburg. "Undesirability", the judge said, is
usually based on liquor charges and previous convictions.
The judge said that he would dictate fuller reasons for his judgment at a later
stage, to clarify the position and provide guidance for overworked Bantu Affairs
Commissioners.
Removal of Africans who are unlawfully in a prescribed area
The Act7) made additions to the provisions governing removal orders which may
be served on Africans who unlawfully remain in urban areas. Their family ties
and commitments must be taken into consideration before such an order is served.
In anticipation of removal they may be detained in a prison or police cell, or be
released on bail. Besides the costs of an African's removal (as is at present the
case) the costs of removing his dependants and possessions may be met as far as
possible from money belonging or due to him. If this sum is insufficient the
balance of the costs will be at the public expense.
Employers who unlawfully introduce an African into a prescribed area, or who
employ a foreign African in such an area without the necessary permission, or
who are convicted more than once within two years of employing an African
without authority from a labour bureau may, in addition to any other penalty
imposed, be required to pay the costs of removing the African, his dependants and
possessions, and any costs incurred in his detention.
Foreign Africans may be removed to the nearest point in the Republic to their
district of origin. (The previous law stated that they must be removed to the
territory from which they entered the Republic - this may still be done). Foreign
Africans employed in prescribed areas by Government or Provincial Departments
will be repatriated at public expense.
(6) Section 61.
(11) Section 51.
RELATIONS: 1964
181

Aid centres
"Aid centres", instead of the previous reception depots, are provided for in the
new Act.(") These may be controlled by local authorities or by the State.
The object is to keep petty offenders out of gaol - Africans who are arrested on
charges of having contravened such provisions of laws and regulations relating to
service contracts, reference books, or presence in urban areas as the Minister may
specify.
The Deputy Minister said(9) that it would be the task of the police to decide
whether to take such Africans to police stations for interrogation and to lock them
up in police cells overnight or pending trial, or to take them to an aid centre to
receive advice and help. The Act provided that unemployed Africans, or those
present in an area unlawfully, may be admitted to aid centres at their own request.
Bantu Affairs Commissioners or managers of centres are empowered to ask the
police to transfer an African detained on a petty charge from a prison or police
cell to an aid centre, and they may make representations that criminal charges for
petty offences be dropped.
In terms of the Act, persons brought to aid centres may be released without
charges being brought against them, or be released on bail, or be brought before a
court. Courts may be held in the centres. Africans arrested without warrant and
brought to aid centres may not be detained for longer than 48 hours unless a
warrant for their further detention is obtained.
The Deputy Minister emphasized(2") that except for persons arrested and brought
to aid centres by the police, inmates of the centres will not be under detention. But
if they should decide to run away they will do so at their own risk, being liable to
arrest by the police. It will be the duty of managers of centres to explain the law,
to indicate to each African admitted how he transgressed the law, to arrange, if
possible, for him to be placed in employment, and otherwise to send him and his
dependants to his previous place of residence or to a Reserve.
Mrs. Helen Suzman, M.P., urged(1) that the provisions for courts to be held at aid
centres be deleted. The public would not have easy access to such courts, and
abuses might occur. She expressed two other fears: that inmates of centres might
become a source of cheap labour for employers who could not attract workers by
normal means; and that Africans who refused three such unattractive offers in
succession might be deemed "idle". Managers of aid centres would probably have
very large numbers to deal with, and would not stop to listen to arguments about
whether or not a job was "suitable", she said.
(18) Section 12.
(19) Hansard 6 cols. 2118-20; Hansard 7 col. 2516.
(2o) Hansard 6 col. 1856.
(21) Cols. 2519-21.
182
A SURVEY OF RACE

Youth centres
The new Act(22) empowers the Minister to make regulations for the
establishment of youth centres for the reception of Bantu over 15 and under 21
years of age who are ordered to go there by a competent authority; the classes of
Bantu to be admitted; the voluntary residence or compulsory detention of Bantu at
such centres; and the control, housing, feeding, medical examination, training,
treatment, and placing in employment of Bantu who are admitted.
The Deputy Minister said(23) that the Department wanted to have youth centres,
probably controlled by local authorities, as part of the whole pattern of the
rehabilitation and upliftment of young Africans who have no jobs and, possibly,
have got into trouble. He cited the Dube scheme in Johannesburg2") and an
eperimental project started some years previously in Boksburg.25) The scheme
will be a flexible one, he said, and will be worked out in practice.
It was reported later(6) that the first of these youth centres will be established at
Kwa Mashu and Lamontville, Durban. They will cater for 150 to 200 youths a
month. Young men, on leaving school, will be given elementary training in
various crafts, and officials will help them to find employment.
Pass consultants
The Act provides(2") that it is an offence for anyone (or any organization) other
than a practising attorney or advocate to accept any money or reward for
assistance given to an African in connection with obtaining employment,
reference books or endorsements therein, entry into or presence in areas, making
representations to authorities, detention, removal orders, or related matters.
Any person or organization (other than an official or an employer) proved to have
handed an African a document dealing with any of these matters (e.g. stating that
the African wants employment, or has received advice to proceed to any
particular office) will be presumed to have received money or a reward for this
service unless the contrary is proved.
Curfew
The new measure provides(") that members of the railway police of or above the
rank of sergeant are added to the categories
(22) Section 9 Wi.
(23) Hansard 7 cols. 2490-1.
(24) See 1961 Survey, page 214.
(25) See 1958-9 Survey, page 305.
(26) Natal Mercury, 5 May.
(27) Section 73.
(28) Section 64.
RELATIONS: 1964
183

of persons who may issue "night passes". At present any policeman may issue
such a pass: in terms of the Act only policemen of or above the rank of sergeant
or in charge of a police station may do so.
The previous law stated that curfew regulations shall not apply within African
locations and villages; to those permitted to live on their own properties outside
such areas; or to any African who has been exempted by the Minister.
The Act adds that the Minister may:
(i) declare that every African of a specified class shall, for
stated periods and subject to stated conditions, be exempt;
(ii) generally, or in respect of specified urban areas or portions thereof, grant
exemption to any African:
(iii) attach such conditions to exemptions as he deems fit, and
at any time withdraw exemption;
(iv) grant exemptions for an indefinite or for any stated
period.
Wages and recruiting
Better protection is given to Africans against the withholding of wages and
against malpractices by recruiting agents.29
Foreign Africans
"Foreign" Africans are to be regarded as non-Africans for the purpose of entry
into, residence in, or acquisition of land in a Reserve30)
Powers of Government Commissioners
The Act provides that before inspecting any location, Bantu village or hostel, or
premises where Africans are accommodated, an Urban Areas Commissioner or
Bantu Affairs Commissioner must consult the urban local authority concerned or
its Manager of Bantu Administration. (This was not a specific requirement in
terms of the previous law).
Such officials are empowered to investigate any or all aspects of the
administration by a local authority of the Urban Areas and Labour Regulation
Acts and regulations issued thereunder.
After consultation with the local authority or manager these officials may convene
or address any meeting of the advisory board or urban Bantu council31)
Other provisions of the Act
Other provisions of the Bantu Laws Amendment Act are dealt with in relevant
chapters of this Survey, for example those dealing
(29) Sections 5 and 3.
(30) Section 36.
(31) Section 57.
184
A SURVEY OF RACE

with labour tenants, the control of labour in White farming areas, the congregating
of Africans on farming land, African street traders in prescribed areas, and Bantu
beer.
Provisions of the 1963 Bill that were omitted
(a) The Act did not include provisions contained in the 1963
Bill which would have empowered the Minister to make determinations
stipulating the maximum number of Africans who may be employed in any area,
township, or class of employment, the proportion which African labour must have
to any other labour, and determinations prohibiting the employment of Africans,
or further Africans,
in any area, township, or class of employment.
(b) Certain additional threats to the security of Africans who
qualify to remain in a prescribed area were omitted, as were proposals to grant
further powers to Bantu Affairs
Commissioners in urban areas.(")
(c) Onerous restrictions on African traders in African urban
townships were not included3
PARLIAMENTARY DEBATE
The leader of the United Party, Sir de Villiers Graaff, moved that the Bill be read
that day six months.34) In terms of the measure, he said, all Africans outside the
Reserves "must remain in a permanent state of insecurity as long as they live.
There is almost a total denial of individuality. Each one is becoming simply an
interchangeable labour unit".
The whole justification for the Bill, Sir de Villiers said (i.e. the granting to
Africans of full rights in the Reserves), "is a falsehood, but the inhumanity, the
hurt, and the invasions of dignity as a result of this policy are real". The Bill
"mutilates and destroys the security of family life; it leads to economic
insecurity". The Bantu "cannot offer their labour on the market for free
negotiation as to the wage they are to be paid. They must place it at the disposal
of the labour bureau". Bantu in the Reserves "can stay in the Reserves where there
are very often no jobs.., or they may come into these areas (outside) with no hope
whatsoever of getting a permanent place of abode or of being joined by their
families".
Mrs. Helen Suzman (Progressive Party) maintained(5 that the whole direction of
the legislation was to reconvert the urbanborn African into a temporary sojourner.
Africans not already in an urban area would be prevented from entering the towns
in any
(2) See 1963 Survey, pages 130 and 131.
(33) Ibid, page 132.
(34) Assembly, 24 February, Hansard 6 cols. 1868, 1876-7, 1882.
095 Cols. 1945, 1953.
RELATIONS : 1964
185

capacity other than that of migrant labourers. The Bill "strips the African of every
basic pretension that he has to being . . . a free human being in the country of his
birth, and it reduces him to the level of a chattel". The measure was designed to
maintain a cheap supply of labour for White employers, she said.
The Deputy Minister replied,0af) "The entire basis of the presence of the Bantu in
the White area rests on the labour be performs . . . We say very clearly to the
Bantu in the whole of South Africa, 'You may be in the White areas in order to
come and work there, but not to vote for Parliament there . . We shall see to it that
(while there) you are protected, that you will be able to live properly ... that you
will ... make such progress as you as worthy labourers are entitled to . . . If you
misbehave as labourers, if you are unworthy labourers, you cannot remain here'."
The Opposition fought the measure at every stage in the Assembly, in very long
debates. In the Senate the leader of the United Party moved(3") at the beginning
of the Ccmmittee stage that the Chairman report progress: in effect he asked the
Senate in Committee to reject the Bill. When this motion was defeated all the
Opposition Senators except the Whips left the Chamber.
OPPOSITION OUTSIDE PARLIAMENT
The Institute of Race Relations produced an analysis of the Bill and of its
implications (RR 17/64) which was circulated widely to Members of Parliament
and others. It wrote a letter to the Minister (RR 21/64) which was later released to
the Press.
The general effect of the measure, the Institute said, "will be to increase controls
over the presence and employment of Africans throughout all parts of the
Republic outside the Reserves, to leave them with no enforcible rights of
movement, employment and residence, to direct rather than to guide labour, and
gravely to restrict the rights of urban Africans to live under conditions of family
life.
"The Institute expresses its deep regret and concern at this manifestation of
Government policy because it is convinced that by its contemplated actions the
Government will cause a further deterioration of race relations and by imperilling
the security of the majority of Africans imperil the security of all peoples in the
Republic".
Detailed criticisms of various clauses and suggestions for their amendment were
made.
The Institute's Director, Mr. Quintin Whyte, made a Press statement(") in which
he said that the Bill would create doubt,
(16) 4 March, Hansard 7 col. 2437.
(37) 29 April, Hansard 11 col. 3000.
(38) Rand Daily Mail, 10 March.
186
A SURVEY OF RACE

uncertainty, and moral indignation, and increase the silent hostility of the African
people. The Government was asking these people to accept the unrealized
Bantustans in exchange for the further renunciation of such few rights and
benefits as they still enjoyed in the rest of the country. It was time South Africa
accepted that Africans in urban areas were not temporary sojourners. "To pretend
otherwise, as the Bantu Laws Bill does, is to deceive ourselves and at the same
time create feelings of instability . . . The world has roundly and justly
condemned the long series of apartheid acts", he said.
The Interdenominational African Ministers' Association of Southern Africa
(IDAMASA) stated that it "believes this Bill, in its blatant disregard for Christian
and human values, retards the time when all the African people will.find their way
to the Lord Jesus Christ". IDAMASA sent a delegation to urge the Minister to
withdraw the measure. It afterwards issued a second statement in which it said,
"We regard this Bill, directed as it is against the underprivileged and helpless,
with repugnance ... In the interest of our people we further urge the Government
not to force the law-abiding African ministers to choose between obedience to the
State and obedience to God".
The Christian Council of S.A. stated that the Bill perpetuated and extended the
system of migrant labour, with all its concomitant problems. The President of the
Methodist Conference said it betokened "the death knell for all races of the
Christian concept of society". A statement issued by the Roman Catholic Bishops
said that the Bill would strip the African of his basic freedoms in the country of
his birth, and strike at the basic Christian institution, the family. Statements of
protest were made by three Anglican Bishops.
A statement by the Association of Chambers of Commerce, the Federated
Chamber of Industries, and the Steel and Engineering Industries Federation said
these organizations believed "that restrictions on the mobility of labour should be
progressively relaxed in the interests of economic growth". Protests were made by
the President of the Trade Union Council of S.A., the Johannesburg Marriage
Guidance Society, the African Chamber of Commerce, the Johannesburg Joint
Advisory Boards, and numerous other bodies. The Johannesburg City Council
called on the Minister not to implement specified provisions which, it said, would
adversely affect the city's Africans. In Pietermaritzburg, 54 prominent people
signed a statement urging the Government not to proceed with the measure.
The Black Sash did so too. It held silent demonstrations at which posters were
displayed to illustrate that in terms of the Bill a man's life depended on a rubber
stamp. Large public protest meetings were held in Cape Town and Johannesburg,
the latter convened by the Progressive Party.
RELATIONS: 1964
187

A SURVEY OF RACE
OTHER AFRICAN AFFAIRS
BANTU LABOUR ACT
The Bantu Labour Act, No. 67 of 1964, consolidated laws relating to African
labour. No changes were introduced. The Native Labour Regulation Act of 1911,
as amended, was repealed.
URBAN BANTU COUNCILS
The Urban Bantu Councils Act was described in the 1961 issue of this Survey.()
These councils will replace Advisory Boards in areas where the local residents so
wish, will have both elected and appointed members, and may be granted wider
powers than the Boards possess.
Initially the scheme was opposed in many urban areas, for example Cape Town,
Port Elizabeth, and Johannesburg, where Africans have held out for direct
representation on municipal councils. Urban Bantu Councils were established at
Benoni and at Thabong, near Welkom, in 1963.
During 1964 plans for setting up such bodies were discussed in Durban and other
centres. The Johannesburg Advisory Boards were reported to have requested that
a single Urban Bantu Council for the whole area be established. It does not
appear, however, that the scheme has progressed very far in the country generally.
It was announced in October(') that a fully-fledged African town council, with its
own mayor and town clerk, is to be established at Tlhabane, on the outskirts of
Rustenburg.
A model set of regulations for Urban Bantu Councils was issued by the
Department of Bantu Administration and Development during the year.
INFLUX CONTROL
Rate of growth of Africans in urban areas
Discussing influx control generally, the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration
and Development told the Assembly(3) that the rate of growth of Africans in
urban areas was 4.1 per cent per annum between 1936 and 1946, 5.1 per cent up
to 1951, and
4.2 per cent a year between 1951 and 1960.
(1) Page 119.
(2) South African Digest, 23 October.
(3) 15 May. Hansard 16 cols. 6086, 6090.
188

The actual numbers in urban areas may have increased, he said, but the rate of
growth has decreased because of influx control and also because many employers
have raised wages, improved the productivity of the working force, and
consequently need fewer workers. The ratio between African employees and
Whites in all types of employment in White areas, including farms, has decreased
too. The Deputy Minister said that in 1954-55 there were 193 Africans for every
100 White workers in these areas. This ratio decreased to 180 in 1957, 172 in
1959, 169 in 1961, and 168 in March 1963.
Numbers of Endorsements Out
The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, answering a question in
the House, said that the following numbers of Africans had been endorsed out
from 1956 to 1963:
Benoni ... ... ...
Bloemfontein ...... Boksburg ... ... ...
Brakpan ... ... ...
Cape Town ......
Carltonville ...... Durban ... ... ...
East London ...... Germiston ... ... ...
Johannesburg ...... Kimberley ..........
Klerksdorp ......
Kroonstad ... ... ...
Krugersdorp ...... Pietermaritzburg ... Port Elizabeth ...... Potchefstroom ......
Pretoria ... ... ...
Roodepoort-Maraisburg Springs ... ... ...
Uitenhage ... ... ...
Vereeniging ...... Welkom .........
9,432 5,839 18,685 6,746 19,314 (19593,504 108,558 18,898 (men 25,103 85,073
5,468 25,007
1,862 9,063 6,935 18,859 6,240 17,036 8,814 23,487
1,400 27,883 11,520
-1963)
1958-63, women 1962-63)
This is a total of 464,726 endorsements out from 23 major towns. The Minister
added that endorsement out of an urban area did not necessarily mean immediate
return to the Bantu homelands. Where vacancies existed in non-prescribed areas
or 3n other prescribed areas, such employment was offered by the district labour
bureau. (Hansard 10, Col. 3541.)
RELATIONS: 1964
189

A SURVEY OF RACE
Influx control in the Western Cape
The Government has appointed a committee of members of the public, an inter-
departmental committee, and a number of district committees, in connection with
its plan to remove Africans gradually from the Western Cape.
According to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development(') 1,070
African men and 2,033 women were endorsed out of the Cape Town municipal
area during 1963, and 359 men and 301 women were sent out of the Cape
Divisional Council area. Yet the Sunday Chronicle reported on 3 May that within
the previous five months 2,250 African men had been introduced into Cape Town
to meet the needs of expanding commercial, industrial, and building undertakings.
The Minister said on 5 May(5 that during 1963 labour bureaux recruited 3,864
Africans in the Transkei for work in the Western Cape. During the first three
months of 1964 there were 3,511 such recruitments.
Consequently the actual numbers of African men employed in Cape Town have
not varied greatly. In the speech quoted earlier the Deputy Minister said(') that
there were 32,153 at the end of December 1962, 31,317 a year later, and 33,244 at
the end of April 1964.
But the nature of the Western Cape African labour force is changing: it is
becoming more migrant in character. As Dr. Oscar Wollheim has pointed out, 7)
this must result in a loss of efficiency and productivity. Very often men endorsed
out and sent to the Ciskei or Transkei were again recruited there and allowed to
return: the Africans themselves had to pay for the travelling involved.
Furthermore, Dr. Wollheim said, the disparity between men and women was
increasing. In 1964 there was the "sociologically horrifying" ratio of 7 men to 2
women in the Cape Peninsula. Without the steadying influence of their wives and
families frustrated men could easily turn to crime, Dr. Wollheim said.
During the year large numbers of Africans were endorsed out of Paarl, but many
stayed on illegally because they had nowhere else to go. Some of them were
prosecuted repeatedly. The Cape Western Region of the Institute of Race
Relations sent a deputation to the Chief Bantu Affairs Commissioner to urge that
the Government and the Paarl municipality should accept responsibility for re-
settling Africans who were ordered to leave.
It is reported8) that in rural areas of the Western Cape, French Hoek for example,
farmers are experiencing a labour shortage because Coloured workers have been
leaving for better
(4) Assembly, 28 January, Hansard 2 cols. 403-4.
(5) Assembly. Hansard 15 col. 5442
(6) Hansard 16 col. 6092.
(7) Rand Daily Mail. 26 May.
(1) Cape Times, 18 June.
190

RELATIONS: 1964 191

paid jobs. The farmers have applied for African labour instead.
As described elsewhere in this Survey, there is a high rate of unemployment
among Africans of the Ciskei. The Government plans to develop border industries
there to absorb the people needing work instead of allowing them to migrate to
the Western Cape. The Railways and Harbours Administration has recruited
Coloured men from the Transkei for work at the Cape Town docks.
Influx control on the Witwatersrand
The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development stated(9O that 14,799
African men and 4,851 women were endorsed out of the Johannesburg municipal
area during 1963. No information is available indicating the numbers who were
allowed to enter this area.
The United Party, various Reef municipalities, the Joint Bantu Advisory Boards,
the Institute of Race Relations, and others have urged that the Witwatersrand
should be regarded as a single unit for influx control purposes, since the
municipalities adjoin one another. A factory that is moved to a new site just
across a street may as a result fall under another local authority, and
complications in regard to the registration and housing of African workers ensue.
The Africans may be unwilling to continue working in the factory, for this would
jeopardise their urban residential qualifications.
But the Deputy Minister said on 18 May(") that the Government was not prepared
to agree to the suggested
arrangement.
Settlements for Africans sent back to Bantu areas
In reply to a question in the Assembly"') the Minister said that there were 19
settlements in Bantu areas where Africans endorsed out of urban areas or
dismissed by farmers could go to live. These settlements catered, too, for landless
Africans in the Reserves. Six of them were in Natal, 3 in the Ciskei, 1 in the
Transkei, 8 in the Transvaal, and 1 in the Free State. In the majority of cases work
was available near at hand in White towns or border industries.
Africans going to these settlements could build their own homes or live in
Departmentally-built houses, he said. In needy cases the whole or part of the rent
and service charges were remitted.(2)
(9) Assembly, 28 January, Hansard 2 cols. 403-4.
([0) Assemb:y, Hansard 17 col. 6172.
(11) 19 May, Hansard 17 cols. 6217-8.
(12) In terms of Regulation 46 (5) of Chapter 2 of Proclamation R293 of 1962.

Black Sash forum

During June the Black Sash held a two-day fact-finding forum in Johannesburg on
"The Adverse Effects of Migratory Labour on African Family Life". A special
issue of the journal The Black Sash, entitled "Let No Man Put Asunder", was
produced containing papers given at the forum on the historical, legal,
administrative, economic, and social aspects of the migratory labour system.
FOREIGN AFRICANS
The Minister stated in the Assembly on 10 April(13) that 80 foreign Africans
were repatriated during 1963 via the Nigel depot
- 35 to Nyasaland, 18 to Portuguese East Africa, 13 to Southern Rhodesia, 8 to
Northern Rhodesia, and 6 to Tanganyika. None was married to a South African
woman. There were, at the time, 5 men at Nigel awaiting repatriation. Statistics in
respect of direct repatriations by district offices were not available, the Minister
said.
It was reported early in 1964(14) that according to a Government Labour
Commission there was a shortage of about 22,500 African workers on sugar
estates and farms and plantations owned by Whites in Zululand. This shortage had
been aggravated by the fact that when Shangaan labourers from Mozambique
went home on holidays the South African authorities refused to allow them to
return. Of some 65,750 Africans employed on these farms and estates, 30,000
were from Mozambique. Most of the remainder had been recruited from
Pondoland (Transkei) because Zulus were not interested in agricultural
employment.
The Director of Bantu Labour, Dr. F. F. S. J. van Rensburg, announced in
April(1") that in order to ease the shortage the status of Shangaans who had
entered the country illegally would be legalized for 18 months.
A significant circular was issued by the Department of Bantu Administration and
Development on 10 November,(1") after talks between the Portuguese and South
African Governments on the treatment of Portuguese nationals in the Republic.
Officials were instructed that the Department desired them to prefer no criminal
action against Africans from Portuguese East Africa who had failed to obtain
documents such as temporary immigration papers or permits under the Urban
Areas Act or Bantu Labour Regulations. When such people were found they
should be referred to the nearest representative of the Curator of Portuguese
Africans.
(13) Hansard 11 cols. 3988-9.
(14) Natal Mercury, 6 February and 18 March; Rand Daily Mail, 13 April.
(15) Rand Daily Mail, 10 April.
(16) Ibid, 28 November.
A SURVEY OF RACE
192

RELATIONS: 1964
Africans from Mozambique who were permitted to take up employment in South
Africa must be finger-printed, the circular stated. Identity documents would be
issued by the Bantu Reference Bureau to those not in possession of them.
Portuguese Africans already working in non-prescribed areas would be allowed to
continue working for their present employers for not more than 18 months,
provided they received permission from the Portuguese Curator. (With very few
exceptions, foreign Africans are prohibited from working in prescribed areas).
It was stated that Africans who entered the Republic clandestinely after the date
of the circular would be permitted to remain and take up work in a non-prescribed
area provided the Curator was willing and employment was available.
Officials were instructed to adhere to this new policy until 31 December, and
were told that a new comprehensive circular dealing with foreign Africans was to
be issued.
RESIDENT DOMESTIC SERVANTS
It was mentioned in last year's Survey(") that in terms of the Bantu Laws
Amendment Act of 1963 not more than one domestic servant per private
householder will be exempted from living in a Bantu residential area unless the
local authority gives special permission. The Minister may impose a total
prohibition on the accommodation of Africans by householders.
These provisions of the Act have not yet been put into effect.
AFRICAN ATTORNEYS IN JOHANNESBURG
The Department of Bantu Administration and Development again drew the
attention of the Johannesburg City Council to its directive that African business
and professional men must move out of the "White" urban area to the townships.
Pending the provision of suitable accommodation in the townships, African
attorneys are to be permitted to obtain special temporary group areas permits to
enable them to occupy their present offices in the city.(18) The Transvaal
Provincial Congress of the Progressive Party condemned the government
directive, pointing out that enforced removal to the townships would deny African
lawyers the most convenient if not the only access to their clients and prevent
them from using their offices for service of court processes as the law requires
that such offices must be situated within a three-mile radius of the Magistrate's
Court - a provision which excludes any office in a Johannesburg African
township.
(17) Page 126.
(18) Race Relations News, May.

194
A SURVEY OF RACE
AFRICAN TRADERS IN URBAN AREAS
The terms of a Departmental circular restricting the activities of African traders in
urban Bantu townships were described in last year's Survey.(9) During February
the Deputy Minister granted an interview to 55 representatives from various
centres of the African Chamber of Commerce. He told them that there was no
intention of forcing them to go to Bantu homelands, but that no trader in an urban
township would be permitted to occupy more than one stand. A trader could,
however, hold any number of licences in respect of this one stand.
RIGHTS AND STATUS OF AFRICAN WOMEN
It was reported in the 1962 issue of this Survey20) that the Minister intended
instituting a departmental enquiry into the legal rights and the status of African
women. He said in the Assembly on 11 February that this had not yet been
done.(21)
STATE EXPENDITURE ON BEHALF OF AFRICANS
According to the Report of the Controller and Auditor-General for 1962-63(22)
the direct expenditure by the State on behalf of Africans during that year
(excluding loan funds spent on housing) was:
Department
Ad
Bantu Administration
and Development S.A. Native Trust ... Bantu Education Education, Arts and
Science ... ... Health ... ... ...
Labour
Coloured Affairs(23) ... Housing
Other departments(24)
IF
General ministration
R
7,588,744 3,154,587 913,878
8,425 14,569
261 414
193,061
11,873,939
Social services
8,648,176 1,731,160 31,851,004
78,452 6,377,847
106,157 10,110
250,119
49,053,025
Capital expenditure
R
23,512 17,743,892 1,072,744
Total
R
16,260,432 22,629,639 21,579,315
2,857 89,734
- 18,650,727
- 106,418
- 10,110
- 250,533
- 193,061
18,843,005 79,769,969
Page 149. Page 116. Hansard 4 col. 1093. R.P. 58/1963. Presumably for Africans
in Coloured institutions. Contributions under Services Levy, and registration fees.

RELATIONS: 1964
COLOURED AND ASIAN AFFAIRS
COLOURED PERSONS' REPRESENTATIVE COUNCIL ACT
No. 49 OF 1964
Terms of the Act
1. Constitution of the Council
This Act provides for the establishment of a Coloured Persons' Representative
Council with 46 Coloured members, 30 elected and 16 nominated by the State
President. Of the nominated members 2 must be Malays, 2 Griquas, and the rest
must represent the provinces: 8 from the Cape, 2 from the Transvaal, and 1 each
from Natal and the Free State.
Before the first election there is to be a general registration of voters, who are
defined as Coloured persons (men and women) who are South African citizens
over the age of 21 years') and not subject to disqualifications such as conviction
for certain offences or mental disorder. (The disqualifications listed are
substantially the same as those laid down for White voters). It is not rendered
compulsory for qualified Coloured persons to register as voters.
There are to be 18 electoral divisions in the Cape, 6 in the Transvaal, and 3 each
in Natal and the Free State. In general the provisions of the Electoral Act apply to
the conduct of elections and the registration of voters: there are a few exceptions.
Prospective candidates, for example, will be required to deposit R60 as security,
as compared with R200 required for Whites under the Electoral Act. The electoral
officer is not required to submit lists of changes in the voters' roll to political
parties other than those parties to which only Coloured may belong and of which
all the office bearers are Coloured. (The Minister of Coloured Affairs made it
clear in the Assembly(2) that White-controlled or mixed political parties would
not receive such lists).
To qualify for election a candidate must be a registered voter and must have
resided in the province in which he intends standing for two years prior to the date
of the election. Persons "listed" under the Suppression of Communism Act will
not be eligible. Nominated members must have the same qualifications except
(1) The qualifying age for White voters is 18 years.
(2) 20 April, Hansard 13 col. 4538.

A SURVEY OF RACE
that, although being eligible to register as voters, they need not necessarily have
registered. (The Minister said(3) that he would naturally satisfy himself in regard
to the qualifications of persons he nominated). Members will normally hold office
for a period of five years. Allowances to be paid to them will be determined by
the State President.
The Chairman of the Council will be elected by members from amongst their
ranks.
2. General Powers of the Council
The Council will have power:
(a) on request, to advise the Government in regard to all
matters affecting the economic, social, educational, and political interests of the
Coloured population of South
Africa;
(b) to make recommendations to the Government on such
matters, through the Minister of Coloured Affairs, or to make recommendations in
regard to any planning calculated, in the Council's opinion, to promote the best
interests of the Coloured population;
(c) generally to serve as a link and means of contact and
consultation between the Government and the Coloured
population.
The Minister and Secretary for Coloured Affairs will have the right to attend any
meeting of the Council and to take part in proceedings, but will not have the right
to vote.
After securing the approval of the Minister of Coloured Affairs, who must consult
the Minister of Finance, the Council will have the right to acquire and dispose of
property and to appoint employees. It may establish a pension scheme for its
servants.
The Council will prepare annual estimates of expenditure from moneys
appropriated for the purpose by Parliament. These estimates will require the
Minister's approval. Public servants may be seconded temporarily by the Republic
to assist in administrative matters.
3. Legislative Powers
The State President may by proclamation confer upon the Council the power to
make laws on certain matters as these affect the Coloured people: the matters
specified are finance, local government, education, community welfare and
pensions, and Coloured rural areas and settlements.
But no proposed law may be introduced into the Council except with the approval
of the Minister of Coloured Affairs,
(3) Col. 4565.
196

RELATIONS: 1964
granted after consultation with the Minister of Finance, and of the Administrators-
in-Executive.
The Minister of Coloured Affairs said in the Assembly(4) that basic legislation on
all the matters concerned had already been passed by Parliament and could not be
altered by the Council.
Bills passed by the Council must be submitted through the Minister to the State
President, who may either assent, withhold his assent, or refer a bill back to the
Council for "further consideration in the light of such information and advice as
may be given".
Acts to which the State President has assented will be published in the Gazette.
Such an Act will have the force of law "as long as and as far only as it is not
repugnant to any Act of Parliament".
4. Executive Committee
There will be an Executive Committee consisting of five members of the Council:
four elected by the Council, but the fifth, who will be chairman, appointed by the
State President. The chairman may not also hold the office of chairman of the
Council as a whole.
The Executive Committee will carry out the functions of the Council when the
latter is not in session (except for enacting legislation), and will deal with finance,
local government, education, community welfare and pensions, and Coloured
rural areas and settlements, in so far as these matters affect Coloured people. The
chairman will be responsible for finance, and the responsibility for each of the
other matters mentioned will be assigned to a member of the Executive.
Through the mediation of the Minister of Coloured Affairs Executive Committee
members will have direct access to any Cabinet Minister.
The Minister and the Secretary for Coloured Affairs will have the right to attend
Executive Committee meetings, but will have no vote. Voting will be
confidential: any member who discloses information about it may be removed
from office by the Minister.
5. Freedom of speech
The Act provides that, subject to the provisions of the proposed Act and any
regulations made thereunder and of any standing rules and orders adopted by the
Council, "there shall be freedom of speech and debate in the Council".
Members will not be liable to any legal proceedings by virtue of anything they say
at Council meetings, except that this provision
(4) Col. 4693.
197

"shall not relieve a member of the Council of liability in respect of anything said
or done by him in regard to the Senate, the House of Assembly, a provincial
council, a court of law, or a statutory body or a member thereof, or an officer of
the public service, in respect of which he would, but for the said provisions have
been liable".
Explaining this clause, the Minister said(5) that Council members would, at
meetings, be permitted to say that they "disagreed" with Government
Departments or officials, or that they thought an official course of action had been
"unfair"; but they would not be permitted, under a cloak of privilege, to make
libellous statements or to use defamatory language about officials. The Coloured
people were not experienced enough to be granted absolute privilege, the Minister
maintained.
He added(6) that the Council would itself decide when it wished to sit in camera
and when it would hold public sittings.
6. Union Council for Coloured Affairs
As from the date that the first Representative Council assumes office, sections of
the Separate Representation of Voters Act of 1951 in terms of which the Union
Council for Coloured Affairs was established are repealed.
The Act authorized the State President, in the meanwhile, to extend the period of
office of members of the Union Council for one year at a time.
This was done on 2 October, in terms of Proclamation No. 251.
Parliamentary debate on the Bill
During the debate in the Assembly the Minister of Coloured Affairs gave the
assurance(7) that the Government did not intend doing away with the existing
representation of Coloured and Indian people of the Cape by four elected White
representatives in the Assembly and by two in the Cape Provincial Council. There
would be a separate voters' roll for the purpose of these parliamentary elections,
he said.
He rejected(') the argument advanced by some members of SABRA and others
that because the Coloured people are nearer to the Whites than are other Non-
White groups and have no homeland of their own they should gradually be
absorbed into the White community, and that a start should be made with political
integration. This would "open the door for the urbanized Bantu", he said.
Moreover, there were about 350,000 Coloured
(5) 16 April, Hansard 12 col. 4351-2.
(6) Col. 4613.
(7) Cos. 4352-3.
(8) Hansard 11 cols. 3995-6.
198
A SURVEY OF RACE

men and women who could qualify for the franchise. If they were placed on a
common roll with the Whites they would be able to dominate a number of
constituencies because they were concentrated in certain areas: this would destroy
good relations between the groups. The Minister rejected any suggestion that
Coloured people should be represented by Coloured in parliament.
The object in providing for nominated members of the Council, the Minister
saidP9) was to be able to draw in Coloured professional or business men who
would not be prepared to enter the ordinary political arena, but who would be
prepared to contribute advice drawn from their own experience. The chairman of
the Executive Committee would be nominated rather than elected because the
Government would have to be sure that he was a capable man who could handle
money. His would be a practically full-time office.("°)
The administration of matters to be assigned to the Executive Committee would
gradually be separated from the Coloured Affairs Department and handed over.
Coloured officials were already being trained to this end. The process would
probably "stretch over a period of years".(") Legislative powers, too, would only
gradually be conferred on the Council. "They will have to show signs of initiative,
of a sense of responsibility, of a willingness to serve".()2
The registration of voters would be voluntary, the Minister said,(1") for otherwise
penalties would have to be provided for people who failed to register. Many
eligible persons were illiterate and uninterested.
On behalf of the United Party Mr. J. M. Connan moved that the Bill be read that
day six months.140 It was another step on the road of separate development, he
said, and might lead to the emergence of a separate Coloured nationalism.
Furthermore, it gave the Coloured people the trappings of power without the
reality. The Coloured Representative Council would have less power than the
Transkeian Legislative Assembly. And there was not even the hypothetical moral
justification for the measure (which had been advanced in the case of the
Transkeian Bill) that the people concerned would one day attain independence in
a homeland of their own. Mr. Connan asked whether the Coloured people as a
whole had been consulted - not just the Union Council (which had a majority of
members nominated by the Government).
Mrs. Suzman (Progressive Party) said('-) Coloured people knew that no
representative council could ever take the place of
(9) Hansard 12 col. 4457.
(1) Hansard 13, col. 4638.
(11) Col. 4639.
(12) Hansard 11 cols. 4000-1.
(13) Hansard 12 col. 4520.
(14) Hansard 11 col. 4003, Hansard 12 cols. 4085-90.
(15) Hansard 12 col. 4205.
RELATIONS : 1964
199

A SURVEY OF RACE
participation in the election of representatives on a common roll to the body that
actually made the laws fundamentally affecting people's lives.
All four Coloured representatives opposed the Bill and stood for the full
representation of Coloured people in Parliament on a common roll with the
Whites. Mr. A. Bloomberg described the measure(") as a "link in the Prime
Minister's grandiose scheme of developing the Coloured people as a separate
population entity". These people were part and parcel of the Western civilization
of South Africa, he said. He pointed out how little real power was offered to the
Representative Council. Mr. G. S. Eden maintained(") that with very few
exceptions Coloured people were against the Bill, and rejected the policy of
separate development. These assertions were confirmed by Mr. C. Barnett.(x")
Mr. M. W. Holland(9) welcomed the extension of the Coloured franchise to the
northern provinces and to women; but he, too, stressed that Coloured people
wanted to have full citizenship in the land of their birth.
Other comments on the Bill
The Chairman of the Union Council for Coloured Affairs, Mr. Tom Swartz (a
Government-nominee), said that he had accepted the Bill as constituting a sound
beginning in the granting of increased powers and opportunities to Coloured
people0)
The Institute of Race Relations prepared an analysis of the Bill (RR 22/64) which
was distributed to Members of Parliament and others, and it issued a statement
(RR 35/64) in which it reiterated its view that the communal representation of
groups tends to perpetuate and emphasize differences; and that such
representation can be no effective substitute for common citizenship and the
direct participation by Non-Whites in central and local government.
Council chamber
It was announced in the South African Digest on 17 July that a council chamber
for the Coloured Representative Council and office buildings were to be erected at
Bellville South in the Cape, near to the University College of the Western Cape.
(11) Cols. 4097-4103.
(17) Cols. 4111-3.
(Is) Cols. 4190-5.
("9) Cols. 4317-22.
(20) Cape Times, 22 May.
200

NATIONAL INDIAN COUNCIL

Conference held in December 1963
In response to personal invitations by the Minister of Indian Affairs more than
100 persons, representing a cross-section of the Indian people of South Africa,
met at Laudium, Pretoria, on 10 and 11 December 1963, to discuss the
Government's proposal that a National Indian Council be established, which could
serve as the mouthpiece of the Indian people, and with which the Government
could consult on matters affecting Indians.
In his opening address the Minister said(21) that for many years the Government's
followers had believed that the Indians were a foreign people who should go back
to their countries of origin. It was part of his task to lead such people to the belief
that the Indians were in South Africa to stay. Feelings of animosity had been
increased by the action of certain Indian "passive resisters, Leftist agitators, and
fellow trouble-makers". Because of "agitation, intimidation, and internal strife"
democratically-elected leaders of the Indian community could scarcely be found.
The Government had, thus, selected persons to invite to the conference.
The Minister outlined plans for a National Indian Council, which could pave the
way for an eventual democratically-elected council. Initially it would consist of
nominated members, and would be consulted by the Government on such matters
as:
(a) how the Council could be developed into an elected body
with powers to legislate on and administer matters pertaining to the Indian
community;
(b) how to improve educational facilities and how to give
Indian educationalists improved opportunities of advancement;
(c) how to establish local government for Indians in their
own towns or residential areas;
(d) how to give Indians a greater share in industrial development, and how to
create more employment opportunities;
(e) the establishment of Indian-run hospitals and the care
of the aged and infirm.
The Minister warned the conference, "If the required cooperation is still withheld
it will not mean that I shall refrain from going ahead with the task entrusted to
me. But I shall do so as I see fit and nobody will be entitled to accuse me then of
taking matters into my own hands without first having consulted you
After long discussions the conference resolved to accept the establishment of a
National Indian Council as an interim measure
(21) Star, 10 December 1963.
RELATIONS : 1964
201

"until such time as it becomes expedient for the Government to improve the
present pattern of representation". The initiative in appointing the members would
be taken by the Minister. They would be drawn from South Africa on a provincial
basis to represent the various interests of Indians. The Council, so constituted,
would continue to serve "until such time as the community is able to elect
representatives on accepted democratic norms".
The conference made a special plea to the Government asking that, pending the
creation of the Council, it should "stay its hand on all adverse matters presently
affecting the Indian community"22)
Demonstrations in Pretoria
On the day preceding the opening of the conference Special Branch officers
raided the offices of a Pretoria Indian and confiscated 750 leaflets which stressed
the plight of Indians in the Transvaal under the Group Areas Act and other
legislation, and were to have been distributed next day.
Several hundred Indian women from numerous centres in the Transvaal had
previously written to the Prime Minister stating that they had no confidence in the
ability of the Minister of Indian Affairs to redress their grievances, and requesting
an interview with the Prime Minister himself at the time of the conference. They
assembled at the Union Buildings, Pretoria, each bearing a letter to the effect that
the ruthless application of apartheid was causing grave concern to their people.
The police tried to prevent the women from leaving the buses in which they had
arrived, but many succeeded in doing so. When they found that the gates leading
to the offices of Cabinet Ministers were locked women threw their letters through
the bars of the gates, and there apparently was some shouting and singing.
According to reports, more than 24 policemen, with about 10 dogs, then scattered
the women. One of them fainted when a police dog seized her sari.(23)
Appointment of first National Indian Council
On 3 February the Minister of Indian Affairs announced 24) the names of 21
prominent members of the Indian community whom he had appointed as
members of the first Indian Council. By virtue of their occupations they
represented such interests of the community as religion, education, welfare
services, sport, business and finance, industry, and labour, and they were drawn
from 3 towns in the Cape, 4 in the Transvaal, and 9 in Natal.
(22) Department of Information Press Release 226/63 (P) of 11 December 1963.
(23) Rand Daily Mail, and Star, 10 December; Pretoria News, 10 December,
1963.
(24) Department of Information Press Re'ease 13/64 (K) of 3 February. and
statement
by the Minister, Assembly 11 February, Hansard 4 cols. 1099-1100.
A SURVEY OF RACE
202

The conference had recommended that the Council should have 25 members, the
Minister said, but he had left 4 vacancies in case it transpired that certain sections
or interests deserved wider representation than could be foreseen.
As a temporary and administrative arrangement, and in order to maintain co-
ordination, the Secretary for Indian Affairs would initially act as chairman of the
council.
At a speech made in Pietermaritzburg on 14 August the Minister suggested the
formation of local advisory councils to work in close touch with National Council
members.
First meeting of the provisional Council
The first meeting of the provisional National Indian Council was held in Cape
Town from 23 to 25 March. According to a Press release by the Department of
Information,25) the Minister of Indian Affairs, in an opening speech, insisted that
the Council's demands would have to be "reasonable, responsible, and realistic".
The Government, he said, would not deviate from its policy as a result of
irresponsible and extreme demands by persons who were antagonistic to its
objectives.
Considerable attention was devoted to procedural matters, after which the Council
presented "certain views on group areas". (This matter is dealt with later in this
Survey). The Minister of Community Development is officially reported to have
said, in reply, that no Indian would be required to vacate his residence unless
alternative accommodation was available; that he would see to it that no Indian
trader of the present generation would be deprived of his livelihood as a result of
group areas legislation; and that proven cases of hardship would receive his
personal attention.
According to the official Press release, members of the Council were given the
opportunity of explaining to the Minister of Indian Affairs "various difficulties
confronting the Indian community".
Views of Indians
Indian leaders have been very much divided in opinion as to whether or not the
establishment of the Council should be supported. There was (as indicated above)
a campaign to prevent the initial conference from taking place.
Opponents, whose views have been expressed by the S.A. Indian Congress and by
Mr. A. M. Moolla, president of the S.A. Indian Organization,(26) felt that the
acceptance of the Council would destroy their hopes of ever being granted direct
representa-
(25) No. 60/64 (K).
(26) Natal Mercury, 16 December 1963; Rand Daily Mail, 5 February.
203
RELATIONS : 1964

tion on governing bodies, and that the Indian community's legitimate aspirations
could never be met in terms of a policy of separate development. The
Government, they pointed out, had shown no signs of repealing legislation such as
the laws dealing with group areas and job reservation, which bore harshly upon
Indians.
But other responsible leaders (after much heart-searching in most cases) accepted
appointment to the Council, or endorsed such action, because this offered a direct
opportunity of putting the views of the Indians to the authorities, fighting for
better opportunities and the removal of injustices, and demanding material
concessions. They decided to accept the opportunity offered and to try to build
upon it.
In most cases it was not an easy decision. Three Durban members of the Council,
for example, who were invited by the Merebank Indian Ratepayers' Association to
address a meeting, faced personal attacks and jeers.(27)
LOCAL GOVERNING BOARDS
As described in the 1962 Survey("2) a 1962 amendment to the Group Areas Act
empowered the Minister of Community Development after consultation with the
Administrator of the Province concerned to establish consultative or management
committees in any Indian or Coloured group area, or areas. Certain executive
powers will gradually be conferred on management committees.
The Minister of Community Development said on 28 March(29) that the
provincial administrations had, at their request, been granted authority to
administer the enabling Act by introducing ordinances. All four of them had
introduced the necessary legislation. The local governing bodies, he added, would
need financial help from the "mother" councils and from Government institutions;
and Coloured and Indian officials would have to be trained.
A three-year diploma course in public administration is to be started at the
University College of the Western Cape in 1965 to train Coloured municipal
officials.30°)
Consultative Committees have been established or planned in the following areas:
Coloured
Cape: Vryburg, Fraserburg, Prieska, Moorreesburg, Fort
Beaufort, Aliwal North, Victoria West, Richmond,
Piketberg;
Transvaal: Reiger Park (Boksburg), Eersterus (Pretoria), Alabama
(Klerksdorp).
(27) Rand Daily Mail, 27 April.
(28) Page 122.
(29) Cape Times of that date.
(30) Ibid, 31 July.
A SURVEY OF RACE
204

Indian
Transvaal: Laudium (Pretoria), Lenasia (Johannesburg), Primindia
(Brits).
Management Committees have been set up or are in the process of formation in
the following areas: Coloured
Cape: Parow, Mossel Bay, Paarl, Goodwood, Bellville;
Transvaal: Johannesburg.
The Coloured Management Committee in Johannesburg will control certain of the
affairs of Coronationvile, Bosmont, Riverlea, Newclare, and Western Township.
The present committee is a caretaker one with nominated members (one of the
five men appointed by the Administrator refused to serve), and has the task of
compiling a voters' roll for the election of a more widely representative
committee.
Early in the year the Cape Town City Council made representations through the
Administrator urging the Government not to proceed with the creation of
management committees in its area. It pointed out that for a century Coloured
people had played a direct and active part in the municipal government of the city.
(As mentioned in the 1962 Surve,(31) no further Coloured or Asians will be
registered as municipal voters after consultative committees have been
established. Persons already on the common voters' roll at that date will retain the
municipal franchise while they continue to possess the prescribed residential and
other qualifications).
The Administrator of the Cape informed the Cape Town City Council, in reply to
its representations, that unless it agreed to co-operate in the establishment of
consultative or management committees the provincial authorities would itself set
up such bodies.(32) Thus coerced, the City Council decided by majority vote to
invite the various ratepayers' associations in Coloured areas of the city each to
submit a panel of three names from which the Council could select its nominees
to the proposed management committees: in terms of the Ordinance the local
authority concerned has the right to nominate one member of each committee, and
in the initial stages the rest are nominated by the provincial administration and the
Minister. The Administrator may make nominations on behalf of a local authority
that does not avail itself of its right.
It was reported that of the 13 ratepayers' associations that were invited to submit
names only two did so:(33) at least six of these bodies refused on the ground that
they were opposed to
(31) Page 123.
(32) Cape Times, 11 February.
(33) Assembly, 14 April, Hansard 12 col. 4205.
RELATIONS : 1964
205

separate representation. The City Council then decided not to nominate

anyone.34)
Little progress has been made in the Free State or Natal. The Natal Provincial
Executive Committee has set up a standing committee to investigate and
accelerate the establishment of "local affairs committees" in Coloured and Indian
areas of the province.
According to the Natal Mercury(35) the Durban City Council's Economy and
Efficiency Committee decided in June to cut down on the provision of civic
amenities at the Chatsworth Indian housing scheme because, the committee
considered, it was against the interests of Durban ratepayers to provide assets
which would be handed over to a local Indian council.
A different attitude was adopted in Aliwal North, where the Town Council
decided to build a R18,000 civic centre for its Coloured people to mark the
establishment of a consultative committee .(3 )
In Tongaat, on the north coast of Natal, a local affairs committee has been set up
with the aims of enabling Indian residents to play a larger part in the management
of civic affairs, and of improving the existing cordial relations between the Town
Board and its ratepayers. This committee has two White members nominated by
the Town Board and seven Indian members elected by the Ratepayers'
Association. The chairman and vice-chairman elected by the committee (a White
man and an Indian, respectively) will be invited to participate in public meetings
of the Town Board and the activities of certain of its committees.(37)
RURAL COLOURED AREAS
Descriptions have been given in previous issues of this Survey(3") of the
Coloured reserves and mission stations, which are scattered areas, mainly in the
Northern and Western Cape, with a total area of approximately 2,000,000
morgen. As at the end of 1961 these areas had a population of 31,106, of whom
6,534 were registered occupiers. There were 3,485 permanent dwellings.
The Official Estimates of Expenditure(39) for the year ending 31 March 1965
show that R440,000 is provided from Revenue Account for the development of
Coloured areas, as compared with R421,700 the previous year. As before, R1,000
is set aside from the Loan Vote for advances to settlers and management boards;
but there are additional amounts of R24,000 for surveying plots and R300,000 to
be advanced to the Coloured Development Corporation.
(34) Cape Times, 15 February and 23 May.
(35) 13 June.
(36) The Friend, 16 July.
(37) Natal Mercury, 27 October.
(31) 1961, page 140, 1962. page 127.
(39) R.P. 1 and 44/1964, Revenue Vote 43 and Loan Vote P.
A SURVEY OF RACE
206

The Minister of Coloured Affairs said on 9 June(40) that his Department was
hoping to plan Coloured areas in such a way that only bona fide farmers would
remain on the land. Twenty-three townships were being planned to accommodate
other people, who would have to come on to the labour market. Many of the
residents of the reserves were already employed outside.
The Department was providing for a further 248 boreholes, the Minister said, and
2,500 miles of fencing, 30 dams, 400 miles of contour banks, the irrigation of
another 1,500 morgen of land, and the planting of 530 more trees.
On another occasion(41) the Minister announced that during the year ended 30
September 1963 the Coloured Development Corporation granted loans to 46
Coloured persons and to 15 companies, to the total value of R466,860. During the
next three months 14 persons and 9 companies received loans totalling R228,070.
According to the annual report of this Corporation, loans were made for the
establishment of retail shops, dry cleaning businesses, and repair and maintenance
shops. The Corporation had acquired a quota in the crayfish export market on
behalf of Coloured fishermen and was floating a company for the purpose, the
share-holders being the Corporation and individual Coloured men.2)
In reply to a question in the Assembly on 17 April(3) the Minister of Agricultural
Economics and Marketing said that during 1963, 29 Coloured farmers were
assisted by the Land Bank, the average amount being R1,052. Others received
assistance in terms of the State Advances Recoveries Act: separate statistics
relating to Coloured farmers were not available.
During October the State granted new diamond concessions in Namaqualand,
giving these to the Coloured Development Corporation in Coloured areas and,
elsewhere, to small private White companies and individuals. No individual
Coloured applicants were successful: the Minister of Mines said(44) the Diamond
Development Advisory Committee had probably considered that these applicants
lacked the necessary capital and "know-how". Leases were granted to the
Corporation on condition that it contracted with consortiums or companies listed
by the Minister, in return for five per cent of the profits made by these companies.
The Corporation had provided the initial capital of R200,000 for the establishment
of the Spes Bona Bank in the Athlone Coloured township, Cape Town. The
Secretary for Coloured Affairs is serving on the Board of Directors together with
two Coloured and two White businessmen. Coloured people will be
(4) Assembly. Hansard 20 cols. 7522, 7524.
(4[) Assembly. 31 January, Hansard 2 cols. 543-4.
(42) Star, 17 March.
(43) Hansard 12 cols. 4421 2.
(44) Rand Daily Mail, 26 October.
RELATIONS: 1964
207

trained to run this bank, and once it has proved a success its share capital will be
offered to the Coloured community.45)
INDIAN LAWS AMENDMENT ACT, No. 43 OF 1964
The Indian Laws Amendment Act straightened out an administrative difficulty in
regard to the powers of the Minister of Indian Affairs to make regulations dealing
with the voluntary repatriation of Indians. The Minister said(-6) that he did not
intend to alter existing regulations. It legalized the dissolution of certain Indian
marriages which had been dissolved according to an incorrect procedure: the
magistrates concerned had used a handbook that was misleading, the Minister
explained.
The remaining section of the Act gave legal sanction to the practice of not
registering Indian child marriages, involving boys under 18 or girls under 16
years of age. This sanction, which previously existed, lapsed when an Act of 1935
was repealed in 1962. The new Act empowered the Minister to give assent in
exceptional cases.
He said1'7) that child marriages were gradually dying out, but the Government
thought it inadvisable to prohibit them. The partners to such marriages often did
not co-habit for some years: it was, in fact, a contravention of the Immorality Act
to co-habit with a girl under 16 years of age unless the couple's marriage had been
approved and registered.
Questioned about repatriation, the Minister said that during the previous year 12
Indians had availed themselves of the assisted repatriation scheme. An amount of
R6,000 had been provided for this scheme on the current Estimates.
NATURALIZATION OF INDIANS
Replying to a question in the Assembly on 9 June(48) the Minister of the Interior
said that 301 Indians were granted certificates of naturalization during 1963. They
had previously been stateless persons (born in the Native States of India).
(In a memorandum submitted to the Department of Indian Affairs during October
1962009) the Institute of Race Relations urged that stateless Indians be granted
South African citizenship).
RESEARCH
During 1963 the National Bureau of Educational and Social Research established
a special section to undertake social research into matters affecting the Coloured
and Indian peoples of South Africa.
(45) South African D'gest, 2 October.
(46) Assembly, 29 April, Hansard 14 cols. 5184-5.
(47) Cols. 5197-8.
(48) Hansard 20 col. 7485.
(49) R.R. 146/1962.
208
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964
GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING
RESPONSIBLE DEPARTMENTS
It is mentioned in a previous chapter that certain agencies concerned with group
areas have been placed under the new Department of Planning: these are the
planning division, previously under the Department of Community Development,
and those activities of the Group Areas Board which relate to the planning of
group areas and the control of permits before proclamations are issued.
Other agencies have been transferred to the Department of Housing - the
administrative section of the Department of Community Development, and the
administration of sections of the Group Areas Act which deal with proclaimed
group areas, future group areas, border strips, and "16 bis areas" in which
development has been frozen pending a proclamation.
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL LAW AMENDMENT
ACT, No. 80 of 1964
Inter alia, the General Law Amendment Act of 1964 empowered the Group Areas
Development Board to develop not only proclaimed areas but also any part of a
controlled area. The powers of the courts to enforce ejectment orders were
increased.
OCCUPATION OF LAND OR PREMISES
Important proclamations relating to group areas machinery were republished in a
Government Gazette Extraordinary of 3 April (No. 762), and new lists were
issued relating to the categories of persons who may be exempted from
restrictions on the occupation of land or premises by disqualified persons in group
areas and specified and controlled areas.
FINANCING OF DEVELOPMENT OF GROUP AREAS
AND HOUSING
In the Estimates of Expenditure from Loan Account for the year ending 31 March
19651) an amount of R21,945,000 was provided as an addition to the capital of
the National Housing Fund (R305,000 more than in the previous year), and an
amount
(') R.P. 8 and 44 of 1964, Vote K.
209

of R4,500,000 as a further loan to the Group Areas Development Board

(R1,000,000 less than in 1963-64).
As at 31 March 1963 the Development Board had on hand immovable property
which had cost Rl1-million, acquired through exercising its pre-emptive right to
purchase property that becomes "affected" as a result of group areas
proclamations (i.e. is owned by members of disqualified groups).2)
According to a speech by the Minister of Housing in the Assembly on 4
February,O3) with the aid of advances from the National Housing Fund local
authorities were then erecting 5,900 dwellings for Whites in the lower income
groups, plus accommodation for 700 in youth hostels and homes. They were
building 10,000 dwellings for Coloured and 3,700 for Asians. (African housing
schemes are described later). The Department of Housing was itself erecting or
planning a further 10,000 homes for Whites.
The Minister told the Cape Times4) that persons with incomes of more than R180
a month were expected to provide their own accommodation. The authorities built
economic(') homes for White, Coloured, and Indian families with incomes of
between R51 and R180 a month, and sub-economic housing for those with less.
Loans were available for owner-built homes.
INDIANS AFFECTED BY GROUP AREAS PROCLAMATIONS
In the larger cities, for example Durban, Johannesburg, Pretoria, and Cape Town,
the authorities are to allow certain areas to remain "controlled" (they are
sometimes referred to as "industrial areas"): these areas will be open to members
of all racial groups (other than Africans) for trading purposes.
In general the areas concerned are sections of the cities where there is a large
concentration of Indian trading establishments. The Indians will be permitted to
retain their shops there, but will have to move their homes to an Indian group
area. This matter is discussed later, in connection with the situation in Durban and
Johannesburg.
After the Minister of Indian Affairs had described this policy in the Assembly on
2 June(') a spokesman for the Transvaal Indian Congress pointed outf7) that there
were no controlled industrial areas in small towns where, in many cases, Indians
were being required to move their shops as well as their homes. Furthermore, in
the cities an overwhelming proportion of Indian trade was not in these controlled
areas but in "White" shopping and residential areas.
(2) Rand Daily Mail, 18 February, quoting from Report of Controller and
AuditorGeneral.
(3) Hansard 3 cols. 692-7.
(4) 28 March.
(5) i.e. not subsidized.
(') Hansard 19 col. 7000.
(7) Rand Daily Ma.I, 6 June.
210
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964 211

As mentioned in the previous chapter, the Minister assured members of the Indian
Council on 23 March(8) that no Indian would be required to vacate his residence
unless alternative accommodation was available; that he would see to it that no
Indian trader of the present generation would be deprived of his livelihood as a
result of group areas legislation; and that proven cases of hardship would receive
his personal attention.
But it seems undoubted that the earnings of Indian traders who are forced to move
their shops will be reduced. And, at a time when there already is grave
unemployment among Indians (discussed in the next chapter), many hundreds of
young men who would otherwise have joined their fathers' trading concerns will
have to find alternative avenues of employment.
Recognizing this, the Government is encouraging Indians to set up manufacturing
establishments in which they will employ members of their own group (rather
than Africans). The Minister told the Assembly(9) that his Department had
discussed this matter, and the provision of suitable areas, with the Departments of
Economic Affairs and Labour. "I am even prepared to assist the Indians to
mobilize their capital", the Minister said - "perhaps through the Industrial
Development Corporation".
The Chairman of this Corporation, Dr. H. J. van Eck, said subsequently('0) that it
was always ready to consider assisting the financing of industrial propositions put
forward by Indians: they would be considered purely on their economic merits.
At the Transvaal Congress of the Nationalist Party the Minister of Planning
mentioned that complaints were received regularly from Party members about the
presence of Indian traders in White farming areas. In most cases it was found after
investigation that the Indians had been living on the farms concerned for many
years. They could not be moved, the Minister said, unless they were offered an
alternative means of livelihood. The first target must be to resettle urban Indians
in their group areas. Then, in due course, scattered Indians from surrounding
farms could be absorbed in these group areas.11
GROUP AREAS IN CAPE TOWN AND ADJOINING AREAS
Utility Companies
Various Utility Companies have helped very greatly in meeting Cape Town's
White and Coloured housing problems.
Garden Cities, for example, a non-profit organization like the others, has built
many homes for Whites but decided in recent
(8) Department of Information Press Re'ease 60/64 (K) of 23 March.
() 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 7003.
(0) Natal Mercury, 18 September.
(11) Ibid, 11 September.

years to assist Coloured people too. With the aid of National Housing Funds it is
undertaking a scheme for 300 homes for Coloured at Square Hill, Retreat; it has
obtained approval for a 400-house scheme at Elfindale, Princess Vlei; and it has
submitted plans for the first 500 dwellings of a large scheme at Belhar, Bellville
South, eventually to consist of 4,000 homes together with schools, shopping
centres, and other amenities.
The advantage of the Garden Cities' projects is that the company gives financial
assistance additional to that provided through National Housing schemes. People
earning up to R180 a month may apply for 90 per cent Government bonds,
repayable over 30 years at 5 per cent interest. Garden Cities is prepared to lend a
further sum, leaving a smaller amount to be found in cash.
The Cafda (Cape Flats Distress Association) housing scheme at Retreat has been
described in previous issues of this Survey.'"2) It was undertaken with the object
of helping distressed Coloured families, and has proved very successful. By 1964
there were 2,171 people living in 336 houses,13) assisted by social workers and
by the provision of facilities such as creches. Rehabilitated families, able to fend
for themselves and adjusted to modem urban living, are resettled in City Council
houses and their places taken by new families from the slums. During the year
Cafda applied to the Housing Commission for a sub-economic loan of R363,415
to extend its scheme by adding another 386 dwellings; but this was refused.('4)
Other organizations that have built housing schemes for Coloured are the Citizens'
Housing League (at Bishop Lavis Township), and Servitas.
During May the regional representative of the Department of Housing wrote to
the Cape Town City Council('5) pointing out that it was normally the function of
a local authority or government department to provide all housing for Non-Whites
of the lower income groups, in the group areas concerned. Large employers might
be granted permits to erect accommodation for their workers in these group areas.
But in future, the letter stated, no other disqualified persons or bodies would be
permitted to acquire property in a group area for the purposes of development.
Where such organizations (e.g. Garden Cities) had already obtained approval for
projects the development would not be stopped, but as soon as dwellings were
completed they must be sold to qualified persons, and bonds over property must
be ceded to the appropriate local authority.
Public places and communal amenities established in townships must be
transferred to the local authority for the area as
(12) e.g. 1961, page 169.
(13) Cape Times, 9 June.
(14) Ibid, 9 May.
(15) Ibid
A SURVEY OF RACE
212

soon as the latter is competent to take over the administration.

It was subsequently stated that although disqualified organizations would no
longer be allowed to undertake housing schemes they could create qualified
bodies which would be permitted to operate. (As an example, if Garden Cities set
up a Colouredcontrolled housing utility company the latter might be authorized to
build homes for Coloured families).
Group areas proclamations and plans
During June small areas in the Athlone, Rondebosch East, Wynberg, and
Southfield areas of Cape Town were zoned, being divided between White and
Coloured, with a border strip. These are racially mixed areas, and some families
(mainly Coloured) will have to move.
The Group Areas Board has investigated the zoning of the Central City.
Advertised proposals were that the whole area including Green Point, skirting the
docks and the station, and, south from there, between Roeland, Mill, and
Buitengracht Streets, should be proclaimed for White occupation and ownership,
while a strip of about 25 plots bordering on Buitengracht St. should be allocated
to Coloured people.(")
On previous occasions the Cape Town City Council has declined to give evidence
before the Board because of its opposition to the whole principle of group areas.
But on this occasion, because of the particularly grave problems involved, it
decided by majority vote to make representations that the central city area and
District Six should not be zoned for any particular group.(")
The Cape Town Chamber of Commerce, too, urged that the status quo be
maintained, since the central area was almost exclusively a business area used by
all races. Indian witnesses pointed out that Indians had built up substantial
businesses there over many years. There was no place to which they could move;
the Indian group area of Cape Town was already over-traded, and many of the
businesses concerned were trust companies and travel agencies which could not
function in residential areas, away from banks and finance houses.
Others said that the municipality itself had built premises for Coloured stall-
holders on the Parade: these stalls were part of the Cape Town scene. Coloured
people made use of Green Point Common for sporting activities. Even if Coloured
were moved from the central area the Malays in the Malay Quarter and Schotsche
Kloof would need sports facilities080
No decision had been announced at the time of writing.
(16) Cape Times, 13 February.
(17) Ibid, 1 April.
(18) Ibid, 2 April.
RELATIONS : 1964
213

A SURVEY OF RACE
There was much perturbation, too, when a committee of the Group Areas Board
held a sitting, during June, to consider the desirability of declaring District Six
either White or Coloured. The Minister of Housing stated(9) that there were about
800 Whites, 61,000 Coloured and Malays, and 600 Indians in the area. The
estimated market values of properties there were R17-million for White
properties, R6-million for Coloured, R5-million for Indian, and R7-million for
municipal and state properties. Pending a decision about the future of the area
inter-racial changes in ownership are not allowed.
In a statement to the Cape Argus('°) the Regional Chairman of the Institute of
Race Relations, Dr. 0. D. Wollheim, pleaded that District Six should be zoned for
all groups, is had been done earlier in the case of an area near Woodstock. If it
were set aside for any one group, he said, the results would be disastrous for many
people since there had been large capital investment and the financial interests
were interwoven.
The situation in District Six, Dr. Wollheim continued, had developed as a result of
300 years of growth. He was aware of bad slum conditions and overcrowding, but
these could be rectified in a slum clearance scheme. Many of the homes were not
slums. Because of its very nature the area throbbed with life and colour, attracting
many visitors: it would be an act of vandalism to destroy its character.
A further official proposal, advertised during September, was that "pockets" on
either side of Main Road in Claremont, where several hundred Coloured, Malay,
and Indian families live, should be declared future White areas.(1)
Yet another official proposal is that the eight-mile strip from Clovelly to
Strandfontein, including Kalk Bay, St. James, Muizenburg, Lakeside, and
Zandvlei, should be proclaimed White. Though Coloured and Malay families live
all over the southern Peninsula a particularly grave threat is involved to the future
of about 200 Coloured or Malay families at Kalk Bay, who earn their living
directly or indirectly from the sea. They claim that their ancestors were given the
area by Governor Simon van der Stel in the 17th century. Some of them live in
City Council flats, and they have two schools.(")
The Government's decisions in regard to these proposals have not been
announced.
Housing schemes
The Minister of Housing said in the Assembly on 4 February(23) that schemes
were under way or were being planned
(19) Assembly, 9 June, Hansard 20 col. 7594; and 2 June, Hansard 19 cols. 6902-
3.
(20) 17 March.
(21) Ibid, 21 September.
(22) Rand Daily Mail, 23 November.
(22-) Hansard 3 cols. 692 et seq.
214

in the Cape Town area for the erection of about 1,500 houses for Whites, 650 for
Indians, and 11,000 for Coloured (African housing is dealt with later).
With the aid of National Housing funds the Cape Town City Council is extending
the Heideveld Coloured housing scheme, to the south of Bonteheuvel on the Cape
Flats. It is to build 1,935 economic dwellings and 676 sub-economic ones, each of
the latter being temporarily divided into two 2-roomed units. A quarter of them
must, in terms of the loan, be made available for resettling families who are
displaced under the Group Areas Act24
At the same time the City Council is making extensions to housing schemes for
Coloured people at Kensington, Belthorn Extension, and Vanguard township.25)
The Divisional Council is building flats and sub-economic dwelling units for the
poorer Coloured families at Hout Bay; and some of the municipalities further
inland, for example Parow, have recently received loans for Coloured housing26)
OTHER TOWNS IN THE CAPE
Stellenbosch
Most of the central part of Stellenbosch was proclaimed a White area during
1962; but about 10 blocks around Banhoek Road, where Coloured people live in
semi-detached houses, were left unzoned. In January these were proclaimed
White, too.
According to the Cape Times27) Coloured people have occupied this area for
about 200 years. Approximately 2,000 of them live there: they have 6 schools, 4
churches, a mosque, a R20,000 cinema, and about 10 businesses in the area.
Ida's Valley, set aside for Coloured in 1962, has almost reached saturation point.
Cloetesdal has recently been opened for Coloured resettlement.
During the year officials investigated whether the multi-racial area of Faure-
Firgrove-Macassar Beach, to the south of Stellenbosch, should be zoned for
White or for Coloured. Macassar Beach is a White holiday resort; but included in
the remainder of the area are historic White farms, a Coloured residential area at
Faure, a mixed township at Firgrove, and Sheikh Joseph's tomb, venerated by
Malays.28)
(24) Cape Times, 23 April.
(') Ibid, 15 August.
(2') Department of Information statement, 21 January.
(27) 14 September.
(2) Cape Times, 14 May.
RELATIONS: 1964
215

Port Elizabeth
The Port Elizabeth City Council has agreed to incorporate the 13-square mile
Coloured area of Bethelsdorp (previously controlled by the City Council) into the
municipal area.
Its Engineering Department has drawn up a master-plan for the whole complex of
Coloured townships - Gelvandale, Korsten, and Schauderville - which, in terms of
the Government's plan, may eventually form a separate urban entity.
The removal of Coloured people from White areas has begun. During May some
312 families were moved from Dowerville, Lea Place, and Stuart Township: the
Council will renovate the vacated houses for White occupation. It is said that
existing group areas proclamations will involve the rehousing of about 22,035
Coloured people29)
One of the few remaining unzoned areas of Port Elizabeth is Fairview, the
traditional home of the Coloured people of Walmer. During June a committee of
the Group Areas Board held a public inquiry as to whether it should be zoned for
Whites or Coloured. According to evidence given there are 575 White-owned
properties in Fairview, worth R97,820, and 9,069 properties, worth R516,690,
owned by Coloured. The Whites have no public amenities there but the Coloured
have 5 schools and 7 churches. In recent months Coloured owners have been
refused permits to sub-divide or improve their properties"3)
Other towns in the Cape
During the year under review both White and Coloured areas were proclaimed in
Tarkastad, Malmesbury, Swellendam, Piketberg, Jansenville, Villiersdorp,
Upington, Napier, Calvinia, Heidelberg, Griquatown, Ritchie, Sutherland,
Frenchhoek, and Bredasdorp. A group area for Whites and a border strip were
proclaimed in Victoria West.
JOHANNESBURG'S COLOURED AND INDIAN AREAS
Coloured
The Coloured townships of Coronationville, Noordgesig, Newclare, Riverlea, and
Western Township are administered by the Johannesburg City Council, while
Bosmont has been the responsibility of the Department of Community
Development.
The City Council is selling houses at Coronationville to Coloured people. The
new area of Riverlea is being developed fast. By June 623 economic 4-roomed
houses were already
(29) Cape Times, December 1963; and Eastern Province Herald, 30 May.
(30) Eastern Province Herald, 8 June.
A SURVEY OF RACE
216

occupied, and the Council was constructing 788 sub-economic houses and
planning blocks of flats. People started moving into the sub-economic houses in
August.(")
While the economic homes are of fairly good quality, tenants were dissatisfied
with the sub-economic dwellings. They lacked ceilings, inner doors, inside water-
taps, and had crude cement floors. Moreover, it was said that many roofs leaked,
there were no fences, and some streets were unlighted.(32) It is understood that
these last conditions have been improved; but the standard of housing built with
sub-economic loan funds is laid down by the Government. It is reported,
however,(33) that improved facilities are to be provided in the economic houses.
In 1964-65 the City Council will spend R228,500 on swimming pools at
Coronationville and Riverlea, sports fields, and children's playing fields. Riverlea
Extension No. 2 will be developed later.(34)
Slum areas of Newclare and the former African area of Western Township are to
be replanned. The Government is assisting by serving expropriation notices in
Newclare.035) No-one will be required to move immediately.
The Department of Community Development is unable to grant all the
applications from Coloured people who want to buy homes in Bosmont, thus is
giving preference to those who are living in proclaimed White areas.!")
According to a report made to the Johannesburg City Council in February(7) there
are about 9,000 Coloured families in the city, and they can be expected to increase
at the rate of about 400 a year. If the existing Coloured group areas were fully
developed there would be only 6,472 dwelling units. It was conservatively
estimated that unless new areas were made available there would be about 7,000
Coloured families without accommodation by 1980. The City Council has been
pressing for the southern part of Claremont (where it owns most of the stands) to
be deproclaimed as a White area and allocated to the Coloured group.
Indians
Official pressure has been put on certain Indians occupying premises in
proclaimed White areas: in February a number of people who had failed to obey
an order to move from Turfontein were summonsed to appear in court for illegal
occupation.3") About two years ago the responsible Government Department
expropriated some Indian-owned properties in Martindale, but
(31) Star, 1, June and 15 September.
(32) Rand Da ly Mail, 11 September.
(3') Star, 23 November.
(314) Star, 15 September.
(35) Ibid, 16 October.
(' ) Rand Daily Mail, 6 March.
(37) Ib'd, 20 February.
(38) Ibid, 19 February.
RELATIONS: 1964
217

although they were several times ordered to leave the Indians failed to do so.
Finally the Department cut off their water supply.k
The Department of Community Development announced in October 1962 that a
number of stands in the Fordsburg-Burghersdorp area, which are predominantly
Indian-owned and occupied, would remain a controlled area where occupation
would be governed by permit. The intention was to develop an "Oriental bazaar"
there of appeal to tourists. But the area would be set aside for commerce only:
flats above business premises would not be allowed, and in due course residents
would have to move out.
Faced with the problem of providing alternative means of livelihood for Indian
traders displaced from Newclare, Pageview, and other areas, the City Council
decided that it would develop part of Fordsburg to accommodate these
businessmen. It plans to build a market hall with offices, shops, bazaars and
showrooms, and to rent these to Indians, giving preference to displaced persons.
There will be a landscaped park, courts with fountains, and extensive parking
areas.
At the City Council's request the Group Areas Board during October expropriated
167 stands in Fordsburg for this purpose, giving the occupants 18 months within
which to move. Many of the stands were owned by Indians and most were Indian-
occupied: a large proportion were slum-properties but there were also some good
new buildings. It was reported(4") that about 5,000 Indians lived on the properties
involved, many of them in flats. The Acting Chairman of Johannesburg's
management committee, Mr. P. R. B. Lewis, said that the governing principle of
the scheme was "how to cause the least hardship";(41) but the Indians to be
evicted were resentful.
The Minister of Community Development said on 9 June(42) that by then more
than 1,000 Indian families had been resettled at Lenasia (the Indian group area,
between 19 and 22 miles from the centre of the city). The Department of Housing
had already built 240 economic and 400 sub-economic dwellings, and was in the
process of erecting 100 detached and 368 semi-detached houses. There were 579
plots for owner-built homes, of which many had been purchased. More graded
streets and more street-lights were being provided. At the end of 1963 the Peri-
Urban Areas Health Board informed the Johannesburg Indian Social Welfare
Association that a waterborne sewerage scheme had been approved. It would take
about two years to complete from the date of placing the contract.
It has been mentioned in previous issues of this Survey that the Government has
refused repeated representations by the
(39) Ibid, 7 September.
(411) Sunday Express, 18 October.
(41) Ibid.
(42) Assembly, Hansard 20 col. 7564.
218
A SURVEY OF RACE

Johannesburg City Council for the proclamation of another Indian group area,
within the municipal boundaries and nearer to the centre of the city. The Council
proposed spending R45,000 in 1963-64 on sports and community facilities for the
many Indians living in the Fordsburg-Burghersdorp area; but authority for this
was refused by the Director of Local Government on the ground that such
facilities should be established at Lenasia, and not in the city area.(43"
GROUP AREAS ON THE EAST RAND
As described in last year's Survey, large population movements have been
occasioned on the East Rand by the decision to concentrate all the Non-Whites of
the various towns there in large centralized group areas.
During the year under review most of the municipal areas of Springs, Geduld, and
Nigel were proclaimed as White group areas.
The previously-proclaimed Coloured group area for the East Rand consists of the
adjoining townships of Stirtonville, Galeview, and Reigerspark, to the south-west
of Boksburg. Reigerspark is a township where Coloured people can build for
themselves, and is likely to become a middle-class suburb. Cheaper municipal
housing is available in the other townships. Some Coloured families will take
over sub-economic houses at Stirtonville which have been vacated by Africans. In
May the local authority commenced moving about 16,000 Africans from this
township to Vosloosrus, about 12 miles further to the south-west, adjoining the
complex of African townships serving Boksburg, Germiston, and Alberton.(44)
Coloured people are moving into Boksburg from other East Rand towns. About
4,000 have come from Actonville (Benoni) which is to be part of the Indian group
area. Some 630 Coloured families are having to move from Germiston,045) and
possibly about 320 families from Springs.
By November there were about 7,000 Coloured people settled in the Boksburg
area. Many of those who had moved there retained their previous jobs in other
towns, but a few had found local employment in Boksburg factories, shops and
caf6s.(46)
The Indian group area, in the southern part of Benoni, includes the previously-
existing Indian bazaar there, and, adjoining this, Actonville (previously a
Coloured township), and the Old Bantu Township, from which the Africans are to
be moved to Daveyton: 3,000 new houses are to be built for them there.(47)
(43) Rand Daiy Mail, 15 April.
(44) Ibid, 6 April.
(45) Star, 19 October and 11 June.
(46) lbid, 25 November.
(47) Ibid, 19 October.
RELATIONS: 1964
219

A SURVEY OF RACE
Some of the Indians will take over houses vacated by Coloured and African
families.
Before the move started there were 2,995 Indians in Benoni. They are being
joined by 1,456 from Boksburg (most of these lived in a slum area) and by some
of the 1,394 from Springs.(48) (The Bakerton area of Springs, where many
Indians live, was not included in the group areas proclamation and remains a
controlled area). More will come from Germiston and other East Rand towns.
The Indians will apparently be allowed to retain their trading rights in their
previous home towns, but will live in the Benoni group area, which is to be called
Actonville. It is reported(9) that between May and October nearly 3,000 moved
in. The municipal authority plans to establish a self-contained township with its
own town hall, administrative offices, hotel, schools, sports grounds, swimming
bath, and mosques, temples, and churches. An industrial site at which only
Indians will be employed is being planned.
OTHER TRANSVAAL TOWNS
Pretoria's Indian group area of Laudium has been rapidly developed and by July
had a population of about 2,000, a business centre, a clinic, and a community
centre with municipal offices, committee rooms, a library, and a hall with
refreshment facilities. Some expensive homes had been built on the 278 sites
bought by April, and the City Council was completing a 500-house scheme:
Indians may buy these houses.050°
There have been similar developments at the Pretoria Coloured group area of
Eersterus.
Residensia, about 12 miles north of Vereeniging, was proclaimed a White area in
1962, but in May the White residents asked the group areas authorities to buy
their properties. They are afraid of being engulfed by the adjoining Evaton, an
African area where about 65,000 Africans live, and which, as described later, is to
be expanded. It is reported that the Cabinet has decided to rezone the area for
Non-White development.(51)
The whole of the main built-up area of Standerton has been proclaimed White.
Indian and Coloured residents will have to move distances of up to a mile out of
the town, to the west and across a railway line. A few Whites will have to vacate
cottages in the proclaimed Non-White areas. The 400 Indians, who own 40 shops,
maintain that as they are apparently to have to move their businesses, too, the
proclamation spells ruin for many of them. 2)
(4s) Minister of Community Development, Assembly 9 June, Hansard 20 col.
7562.
09) Star, 19 October.
(5O) Sunday Express, 19 July; and Star, 3 April.
(51) Rand Da'ly Mail, 14 August.
(52) Ibid, 2 April.
220

The entire areas of the towns of Belfast, Machadodorp, Dullstroom,

Naboomspruit, Waterval Boven, and Carltonville have been set aside for Whites.
An official circular(53) dealing with the first three of these towns stated that no
group areas had been allocated to Coloured and Indian people because of their
small numbers. "Should it appear necessary, applications for the issue of permits
to enable persons who become disqualified . . . to continue occupation in the areas
will receive sympathetic consideration". Their numbers in 1960 were:
Coloured Indian,
Belfast .... ... ... ... 29 39
Machadodorp ...... 22 35
Dullstroom ... ....... 1 18
In Belfast, the Indians provided about one-half of the shopping facilities available.
More than 400 Indians and a lesser number of Coloured are affected in
Carltonville: the Indians own 25 shops. The relevant Government Notice stated
that Indians and Coloured living and lawfully trading in the town will be allowed
to remain until they can be settled in a group area of their own. No disqualified
person with a monthly income of R180 or less will be required to move until the
compulsory year has elapsed and until written notice is served.54)
The proclamation dealing with Waterval Boven stated that "necessary steps" will
be taken for the re-settlement of disqualified persons. About 100 Indians live by
trade there; they estimate the value of their stocks alone at about R140,000.01)
Group areas for Whites, Coloured, and Indians have been proclaimed in
Potchefstroom.
GROUP AREAS IN DURBAN
Coloured and Indian areas
The group areas set aside for Coloured and Indians in Durban are in both cases
too small: the City Council has asked the Government to make more land
available.
These group areas have been described in previous issues of this Survey.(5 One of
the Coloured areas is the former White suburb of Rosehill-Greenwood Park. Early
in 1964 the Development Board exercised its pre-emptive right and bought nearly
twothirds of the White-owned properties, offering these for rental to
(53) Department of Information, 44/64 (P) of 24 April.
(54) Rand Daily Mail, 14 May.
(5) Ibid, 24 October.
(51) e.g. 1961 page 175; 1962 page 147.
RELATIONS: 1964
221

Coloured. But several houses remained empty for some time because few
Coloured families could afford the rents"5
Rapid progress is being made with the new Chatsworth housing scheme for
Indians: houses are being built, in various styles, at the rate of about 30 a day. By
the end of 1963, 2,600 had been completed and 3,000 were in advanced stages of
construction, four schools were in use, and three more were out to tender. There
will eventually be about 20,000 dwellings in the area58" A railway link is being
constructed.
Indians have built hundreds of modern homes for themselves at Umhlatuzana,
Reservoir Hills, Clare Estate, and Greenwood Park. They have complained that,
although they pay rates on the same basis as Whites, the roads in their areas are in
bad condition, there is no proper stormwater drainage or sewerage, and playing
fields are lacking.(59)
The Chairman of the City Council's Housing Committee has reported("°) that
even allowing for the full development of Chatsworth the housing backlog for
Indians will be 6,300 by mid-1967 and 24,000 by 1978 unless further schemes are
developed; and planning takes some four years. The Council has been negotiating
for land in the Phoenix-Mount Edgecombe area on the north coast, and the Group
Areas Board has investigated the possible proclamation of the Newlands area for
Indians - this lies between eixsting Indian areas and the African township of Kwa
Mashu!")
It is possible that still further Indians may be displaced from Clairwood, south of
the city and inland from the Bluff, which since 1956 has been a "special
residential area for Indians". About 40,000 of them live there, some in slums but
others in modern houses; and they have established mosques, temples, a church,
schools, community halls, and two cemeteries. It appears likely that a City
Council plan to rezone Clairwood for industrial use will be put into effect. The
Department of Community Development has refused to grant permits allowing
Indians to occupy houses which they have recently built or extended.62)
Indian traders and industrialists
The future of Durban's Indian traders has caused much concern. The Minister of
Indian Affairs made a statement in this regard in the Assembly on 2 June.!63) On
4 October 1963, he said, there were 3,191 Indian traders in Durban. Of these, 340,
in proclaimed Indian areas, would not be affected by group areas proclamations.
There were 427 in controlled industrial areas, and
(57) Rand Daily Mail, 29 January.
(5s) Natal Mercury, 27 November 1963.
(59) Ibid, 23 March.
(60) Ibid, 28 February.
(61) Ibid, 11 June.
(62) Ibid, 23 March, 12, 19, and 23 September.
(63) Hansard 19 cols. 7000-1.
222
A SURVEY OF RACE

they would be allowed to remain. That left 2,424. Of these, 1,63064) were in the
Grey Street area which was to remain a controlled area, open to all races for
trading (but not residential) purposes. Indian traders could continue their
businesses there but would have to move their homes. The balance of 794 traders,
the Minister said, were scattered in White suburban areas. They would have to
move their homes and their businesses.
It is mentioned in an earlier chapter that the Government is encouraging Indians
to establish industrial concerns where they will employ members of their own
group, thus reducing unemployment and absorbing people who, because of the
zoning restrictions, cannot make a living by trade. According to a booklet
published by the Department of Information in 1964,01) 82 Indians own clothing
factories within a radius of 50 miles of Durban, and there are 24 Indian-owned
furniture factories, 54 dry cleaning establishments, and lesser numbers of
concerns producing leather goods, cement products, sweets, mineral waters,
cigars, tinned foods, kitchenware, and artificial jewellry.
A large Indian-owned rice mill was opened at Tongaat during the year. Other
projects planned or under construction in the Durban and Pietermaritzburg areas
include two textile mills, a tyre-retreading plant, and a shoe factory.6")
Losses on sales of property
Indians continue to suffer losses on property sold in areas now allocated to
Whites. Prices realized for some properties sold in mid-1964 were R5,000
(municipal valuation Rl1,200), R500 (valuation R880), R4,500 (valuation
R5,620), and R50 (valuation R960).67) These sales were subject to the Group
Areas Development Board not exercising its pre-emptive right: if it did not do so,
it is by law required to pay the previous owners 80 per cent of the difference
between the selling price and the "basic value" 8 But in spite of this machinery it
seemed likely that the Indians concerned would experience considerable financial
loss.
Isipingo Beach
It was mentioned in last year's Survey that in October 1963 the White seaside
resort of Isipingo Beach, to the south of Durban, was proclaimed an Indian group
area. Whites could not be compelled to leave until 3 October 1964 (after a year
had elapsed).
The Minister of Community Development said in the Assembly on 20 March('9)
that 248 dwellings were affected. By
(64) The Hansard report stated 1,530, but it appears that this was a misprint.
(65) Entitled Indian South Africans.
(66) Natal Mercury, 2 September.
(67) Ibid, 25 September.
(68) See 1958-59 Survey, page 158.
(69) Hansard 9 cols. 3359-60.
RELATIONS: 1964
223

A SURVEY OF RACE
then 47 of them had been sold to Indians, 6 of these were occupied by Indians, 65
had been sold to the Group Areas Development Board, and the Board was
considering buying 61 more.
The Amanzimtoti Town Council (which had jurisdiction over Isipingo Beach)
decided that the municipal swimming pool on the beach should be available to
Whites only until more than half the dwellings had been occupied by Indians.
This apparently deterred Indians from coming: for a time a number of the houses
purchased by the Board stood empty. But on 26 June the Minister announced that
the beachfront and the swimming pool would be opened to Indians from 31
December 1964. The rate of Indian purchases then increased. By August almost
half the previous 2,000 Whites had left(70)
Whites are developing a new township a few miles further south.
OTHER NATAL TOWNS
A further Coloured area was demarcated in Pietermaritzburg during the year, and
group areas for Whites and Indians have been proclaimed in Greytown. The
Coloured people of Greytown are to be left undisturbed, under permit, for the
time being.
The Pietermaritzburg City Council is developing a housing scheme for Indians at
Northdale, in part of their group area, and a scheme for Coloured at Woodlands.
Land has been set aside for Indian industrialists.
The Group Areas Board has investigated the zoning of the Pinetown-Kloof-
Hillcrest area. In terms of its advertised proposals large numbers of people,
mainly Indians, would have to move. Pinetown and the areas around the national
highway would be reserved for Whites.
Plots have been sold to Indians in a new township called La Mercy, about 16
miles north of Durban along the North Coast national road. Verulam has been
proclaimed an Indian area.
Before Union in 1910 there was a customs post and rail centre at Charlestown,
which is about 3 miles from Volksrust on the Transvaal border; but after this post
was abolished most of the Whites moved out, and the Town Board encouraged
African buyers. Other Africans rented land from the Board and built homes on
these plots. In 1964, out of 80 houses in the town, 28 were occupied by Africans.
They paid the same rates as applied to White residents.
There have been rumours that this is to be declared an Indian township. During
October a deputation of White residents urged the Government, through their
local M.P., to proclaim the area White but to set aside part of it as a Bantu
residential area. But
(70) Natal Mercury, 20 and 26 June, 6 August.
224

the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development had announced earlier(71)

that all the Africans, including landowners, would have to leave. They could
either go to the Bantu residential areas of the towns where they worked or to a
new village called Duckponds 40 miles away (about 6 miles from Newcastle). No
local work is available there.
Atrican landowners have not yet been compelled to move; but private White
landlords and the Local Health Commission (which has taken over the
administration of the area) have been giving notice to African tenants.(72) In
terms of a proclamation of 2 October all building development has been frozen
unless a special permit is obtained.
FREE STATE
During the year small Coloured group areas were proclaimed in Ventersburg and
Fauresmith.
NOTES ON SOME AFRICAN TOWNSHIPS
Johannesburg
According to statistics of the Non-European Affairs Department of the
Johannesburg City Council, there were 706,389 Africans in Johannesburg in June
1964: 482,651 of them in the Soweto complex (including Diepkloof and
Meadowlands, which are administered by the Resettlement Board). This is larger
than the entire 1960 populations (all races combined) of every town in the country
except Johannesburg itself, Cape Town, and Durban. The distribution of the
Africans was:
South-Western areas:
Municipal townships .........
Diepkloof and Meadowlands ... City area:
Domestic servants in private
households ... ... ... ...
Others ... ...
Housed by mines ... Alexandra Township Peri-urban areas ...
1963
1964
361,197 370,773 105,962 111,878
72,249
... ... ... ... 58,733
... ... ... ... 25,800
... ... ... ... 49,856
... ... ... ... 37,798
711,595
70,000 58,861 22,064 51,813 21,000
706,389
(71) Assembly, 19 April 1963, Hansard 12 cols. 4353-4.
(-) From the Liberal Party booklet Blackspots: A Study of Apartheid In Action;
and Sunday Times 18 October.
RELATIONS: 1964
225

According to the December issue of Bantu the South-Western townships spread

over an area of 26 square miles and contain 77,000 houses, 97 per cent of them
with water-borne sewerage. There are 6 community centres, 3 sports stadia, 2
cycle tracks, 4 athletic tracks, 79 sports fields, 46 equipped playgrounds for
children, 64 basketball courts, 36 tennis courts, and a swimming bath. The
Manager of the Non-European Affairs Department said(73) that in the municipal
townships there are 120 schools with 72,000 pupils.
The City Council has built 58,293 of the houses, 2,181 of them during the 1963-
64 financial year.(74 In its annual report the Council stated that the problem of
housing was largely solved, although more dwellings would be needed to cater for
the natural population growth (more than 450,000 of the Africans were living in
family accommodation). Besides this, 7,000 families (about 35,000 people) had
still to be moved from Pimville, which was the last remaining slum. But because
it was now possible to reduce the rate of building houses, the Council could
concentrate on providing more amenities. Already 10,000 of the homes were
electrically wired; this work would be extended, more street lights and graded
roads provided, and a library, another swimming pool, more halls, and further
sports fields and beer kiosks built.
Rent arrears in Soweto have been reduced from R366,262 in January 1962 to
R139,837 in January 1964 by means of a new arrangement in terms of which
defaulters are given seven days' notice, but are allowed to stay on if they sign
undertakings to pay the current rent plus a reasonable amount towards the arrears
within set periods. If such an undertaking is not honoured action is taken to
repossess the dwelling"7)
A survey by the Railways Administration in March showed that on an average
156,000 Africans made daily use of the train service between the South-Western
townships and the city!"6) Additional coaches and trains are continually being put
into operation, but there is still serious overcrowding.
Alexandra Township (which is administered by the PeriUrban Areas Health
Board) has been declared a designated area under the Better Administration of
Designated Areas Act.(77) It was mentioned in last year's Survey") that families
are gradually to be moved out and hostels built to accommodate "single" men and
women. More than half of the people who lived there a few years ago have now
been moved, mainly to Meadowlands, Diepkloof, and Tembisa in the Germiston
area. By February the Health Board had purchased 721 of the 2,500 stands.(7"
(73) Star, 13 August.
(74) Star, 13 August.
(75) Ib d, 25 April.
(76) Bantu, March.
(77) See 1963 Survey, page 136.
(78) Page 183.
(79) Rand Daily Mail, 18 February.
226
A SURVEY OF RACE

East Rand
Descriptions have been given in previous issues of this Survey of Daveyton,
which serves Benoni, the Kwa Thema-Tsakane complex which serves Springs
and Brakpan, and the ThokozaNatalspruit-Vosloorus complex which serves
Alberton, Germiston, and Boksburg.
The new township of Tembisa was officially opened in February: this is a
regional township administered by Germiston but also serving Kempton Park,
Edenvale, Lyttelton, Modderfontein, Bedfordview, and certain areas under the
Peri-Urban Areas Health Board. By March 6,400 African families and 1,400
single men were housed there, and already there were 9 schools, 11 churches, 3
tennis courts, 5 soccer fields, 2 clinics, 4 beer depots, and a bar lounge. When the
township is fully developed it will cater for 29,213 families and 15,000 single
Africans.(80)
Southern Transvaal
Two further large regional townships are to be established to cater for local
authority areas near to one another. One is at Ratanda near Heidelberg, and the
other is an extension of Evaton to serve Vereeniging, Vanderbijlpark, Meyerton,
and neighbouring towns. Meanwhile the development of existing municipal
townships such as Sharpeville, Boipatong, and Bophelong has been virtually
frozen!"81)
Cape Town
From the end of the year Africans will gradually be moved from pre-fabricated
dwellings and shacks at the Guguletu emergency camp to a 2,400-house extension
to this township, at which building was commenced in mid-1964. (Families who
qualified to remain in Cape Town were moved from Windermere and other "black
spots" to the emergency camp as a first stage in the resettlement scheme).(2)
Paarl
During 1963 Barbarossa Street, near Huguenot, was declared a slum and the
occupants were ordered to demolish their dwellings. But, following
representations by the Cape Western Region of the Institute of Race Relations and
others, the municipality decided that the Africans could remain there until
alternative accommodation was available.
(80) South African Digest, 5 March.
( ') Rand Daily Mail, 9 March and 15 August.
(1') Star, 21 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
227

A SURVEY OF RACE
The municipality has since erected more houses in Mbekweni location. People
from Barbarossa Street are gradually being moved there, together with families
from the emergency shack area of Langabuya, where some 235 families lived.(3)
East London
The "border industrial area" to the north of East London, and the African village
of Mdantsane which will serve it, were described in a previous chapter.
Eventually all the Africans now housed in the city are to be moved to this village,
which is some ten miles to the north.
By May about 1,000 four-roomed houses had been completed at Mdantsane, but
few other facilities had yet been provided: water was available only from
standpipes in the streets and there were pail-latrines. Nevertheless the authorities
started the move, commencing with about 500 families in the Juliwe emergency
area adjoining Duncan Village. For the time being the dwellings these people
vacate will be used to house new labourers needed for construction projects in the
city.(4)
Durban
The last shack in the Cato Manor shanty town was demolished in August - about
6,000 have been razed altogether(85)-but there are still about 1,000 families in
better accommodation in this area who will eventually be resettled.00o Africans
from the shacks have been moved to Umlazi or Kwa Mashu.
Umlazi is administered by the Government Department of Bantu Administration
and Development, but the housing is being built by the Durban Corporation (at
the rate of 120 to 150 a week), and business centres are being erected by African
building contractors instructed by the Bantu Investment Corporation. The first
scheme of 10,000 homes is almost completed: during the second phase this
number will be doubled and hostels for 8,000 single Africans will be built. By
August about 40,000 Africans were living in the new township. They may rent or
buy houses built by the Department, or may purchase plots and erect their own
homes to approved plans.
Completed, or under construction, by August, were 6 churches, a clinic, 9 schools,
2 creches, a swimming bath, a recreation hall, a sports stadium, 6 tennis courts,
athletic and cycling tracks, a market, various vegetable stalls, and a bottle store. A
champion(83) Cape Times, 1 April and 15 July.
(84) Daily Despatch, 26 May.
(15) Star, 31 August.
(86) Bantu, August.
228

ship golf course was being laid out. Residents who work in Durban go by bus, but
a rail link will be in operation by 1966.(")
Kwa Mashu, with about 90,000 residents, is under municipal control. The
building scheme there is being extended. There has been resentment because rents
are higher than those at Umlazi (owing to the fact that the Government already
owned the land there) and because there are no freehold rights at Kwa Mashu.
The City Council has been negotiating for the Government to take over this
township88) (It is not in a Bantu area, as is Umlazi).
The City Council's Committee for Bantu Housing reported that when existing
building schemes have been completed there will still be a shortfall of between
7,500 and 12,700 houses (according to various estimates),89) and hostel
accommodation for about 26,000 men. Large new illegal shack settlements are
springing up round the city.
It is possible that the S.A. Native Trust may purchase Dalmeny Extension (which
lies between Kwa Mashu and the Ndwedwe Reserve), thus linking the township
with the Reserve and paving the way for the declaration of the whole area as a
Bantu homeland. Freehold rights could then be granted at Kwa Mashu.090)
Pietermaritzburg
Two new housing scnemes are in progress at Pietermaritzburg: Imbali, being built
under a City Council contract, which will eventually accommodate some 50,000
Africans; and Ashdown, where the Local Health Commission plans building
another 655 dwellings to augment the 406 already there.(")
Howick
A regional township is to be established near Howick to cater initially for shack
dwellers in the area, but later to serve other towns such as Tweedie, Lions River,
Lidgetton, and Cediara. Existing Bantu residential areas in these towns will then
be demolished.92)
(87) Ibid.
(81) Natal Mercury, 7 February.
(81) Ibid, 19 February, 25 March and 28 April.
(90) Ibid, 7 February.
(t) Ibid, 24 April and 29 May.
(92) Ibid, 13 May.
229
RELATIONS: 1964

A SURVEY OF RACE
EMPLOYMENT
THE GENERAL ECONOMIC SITUATION
In its Annual Economic Report, issued on 19 August, the S.A. Reserve Bank said,
"From an economic and financial point of view the year ended June 1964 was one
of the best ever experienced in South Africa. As expected, the economic upswing
continued into its third year."
The Minister of Finance said in his Budget Speech(') that after allowing for
changes in the price level the increase in the real gross national product in 1963
was about 9 per cent, compared with 7 per cent in the previous year.
An account is given later of the resultant decrease in unemployment and of
increasingly acute manpower shortages, primarily of professional, managerial,
and technical personnel and of skilled workers, but also of workers in semi-skilled
occupations which have hitherto conventionally been reserved for Whites.
Following a meeting of the Economic Advisory Council in February the Prime
Minister said the general feeling had been that prosperity would continue during
the rest of the year, but that the rate of further development would not be as high
as it was in 1963.
NATIONAL INCOME AND PER CAPITA INCOMES
According to a news release by the Bureau of Statistics on 2 March, the net
domestic productt") (geographical income) for the year ended 30 June 1963 was
R5,481-million, representing an increase of 8.9 per cent over the previous year.
The increase from 1960-61 to 1961-62 had been 5.6 per cent.
Of the net domestic product for 1962-63, R3,076-million, or 56.1 per cent,
represented salaries and wages, employers' contributions to staff funds, and
payments in kind such as food, clothing, and quarters.
The net national income(') for 1962-63 was estimated to be R5,070-million: an
increase of 9.8 per cent over 1961-62 (as against q 6.6 per cent increase the
previous year).
(') Assembly, 16 March, Hansard 9 col. 3032.
(2) The net domestic product is the total remuneration accruing to the factors of
production (capital and labour) for their participation in the current production of
goods and services within the country.
(.) The net national income is the net domestic product plus income accruing to
factors of production owned by its normal residents but employed outsile its
frontiers, less the income accruing to factors of production owned by foreigners
but employed within its frontiers.
230

RELATIONS: 1964
From 1961-62 to 1962-63 the national income at constant prices (real income)
increased by approximately 8.5 per cent (4.6 per cent previous year); and the
income per head of population increased by 5.9 per cent (2.1 per cent previous
year).
Various estimates have been made of the share of the national income that accrues
to Non-Whites. The Bureau of Statistics informed the Institute of Race Relations
on 14 May that the net national income for 1961-62 was R4,617,400,000. The
Bureau estimated that, of this, the earnings of all Non-Whites, including payments
in kind, was R1,250,000,000. For Afrians only the figure was R1,000,000,000, or
about 21.7 per cent of the total.
In a letter to the Institute of Race Relations the Minister of Bantu Education said,
"The Bantu's contribution to the national income at present is R1,085,000,000 per
annum, or equal to 23 per cent thereof."
The Standard Bank of S.A. told the Institute of Race Relations that estimates of
Non-White earnings are mere conjecture. Recent estimates placed the ratio of the
spending power of the Whites to that of Non-Whites at 4 to 1. Working on this
assumption the Bank gave the following figures:(4)
1961-62 1962-63
Net national income ...... R4,617,000,000 R5,070,000,000
Share per capita (all races) ... R277.51 R297.09
Estimated total income of
Non-Whites .......... R923,400,000 R 1,0 14,000,000
Estimated per capita income
of Non-Whites.... ... R68.3 R73.39
Estimated per capita income
of Whites .......... R1,160.41 R1,248.00
The Non-White per capita income in various years at constant prices, adjusted to
1953 values, was:
R Percentage increase
over previous year
1950 .... ... ... 56.35
1960 .... ... ... 54.06
1961 ......... 55.26 2.2
1962 .... ... ... 56.72 2.6
1963 .... ... ... 59.91 5.6
The estimated total income of Non-Whites in various years was:
(4) Some of the calculations are by the writer, based on the figures supplied by the
Standard Bank.

A SURVEY OF RACE
R-million
1950 ..... 460.2
1960 ... ... 812.0
1961 ... ... 866.0
1962 ... ... 923.4
1963 ... ... 1,014.0
ORGANIZATIONS CONCERNED WITH WAGES
It was announced by the Minister of Labour in February)5 that the Wage Board
was likely to have completed its revision of the older wage determinations by the
end of the year. Thereafter more frequent reviews would be possible.
During 1963, the Minister added, the Central Native Labour Board was
instrumental in obtaining wage increases for some 169,000 Bantu workers,
amounting to a sum of R3,300,770.
According to the September issue of Bantu, employers cf well over 200,000
Africans (who with their dependants comprise about a third of the urban Bantu
population) had by then approached the Bantu Wage and Productivity Association
on their own initiative with a view to increasing wages.
Wage levels in various sectors of the economy are dealt with later.
THE COST OF LIVING
It is undoubted that in spite of recent increases in pay in numerous fields of work,
a high proportion of Africans is still living below the poverty datum line. On
seeing the result of a cost-of-living study in Johannesburg (described below) the
local Chamber of Commerce urged all members to increase African wages to a
minimum of R50 a month. It pointed out that statutory minima are "intended as
the minimum to be paid to young single persons with little or no experience".
Those with experience and family responsibilities deserved more.06)
Cape Town and Johannesburg studies
The Bureau of Market Research of the University of South Africa recently
published the results of its study of the income and expenditure patterns of Bantu
housholds in Cape Town!") It was based on a probability sample of 245
households in the three African townships there. Results were compared with
those of a similar study conducted by the Bureau in Johannesburg.
The Bureau gave the following figures:
(5) Senate, 11 February, Hansard 4 col. 701.
(6) Star, 19 March.
(7) Income and Expenditure Patterns of Urban Bantu Households: Cape Town
Study.
232

Cape Town Johannesburg

Mean monthly income of household R62.02 R58.79
Average monthly income of head
of household ............. R44.40 R42.15
Average income of skilled workers R68.45 R65.54
Average income of unskilled workers R41.30 R35.68 Average income of
administrative
and clerical workers ...... R68.05 R55.18
On an average, members of a household in Cape Town other than the main wage-
earner contributed R17.62 a month. The average expenditure per household was
R64.68 (higher than the mean monthly income).
The Bureau pointed out that African wage levels are higher in the Cape than in
Johannesburg, probably because of the scarcity of African labour in the Western
Cape and because their wages tend to approximate more closely to those paid to
Coloured workers.
The expenditure of the average Cape Town African household on food, clothing,
and housing constituted 65 per cent of the total household expenditure. That on
food alone was 49 per cent (7 per cent higher than in Johannesburg). If fuel, light,
transport, and tax were added the percentage of the total expenditure was 76 per
cent. Africans in Cape Town were found to spend more on dairy produce, eggs,
vegetables, and fruit than was spent by Africans in Johannesburg, but less on
clothing.
Wages in Johannesburg
Another recent study, conducted by the Non-European Affairs Department of the
Johannesburg Municipality,O8) was based mainly on the records relating to
24,242 adult African men placed in employment during the 3-month period June
to August 1963.
The average cash starting wage for all was R32.24 a month (compared with R48,
which the municipality considered to be the minimum monthly requirement for a
family of five).
Of those placed in monthly-paid jobs (22.3 per cent of the total), 96.18 per cent
received a starting cash wage of less than R40 a month, and 89.99 per cent less
than R30. Only 1.89 per cent received more than R50.
Of those in weekly-paid jobs, 90.82 per cent started at less than R40; 38.74 per
cent at less than R30, and about 2.23 per cent at more than R50.
Neither analysis took payments in kind into account: it is likely that considerably
more of the monthly-paid than the weekly-paid workers were supplied with food
and quarters.
(8) Entitled Wages: Bantu Men.
RELATIONS: 1964
233

Starting cash wages were highest in factories (average R31.24 a month), building
(R28.36), and flats (R28.05). They were lowest in provincial service (R16.20),
government service (R19.28), and boarding houses (R19.52). For domestic
servants the average was R15.91, but in almost all cases food and quarters were
provided.
The authors stated that 46 per cent of all Bantu families living in Soweto were
entirely dependent on the wages of one earner, and commented, "The conclusion
must be reached that a very high proportion of Bantu living in Johannesburg are
in receipt of wages insufficient to sustain urban family life".
Price indices
After a meeting of the Economic Advisory Council in February the Prime
Minister stated, in a Press release, that the wholesale and consumer price indices
increased by an average of 1.2 per cent in 1963. The most important reasons for
the increase, in the case of the consumer price index, were increases in rents, in
home owners' costs, and, to a lesser extent, in the wages of domestic servants, he
said.
According to the Bureau of Statistics9) the weighted average consumer price
index for the nine principal urban areas was 109.3 in September 1964 as
compared with 106.7 a year previously. (Base = 100 in October 1958). For food
alone the figures were 110.5 and 106.0, respectively.
MINISTRY OF PLANNING
The Prime Minister announced in August that he had established a Ministry of
Planning, to undertake economic, scientific, and geographical planning. The
following bodies would fall under it:
Economic Advisory Council; Scientific Advisory Council;
Council for Scientific and Industrial Research;
Bureau of Statistics;
Planning Division of the Department of Community
Development;
Group Areas Board;
Natural Resources Development Council.
MANPOWER
Shortage of skilled workers
In its Annual Economic Report for the year ended 30 June 1964 the S.A. Reserve
Bank drew attention to "an insufficient
(9) Press release of 21 October.
234
A SURVEY OF RACE

supply of certain classes of skilled manpower. Such shortages were evident, for
example, in the building, iron and steel, general engineering, and motor industries,
and these bottle-necks not only prevented total production and income from
increasing even more rapidly than they actually did, but, as the year progressed,
also gave rise to a certain amount of inflationary pressure in the branches of
industry concerned".
At a National Development and Management Foundation dinner on 20 January
the Governor of the Reserve Bank, Mr. Gerard Rissik, said that the shortage was
likely to become more acute. "As the labour position becomes tighter", he
continued, "managements may, on account of the buoyant market for their
products, be tempted to raise wages faster than the increase in productivity. This
trend should be avoided at all costs".°°0
The Deputy Minister of Labour gave statistics when he addressed the Institute of
Personnel Managers in October.(1) A survey conducted in April 1963, he said,
had revealed a shortage of 28,662 White workers in all sectors of the economy,
which meant that 2.6 per cent of available jobs were unfilled. Recent surveys of
the engineering and metal industries, the building industry, and the car industry
showed that the shortages had grown. In 1963 they were greatest among
professional and semi-professional men and technical workers (8,334), and skilled
tradesmen (7,393).
It was reported that a poll conducted by the Transvaal Chamber of Industries
throughout South Africa showed an expected general shortfall of 50,000 workers,
mostly skilled and semi-skilled, in the manufacturing, engineering and building
industries early in 1965. (Sunday Times, 8 November).
A Committee for Manpower Research and Planning has been set up by the
Government to co-ordinate the activities of various government agencies. One of
these agencies is the Bureau of Educational and Social Research, which at the
Prime Minister's request has set up a section to assess manpower needs for all
racial groups and to advise the Government accordingly, against the background
of the policy of separate development. There is also a Manpower Board
established under the Defence Act, which is concerned with the provision of
White manpower to the armed forces. In the light of the country's economic
position it decides whether any groups of persons should be exempted from
military training.(")
According to a Press report,030 because of the shortage of skilled workers the
Government has asked local authorities to curtail their capital works programmes.
Various industries have
(10) Star, 20 January.
(11) Star, 20 October.
(12) From speech by Minister of Education, Arts and Science, Dept. of
Information
Press release 65/64 K.
(13) Star, 4 April.
RELATIONS : 1964
235

been similarly affected: Mr. H. F. Oppenheimer, Chairman of African Explosives

and Chemical Industries, said in April,(4) "Our company has been actively
considering projects to be undertaken during the next few years at the cost of
R90-million. Some of these projects will quite certainly have to be dropped or
postponed because there will not be the men available to carry them out." Some
collieries in Natal have had to close section furthest away from the haulage
systems because of a shortage of fitters and electricians.
The provincial administrations are unable to obtain adequate numbers of trained
personnel. A White Paper tabled in the Natal Provincial Council described
shortages of administrative and clerical workers, engineers, teachers, and medical
and nursing personnel.(5) The Administrator of the Transvaal told the Provincial
Council that the province needed many more architects, engineers, artisans,
doctors, teachers, and nurses!") The other provinces are experiencing similar
difficulties.
So are government departments. There is reported to be a critical shortage of
trained staff in the telephone, telegraph, and radio sections of the Post Office:
numbers of technicians are leaving because they can get better wages in
industry.(") (The shortage of postmen is described later).
The Railways Administration sent a mission overseas which hoped to recruit
1,200 White workers, mainly in semi-skilled categories, but it was stated that only
220 men were willing to sign the four-year contracts.(") The annual report of the
General Manager of the S.A. Railways stated that more skilled workers are
needed, too - "key-grade" men and engineers.
Various private firms have attracted men to leave other employment by offering
higher wages.
Unemployment
As a result of the various factors described above unemployment amongst White
and Coloured, and to a certain extent Indians too, has dropped. The Reserve Bank
report stated, "At the end of June 1964 the number of registered unemployed (the
figures exclude Africans) amounted to only about 15,400, which is less than 1 per
cent of the labour force comprising the relevant groups."
Figures indicating the number of people who have registered for employment
with the Department of Labour but have not been placed are published in the
monthly Bulletin of Statistics. They do not include all work-seekers: for a variety
of reasons some people do not register. Statistics for May 1964 were:
(14) Rand Daily Mail, 6 April.
(15) Natal Mercury, 19 May.
(16) Star, 20 May.
(17) Sunday Times, 26 January.
(18) Star, 2 November.
A SURVEY OF RACE
236

Whites Coloured and

Asians
Juveniles under 19 years ...... 420 858
Persons aged 19-49 years ...... 5,975 6,307
Persons aged 50-65 years (or 60
years for women) ......... 1,607 623
The Minister of Labour said in the Assembly on 5 June(19) that he knew the
figures for Indian unemployed were probably not accurate, but many Indians
failed to register. (Some of the reasons were given in an earlier issue of this
Survey.)(2") As at the end of April 1964 there were 2,999 Indians registered as
unemployed in Natal, 2,622 (or 87 per cent) of them in Durban. During 1963, a
total of 10,525 Indians in Durban registered for employment and 5,026 were
placed.(1)
It was mentioned in last year's Survey(") that, on the basis of a random sample,
research workers at the University of Natal calculated that in January 1962 there
were about 15,000 adult Indians unemployed in Durban. The Minister of Indian
Affairs(3) claimed that this figure much exaggerated the position. After a very
careful investigation covering a much wider field than that of the University
workers the Bureau of Educational and Social Research came to the conclusion
that there were fewer than 15,000 in the whole of Natal, he said. (But according to
the University survey, 87 per cent of the unemployed Indians of Natal are in
Durban).
The highest percentage of unemployment, the Minister said, was amongst the
Tamil group, whose ancestors came to the country to work on the sugar
plantations, but who no longer wanted to do manual work. The Bureau was
investigating reasons for the unemployment. Measures were being devised to help
the Indians.!24)
At a meeting cf the Natal Employers' Association the Secretary for Labour said a
survey of the records of more than 2,000 Indians registered as unemployed had
revealed that two-thirds of them had little education and qualified only for
unskilled work. But the employment outlook for Indians had improved
considerably during the past two years. Increased numbers were working in the
clothing, textiles, leather, furniture, and dry-cleaning industries in Natal.(5)
In April a deputation of leading Durban Indians, accompanied by the Rector of
the University College for Indians, met the Natal Administrator-in-Executive-
Committee to discuss the problem of
(19) Hansard 19 cols. 7333-4.
(20) See 1962 Survey, page 171.
(21) Senate, 25 February, Hansard 6 col. 1333.
(22) Page 211.
(2.,) Assembly, 2 June, Hansard 19 co's. 7002-3.
(2) These are outlined on page 211.
(25) Natal Mercury, 21 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
237

unemployment. They asked whether the Province would assist by employing

more.
Figures published by the Department of Bantu Administration and
Development(6) show that there were 78,069 unemployed Africans in March; but
this figure certainly does not include workseekers in the towns who were not
obliged to register, nor the many thousands of persons in the Reserves who had
returned temporarily after having been "endorsed out" of towns, or were under-
employed migrants. As described later, many firms and local authorities have
reduced their African labour force as a result of the "productivity" campaign.
Immigration
The Deputy Minister of Labour announced on 20 October that there had been a
net gain of 30,808 new South Africans in 1963, of whom 2,037 were professional
people.
Unfortunately among the emigrants there continue to be numbers of South
Africa's leading scientists, university professors, members of the medical
profession, and experts in various fields, some leaving for political reasons and
others because of better prospects overseas.
According to the Bulletin of Statistics, of the immigrants in 1963, 18,319 came
from the Rhodesias, Nyasaland, Kenya, and Tanganyika, 10,135 from the United
Kingdom, 2,077 from Germany, 1,207 from Greece, and 705 from the
Netherlands. The Bulletin classified the White immigrants and emigrants
according to occupation:
Professional ...... Managerial and administrative Clerical
Salesmen and related workers Agriculture ... ... ... ...
M ining ... ... ... ... ...
Transport and communications Manufacturing and construction Service workers
.............
Independent ... ... ... ...
Dependants and others ......
Totals
Immigrants
2,938
834
1,868
729 862 403 337
5,487
568 500
23,438
37,964
Emigrants
901 242 591 168 89 61 38
619 123 190
4,134
7,156
It was stated by the Minister of Labour and Immigration(27) that under the
Government's controlled immigration scheme,
(26) In the Bulletin of Statistics.
(21) Press Release 64/64 (P) of 9 July.
238
A SURVEY OF RACE

immigrants are carefully selected and permitted entry only to occupations in

which there is a shortage.
The Government has launched a drive to recruit 10,000 skilled White workers in
Britain. Each is given a grant of R120 towards travel expenses, a guaranteed job,
free accommodation until a job is found, and free transport for the family from the
port of arrival to the place where the breadwinner will work!")
Besides this, the 1820 Settlers' Association has been doing intensive recruiting in
Britain, especially of building artisans. The Transvaal and Cape Provincial
Administrations are to send recruiting missions overseas in 1965, the Free State
did so in 1964, and Natal, after sending one mission, has now decided to establish
a permanent recruiting office in London.
Some of the country's largest employers, including the S.A. Motor industries
Employers' Association and the National Federation of Building Trade
Employers, are themselves to finance drives to recruit skilled workers from
Europe.29)
The Prime Minister said on 2 September that overseas investors who wished to
establish undertakings in South Africa would have to bring their own trained
technicians with them.(°)
Other methods to overcome the shortage of skilled workers
On 6 February the Deputy Minister of Labour described31) to the Assembly ways
in which his department was working to increase the number of skilled White
South African workers. Whereas in 1958 there were 18,000 young men being
trained in technical and commercial schools and under apprenticeship contracts,
the number had now risen to some 30,000, and, in the same period, the number of
training institutions had increased from 52 to 76.
Classes were being held to train adults in certain technical trades; operators were
in training at the Pretoria Technical College; and higher wages were being paid to
apprentices.
A description is given later(3") of the National Study Loans and Bursaries Act of
1964, created to assist students of all races at universities, university colleges,
training colleges, technical colleges, and vocational schools. Donations to the
fund by companies may be deducted from taxable income up to a maximum of 1
per cent of this income.
Increased use is being made of the services of women in various manufacturing
concerns. The Minister of the Interior said
('8) Star, 10 February.
('1) Rand Daily Mail, 21 January.
(30) Star of that date.
(.1) Hansard 3 cols. 878-9.
(32) See page 300.
RELATIONS : 1964
23.9

A SURVEY OF RACE
in October(3) that the process must continue and that the Government would take
the lead in this matter.
Use of Non-White skilled and semi-skilled workers
There have been numerous pleas for the training of NonWhites as skilled and
semi-skilled workers to supplement the White labour force. Mr. C. T. Hupkes,
chief economist of the Bureau for Economic Research at the University of
Stellenbosch, commented in a labour survey, "If, in certain sectors of the skilled
labour market, the required White manpower supply has been exhausted and
sufficient members cannot be recruited by means of immigration, present needs
dictate that recruits be sought in other sections of the population".34
According to an article in the South AJrican Builder (the journal of the National
Federation of Building Trade Employers), the Industrial Economics Division of
the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research and the National Institute for
Personnel Research had recommended that African labourers be given greater
opportunity to learn semi-skilled operations in the building industry, and that the
possibility of allowing Coloured workers into some trades less popular with
Whites, such as bricklaying and plastering, be considered03
In an address in May(") Mr. D. D. Baxter, retiring president of the Cape Chamber
of Commerce, talked of the under-utilization of human resources, and suggested
that the Western Cape should take the lead in making more use of the skills of
Non-Whites. Shortly afterwards Mr. E. P. Bradlow, past president of the
Johannesburg Chamber of Commerce, said that White attitudes to the training of
Africans had not been in harmony with reality. He posed the question as to
whether the White man's interests were better served by devices to protect the
White worker or by greater industrial expansion in which the skills of all were
utilized.3)7 Mr. G. B. Law, then president of the Association of Chambers of
Commerce, said in September that employers were beginning to think positively
in terms of employing Non-Whites to overcome the shortage of trained staff.!"8)
At a congress of this Association in October"9) Mr. G. E. Hughes suggested that
the Government be requested to investigate ways of improving training facilities
for all races and relaxing restrictions upon the movement and use of Non-White
labour. There was vast scope, for example, for the employment of NonWhites as
clerks, he said, so releasing Whites for more skilled
(33) Rand Daily Mail, 28 October.
(34) Cape Times, 14 December 1963.
(5) Rand Daily Mail, 7 February.
(6) Cape Times, 22 May.
(37) Star, 5 June.
(38) Ibid, 23 September (39) Ibid, 23 October.
240

RELATIONS: 1964
duties. The incoming President, Mr. A. Keller, said that selected Africans could
well be used as mechanics in the motor trade. Mr. A. Snyman pointed out that
there was no law to prevent the employment of Non-White clerks.
During the last quarter of 1963 the Transvaal Chamber of Industries sent a
questionnaire on labour requirements to its members, about 20 per cent of whom
replied. In its summary of the replies(4") the Chamber stated, "With few
exceptions, employers have indicated that the most effective and satisfactory
means of expanding their manpower resources would be to train semi-skilled
workers regardless of race to perform skilled work or become qualified in certain
phases and aspects of skilled operations . . . There is no doubt that employers in
general are keen to develop the skills of Bantu workers".
The Government continues to maintain that whereas NonWhites should be
trained,(41) they should use their skills in the services of their own people. The
Deputy Minister of Education, Arts and Science said in March(4) that Non-
Whites must be developed so that they could eventually provide the necessary
services in all spheres for their separate racial groups. At present the demands on
the White section were unrealistically great. When addressing an Afrikaner
economic congress in September the Prime Minister talked of steps being taken to
solve the manpower shortage, and added that there was one thing that would
never be done. and that was to use Non-Whites along with, or as substitutes for,
Whites.(43)
But, as will be described later, faced by the choice between curtailing vital
services for lack of White workers or taking on Non-Whites to do work hitherto
reserved for Whites, even Government Departments have found themselves
compelled to depart from traditional labour patterns, for instance, in the
employment of Coloured postmen in certain areas, and of Indians by the Railways
in Durban. Earlier in the year, the Johannesburg City Council took on African
drivers and conductors to man the African bus services after the shortage of
personnel had caused the cancellation of services and provoked widespread
complaint by Johannesburg's White residents. Private enterprises are
increasingly engaging Coloured typists and making greater use of Non-Whites as
clerks.
A Star reporter visited a number of Transvaal manufacturing concerns in August,
and thereafter stated(44) that because of the shortage of journeymen exemptions
had been granted, under various industrial council agreements, allowing unskilled
workers to do aspects of journeymen's work. Because White operatives
(40) Industrial Manpower Resources, published by the Transvaal Chamber of
Industries.
(41) Training schemes are described in the chapter on Education.
(42) Official Press release 65/64 K).
(43) Star, 2 September.
(44) Ibid, 6 and 7 August.

A SURVEY OF RACE
were scarce, Non-Whites moved in. The Non-White "mates" of skilled workers,
who over the years had acquired skills, were now doing more than just handing
the tools, he said. Non-Whites were employed as operatives in light engineering
works. And there was no evidence that a single White man had been displaced:
many had been upgraded to be supervisors.
In a survey by the Transvaal Chamber of Industries, mentioned above, it was
stated, "The demand for Bantu who are able to fill skilled occupations is
surprisingly high".
Leading trade unionists have urged the authorities to recognize that Non-Whites
are increasingly entering skilled and semi-skilled occupations traditionally done
by Whites and that this trend could not be regarded as temporary. Only in this
way could economic growth be maintained. The chairman of the S.A. Federation
of Trade Unions is reported to have said, "The industrial colour bar cannot stand
in the way of economic growth". The TUSCA spokesman also drew attention to
the dangers to the maintenance of White wage standards when different wages
were paid to different races for doing the same job. Job reservation, which was
unworkable in a situation of full employment and a shortage of skilled White
labour, offered no protection. A strong call for the "rate for the job" was made to
protect skilled wage standards and to prevent a lowering of White living
standards. (Rand Daily Mail, 10 November, Star, 11 November.)
New book on the industrial colour-bar
A new book by Professor W. H. Hutt has recently been published, entitled The
Economics ol the Colour Bar.(45)
SKILLS OF AFRICAN WORKERS
No comprehensive information is available relating to the skills of workers of the
various racial groups. However, in the issue of Bantu for September it was stated,
"In the nine years up to 1960 there was a 60 per cent increase in the number of
Bantu skilled administrative and executive workers. The number of clerks
increased by 47 per cent, and the number of salesmen by 87 per cent. Unskilled
workers increased by only 14 per cent".
JOB RESERVATION
Determinations prior to 1964
Job reservation determinations published prior to 1964 were: No. 1, 1957, for the
clothing industry, was held to be ultra
vires.
(45) Published for the Institute of Economic Affairs by Andre Deutsch.
242

No. 2, 1957, reserved for Whites the driving of motor transport

vehicles in the Durban municipal cleansing department.
No. 3, 1957, reserving for Whites certain work concerned with
the manufacture of door and window metal surrounds and related occupations,
was suspended "after complaints concerning unfair competition had been
satisfactorily settled by means of wage
adjustments".(46)
No. 4, 1958, reserved for Whites the posts of firemen and traffic
policemen above the rank of constable in the Cape Town area, and placed
restrictions there on the employment of Coloured ambulance drivers and
attendants and traffic constables.
No. 5, 1959, reserved for Whites the operation of lifts in certain
types of buildings in Johannesburg, Pretoria, and
Bloemfontein.
No. 6, 1959, reserved for Whites skilled work in the building
industry in urban areas of the Transvaal and Free
State other than in African townships.
No. 7, 1959, reserving for Whites certain work in connection
with the manufacture of domestic and electrical appliances, was suspended for the
same reason as
was No. 3.
No. 8, 1960, for the clothing industry, was a complicated
measure, the object of which was to prevent the percentage of Whites employed
by any employer, or of Whites and Coloured together, from falling below the
percentages that obtained at set dates. No. 9, 1962, reserved for Whites the work
of driving sanitary
vehicles in the industrial areas and White suburbs
of Springs.
No. 10, 1962, provides that on not less than 24 days in any month
at least 84 per cent of the drivers and conductors employed by the City Tramways
Company in the
Western Cape must be Whites.
No. 11, 1962, reserved for Whites the driving of heavy vehicles
in certain industries on the Free State goldfields. No. 12, 1962, reserved for
Whites various skilled types of work,
including the driving of heavy vehicles, in the wholesale meat trade on the
Witwatersrand and in
Pretoria.
No. 13, 1963, is another complicated measure, reserving for
Whites stipulated trades (varying from area to area) in the building industry in the
"White" parts of larger towns of the Cape and Natal. Coloured and
(46) Minister of Labour. Senate, 11 February, Hansard 4 col. 711.
RELATIONS : 1964
243

Indian workers already employed in the trades concerned on 9 November 1962

were permitted to
continue.
No. 14, 1963, reserved for Whites the work of barmen in White
public bars (but not bar lounges) in Durban and
Pietermaritzburg.
In the Senate on 11 February47) the Minister of Labour gave information about
the effects of certain of the determinations which are of more than local
significance. Dealing with No. 8, for the clothing industry, he said it had caused
no displacement of workers. The number of Coloured employed in the industry
had actually increased from 11,787 in 1958 to 16,000 in April 1963. Over the
same period the number of African employees in the trades affected rose from 95
to 108, while the number of Whites increased by 58.
With regard to Determination 6, for the building industry in urban areas of the
Transvaal and Free State, the Minister said that exemptions had been granted in
individual cases to permit the employment of Coloured men in reserved
occupations. (Previous exemptions were described in the 1963 Survey, page 193).
The Ministers of Labour and of Indian Affairs gave information about No. 14,
relating to barmen in Durban and Pietermaritzburg.4) There were said to be 23
Indian barmen who were affected in Durban, and 26 in Pietermaritzburg. All were
granted exemption from the determination for varying periods. At the end of each
such period their employers were allowed to retain them if it was proved that no
suitable Whites were available. If the services of an Indian were terminated he
must, if possible, be replaced by a White. In February there were 5 unemployed
White barmen in Durban, and 31 unemployed Indian barmen (27 of them in
Durban). The Minister of Labour said on 5 June, "I am investigating to see
whether a change (in the determination) is justified."
New determinations
(a) Motor transport driving in Durban
Determination No. 15, gazetted on 19 June, reserved for Whites, Coloured, and
Indians certain forms of motor transport driving in the magisterial district of
Durban, excluding African areas; but stipulated that no-one may replace a White
driver of the types of vehicles concerned by someone of another race; and
(47) Hansard 4 cols. 711-12, 849, 859.
(48) Assembly 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6999; 11 February, Hansard 4 col. 1102:
18 February, Hansard 5 col. 1504; 5 June, Hansard 19 cols. 7338-9; also see
Sunday Chron'cle, 3 May, and Natal Mercury, 24 September.
244
A SURVEY OF RACE

that when such a post is created or vacated a White person must be appointed.
The vehicles to which the determination applies are those of any weight used for
the cartage of goods to and from the harbour, or for transporting bulk supplies of
petroleum products, and vehicles of a payload of 14,000 lbs. and over used for
transporting goods in the brick manufacturing, milling, quarrying, and stone
crushing industries or for the delivery of sand.
The employers concerned estimated that of their drivers almost 50 per cent were
Indians, 38 per cent White, 7 per cent Coloured, and 5 per cent African. Indians
and Africans are paid much lower wages than the rest.( 9)
(b) The motor vehicle assembly industry
Determination No. 16, published on 16 October, relates to the assembling of
motor vehicles from new components and the building of bodies for motor
vehicles, but does not affect the manufacture of motor vehicle parts.
With the exception of Blackheath, Cape, car firms throughout the country must
allocate supervisory and control work and most welding jobs to Whites. At
Blackheath, these jobs may be carried on by Whites or Coloured, and all other
types of work are reserved for Coloured.
Compulsory minimum ratios of White to Non-White labour are fixed, varying in
different parts of the country. In Uitenhage the workers must be at least 65 per
cent White, in Bellville and Port Elizabeth 45 per cent, in East London and on the
Witwatersrand 25 per cent, and in Durban 20 per cent.
No employer may replace a White by a Non-White worker, nor a Coloured man
by an African. If a White employee vacates any post another White must be
appointed in his place. Subject to the other clauses, if a Coloured man leaves he
must be replaced by a White or another Coloured man.
It has been pointed out that with the existing shortage of White artisans it may be
impossible to achieve these quotas. Unless extensive exemptions are granted,
Coloured and Indian workers will have to be dismissed and production curtailed.
A spokesman of the Trade Union Council of S.A. said(5") that because of the
varying quotas the determination made nonsense of the principles of fair
competition. He pointed out that the situation would be still further confused by
the forthcoming establishment of Japanese motor vehicle assembly plants in
border areas.5 1)
(49) Natal Mercury, 29 May.
(50) Rand Daily Mail, 28 October.
(51) See page 171.
245
RELATIONS : 1964

A SURVEY OF RACE
Taxi driving in Cape Town
Regulations affecting Coloured taxi drivers in Cape Town were not made under
the "job reservation" clause (Section 77 of Act 28 of 1956) but by the Road
Transportation Board in the Cape. This Board has since 1960 been trying to bring
about apartheid in taxi services. Several appeals against its decisions have been
made to the National Transport Commission.
For a period Coloured drivers were allowed to transport White passengers if the
Department of Labour certified that no White driver was available. But the Board
has now ruled that taxiowners may transport passengers of their own racial group
only, and the drivers employed must be of this same group52)
During September the Cape Town City Council rejected a request by the Board to
provide separate taxi ranks for the different races in parallel streets of the city.(.5)
EMPLOYMENT IN VARIOUS SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY
Agriculture
Valuable information is contained in the Reports on Agricultural and Pastoral
Production for 1959-60 and 1960-61 (R.P. 10 and 18 of 1963 and 11, 16 and 40 of
1964).
As at 30 June 1961 the land-holdings of private individuals and partnerships
excluding registered companies) were:(4)
No. of holdings Total area Average area of Average value (morgen) holding
(morgen) per morgen
R
Whites ... 99,798 99,514,982 997 31
Coloured ... 769 396,364 516 16
Asians ... 2,828 70,690 25 357
The figures for Asians appear to indicate that Indian-owned land is intensively
cultivated.
Holders of land in African areas, on
tribes ... ... ... ... ...
private persons ... ... ... partnerships ... ... ... registered companies ...... State-
aided organizations ... Church or mission societies
3,084 1,151
16 2
197 53
30 June 1960, were: Area in morgen
... 15,620,162
... 243,024
... 6,084
... 1,199
... 577,360
... 53,300
16,501,129
(52) Cape Times, 28 April; Sunday Chronicle, 31 May.
(53) Star, 31 September.
(54) Averages calculated by the writer, and also numbers of the totals that follow.
Various tables in the Reports have been combined.
246
Employees on land-holdings of Whites, Coloured, and Asians (including those of
companies and public authorities) in June 1961 were:
M anagers ... ... ... ... ...
Domestic servants ......... Regular farm employees ...... Casual employees
(including
seasonal and occasional, but not contractors and their employees) ......
Totals ... ...
White
3,324
68
11,208
996
15,596
Coloured
2
24,456 104,981
103,196
232,635
Asian
11
503 5,457
750
6,721
African
1
126,570 731,424
583,175
1,441,470
Of these, the number of employees on land-holdings of Coloured and Indians only
(excluding companies) were: Coloured Asian African
Managers ............. - 10
Domestic servants .......... 51 91 987
Regular employees ...... 589 1,326 8,666
(asual emnlovees.. .... 1.446 467 7,117
Of all Non-White employees on all types of holdings the sex distribution was:
Coloured Asian ... African
Men
... ... 173,351
... ... 5,400
... ... 940,201
Women
59,284 1,321 501,269
Besides the employees, the farm population includes holders and members of
their families, and dependants of employees. In the table that follows tables 14
and 17 of R.P. 10/1963 are combined and summarized. They apply to June 1960
(i.e. a year earlier than the month to which the previous figures relate).* White
Coloured Asian African
Holders and members of their
families .... ... .... ... 352,840 21
Employees ....... .... ... ... 14,819 216
Other persons on farms
(dependants of employees, guests, squatters, contractors and their employees,
etc.) ... .... ... .... ... 41,018 118
The population of Bantu areas on 31 / absent migrants) was:*
Kraal heads of communal holdings ...
O ther ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
,640 22,248 ,272 7,531
1,266,605
,300 16,352 877,480 kugust 1960 (excluding
... 770,956
... 4,040,185
4,811,141
* See page 136 for an explanation of why these figures differ from those quoted
in the 1963 Survey. It would appear that the proportion of Africans in White rural
areas is considerably higher than the agricultural census (relating to rural land
holdings only) would indicate.
RELATIONS: 1964
247

The "other" persons included 1,787,374 males and 2,252,811 females.

Cash wages and payments in kind received by the regular and casual employees
combined, for the year ended 30 June 1960, were:
White Coloured Asian African
R R R R
Cash .............. 15,949,606 17,002,290 1,188,578 58,994,990
Kind ...............1,705,300 4,516,528 289,830 23,380,632
Estimated value of
bonuses .......... 879,176 264,744 20,622 1,304,846 Estimated rental value
of land set aside for
use by employees ... 93,682 45,428 5,444 1,660,328
Estimated money value
of free grazing
rights ... ... ... 180,274 133,620 1,834 4,515,044 It is unfortunate that
equally comprehensive statistics are not available for later years. No useful result
is obtained by trying to work out average wages, for the wages of all types of
workers and of men, women, and juveniles are combined.
The Secretary for Agricultural Economics and Marketing said in March(55) that
the average net income per White farmer in 1960 was R3,400.
According to the Agricultural Census, during the year ended 31 August 1960 the
area of land set aside for use by African employees on the holdings of Whites was
1,401,971 morgen.
Provisions of the Bantu Laws Amendment Act affecting farming
areas
(Other provisions of this Act, No. 42 of 1964, are described on pages 161, 174,
and 359).
When the Bantu Laws Amendment Bill was introduced in the Assembly the
Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said(5" it was the
Government's intention gradually to abolish the labour tenant system. (Under this
system the head of an African family and, in the past, one or more of his
dependants, work for a farmer for part of the year, and in return the African and
his family have the right to live on the farm and, usually, to run cattle on a portion
of it and to cultivate a piece of ground). The Deputy Minister added, later,(5") that
labour tenants would become full-time employees. The numbers of registered
labour tenants in 1960 were: Cape ...... 428
Free State ... 216
Natal ...... 42,000
Transvaal ... 83,000
(55) Rand Daily Mail, 6 March.
(56) Assembly, 24 February, Hansard 6 col. 1857.
(51) 12 March, Hansard 8 col. 2957.
248
A SURVEY OF RACE

The Act provides machinery for the abolition of labour farms(51) and the gradual
abolition of the labour tenant system.
It places limitations on the classes of Africans who may be employed as labour
tenants. In terms of the previous law, an African male adult might enter into a
contract to work for a stated period annually for a farmer as a domestic servant,
farm labourer, or employee in any industry or other activity carried out by the
farmer on his land. Under such a contract members of the African's family, too,
might be required to work for the farmer.
The new Act stipulates that only Africans over the age of 15 years, who were born
in the Republic or South-West Africa, may enter into labour tenants' contracts,
and must themselves work for the farmer as domestic servants, farm labourers, or
employees in any other class of employment prescribed by the Minister. It would
appear that members of the African's family will not be required to work for the
farmer unless they are over the age of 15 years and themselves enter into a
contract.
The previous definition of a "dependant" of an African on a farm referred only to
a person between 12 and 18 years of age who resides with and is dependent upon
the African. The Act widened the definition to include wives, minor sons,
unmarried daughters, and disabled children living with and dependent upon the
African, and dependent parents or grandparents.
It lays down that no labour tenant contract may be entered into for a period in
excess of three years. If no period is expressly stipulated the contract will be
deemed to have been entered into for a period of one year.
An application for the registration of a labour tenant will be refused if the farmer
concerned employed no labour tenants at the time of his application or at the time
when the Act came into force. The Minister may declare that in a specified area
and as from a specified date no further labour tenants' contracts shall be entered
into, or that no labour tenants shall be employed.
In the Cape the labour tenant system is controlled by divisional councils. Labour
tenants control boards have been set up in various areas of the other provinces,
consisting of a Departmental official as chairman and three local farmers. The Act
adds "at least" three; and states that outside the Cape, Bantu Affairs
Commissioners will have power to act in areas where no control board has been
established.
The Minister is empowered to establish Bantu labour control boards which will
have jurisdiction in respect of all farm labourers and domestic servants as well as
labour tenants.
The powers of boards to investigate the labour position on any farm and to
determine the number of labour tenants (or farm
(58) Farms where Africans are accommodated by a farmer until he needs their
services.
RELATIONS : 1964
249

A SURVEY OF RACE
employees gznerally) who may be employed there, are widened. Regulations
prescribing the principles to be followed by the boards may direct members to
consider the availability of non-African labour.
It is provided in the Act that if in the Minister's opinion the congregation of
Africans on any land, or the situation of their accommodation, or their presence in
any area they traverse for the purpose of congregating, is causing a nuisance to
persons resident in the vicinity, or if the Minister considers it is undesirable,
having regard to the locality of any land, that Africans should congregate on it, he
may prohibit the owner of the land from allowing Africans to congregate or reside
thereon. Before doing so the Minister must warn the owner, allowing him a
reasonable, stated period within which to make representations. Meetings,
assemblies or gatherings connected exclusively with church or other religious
services or church functions may not be prohibited.
A new provision enables the authorities to issue a second removal order to an
African convicted of being in an area unlawfully if, on arrival at the first place to
which he has been removed, the Bantu Affairs Commissioner considers that there
is no suitable accommodation for him there, or that he has no proper employment
within a reasonable distance of the place concerned.
The position in regard to the payment of licence fees for squatters is set out more
clearly. (Squatters are persons living on a farm, generally paying rent, and
rendering no service. Farmers are required to register them and pay fees which are
progressively increased with the object of making the system uneconomic to the
farmer).
During the debate in the Assembly the Deputy Minister was asked whether the
Government intended forcing Africans to leave farms when they became too old
to work. He replied0') that, provided the farmer was willing, they could remain if
the Bantu Affairs Commissioner gave his approval.
Mining
According to the Bulletin of Statistics the average numbers employed in mining
during 1963 were 64,796 Whites, 3,995 Coloured, 430 Asians, and 528,627
Africans.
A full description of the recruiting of mine labour was given in the report of the
Froneman Committee, which investigated foreign Africans in the Republic. The
Institute of Race Relations has published a summary of this by Mr. Ken Owen
(RR 111/64).
Information about the territorial origin of labourers employed by members and
contractors of the Witwatersrand Native Labour Association is contained in the
annual report of that Association.
(59) 27 February, Hansard 6 col. 2135.
250

RELATIONS: 1964 251

The members and contractors are most of the gold mines and certain coal mines.
(The Froneman Commission provided information indicating that the gold mines
employed 92 per cent of the labourers concerned). On 31 December 1963 the
origins of these workers were:
Number Percen tage
Cape ... ... .... ... 108,678 27.56
Natal and Zululand ... 14,144 3.59
Free State ... .... ... 5,917 1.50
Transvaal .......... 25,052 6.35
153,791 39.00
Basutoland ...... 56,467 14.32
Bechuanaland ...... 15,278 3.87
Swaziland .......... 5,782 1.47
77,527 19.66
East Coast 88,734 22.51
Tropical territories ... 74,243 18.83
394,295 100.00
The total number employed in 1962 was 405,629.
The Froneman Commission stated that on 30 June 1960 mines that were not
affiliated to the Chamber of Mines employed 112,041 Africans, 46,646 of them
from outside the Republic.
Average salaries and wages per annum paid by the mining industry in 1963 were
R2,562 for Whites, R458 for Coloured and Asians, and R152 for Africans. (The
Africans receive free food, accommodation, and medical services).
Mr. A. A. von Maltitz, President of the Chamber of Mines, announced on 29 June
that minimum rates of pay for African mineworkers were to be raised by 10 per
cent. Mining companies were already paying a steadily increasing number of their
African employees considerably more than the minimum rates, he said.
A description of the range of African wages was given on page 199 of last year's
Survey.
Manufacturing
The average numbers employed in manufacturing during 1963 were 224,700
Whites, 102,100 Coloured, 40,700 Asians, and 381,800 Africans.
Average salaries and wages were R2,058 a year for Whites, R660 for Coloured
and Asians, and R422 for Africans.

According to the Rand Daily MailV6°) African wages in the manufacturing and
construction industries rose by 2.1 per cent from 1958 to 1959, 4.5 per cent the
following year, and 4.9 per cent from 1960 to 1961.
As mentioned in a previous chapter(61) the Government is encouraging Indians to
establish industries in which they will employ members of their own racial group.
Construction
During 1963 the average numbers employed in construction were approximately
24,000 Whites, 9,200 Coloured, 900 Asians, and 77,800 Africans. Average
salaries and wages were R2,123 a year for Whites, R791 for Coloured and Asians,
and R380 for Africans.
A recent survey by the National Federation of Building Trade Employers62)
showed that there was a shortage in the country of 3,400 qualified building
artisans and 800 apprentices. Most men were working overtime, and a recruiting
campaign was in progress in Britain.
It appears anomalous that at the same time, a high proportion of the trained
African building artisans in Johannesburg were reported to be working as
labourers or assistants to White artisans because the building programme in the
townships had been curtailed and the Africans could not be employed in skilled
jobs in White or Coloured areas.(63)
In spite of the shortage of White artisans there has been a building boom. The
total value of building plans passed to the end of August in the 18 principal urban
areas was nearly R131-million, compared with about R87-million for the same
eight months of 1963.
The Minister of Labour said in the Assembly on 25 February(") that in 1963 there
were 447 White and 107 Non-White apprentices (Coloured and Indian)
indentured in the building industry.
On another occasion(") he said that by May, 757 Africans had been trained under
the African Building Workers' Act of 1951, and 2,876 others had acquired
experience which enabled them to pass trade tests. There were 386 registered
learners.
The position at the end of 1963 was:(")
(60) 6 February.
(61) Page 223.
(62) Rand Daily Ma.l, 29 September.
(61) Star, 21 May.
(14) Hansard 6 col. 1935.
(1'1) Assembly, 5 May, Hansard 15 cols. 5617-8.
(16) Minister of Labour, Senate 21 February, Hansard 5 col. 1199.
252
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964 253

Completed training In training
Blocklaying ......... 70 30
Bricklaying ......... 1,986 205
Plastering 173 3
Bricklaying/Plastering ... 262 12
Carpentry ......... 710 57
Painting ....... ... ... 218 59
Plumbing .............. 182 49
Electrical wiring ...... 4 19
3,605 434
The Minister added that, except in the case of electric wiring, the prescribed
qualifications were lower for Africans than for Whites. "In terms of Section 10 (1)
of the Act", he said, "Bantu are trained to perform skilled work of a nature and
standard required for the construction of buildings for use by Bantu in the Bantu
areas".
Details of the training being provided at technical and vocational schools for Non-
Whites are given in the chapter on education, but it is relevant to state here that at
the end of 1963 there were 123 African youths training as builders, 456 as joiners
and carpenters, 320 as concrete workers, bricklayers, and plasterers, 61 as
plumbers, and 85 as electricians. Those in training at the Dube Vocational
Training Centre, Johannesburg (not included in the figures given above) were 15
bricklayers and plasterers, 12 carpenters, 15 wiremen, and 12 plumbers.
A vocational high school for Coloured boys was opened -;n Cape Town during
the year, providing training in woodwork, building, engineering, and electrical
trades. The establishment of a similar institution for Indians has been approved in
principle.
African builders employed by the Department of Bantu Administration and
Development are paid at the following rates:(67)
Workman (generally still a learner-artisan)R296 - R320 x 40 - R560
Building foreman and electro-technicianR400 x 40 - R600 x 60 - R840
Under-Superintendent of works-R660 x 60 - R900.
Commerce
Section 66 of the Bantu Laws Amendment Act (No. 42 of 1964) provided that no
African may carry on any trade or business as a hawker, pedlar, dealer, or
speculator in livestock or produce, or any street trade or business which the
Minister may specify, in
(67) Bantu Education Journal, May.

a prescribed area(") outside a Bantu residential area, unless lie has the permission
of the local authority. Local authorities may not grant such permission unless at
their request the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development has
authorized them to do so. He may direct that no such trading be permitted in
specified portions of a prescribed area, or may impose other conditions.
The Deputy Minister said(")9 that the main object of this Section was to empower
the authorities to take effective steps against proprietors of "coffee-carts". People
trading from moveable carts do not need licences, and until the new provision
came into force action could be taken against them only if they obstructed traffic.
The onerous restrictions on African traders in urban African townships, contained
in an earlier draft of the Bill, were omitted from the 1964 version of it.(7")
In a commentary on the Bill sent to the Minister and subsequently released to the
Press (RR 21/64) the Institute of Race Relations expressed its opposition to the
exclusion of all African traders, including hawkers and pedlars, from "White"
areas. It submitted that exclusive trading rights granted to Africans only, in Bantu
residential areas, were not the equivalent of trading rights granted to Whites in
White suburbs. The Institute reiterated its opinion that the commercial and
industrial sections of the town should be open to all racial groups, for it is in these
areas that persons of all racial groups conduct the bulk of their business.
At a conference of more than 60 African traders and businessmen, held in
Johannesburg during April, it was decided to establish a National African
Chamber of Commerce. Mr. R. Maponya of Johannesburg was elected president,
and Mr. S. J. Conco of Durban vice-president.
By November subsidiary Chambers had been formed in 32 towns.
It was announced in August that some 600 African traders, operating under the
Chamber, had formed a bulk-buying organization (Bulk-Buyers, Pty. Ltd.), to co-
ordinate small orders from individual traders and to buy direct from factories or
control boards, thus eliminating the middleman and enabling traders in the
townships to sell at competitive prices. By November, about 900 Africans had
decided to join this scheme, which will be launched in January 1965.
The organization called Batfair is a non-profit-making company which
organizes trade fairs in African areas, during which seminars are held for traders,
farmers, and housewives. Any profits
(68) "Prescribed" areas are all urban areas, other areas "proclaimed" under the
Natives (Urban Areas) Act, and any other areas outside the African Reserves
which are "prescribed" by the Minister.
(69) Assembly, 24 February, Hansard 6 col. 1860, and Hansard 9 col. 3253.
(70) See 1963 Survey, page 132.
A SURVEY OF RACE
254

that do accrue are held in trust for the establishment of technical colleges, the
provision of university bursaries, and the institution of holiday homes. During
1964 fairs were held at Duncan Village (East London), Edendale
(Pietermaritzburg), Kwa Mashu (Durban), Tlhabane (Rustenburg), and Ga
Rankuwa (Pretoria). The attendance at Durban over a fortnight was about 63,800;
while the Pretoria fair attracted some 63,000 African visitors in eight days.!71)
A trust company was formed in Cape Town early in the year, with a Coloured
chairman and managing director (Mr. J. D. Koster), an Indian director, and two
White directors serving in an advisory capacity. It will accept business from all
sections of the community but will concentrate on Non-White building schemes
and insurance.
The Public Service
Employees in the Public Service in 1963 (excluding the Railways, Post Office,
and Provincial Administrations) were 118,414 Whites, 12,365 Coloured, 800
Asians, and 129,762 Africans. Whereas the proportion of White employees in
mining was 18 per cent, and in manufacturing 30 per cent, it was 45 per cent in
both the Public Service and the Provincial Administrations, and as high as 75 per
cent in the Post Office. Average salaries and wages in the Public Service in 1963
were R1,694 a year for Whites, R603 for Coloured, R884 for Indians, and R346
for Africans.
The Minister of Labour announced7") that the number f approved posts for
Coloured and Indians have been increased, as follows:
Police force -Coloured 858 in 1957, 1,638 in 1964
Indian 299 in 1957,
Prisons -Coloured 142 in 1959,
Indian 7 in 1959,
Other branches-Coloured 2,147 in 1961,
Indian 219 in 1961,
The Minister of the Interior was asked how many Non-White permanent
employees and more than R2 per working day, and statistics:
Less than R2
Africans ...... 82,059
Coloured ...... 8,654
Indians ... ... ... 378
501 in 1964 498 in 1964
32 in 1964
2,356 in July 1963
366 in July 1963. in the Assembly(73) were paid less than gave the following
More than R2
7,799 1,986
377
Subsequent to this the commencing wages of numerous categories of workers
were raised as from 1 April, the top salary
(71) Star, 26 October, and other sources.
(72) Senate, 11 February, Hansard 4 col. 859.
(73) 1.1 February, Hansard 4 col. 1128.
RELATIONS : 1964
255

notches were increased in many cases, and numbers of posts filled by Non-Whites
were added to the list of "classified" posts, enabling the incumbents to participate
in the pension fund and leave bonus schemes. The Department of Information told
the Institute of Race Relations 740 that about 3,600 Coloured, 600 Indian, and
25,000 African employees would receive increased pay as a result. The total cost
of this to the Administration was R11-million.
In the issue of Bantu for September some examples of the revised scales were
given:
Senior African clerks-R1,200 x 180 - R1,800 (previous
maximum was R1,620)
Unmatriculated Coloured and Indian clerks and typists-R534 rising to R1,080
(previously R360 rising to
R720)
According to the Rand Daily Mail (20 July), senior Coloured and Indian clerks
will now be able to rise to a maximum of R2,136 a year.
Post Office
During 1963 the Post Office employed an average of 32,893 Whites, 2,738
Coloured, 76 Asians, and 7,926 Africans.
For some years the Post Office has employed Non-Whites for telegraph
deliveries, and Coloured men can rise to become Senior Postmasters in their own
Coloured areas. Lately, because it proved impossible to recruit enough Whites for
appointment as postmen, Non-Whites have been trained and appointed to work in
outlying parts of White areas, officially on a temporary basis.
The Minister of Posts and Telegraphs said in the Assembly on 26 May(75) that
by then there were 9 Africans being employed as postmen, in Evander,
Pietersburg, Groblersdal, and the West Rand. They were paid at the annual rate of
R224 x 24- R320 x 40- R440 (much lower pay than White postmen receive).
There was a shortage of 978 White postmen, the Minister said, the total number of
jobs available being 2,835.
Non-Whites have apparently been employed for some time as postmen in Cape
Town and on the Free State goldfields; but there was opposition from the Pretoria
branch of the S.A. Postal Association when 12 Coloured postmen were appointed
there in July. Subsequently 15 Indian postmen were engaged in Durban.
It was announced in October that the Department had instituted a comprehensive
inquiry into the service conditions and wages of postmen. The possibilities of
recruiting men abroad and of using White postwomen for indoor duties were
being investigated.
(74) Letter No. 7/3/1 of 18 August.
(75) Hansard 18 co's. 6624-5.
256
A SURVEY OF RACE

Railways
Employees of the Railways, Harbours, and Airways Administration during 1963
averaged 113,090 Whites, 11,530 Coloured, 704 Asians, and 94,518 Africans.
Salaries and wages averaged R2,035 a year for Whites and R348 for Non-Whites.
The Minister of Transport said on 13 March(76) that of the Coloured workers
then employed, 9,089 were on the permanent staff and 2,647 on the temporary
staff.
On 28 February he said(") that all the skilled workers were White, and so were all
the semi-skilled artisans and trade hands. Some Non-White employees were
classified as semi-skilled, however, for example clerks, policemen, pumpers,
cooks, and cloakroom attendants. The numbers of semi-skilled and unskilled
NonWhite workers then were:
Coloured Indian African
Semi-skilled ...... 10,639 336 85,836
Unskilled ...... 1,182 307 9,537
Indian employees in Durban urged, through the Minister of Indian Affairs, that
Indians should be employed in skilled and semi-skilled work on railway lines to
be established between Durban and the various Indian housing schemes. The
Railways Administration rejected this plea, but said that more Indian labourers
would be engaged to work at the Durban harbour.
Later in the year, however, Non-Whites were employed in other semi-skilled
occupations in the Railways Administration. This occurred after a mission had
been sent overseas with the aim of recruiting 1,200 White shunters, platelayers,
stokers and others. It was stated subsequently that only 220 men were willing to
sign the 4-year contracts.
A spokesman of the (White) Artisan Staff Association announced early in
November that, after a special request from the management, his association had
agreed to the employment of 40 Non-Whites in the Durban railway workshops on
semiskilled work such as rivet-heating and coach-washing prior to painting. This
was a temporary, emergency measure. They would be paid at a "better-class" rate
(less than Whites receive for the same work). The association had insisted that
there should not be any "mixed working" on the same job.
The Minister of Transport stated (Star, 10 November) that this process was not a
new one. He gave some examples of jobs formerly done by Whites which, for
some time now, had been filled by Non-Whites. Formerly learner-stokers also
acted as locomotive cleaners, but there were now nearly 130 Non-White
locomotive cleaning learners in service. Certain work on dredgers and harbour
tugs formerly done by Whites was now carried out
(76) Assembly, Hansard 8 col. 2973.
(77) Assembly, Hansard 6 cols. 2146-7.
RELATIONS : 1964
257

A SURVEY OF RACE
by Non-Whites, and about 200 White deck-hands had been replaced by Non-
Whites.
Commenting on this, Mr. Douglas Mitchell, M.P., said that ln addition Africans
were driving road transport buses in predominantly Non-White areas.
It is reported that the Railways Administration is planning shortened courses to
train White artisans to take over skilled jobs.
The highest posts available to Coloured male workers and the annual salaries are:
Coloured clerk grade I-R1,608 x 96 - R1,704 Police Sergeant class I-R1,080 x 60
- R1,200
Coloured clerk grade II-R678 rising to R1,512.
This information was given in the Assembly by the Minister of Transport on 5
June.(" He said that the first two categories had only just been created, thus as yet
no-one had been appointed to the posts concerned. There were 82 grade II clerks.
According to the Report of the Railways and Harbours Board for 1963, 1,260
Non-White barrier attendants and 317 booking clerks had been trained by the end
of that year. During the year 400 Non-Whites were trained for work in
construction and maintenance gangs, and 4,280 in the safe handling of goods.
When asked in the Assembly on 7 February7") how many Non-White employees
earned less than and more than R2 per working day the Minister replied: Less
than R2 More than R2
Africans ...... 95,619 840
Coloured ...... 9,439 1,347
Indians ... ... ... 673 2
Since then the commencing wages of Coloured workers have been raised by 15c a
day, to R1.15 or R1.25 (depending on the category of work). Labourers will be
able to reach the R2 level in 5 years instead of 10, as in the past.(8")
At a meeting of the Railway Artisan Staff Association in April the president, Mr.
J. H. Liebenberg, pleaded for the restoration of staff representation for African
railway workers. There was an African Staff Association until 1958, but it was
then replaced by machinery similar to that in the Native Labour (Settlement of
Disputes) Act.(")
Provincial Administrations and Local Authorities
According to the Bulletin of employees and their salaries
(78) Hansard 19 cols. 7246-8.
(79) Hansard 3 col. 951.
(80) Star, 22 April.
(81) See 1955/56 Survey, page 185.
of Statistics the average numbers and wages in 1963 were:
258

Employees Whites Coloured Asians Africans

Provincial administrations 69,650 17,370 5,460 63,847 Local authorities ......
50,700 19,100 3,200 113,700 Salaries and wages
Provincial administrations R1,747 R1,034 R1,109 R238
Local authorities ...... R1,519 R440 R391 R286
The salaries for Coloured and Asians in provincial service are relatively high
because a large proportion of these workers are teachers, nurses, clerks, etc. Many
of the Africans live in compounds and have free quarters and food.
When a deputation of Africans met the Secretary for Bantu Administration and
Development during March they were told that no posts requiring a Ministerial
licence (e.g. that of a township superintendent) would be granted to Africans in
urban areas. Africans could, however, be promoted to posts such as those of
inspectors or cashiers.(8")
The Johannesburg City Council decided in May to seek Government approval for
the promotion of certain senior African clerks to the position of "Bantu Location
Officers" (or assistants to township superintendents).(13) The Pretoria
municipality has trained African accounting clerks, accounting machine operators,
and registry clerks. Under a White supervisory officer they do all the accounting
work in the Pretoria townships.84)
African traffic policemen, employed by various local authorities for duties in their
own townships, have formed the Institute of African Traffic Officers of South
Africa. (Membership of the equivalent White body is not open to them).
Germiston, Benoni, and other Reef towns have for some years used Non-White
bus crews on buses serving Non-White passengers, paying them at lower rates
than Whites receive; but for a long time the (White) Johannesburg Municipal
Transport Workers' Union has blocked such a move by insisting on "the rate for
the job". However, early in 1964 the City Council forced the issue because there
was a critical shortage of staff (amounting to 188), and the authorities had to
cancel numbers of peak-hour buses.
The White drivers and conductors were placated by being given an increase in
pay. A White driver, working a 44-hour week, now earns R29.4 a week, rising
after 10 years to R37.40 (almost twice the African rate). Africans are paid at the
Putco(18) rates, since they operate in the same area. They work 48-hour weeks. A
driver earns R13.92 a week, rising to R19.68 after 10 years, and a conductor
R9.12 a week, rising to R14.88 over the same period. Putco points out that it
cannot raise these salaries without increasing passenger fares.
(82) The World, 12 and 16 March.
(13) Rand Daily Mail, 9 May.
(84) Bantu, February.
(85) Public Utility Transport Corporation.
RELATIONS: 1964
259

When opening the annual congress of the Institute of Administrators of Non-

European Affairs, in August, the Deputy Minister of Labour urged local
authorities to examine whether the wages they paid to African employees were
reasonable in comparison with those paid by industries in their areas. He appealed
to them to take the initiative and not to wait for the Government to raise wages
through Wage Board investigations.
The issue of Bantu for September stated that the Johannesburg City Council was
one of the leaders in the field of the rationalization of labour. The Personnel
Development Branch of its Staff Board continually carried out job evaluation
studies on the basis of necessary qualifications, experience, the physical, mental
and visual effort required, responsibility, conditions of work in the job, and health
or accident hazards. More than 220 different types of work done by African staff
had each been given a job title, and this was altered if the nature of a man's work
changed.
African supervisors had been trained to give job instruction, do human relations
work, help with job analysis, and induct new workers. There were various
selection procedures for applicants, and those appointed were given on-the-job
training.
As a result the labour turnover had decreased from 58 per cent in 1958 to 28.4 per
cent in 1964. In spite of the increased scope of the municipality's work it had
reduced its Non-White staff (who are mainly Africans) from 21,758 in 1959 to
18,757 in 1964. The wage saving, of R1,200,000 a year, had been re-allocated to
the workers in a series of 7 wage increases, the latest being in July 1964. A
contributory pension scheme had been introduced for graded employees, and a
non-contributory gratuity scheme for non-graded workers.
The Cape Town City Council increased the pay of its White and Non-White
employees from 1 January. Thereafter a dispute occurred between the Council and
the (White) S.A. Association of Municipal Employees. The Industrial Tribunal,
which was asked to arbitrate, awarded additional pay to White artisans and
employees with 25 or more years' service. The Council then decided to increase
the pay of Non-Whites in these categories.
The Professions
(The medical and nursing professions are dealt with in the chapter on Health).
Mr. Richard M. Grammer of the University of Cape Town has become the first
Coloured man in South Africa to qualify for a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering. A
former Indian teacher of Durban, Mr. Hussein Dhai, has been appointed to the
technical engineering department of a firm of security engineers.
260
A SURVEY OF RACE

The first African to be admitted as a Notary Public, Mr. Frank Sithole, was sworn
in at the Supreme Court, Pietermaritzburg, in January.
Mr. S. M. Motsuenyane was the National Organizer of the African National Soil
Conservation Association, and edited the Green Earth. With the aid of a United
States/South Africa Leadership Exchange grant he obtained a B.Sc. in Agronomy
at the University of North Carolina, and has now set up in private practice in
South Africa cultivating plants, doing landscape gardening at schools, and
analysing soils for African farmers.
One African has now qualified as a pharmacist, there are 8 Non-White
apprentices, and others have commenced training at the Non-White university
colleges. Africans take the first year of the course at the college catering for
persons of their ethnic group, then spend two years as apprentice pharmaceutical
chemists in one of the larger hospitals. Thereafter they will go to the University
College of the North for two years' training: special laboratories are being erected
for the purpose.
New jobs are opening up for Africans as market research officers, advertising
copy writers, and sales promoters, with firms which are anxious to expand the
African market for their products.
Safmarine, a South African shipping company, already employs more than 600
Coloured seamen, and decided during the year to use Zulu crews to man two of its
ships. They will receive the same pay as Whites in similar jobs. The Cape
Vocational High School for Coloured boys, in Cape Town, offers a competency
course for Coloured fishermen and seamen. Besides this, Messrs. Irvin and
Johnson, a deep-sea trawling company, is to set aside one of its trawlers to act as a
training ship for Coloured men who want to enter the industry. After a 3 to 4
month training course they will be distributed among other trawlers and be able to
work for promotion, in time, to become bosuns or skippers.
The Minister of Defence said on 18 February(") that 29 Coloured men were
employed on ships of the South African Navy.
Operators of buses
Several Non-White bus operators have been aggrieved during the year because
Transportation Boards refused them licences to run buses for members of their
own racial group, leaving the business concerned in the hands of Whites. Because
the Golden Arrow Company operates to and from the Coloured suburbs of Cape
Town, Mr. A. K. Chilwan and other Coloured men in Cape Town, between them
owning about 30 buses, were informed by the local Board in February that, except
for weddings and funerals,
(s) Assembly, Hansard 5 col. 1493.
RELATIONS: 1964
261

A SURVEY OF RACE
they could operate only outside the magisterial area and within a 100-mile radius.
An Indian was refused permission to run a service between Lenasia and
Johannesburg.
It was stated in the Annual Report of the Department of Transport for 1962-
63(87) that such decisions had been made because the relevant Act("8) laid down
that no motor carrier certificate shall be granted in respect of a service within any
area if the existing transportation services in that area are satisfactory and
sufficient to meet the demands of the public. In cases where two applications were
made by persons of different racial groups, and existing services were not
adequate, preference was given to the applicant belonging to the same group as
the prospective passengers. An Indian had recently been authorized to run a bus
service between Pretoria and the Indian township of Laudium, and an African to
do so between Himeville and the Basutoland border. Various other Africans
operate services in African areas.
Mr. Chilwan subsequently transferred his activities to the town of Robertson,
where he was granted a licence.
TRADE UNIONISM
Attitude of Government
At a meeting of the Railway Artisan Staff Association n March the Deputy
Minister of Labour said the fact that the Government had sometimes clashed with
"leftist" trade unionists (examples are given below) did not mean that a strong,
healthy trade unionism was a force which must necessarily clash with the
government of a country. He urged that trade unions should remain strong to
serve as a channel for consultations and negotiations( 9)
But, as has been described in previous issues of this Survey, the Government
insists that White and Coloured workers should be members of separate unions, or
separate branches in the case of old-established mixed unions that do not wish to
split, and that African unions should play no part in industrial conciliation
machinery. When addressing the congress of the Institute of Administrators of
Non-European Affairs in August the Deputy Minister said that nothing had
happened since 1948 to change the Government's attitude to African unions.
Africans, he maintained, had not yet reached the stage where they could without
harmful results exercise the functions and rights normally conferred on trade
unions.9")
(87) R.P. 15/1964, pages 29-30.
(8s) Motor Carrier Transportation Act, No. 39 of 1930 as amended.
(89) Star, 10 March.
(90) Rand Daily Mail, 26 August.
262

RELATIONS: 1964
New regulations under the Native Labour (Settlement of Disputes) Act, dealing
with procedural matters, were published as Government Notice R 476 of 26
March.
Membership of Registered Unions
In its Special Report No. 263 the Bureau of Statistics gave figures relating to the
membership of registered unions (i.e. excluding African unions) as at 31
December 1961. Extracts follow.
Sector of economy
Mining and quarrying ... Manufacturing, construction, and electricity ...
Commerce and transport O ther ... ... ... ...
Totals ... ...
Wh
35,1
Members of trade unions ite Coloured Asian Total
143 - - 35,143
126,176 126,964 42,722
331,005
65,086 6,968 11,036
83,090
18,405 1,534 8,403
28,342
209,667 135,466 62,161
442,437
Racial composition
of unions
Membership
No. of White Coloured Asian
Whites only ... Coloured and
Asians only ... M ixed ... ... ...
Totals ...
unzons
90
248,088
35 - 33,912 9,077
47 82,917 49,178 19,265 172 331,005 83,090 28,342
Total
- 248,088
42,989 151,360 442,437
Industrial Agreements
Although Africans are excluded from the definition of an "employee" in the
Industrial Conciliation Act, this Act provides that the Minister of Labour may
extend the terms of an industrial agreement in order to include Africans if he
considers that the object of the agreement would otherwise be defeated. In fact,
more Africans than members of other groups are affected by such agreements. In
reply to a question in the Assembly on 5 May(") the Minister of Labour gave the
figures that follow relating io published agreements. He said that information in
respect of unpublished instruments was not available.
(91) Hansard 15 col. 5618.
263

Employees affected
Whites Coloured Asians Africans
Industrial Council
agreements ...... 150,082 91,268 27,037 284,147 Conciliation Board
agreements ...... 562 629 8 1,142
Arbitration Award ... 641 13 93 2,432
No information about those affected by Wage Board determinations was given.
Trade Union Co-Ordinating Bodies
As described in previous Surveys, the co-ordinating trade union bodies are:
(a) the S.A. Confederation of Labour, with three constituent
bodies, which is on the right wing, is composed almost entirely of White workers,
and agrees with the policy of
apartheid in trade unionism;
(b) the Trade Union Council of S.A. (TUCSA), the largest
group, which has affiliated White, mixed, Coloured, and
African unions;
(c) the left-wing S.A. Congress of Trade Unions (SACTU),
which has mainly Coloured and African members, and has in the past allied itself
with the ANC and other
members of the (political) Congress Group.92)
TUCSA and Fofatusa
In a leaflet describing its policy, circulated to members in September(93)TUCSA
said that it saw danger in the existence of unrecognized African trade unions,
which were thwarted and frustrated. They could be, and already had been,
exploited by "subversive elements". They must be provided with responsible
leadership in order to turn them into constructive channels where they would have
everything to gain from gradual progress.
At its tenth annual conference in April TUCSA again urged the Government to
recognize African workers as "employees" in terms of the Industrial Conciliation
Act, and thus to give them the same trade union rights as other workers.
TUCSA has appointed a number of African organizers and holds weekly training
sessions for African trade union officials. By May there were 7 affiliated African
unions, and another has since become affiliated.
TUCSA has in the past given a great deal of help to Fofatusa (the Federation of
Free African Trade Unions of S.A.) which is an independent African body with
various African unions affiliated
(12) See page 8.
(93) Sunday Express, 6 September.
264
A SURVEY OF RACE

to it, and disagrees with SACTU because, in the words of its organizing
secretary,,4) "We are interested in industrial politics and the welfare of the
worker, and not in party politics".
A Fotatusa representative said in January that his organization was prepared to
affiliate as a body to TUCSA, but the latter's constitution did not permit of this: it
provided only for the affiliation of individual unions. Fofatusa had decided not to
allow its unions to become so affiliated; it was opposed to dual affiliation. But it
would welcome co-operation between TUCSA and Fofatusa at the executive
level.(95)
Fofatusa organized a conference towards the end of 1963 to which it invited some
of the SACTU-affiliated unions, but not SACIU as such.
In September TUCSA accused the Co-Ordinating Council of S.A. Irade Unions
(the extreme right-wing component body of the Confederation of Labour) of
having organized a "smear" campaign against it, accusing it of being "liberal and
communistic". TUCSA distributed a leaflet describing its policies, and warned its
members not to be misled by the propaganda.0")
SACTU
It was mentioned in the last issue of this Survey that during 1963 Mr. Leon Levy,
General Secretary of SACTU, was arrested under the 90-day clause, given a
permanent exit permit, and escorted by the police to an aircraft leaving for
overseas. Mr. Marks Shope, the Assistant General Secretary, Mrs. Phyllis Altman,
and numerous other senior officials were served with banning orders which
prevented them from continuing with trade union activities.
In the year under review a succeeding Assistant General Secretary named Mr.
Edward Davoren, who was a British immigrant, was deported. Miss Miriam
Sithole, acting General Secretary, was served with a series of banning orders. By
April, 52 officials and members had been banned. The police raided SACTU
offices on several occasions, seizing files and membership cards. Certain
members were arrested under the 90-day clause, and some were charged with
sabotage. Early in March the journal Forward commented that the tactic seemed
to be to destroy SACTU without declaring it an unlawful organization.
SACTU nevertheless held a rally in Johannesburg in April, at which 31 unions
with about 46,000 members are reported to have been represented.9')
Shortly afterwards, however, one of the largest of these unions, the Textile
Workers' Industrial Union, decided to end its
(94) Rand Daily Mail, 8 January.
(95) Ibid.
(96) Sunday Express, 6 September.
(97) Rand Daily Mail, 4 April.
RELATIONS: 1964
265

affiliation. According to Forward it stated that "the banning, 90-day detention,

and arrest of more than 50 officials and officebearers of SACTU have made it
impossible for this non-racial federation of trade unions to function properly and
fulfil its rble as a co-ordinating body".
LABOUR DISPUTES AMONG AFRICANS
At the congress of the Institute of Administrators of NonEuropean Affairs the
Deputy Minister of Labour said9') that only 4,300 Africans were involved in
industrial disputes during 1963. There had been 17 strikes involving 1,100
African workers. Equivalent statistics for 1957 had been 20,000 Africans involved
in disputes, and 112 strikes with 4,800 African participants.
There were two major strikes of African workers in 1964, both occurring in
January. One, at the Consolidated Lancashire Cotton Corporation at New
Germany, near Durban, involved a high proportion of the 440 African men, 83
African women, 180 Indian men, and 5 Coloured men employed there. They were
dissatisfied with their wages. According to the Minister of Labour(99) men started
at R6 a week, but including night shift allowance and a production bonus could
earn up to R 11 a week after two years. One evening night-shift workers in the
spinning section of the mill refused to go on duty, and the strike then spread to
workers in the pirn winding and weaving sections. The (Government) Native
Labour Officer, who was called in by the management, persuaded employees in
the spinning section to resume work, but others refused, and the Corporation then
closed down the weaving section and dismissed 416 workers. Subsequently all but
43 of them were re-engaged.
The other dispute, at a textile mill in Benoni, was likewise over wages and hours
of work (as at the New Germany factory, a considerable amount of overtime work
was required). Excluding overtime pay, workers earned between R5.43 and R8.17
a week, plus a production bonus of 30c a week upward. After there had been
discontent for some weeks a Native Labour Officer persuaded the employers to
increase the bonus by 30c and overtime pay by 20c, but the 436 workers rejected
this offer and stopped work. They were all dismissed. Again, however, the
majority (328) were subsequently re-engaged at the rates negotiated by the
Labour Officer.
There was a third dispute, in the dairy trade in the Transvaal, which the regional
Native Labour Committee and the Central Native Labour Board were unable to
settle. During May it was referred to the Wage Board.
(9) Natal Mercury, 26 August.
(99) Assembly, 21 February, Hansard 5 cols. 1754-5. The Minister gave full
details
of wages and hours of work.
266
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964
EDUCATION
BANTU SCHOOL EDUCATION
ADVISORY BOARD
Members of the first Advisory Board for Bantu Education were appointed during
March: they are Professor W. M. Kgware (Chairman), Mr. R. Cingo (Vice-
Chairman), Messrs. R. T. Caluza and C. N. Lekalake, Chief L. L. M. Mangope,
Messrs. K. Marambana, M. M. Matlala, G. Mohale, and H. E. Ntsanwizi,
Professor A. Nzimande, Messrs. A. M. Ramakgopa and F. Ravele, Dr. M. 0. M.
Seboni, the Rev. S. G. Sekano-Ntoane, and Mr. X. L. Time. Mr. G. L. Kakana is
the full-time secretary to the Board.
The functions of this Board were described in last year's Survey.(')
SCHOOL BOARDS
The Minister of Bantu Education said in the Assembly in May(2) that there were
496 Bantu school boards. Referring to the decision by the Transkeian Legislative
Assembly to abolish these boards and, instead, to confer certain educational
functions on regional authorities,3) the Minister said that the same thing would
gradually be done in the rest of South Africa. That had always been ,the intention.
BANTU EDUCATION ACCOUNT
Revenue
Estimates of revenue and expenditure from the Bantu Education Account for
1964-65(4) cannot accurately be compared with those for the previous year since,
as explained earlier, education in the Transkei is now separately financed.
The balance of the account as at 31 March 1964 was estimated to be R1,250,000.
Estimated revenue for the year that followed was:
(1) Page 220.
(2) 29 May, Hansard 18 col. 6847; 2 June. Hansard 19 col. 6926.
(3) See page 145.
(4) R.P. 9/1964.
267

R
Transferred from Consolidated Revenue Fund 13,000,000 Additional sum for
university colleges ....... 1,000,000
Proceeds of African general tax (excluding
amounts paid by Transkeian citizens) ... 6,600,000
Miscellaneous receipts ................. 700,000
R21,300,000
The sum accruing to the account from general taxation was R7,800,000 in 1963-
64: R1,200,000 more than in the current year. But in 1964-65 this amount of
R1,200,000 is to be paid to the Transkei Revenue Fund, representing the
estimated proceeds of the general tax paid by Transkeian citizens.
Estimates of miscellaneous receipts are R30,000 lower in 1964-65 than in the
previous year: again, the balance has presumably been credited to the Transkei.
It is of interest to try to estimate how much the Consolidated Revenue Fund
contributed to education in the Transkei in 1964-65. The total Transkeian
education vote was R4,176,000. Deducting the R1,200,000 from general tax and
the R30,000 from miscellaneous receipts one is left with a balance of R2,946,000
to be found from other sources.
The proportion of the estimated total Transkeian revenue that is to be contributed
from the Republic's Consolidated Revenue Fund is about 80.6 per cent.(') It
would, thus, appear that of the R2,946,000 to be found for education, about
R2,374,500 is to come from the Consolidated Revenue Fund.
At the same time the Government has not reduced the fixed Statutory
appropriation to the Bantu Education Account of R13,000,000 a year. It would
thus, appear that in 1964-65 the State voted roughly R2,374,500 more for Bantu
education (excluding university colleges) than it did the previous year.
In other words, the Bantu Education Account received a windfall of about R2.3-
million. Calculating this in another way, the R3,505,500 which is to be spent in
the Transkei on subsidies to schools and capital expenditure would, but for the
transfer of responsibility, have had to be met from the Bantu Education Account,
while this Account's revenue would have been increased only by the R1,200,000
paid in general tax by Transkeian citizens and R30,000 from miscellaneous
receipts.
In 1963 the Bantu Education Account was re-imbursed for sums spent until then
on the maintenance of university colleges. As shown above, an amount of
R1,000,000 is provided for this purpose for the current year from the
Consolidated Revenue Fund.
Since 1962-63 the salaries and expenses of the Minister of
(5) An amount of R13,000,000 out of a total budget of R16,126,00.
A SURVEY OF RACE
268

RELATIONS: 1964
Bantu Education and his assistants, and the cost of subsidizing special schools for
handicapped children, have been a charge on the Consolidated Revenue Fund
rather than on the Bantu Education Account. The estimates for these items for the
year 1964-65 are:(6) R
Salaries and allowances ................. 22,600
Administration ... ... ....... ... ...... 15,300
Financial assistance for special schools ...... 173,100
R21 1,000
A smaller amount is provided for financial assistance to special schools than in
the previous year because such of these schools as are in the Transkei are now
subsidized by the Transkeian Government.
Certain sums are provided for Bantu Education on Loan Account:(')
R
School buildings ................... 562,500
Buildings for university colleges ... ....... 682,500 Loans to educational
institutions ......... 45,000 Loans to Bantu students for medical training ... 15,150
R1,305,150
Expenditure
Estimates of expenditure during 1964-65 from Education Account are:
Salaries, wages, and allowances .........
Administration ... ... .... ... ... ... ...
Supplies and services ... ... ....... ... ...
Bursaries and loans to pupils ............
School feeding ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Subsidies to Bantu community schools ......
community schools for capital expenditure ....... ... ...
,,other State-aided schools ......
night and continuation classes ... university colleges: Fort Hare ...... 630,000 The
North ...... 480,000 Zululand ...... 330,000
Redemption of loans for capital expenditure ...
the Bantu
R
3,055,400
933,100 675,500
29,000 30,000 12,392,800
234,000
2,128,100
1,000
1,440,000
251,100
R21,170,000
(6) Estimates of the Expenditure to be Defrayed from Revenue Account, R.P. 1
and
44/1964. Vote 29.
(7) R.P. 8 and 44/1964. Votes M and Q.
269

The Minister of Bantu Education said(') that the vote for salaries, wages, and
allowances was lower than during the previous year (when it was R3,640,000)
because 424 posts, involving an expenditure of R545,100, had been taken over by
the Transkeian Government.
Included in the vote for supplies and services are amounts of R3,300 for books for
pupils (R7,700 previous year), and R3,800 for school libraries (R2,800 previous
year). The Minister said that the Transkeian Government would supply text-books
and library books to pupils in its area. It would appear that a little more financial
encouragement than in the past is being given to the expansion of school libraries.
The vote for school feeding is R20,000 less than the sum provided in 1963-64: the
Minister stated that certain school boards had themselves decided to discontinue
the scheme. Amounts set aside for subsidies to schools have naturally decreased
since the Transkeian Government took over responsibility for the schools in its
area.
About 60 senior educational personnel have been seconded by the Republic to
assist for the time being in the administration of education in the Transkei: they
have been transferred to the service of the Department of Bantu Administration
and Development and their salaries are, thus, no longer charged against the Bantu
Education Account. But the Minister said(9) that they would retain opportunities
of promotion and could be transferred back to posts in South Africa.
Redemption of loans
According to the Report of the Controller and AuditorGeneral,(") as at 31 March
1963 the Bantu Education Account was R5,865,782 in debt to the Loan Account
in respect of sums advanced for capital expenditure on schools and university
colleges.
Per capita expenditure
The Minister said in the Assembly on 29 May(") that the per capita expenditure in
1962-63 was R12.11 in Bantu schools and R1,743.00 in university colleges. In a
letter to the Institute of Race Relations he said that the per capita expenditure in
1963-64 was R13.37.
During 1964 Mr. Stanley G. Osler published three interesting papers: "Backdrop
for Education Planning", "A Layman's Guide
(8) Assembly, 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6925.
(5) Cols. 6966-7.
(10) R.P. 58/63, page 294.
(10) Hansard 18 cols. 6847-8.
270
A SURVEY OF RACE

to Education", and "Pyramids and Peoples". In the third of these he compared unit
costs of education in one province, as follows:
Whites: Primary .......... R112.41
Secondary ...... R157.96
Teacher training ... R339.60 (excluding loans)
Special schools ... R241.04
Agricultural high
schools ....... R241.04
Coloured and Asian ...... R92.83 Bantu .... ... ... .... ... R12.11
Representations by Institute of Race Relations
During August the Institute of Race Relations submitted to the Minister a
memorandum on the financing of Bantu education (R.R. 107/64) in which it
pointed to the effects of financial stringency on the quality of the education
provided, and to the large contributions that parents were called upon to make
because books and equipment were in short supply and the numbers of
Departmentally-paid teachers were inadequate.
The Institute urged, as it had done repeatedly in previous years, that the policy of
financing Bantu education by means of a fixed Statutory appropriation together
with the proceeds of African taxation should be abandoned. It stated that it
"believes that Bantu education should be financed, as is the education of children
of other racial groups, in accordance with its requirements from Consolidated
Revenue; but, failing the acceptance of this principle, the Institute pleads that as a
matter of urgency the allocation from Consolidated Revenue for Bantu education
be increased very substantially to enable the Bantu Education Department to
make the necessary improvements in the education of Bantu children and
particularly to extend and improve facilities in the key sectors of the educational
system, namely secondary and technical schools. It expresses the sincere
conviction that a more adequately financed and therefore a more efficient system
of Bantu education will contribute towards the development of the skills and the
latent potential of the Bantu peoples and thereby greatly benefit South Africa as a
whole".
Minister's views on the financing of Bantu education
In his reply to the Institute of Race Relations the Minister said that if Bantu
education were to be financed completely from the Consolidated Revenue Fund
the rate of African taxation would have to be increased.
Earlier, in the Assembly,(12) the Minister said, "I have no doubt that the Bantu
have made an important contribution to the
(12) 2 June, Hansard 19 cols. 6918-9.
271
RELATIONS : 1964

A SURVEY OF RACE
prosperity we are experiencing". But average wages had been increased in
consequence, he stated. "If the Bantu is to be given his rightful share in this
prosperity, he must not be given that share by way of a subsidy for his education,
but by way of the improved wages that are paid to him . . .
"It must be remembered that the State cannot be expected to review its
contribution to Bantu education if the Bantu themselves do not do their share in
this regard ... Fewer than 50 per cent of the Bantu in South Africa have paid their
taxes over the past few years . . . Until this matter has been reviewed I cannot
approach the Treasury with any justification and ask for a large State contribution
. . . We are investigating this matter interdepartmentally to ascertain to what
extent it is possible to introduce a PAYE system for the Bantu".
School funds
New regulations for the establishment and control of school funds were published
in terms of Government Notices R 217 and 218 of 21 February. The only
significant change(3) is that higher voluntary contributions from primary school
pupils may be requested by school boards: the maximum amounts were raised
from 5 cents to 10 cents a quarter in lower primary classes, and from 20 cents to
30 cents a quarter in higher primary classes. The regulations state that care must
be exercised to ensure that no pupil in any way suffers harm or loss if he does not
contribute, or contributes less than the school fund committee would like to
receive.
As before, school boards may call for compulsory contributions of up to RI a
quarter from pupils in post-primary classes, and students in vocational or
technical classes may be required to pay a further R6 a year.
ENROLMENT IN SCHOOLS
Numbers
Speaking in the Assembly on 4 February 1964(") the Minister gave the following
enrolment figures for Bantu schools (it is not clear whether they include pupils in
unsubsidized schools):
Primary schools ... .... ... ... ... ... 1,710,857
Secondary schools ... ... ... ... ... ... 53,683
Vocational and technical schools ......... 5,720
1,770,260
(13) See 1956-7 Survey, page 186, for the previous regulations.
(14) Hansard 3 cols. 713-4.
272

RELATIONS: 1964 Distribution

273
The percentage distribution of the pupils was:
Percentage of pupils
Sub-standards ............. 43.47
Stds. 1 and 2 ... ... .... ... 28.27
Stds. 3 and 4 ... .... ... ... 15.59
Stds. 5 and 6 ... ... ... ... 9.62
Std. 7 ... ... .... ... ... ... 2.27
Std. 8 ... .... ... ... ... ... 0.59
Std. 9 ... ... .... ... ... ... 0.13
Std. 10 ... .... ... ... ... ... 0.06
On another occasion(" the Minister gave percentage distribution figures for the
years 1954 to 1963. Extracts are: 1954 1963
Lower primary classes ...... 70.94 71.47
Higher primary classes ...... 24.65 25.16 Secondary classes ............. 3.47
3.02
Teacher training courses ...... 0.73 0.23
Vocational courses ......... 0.21 0.12
In 1955 the system of double sessions was introduced in the sub-standards in
order to expand the enrolment, and from that year the erection of lower primary
schools was undertaken as part of housing schemes, the capital costs being
recovered gradually through increased rentals. As a result the percentage of pupils
in lower primary classes rose from 70.94 in 1954 to a peak of 73.93 in 1957, and
has since fallen gradually. The percentage in secondary classes fell from 3.47 in
1954 to the low level of 2.94 in 1961: since then it has risen slightly.
In order to pupils Mrs. H. information that
Numbers
gain some idea of the Suzman, M.P., asked follows:(6)
.n Sub-Std. A in 1951 ...
- Sub-Std. B in 1952 ...
Std. 1 Std. 2 Std. 3 Std. 4 Std. 5 Std. 6 Form Form Form Form Form
in 1953 ... in 1954 ... in 1955 ... in 1956 ... in 1957 ... in 1958 ... I in 1959 II in
1960 III in 1961 IV in 1962 V in 1963
rates of elimination of the Minister for the
... 211,629 ... 145,689
... 134,815 ... 107,051 ... 90,948
... 68,528
... 55,224
... 46,277
... 19,970
... 14,105
... 9,821
... 2,006
... 1,040
(15) Assembly, 29 May, Hansard 18 col. 6850.
(1r) Ibid.

A SURVEY OF RACE
(Children who were repeating a class are, of course, included together with new
admissions to the classes. Comparative figures for pupils of other racial groups
are given on page 275).
A significant reason for the high rate of elimination is the lack of adequate
accommodation in schools catering for pupils from Std. 3 on. African school
boards must bear half the costs of erection of higher-primary and post-primary
schools; and many boards experience intense difficulty in raising the necessary
funds. According to the Star,(7) more than half of the 133 schools in Soweto,
Johannesburg, are lower primary schools; only 8 of them are secondary schools;
and only 4 provide tuition to the matriculation level.
Other reasons include the inability of many parents to afford school books and
fees; the need to send the children out to work to augment family incomes; the
lack of adequate numbers ,of trained teachers for senior classes; and (on numbers
of occasions in the past), the shortage of Departmental funds, causing delays in
the building of schools even when school boards have succeeded in raising 50 per
cent of the costs.
Speaking on this point in the Assembly on 2 June(8) the Minister said, "The first
priority was to eliminate illiteracy.... We have now almost completed that process
and, therefore, we can now start concentrating on improving the standards. That is
why we are now busy giving better training to teachers". (The Lower Primary
course has been discontinued) . . . "I am prepared to create the facilities (for more
secondary pupils) only on two clear conditions. The one is that the teachers
should be able and sufficiently keen to get the children through their
examinations, and secondly, if the opportunity for employment exists for those
educated Bantu". Such opportunities were increasing, the Minister indicated.
Of the Bantu children of school-going age, the Minister continued,(1") 80 per cent
were literate. Replying to an assertion by Mrs. Helen Suzman, M.P., that a person
with a Std. 2 qualification could not be deemed literate the Minister said that in a
highly developed country like the United States Std. 4 was taken as the basis for
literacy. "But UNESCO", he pointed out, "takes Std. 2 for the less developed
communities of the world". An African with a Std. 2 qualification "can read and
write in his own language and can understand enough English and Afrikaans to
teach himself to read and write further".
Replying to criticism of the system of double sessions in lower primary classes
the Minister said(2") that this had been an emergency measure and, as far as
possible, would be eliminated
(17) 6 May.
(11) Hansard 19 col. 6962.
(19) Cols. 6962-3.
(20) Hansard 18 col. 6848; Hansard 19 cols. 6961-2.
274

in the course of time. This was already being done in rural areas where the
children had to walk long distances to school. The urban areas would have to wait
since there were more pressing matters needing attention, such as the question of
teachers' salaries. Double sessions were applied in the lower primary classes of
5,107 schools, the Minister stated. He had no information about the number of
children in these classes.
Comparative distribution figures
In his paper "Pyramids and Peoples", mentioned above, Mr. Stanley Osler gave
figures showing the percentage of pupils commencing Std. 6 in 1958 who passed
into Std. 10 in 1962. These percentages were 54.44 for Whites, 14.90 for Indians,
11.87 for Coloured, and 5.30 for Bantu.
His diagramatic pyramids provide the following information, relating to 1962:(01)
Whites Coloured Asians Africans
Primary pupils ...... 474,221 311,903 117,160 1,628,561 Secondary pupils
...... 283,824 37,205 24,006 56,281
Post-Std. 10 up to first
university degree ... 46,636 2,757 2,554 1,801
Post-graduate students 6,281 65 175 181
If these figures are expressed as percentages of the total number of students of
each race group, the results are:(22)
Whites Coloured Asians Africans
Primary ......... 58.5 88.6 81.4 96.6
Secondary ...... ... 35.0 10.6 16.7 3.3
Post-Std. 10 up to first
university degree ... 5.7 0.8 1.8 0.09
Post-graduate ...... 0.8 0.02 0.1 0.01
EXAMINATION RESULTS
Standard 6
The Minister of Bantu Education announced that of the 68,867 African students
who wrote the Std. 6 examination in 1963, 57,310 passed and 32,436 of these
qualified to proceed to secondary schools.(23)
(21) Certain pupils not classified into standards were excluded: 18,361 Whites,
318
Coloured, and 486 Asians.
(22) Calculations by the writer.
(23) Assembly, 18 February, Hansard 5 col. 1511.
RELATIONS: 1964
275

A SURVEY OF RACE
Junior Certificate
The Minister said(24) that in 1954, of the 7,130 Africans who wrote the Junior
Certificate examination, 47 per cent passed. In 1960, 10,500 entered and 52 per
cent passed. He then issued an instruction that instead of merely trying to increase
the numbers at secondary schools the Department should be more selective and
give a better education to the pupils. Since then only students who obtained a
continuation pass in Std. 6 had been admitted to the secondary course. The
percentages of passes were 54 per cent in 1961, 57 per cent in 1962, and 78 per
cent in 1963.
At the end of 1963, 9,532 Africans wrote the examination, of whom 33 passed
with distinction, 1,051 in the first class, 3,822 in the second class, and 2,550 in the
third class.
The Minister denied allegations that the improvement in results was due to a
lowering of standards. On the Department's Examinations Board, he said, were
highly qualified professional representatives of the universities, the university
colleges, and th-, Joint Matriculation Board. There were various reasons for the
improvement. One was a better selection of pupils: scholastic and aptitude tests
prepared by the Department's Division of Psychological Services were applied in
Std. 6. The use of the mother tongue as the medium of instruction throughout the
primary schools had enabled pupils to gain a better grasp of the subjectmatter: this
was particularly noticeable in results in arithmetic. Handbooks for pupils and
teachers were now freely available; schools were better equipped; and teachers
were better qualified.
It would now be possible again to expand the accommodation, the Minister said;
but he had told his Department that he did not wish simply to see more schools
having more pupils who did not pass their examinations. The first step was to man
the high schools with properly qualified teachers.
Matriculation
The Secretary for Bantu Education provided the Institute of Race Relations with
the figures that follow, relating to the matriculation results of African pupils in
Government, community, other subsidized, and non-subsidized (including
Church) schools.25) Pupils who entered privately, having studied through
correspondence courses or at continuation classes, are not included.
(24) Assembly 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6921-2; 28 January, Hansard 2 cols. 389-
90.
(25) Letters 16/15/6 of 31 August and 14 December.
276

Year No. of Obtained matriculation School Total Failures

candidates exemption leaving passes
certificate
1st class 2nd class No. %
1959 772 6 66 102 174 23 598
1960 957 2 54 126 182 19 775
1961 839 4 71 137 212 25 627
1962 910 4 146 214 364 40 546
1963 882 8 237 286 531 60 351
These figures differ slightly from those given at various times in the Bantu
Education Journal and quoted in previous issues of this Survey.
They differ considerably from figures given by Mr. Stanley Osler in the paper
"Pyramids and Peoples", quoted above. His figures, obtained from the Bureau of
Statistics, are:
Year Matriculation School leaving Total
exemption certificate passes
1959 137 293 430
1960 118 279 397
1961 115 338 453
1962 184 319 503
It would appear that these last statistics include pupils who entered for the
examination privately.
In its memorandum to the Minister, referred to earlier, the Institute of Race
Relations pointed out that "the number of successful matriculants, particularly
those who obtain a university entrance qualification, remains very low, and is
unlikely to provide sufficient recruits of the educational standard required to
graduate into the professions, train for senior positions in the growing civil
service and fill the other positions becoming available".
TEACHING AIDS
Costs of text-books to be purchased by parents
In the same memorandum the Institute estimated the costs of the text-books and
writing materials to be purchased by African parents to be as follows (per pupil):
R
Substandard A ...... .571 Substandard B ....... .821 Standard 1 ....... 1.02
Standard 2 ....... 1.10
Standard 3 ....... 2.511
Standard 4 ....... 2.59 Standard 5 ...... 3.34
RELATIONS : 1964
277

A SURVEY OF RACE
Standard 6 ...... 3.59 Form I ... ... ... 13.75
Forms II and III ... 22.94 Forms IV and V ... 34.30
Total ...... R86.55
Radio
In reply to a question in the Assembly(26) the Minister said that 500 radio sets
had been supplied to Bantu schools, and a further 1,500 sets would be distributed
before the end of 1964. Radio programmes formed part of the daily time-table.
SEGREGATION OF AFRICAN AND COLOURED PUPILS
A Departmental circular issued in September stated that as from the beginning of
1965 African pupils would no longer be admitted to schools for Coloured children
if there was an African school within a distance of five miles from the Coloured
one. In cases where there were more than 12 African pupils at any Coloured
school the parents of the Africans would have to take steps to create separate
educational facilities for them. No African pupils would be admitted to secondary
or high schools catering for Coloured children.
There are reported27) to be about 4,250 African pupils attending schools for
Coloured pupils in the Cape.
BANTU SPECIAL EDUCATION ACT, No. 24 of 1964
This Act deals with education for blind, deaf, epileptic, and other physically
handicapped African children who are capable of deriving appreciable benefit
from special classes. They may be admitted to such classes between the ages of 3
and 18 years, or up to the end of the year in which the pupil attains the age of 23
if special permission is given.
The Act provides that the Minister of Bantu Education may establish such
schools, or may grant subsidies to private special schools. He may decide to take
over private schools, and may transfer the management of Government or private
schools to Bantu Authorities or Bantu school boards. Advisory committees may
be appointed for Government schools. Fees will be laid down by the Minister in
consultation with the Minister of Finance; but exemptions may be granted.
Parents of children from outside the Republic may be required to pay for books
and other educational aids.
(26) 3 March, Hansard 7 vol. 2308.
(27) Star, 15 September.
278

The Minister of Bantu Education said(28) that in 1961 his Department took over
control of special education for Africans, which had previously fallen under the
Department of Education, Arts, and Science. The object of the Bill was to bring
the previous system more into line with the general pattern of Bantu education.
Provision for compulsory attendance at special schools was being deleted because
school attendance was not yet compulsory for normal Bantu children.
The clause empowering him to take over private schools and to transfer control of
them to Bantu Authorities or school boards was an enabling one, the Minister
said. The Bantu were not yet ready to control institutions of the nature of special
schools, and private White assistance, from the churches in particular, was still
needed. But Bantu committees should be assisted and encouraged to concern
themselves increasingly with this type of education.
Funds for special education would continue to come from the Consolidated
Revenue Fund, and not the Bantu Education Account, the Minister stated. Aided
special schools received the following assistance:
(a) the full salaries of approved teaching staff;
(b) two-thirds of the salaries of other approved staff;
(c) an allowance up to a stipulated maximum for the maintenance of needy pupils
who were boarders (the parents paid part of the fees if they were in a position to
do so);
(d) travelling costs of the pupils;
(e) costs of a companion for the child when travelling to and
from school (daily, or, in the case of boarders, at holiday
time);
(f) subsidies towards the costs of one meal a day for needy
day scholars;
(g) two-thirds of the costs of approved buildings if the
organization running the school had the remaining third
ready before applying for the assistance.
No school fees were at present charged, the Minister said, but the door would be
left open for parents in a position to do so to make contributions to the Costs.
Mentally handicapped pupils were not mentioned in the Act, he continued, as they
already fell under his Department. Deviate children were the responsibility of the
Department of Bantu Administration and Development. They contributed no real
problem in Bantu areas, for they remained part of their tribal and family group
which provided them with the necessary anchors to govern their conduct. Deviate
children in urban areas who were too old for normal education could best be dealt
with by sending them to some project in a Bantu area where they could be taught
manual labour of some kind and diligence.
(2,1) Assembly, 17 February, Hansard 5 cols. 1480-6; 18 February cols. 1561-2,
1575, 1577.
RELATIONS : 1964
279

TEACHERS IN AFRICAN SCHOOLS

On behalf of his colleagues the Minister of Economic Affairs said in the
Assembly on 4 February(") that 25,408 qualified and 1,394 unqualified African
teachers were being employed. The Minister of Bantu Education stated later(30)
that his Department subsidized 1,194 new teaching posts in 1962-63, and 805 new
posts in 1963-64. In reply to a question on 24 May(1 he said that school boards
were employing 2,343 teachers whose salaries were not subsidized because of
lack of funds. There would always be between 2,000 and 2,500 unsubsidized
teachers, he added, depending on how fast the Bantu established schools. The
policy was that a Bantu community should take the initiative by establishing a
school and appointing a teacher, and should then apply for a subsidy. It was
frequently a year or 18 months before the Department took over the responsibility
for paying the salary of a teacher who was appointed to a new post.
The Minister said, on another occasion, that there were 42 training centres
providing the Higher Primary Teachers' course (post-Junior Certificate). Post-
matriculation courses were available at the three university colleges.(")
In reply to a question in the Assembly(3) the Minister stated that as at 31 March
1963 there were 1,977 teachers employed in training colleges and secondary
classes. Of these:
597 had a university degree and a professional qualification;
40 had a degree but no professional qualification;
308 had a post-matriculation professional qualification; 631 had a post-Junior
Certificate teaching qualification;
235 had a post-Std. 6 teaching qualification;
166 had other qualifications.
Replying to criticisms of the salary scales and lack of pension funds for African
teachers, the Minister said, "It is true that the remuneration paid to teachers is not
what we would like it to
NIGHT SCHOOLS AND CONTINUATION CLASSES
The information that follows was given by the Minister in the Assembly on 29
May:a5)
Year Subsidies Total New classes
paid enrolment registered
1958 R116 923 ?
1959 R576 1,059 ?
(29) Hansard 3 col. 708.
(30) Assembly 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6924.
(31) Assembly, Hansard 18 col. 6847, and 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6962.
(32) Natal Mercury, 29 November.
(33) 29 May, Hansard 18 cols. 6848-9.
(34) Hansard 19 col. 6919.
(35) Hansard 18 cols. 6845-7.
A SURVEY OF RACE
280

RELATIONS: 1964
1960 R417 4,815 5
1961 R296 4,329 6
1962 R944 4,083 16
1963 ? 4,478 6
1964 ? ? 3
EDUCATION OF WHITE CHILDREN
PROPOSED "NATIONAL EDUCATION PATTERN"
In a Press statement made on 4 December 1963 the Minister of Education, Arts,
and Science said that liaison group had been set up under the chairmanship of
Professor C. H. Rautenbach, chairman of the National Advisory Education
Council, for the purpose of consultation and to devise acceptable means of ending
the divided control of secondary education (for White children) and of developing
a national education pattern. Other members of this group were the Secretary for
Education, Arts, and Science, the Superintendent-General of Education of the
Cape, and the Directors of Education of the other three provinces and if South-
West Africa.
Professor Rautenbach said later3" that the Education Council was drawing up a
draft Bill for submission to the Minister.
EDUCATION OF COLOURED CHILDREN
CONTROL
The Coloured Persons Education Act of 1963 (described in last year's Survey(37))
provided for the control of education for Coloured persons to be transferred from
the provinces to a Division of Education within the Department of Coloured
Affairs. This transfer of control was effected in the Cape and Transvaal on 1
January, and in Natal and the Free State on 1 April. Mr. Kobus Louw was
appointed Director of Coloured Education.
Regulations under the Act were gazetted on 21 November 1963.( 3) The Secretary
for Coloured Affairs stated39) that these combined such regulations drawn up
previously by the various provinces as were in accord with the principles of the
new Act. Certain new features were introduced, providing for the establishment of
an Education Council for Coloured Persons and of Regional Education Boards
and Coloured school committees.
The Education Council, appointed early in 1964, consists of eleven Coloured
educationalists under the chairmanship of Mr.
(36) Rand Daily Mail, 2 October.
(37) Page 229.
(38) G.N. R 1898.
(39) Cape Times, 5 December, 1963.
281

H. C. Baatjes. At its first meeting the Minister of Coloured Affairs emphasized

that it was not a pressure group for the teaching profession, but an advisory body.
Its advice would be considered by him and would also be forwarded to the
National Advisory Education Council. One of the most important matters on
which advice was wanted was the training and remuneration of Coloured teachers
(see page 286). The Minister warned members against giving information to the
Press: no decisions of the Council should be published unless he authorized this,
he said.*4°)
Ten Regional Education Boards have been set up in the Cape, three in the
Transvaal, and one each in Natal and the Free State. The proceedings at their
meetings are confidential, too. They will advise the Minister on the establishment
of schools in their areas, the appointment of staff, and other matters relating to
education.010 Just under half of the members of each board are elected by school
committees in the region concerned and the rest are appointed by the Minister.
In the past school boards in the Cape have dealt with the education of both White
and Coloured children, and members have been elected by persons on the
parliamentary voters' roll. Three Coloured men have served on the Cape School
Board (for the Cape Town area) for a combined total of 32 years. But during 1964
the Cape Province introduced an Education Amendment Ordinance providing that
members of school boards must be White, and that only Whites may vote in the
election of members.42)
Schools for Coloured children which are situated in Coloured group areas have
been purchased from the provinces by the Department of Coloured Affairs; but
the Department is renting the schools which are located in White areas.(4")
FINANCING OF COLOURED EDUCATION
The following sums were voted for Coloured education in the Estimates of the
Expenditure to be Defrayed from Revenue Account:(")
1963-64 1964-6.5
R R
Primary and secondary schools and training colleges*................ 80800
2,547,000
Administration of the University College
of the Western Cape ............. 443,000 461,000
*During these periods the Government was taking over control from the
provinces, hence the rapid increase in Government expenditure.
(41) Cape Argus, 16 January.
(4t) Cape Times, 7, 15, and 18 February.
(42) Star, 8 February.
(43) Ibid, 19 November.
(44) R.P. 1 and 44/1964, Vote 43.
282
A SURVEY OF RACE

Special grant for a pavilion at this college

(half recoverable). ... ... ....... 24,000 24,000
Education of Coloured students at Fort
Hare ......... ............ 33,000 5,000
Departmental Technical or Vocational
high schools (there are 2 of these) ... 18,800 18,000 Agricultural training
................. 16,000 13,000
Schools of industry and reform schools ... 257,700 282,000 Financial assistance
to 9 State-aided
vocational schools ........... 17,500 17,500
Financial assistance to 4 State-aided
special schools ................. 273,000 282,500
Bursaries ... .... ... .... ... .... ... 6,000 286,000
Grants-in-aid to educational and sports
organizations ....... ....... ... 20,000 20,000
As the costs of the administration of education were combined with those of other
sections of the Department of Coloured Affairs no over-all picture of the
expenditure on Coloured education can be given at this stage.
Certain further sums were voted for 1964-65 from Loan Account.45 It was stated
that the total cost of buildings for the University College of the Western Cape was
likely to be R2,150,000. By 31 March 1964 about R1,086,000 had been spent;
R321,000 was provided in 1964-65, and the balance would be made available
later. The total cost of the Cape Town Technical High School at Athlone was
estimated at R491,500; R337,000 had been provided up to 31 March 1964; a
further R130,000 was voted for 1964-65; and the rest would be found in
subsequent years.
Other sums voted from Loan Account were:
1963-64 1964-6.5
R R
Provision of schools and institutions ... - 5,354,000 Loans to Dominican
School for the Deaf,
Wittebome .................... 147,000 172,000
Student teacher loans 150,000
Payments to the provinces in connection
with outstanding loans and bursaries 260,000 3,000
ENROLMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF COLOURED PUPILS
Information about the numbers of Coloured pupils is contradictory. In the
Assembly on 15 May(46) the Minister of Coloured Affairs gave the following
figures, relating to 1963:
(45) R.P. 8 and 44/1964, Votes B and P.
(46) Hansard 16 cols. 6034-5.
RELATIONS: 1964
283

Cape ...... 283,211

Natal ... ... 11,165 Transvaal ... 18,028 Free State ... 4,572
316,976
Different figures were given, however, by various authorities in reply to letters
from the Institute of Race Relations. Replies were received from the Transvaal
Education Department,W47) the Natal Education Department,480 and, in respect
of the Cape, the Department of Coloured Affairs.49) The Free State Education
Department was unable to send information because its relevant files had just
been handed over to the Department of Coloured Affairs.
According to these letters the enrolment was:
Year No. of pupils
Cape ...... 1963 298,816
Natal ...... 1963 12,345
Transvaal ... 1962 26,055
The distribution of pupils in these three provinces was: Year Primary
Secondary
Cape ...... 1963 285,952 12,864
Natal ...... 1963 10,994 1,351
Transvaal ... 1962 21,679 4,376
These figures indicate that about 94.5 per cent of the pupils were in primary
classes. But statistics obtained by Mr. Stanley Osler from the National Bureau for
Educational and Social Research and used in his paper "Pyramids and Peoples"
showed that 89.3 per cent of Coloured pupils were in the primary standards.
Information given by the Minister of Coloured Affairs about the numbers of
Coloured children in the 6 to 14 age group who are not attending school is again
contradictory. He said in the Assembly on 15 May(5") that these numbers were
estimated to be: Cape ...... 28,300 Natal ...... Nil (attendance is compulsory)
Transvaal ... 3,181 Free State ... 808
32,289
But on 17 March he said(51) that the Commission of Inquiry into the Financial
Relationship between the Central Government
(47) Letter dated 9 June.
(4) Letter 59/23 Vol. 4.
(49) Letter 7/20 of 18 July.
(50) Hansard 16 cols. 6034-5.
(51) Hansard 9 cols. 3116-7.
A SURVEY OF RACE
284

and the Provinces had estimated that there were 320,000 Coloured children in the
6-14 age group in the Cape, and 13,600 in Natal. As school attendance is
compulsory in Natal there should, then, be about 13,600 Coloured pupils in that
province, but the figures quoted above show either 11,165 or 12,345.
The Minister said on 9 June(52) he thought that about 86 per cent of Coloured
children of school-going age were attending school, although many left at a very
early age. But, according to his figures relating to school attendance and to the
number of children not at school, this percentage would work out at 90.7.
School attendance is compulsory in Natal and for children between the ages of 7
and 14 who live within three miles of a school in the districts of Alice, King
William's Town, Keiskamahoek, Cradock, Simonstown, and Kimberley in the
Cape.(53)
St. Barnabas College, an Anglican high school for Coloured boys, was opened at
Western Township, Johannesburg, in 1963. It is the first private school for
Coloured pupils in the Transvaal.
EXAMINATION RESULTS
The three educational authorities that sent information to the Institute of Race
Relations gave the following statistics relating to examination results:
Junior Certificate
Year No. of candidates No. who Percentage who passed passed
Cape ... 1963 4,359 2,229 51
Natal ... 1963 315 243 77
Transvaal 1962 730 530 73
Matriculation
Year No. of University Secondary Total passes
candidates entrance school
pass certificate No. Percentage
Cape ... 1963 1,140 222 439 661 58
Natal ... 1963 82 21 12 33 40
Transvaal 1962 318 49 107 156 49
COLOURED TEACHERS
According to the same letters from these authorities, in 1963 there were 9,560
Coloured teachers in the Cape, and 1,037 in the Transvaal. Of those in the Cape
221 were uncertificated. In these two provinces and Natal there were 1,062
student teachers (excluding teachers in the Cape who, after having qualified, were
taking specialized courses in various subjects).
(52) Hansard 20 col. 7525.
(53) Minister. Assembly 17 March, Hansard 9 cols. 3116-7.
RELATIONS : 1964
285

A SURVEY OF RACE
New arrangements have not been announced, but before the transfer of control the
names of the courses and the certificates awarded varied in the different
provinces. In the Transvaal students could study for the Teachers' Certificate (2
years after Junior Certificate), Teachers' Lower Diploma (2 years after
Matriculation), Teachers' Diploma (3 years after Matriculation), or Teachers'
Higher Diploma (1 year after degree). In the Cape there were the Primary
Teachers' Lower Certificate, Primary Teachers' Certificate, Primary Teachers'
Higher Certificate, and Secondary Teachers' Certificate.
The Minister announced on 9 June54) that, following recommendations made by
the Education Council for Coloured Persons and the Public Service Commission,
the Government had decided to increase the pay of Coloured teachers, as from 1
April 1964, by amounts varying from 11 to 25 per cent, and more in the higher
grades.
A few examples of the new scales are:
Inspector of schools: R4,080
Male Principal of a Grade A High School:
R3,360 x 120 - 3,720
Woman Principal of a Grade A High School:
R3,000 x 120 - 3,360
Male teacher in a High School with Matriculation
+ 4 years (presumably a Bachelor's degree
and a professional certificate):
R1,500 x 60 - 1,800 x 84 - 2,640 Male teacher in a Primary School with
Matriculation + 2 years: R1,020 x 60 - 1,800 x 84 - 2,304
Before the salaries were increased the scale for a matriculated male teacher with
an approved teaching certificate was R780 x 60 1,800 in the Cape; R900 x 60 -
1,800 x 40 - 1,960 in the Free State; R820 x 40 - 1,340 in an A post in the
Transvaal; and R780 x 60 1,800 x 80- 1,960 in Natal. (The salaries varied, as they
do now, according to the type of post held, so that these comparisons may not be
exact, but they give some indication of the extent of the improvements).
Some senior Coloured teachers have been appointed as inspectors of schools.(55)
EDUCATION OF INDIAN CHILDREN
CONTROL
The Minister of Indian Affairs announced(5") that the Cabinet has decided in
principle that the control of Indian primary and
(54) Assembly, Hansard 20 col. 7526.
(55) Cape Times, 25 June.
(56) Press statement, 16 October; and Assembly, 2 June, Hansard 19 cols. 7004-7.
286

secondary education and teacher-training should be transferred from the provinces

to the Department of Indian Affairs: this Department already controls Indian
technical, special, and university education. The necessary legislation, the
Minister said, was in the course of preparation. The possibility was being
investigated of effecting the change of control in Natal from the beginning of
1966, and in the Cape and Transvaal as soon as practicable thereafter.
Mr. P. R. T. Nel, a former Inspector of Schools in Natal, had been attached to his
Department, the Minister stated, to investigate and report on the whole matter.
The existing situation in Natal was unsatisfactory, the Minister continued. White
and Coloured pupils received free books up to Std. 6, but Indians did not. The
salaries of Indian teachers were lower than those of Coloured. The main reason
for this was that the ratio of Non-Whites to Whites was twice as high in Natal as
in the rest of the country: White tax-payers in Natal had to bear an unjustifiable
burden, and Indian education had suffered. (Mr. Nel said in April that if the
Government did take over control he would advocate a special and urgent
programme to eliminate platoon or double-shift classes in Natal: more than
30,000 children were attending classes held in the afternoons).(57)
Under existing arrangements, the Minister stated, Indians had no say in regard to
the curricula followed in their own schools, and he thought it desirable that they
should.
The great advantage of centralized control, he continued, "is that at all levels of
primary, secondary, technical, teachers' training and university education, there
will be proper co-ordination and objective planning designed to ensure that the
Indian scholar and student receives training in those directions for which he
shows aptitude and which will offer him maximum employment opportunities
once he has completed his course of studies. This planning, as well as the pattern
of future extension and development and the extent of Indian participation in
educational matters, will be undertaken and evolved in consultation and co-
operation with the National Indian Council".
Consultations were taking place, the Minister said, in connection with the
adjustment of the salaries of Indian teachers. The assurance could be given that
the transfer of control would in no way adversely affect the existing rights and
privileges of teachers.
Nor would there be any lowering of educational standards. "For the present the
Natal Provincial Administration has undertaken to continue with the existing
arrangements as regards examination and certification".
(57) Natal Mercury, 23 April. (The platoon system differs from the double-
session
system in Lower Primary schools for Africans in that the same teachers are not
required to handle both groups).
RELATIONS : 1964
287

The Provincial Authorities of Natal and the Transvaal had "undertaken to make
every endeavour to ensure that the transfer of Indian educational services be
effected as smoothly as possible. The matter was also considered by the National
Indian Council who resolved, unanimously, to support, in principle, the transfer".
The Minister and Mr. Nel held discussions with the Natal and Transvaal Indian
Teachers' Associations. The teachers were, apparently, divided on the issue.
Negotiation with private interests will be necessary. According to the Natal
Mercury(8) the extent of private Indian investment in school buildings is more
than R2-million.
EXPENDITURE BY DEPARTMENT OF INDIAN AFFAIRS
Sums voted for Indian technical, special, and university education on the budget
of the Departments of Indian Affairs and Public Works were as follows (capital
and administrative votes have been combined):(59)
1963-64 1964-65
R R
M.L. Sultan Technical College ...... 214,800 279,800 Arthur Blaxall School for
the Blind 97,000 15,000
Bursaries and free education for
students at institutions 49,200 71,000
University College for Indians
(administration) .......... 528,124 710,000
Payments to Fort Hare for Indian
students there .............. 25,876 6,000
It is estimated that the total cost of completing the existing buildings of the
University College will be R306,500. (As described later, new buildings are
planned). Up to 31 March 1964, R202,500 had been spent, and a further R69,000
was voted for 1964-65 (in addition to the amount for administration, mentioned
above).
TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
COURSES FOR AFRICANS
In reply to a question in the Assembly on 17 April("°) the Minister of Bantu
Education gave detailed information about the technical and vocational training
courses available for Africans. There were 6 technical schools, he said, situated at
Vlakfontein (Pretoria), Bloemfontein, Port Elizabeth, Amanzimtoti, Edenvale
(Pietermaritzburg), and St. John's, Umtata. (Students at these
(8) 2 March.
(59) R.P. 1 and 44/1964, Vote 30; and R.P. 8 and 44/1964, Loan Vote B.
(10) Hansard 12 cols. 4423-8.
288
A SURVEY OF RACE
institutions take a technical Junior Certificate). The enrolment at these institutions
was 385. Furthermore, there were 29 industrial or trade schools, with a combined
enrolment of 1,966. The trades in which the students were training were:
Builders ... .... ... .... ... .... ... 123
Carpenters and joiners ............. 456
Bricklayers, plasterers, concrete-workers 320 Plumbers ..................... 61
Electrotechnicians ............... 85
General mechanics ............... 155
Draftsmen ... .... ... .... ... .... ... 32
Tailors ..................... 98
Leatherworkers. ..................57
Dressmakers, needleworkers, spinners and
weavers, homecraft .............. 964
Most of the industrial or trade schools are in Bantu rural areas: the Minister
said(6"1) that this was preferred by his Department. But the technical schools are
in or near urban areas. Another such institution is to be opened in Johannesburg in
1965, and a technical college is to be established in Umtata (Transkei).
A two-year course of training for trade instructors (the first of its kind) is to be
commenced at the Batswana Training and Trade School in Mafeking at the
beginning of 1965. Apart from special attention to the selected trade, the course
will be the same as that for the Higher Primary Teachers' Certificate. Applicants
must have passed the Junior Certificate examination and have technical
qualifications. The courses available will be concreting, bricklaying and
plastering; carpentry, joinery, and cabinet making; general mechanics,
leatherwork and upholstery; and tailoring. 62)
Another course to commence in 1965 will be for health inspectors, conducted at
the Edenvale Technical Secondary School, of 18 months' duration. Applicants
must have matriculated and have taken mathematics as a subject for the Junior
Certificate.
Bursaries have been made available for both these courses.53 In June the
Department advertised64) ten vacancies for Bantu Surveying Assistants, to be
trained over 3 years and paid on the scale R272 x 24 - 320 x 40 - 480 while
studying. Students (who are required to have at least a Junior Certificate with
mathematics) will spend two 5-month periods at the Vlakfontein Technical
Secondary School, the remainder of the course consisting of in-service training.
The African-owned Mopeli Commercial and Industrial
School, which was established in the city area of Johannesburg in 1951, trained
Africans in commerce, tailoring, and dressmaking.
(61) Assembly, 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6923.
(62) Bantu Education Journal, October.
(63) Ibid.
(64) Ibid, June.
RELATIONS: 1964
289

A SURVEY OF RACE
In about 1957 the Government insisted that it should be moved to an African
township. A site at Orlando was made available and the owners of the school paid
rent for this, but Government approval of the building plan was delayed. Finally,
in 1964, the school authorities were told that they could build only in a Bantu
Reserve. They decided to move to Witzieshoek.65)
COURSES FOR COLOURED AND INDIANS
The Cape Vocational High School for Coloured boys opened at Cape Town in
1964 with an initial enrolment of about 150. The boys are given a general high
school education together with preapprenticeship training in woodwork, building,
engineering, or electrical trades.(66) A R400,000 technical college for Coloured
students is to be built at Athlone.(s7)
The Minister of Indian Affairs announced on 12 May0s8) that the establishment
of an industrial school for Indians had been approved in principle.
A division of Physical Education has been established at the M. L. Sultan
Technical College, Durban. Teachers are being trained there as physical education
instructors, and classes are held for members of the general Indian public.69)
Other vocational and technical courses available to Coloured and Indian students
have been described in previous issues of this Survey.TM
UNIVERSITY EDUCATION
ENROLMENT
The latest detailed enrolment figures that are available in the case of Whites relate
to June 1962, and are as follows:(7t1
University No. of White students
Cape Town ......... 4,943
Natal ... ... ... ... 3,132
Orange Free State ...... 2,077
Potchefstroom ...... 1,899
Pretoria .... ... ... ... 8,116
Rhodes ... ... ....... 1,631
Stellenbosch ......... 4,819
Witwatersrand 5,645
University of South Africa 9,671
41,933
(65) Rand Daily Mail, 6 June.
(66) Cape Times, 21 January.
(67) Report from South Africa, December 1963.
(68) Assembly, Hansard 16 cols. 5789-90.
(6) Natal Mercury, 23 June.
(70) 1962. page 194; 1961, page 250.
(71) 1963 Report of Department of Education, Arts and Science, R.P. 13/1964.
290

The Minister of Education, Arts, and Science said in the Assembly on 18

February(72) that there were 45,705 White university students in 1963.
Information about Non-White students, relating to given in the Assembly by the
Ministers concerned:(3)
University College of Fort Hare University College of the North University
College of Zululand University College of the Wes
Cape
University College for Indians ... University of Cape Town ...... University of
Natal ......... University of Rhodes ......... University of the Witwatersrand
University of South Africa ...
Coloured Asian
? 3
tem
389 ? (A)
37
... 14
... . (B)
898 75 457
6
123 275
1964, was
African
274 307 180
7
132
11
986
1,837 1,897
(A) There were 327 in 1962.
(B) There were 343 in 1962.
DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS AWARDED IN 1962
The following degrees and diplomas were awarded to NonWhite students in 1962
(excluding diplomas awarded at the NonWhite university colleges):(",
Doctorates ...... Masters' degrees ... Honours degrees ... Bachelors' degrees ...
Diplomas ......
Coloured Asian
66 159
African
1
16 73 13
103
Among these graduates were 22 Asians, 14 Africans, and 6 Coloured who
qualified in medicine; 2 Asians who obtained Bachelors' degrees in Architecture;
an African who qualified in civil engineering; and a Coloured student who
obtained a Master's degree in Science.
(72) Hansard 5 col. 1492.
(73) Minister of Coloured Affairs, 7 April, Hansard 11 col. 3784; Minister of
Indian
Affairs, 10 April, Hansard 11 cols. 3991-3; Minister of Bantu Education, 10
April, Hansard 11 col. 3992.
(14) Report of Department of Education, Arts, and Science, op cit.
RELATIONS: 1964
291

In reply to a question in the Assembly on 11 February(") the Minister of Bantu

Education said that the following numbers of Africans had obtained university
degrees since 1956 (earlier figures were not available):
1956 - 144 1960 - 186
1957 - 182 1961 - 182
1958 - 177 1962 - 105
1959 - 197
UNIVERSITY COLLEGES FOR AFRICANS
The courses available at the three university colleges for Africans have been
described in previous issues of this Survey.(76) All provide degree courses in arts,
science, commerce, and education, and diploma courses in education and
commerce. Fort Hare has facilities of law and theology, and the two newer
colleges provide training for social workers. The University College of the North
has facilities for training pharmacists and nursing sister tutors.
Of the students enrolled in 1964, 514 had matriculated and 245, taking diploma
courses, had Senior Certificates or Junior Certificates plus further education.(77)
Of the 597 students enrolled in 1963, 329 were receiving Departmental study
loans. A sum of R42,260 was voted for this purpose the following year.(") These
loans are for students who intend becoming teachers. Other loans are made
available by the S.A. Native Trust to students whose training will qualify them for
employment in development work in the Reserves; and there are numbers of
privately donated bursaries. (Further information relating to bursaries is given
later).
Examination results in 1963 were:(9)
Fort Hare College of the Zululand
North
Entries % passes Entries % passes Entries % passes
1st year ... 69 91 362* 66 47 64
2nd year ... 27 85 90 79 25 70
3rd year ... 34 88 37 86 10 90
Post-graduate 10 90 2 100
* In view of the enrolment figures quoted earlier it would appear that
this figure, given by the Minister, may have been misquoted i1
Hansard.
(75) Hansard 4 col. 1122.
(76) e.g. 1962, page 198.
(77) Minister of Bantu Education, Assembly 28 April, Hansard 4 cols. 5026-7
(The
total does not agree with figures quoted earlier).
(78) Ibid.
(79) Minister of Bantu Education. Assembly 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 6965.
292
A SURVEY OF RACE

The teaching staff at these colleges in 1964 was composed as follows: (s)
Fort Hare The North Zululand
White professors ...... 24 12 16
White lecturers ...... 37 35 21
Non-White professors ... 2 1 1
Non-White lecturers ... 10 5 5
Replying to a question in the Assembly on 22 May(81) the Minister of Bantu
Education said that in 1963 students at the three colleges paid R13,530 in
examination fees, R57,249 for board and lodging, and R25,171 in other fees.
(This would work out at an average of R161 per student). The cost of training per
student was R2,118 at Fort Hare, R1,802 at Zululand, and R1,468 at the College
of the North.
Libraries are being built up rapidly at the two recentlyestablished colleges: it is
reported(82) that by the end of 1963 the Zululand College had acquired 10,000
books, and the College of the North more than twice that number.
It would appear that the discontent at Fort Hare that came to a head when the
S.R.C. was dissolved in 196083) still exists, for, except for those who were being
capped, the students again boycotted the graduation ceremony in April.!84)
In the past numbers of Africans from the Republic have attended the Pius XII
University College in Basutoland, where students sat for the examinations of the
University of South Africa. At the beginning of 1964 this college took new form
as the University of Basutoland, Bechuanaland, and Swaziland, and from 1966 it
will award its own degrees. It is reported(8") that South African students already
enrolled there will be permitted to complete their courses, but that the Republican
authorities will debar further students from going to Basutoland to study.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF THE WESTERN CAPE
A library building and a hostel have been erected at the University College of the
Western Cape, which caters for Coloured students.
At the graduation ceremony held early in the year one student obtained a B.Sc.
(Hons.) in Physics with distinction, ten the degree of B.A., one a B.Ed., four
graduated in Science, and 41 were awarded diplomas: for secondary teaching, for
admission to a theological seminary, or in librarianship, social work, or
commerce.
(so) Ibid, Hansard 14 col. 5027.
(s) Hansard 17 cols. 6454-6.
(82) Bantu Education Journal, March, and Natal Mercury, July.
(s1) See 1959-60 Survey, page 236.
(84) Star, 30 April.
() Ibid, 20 February.
RELATIONS: 1964
293

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE FOR INDIANS

During 1963 additions were made to the temporary premises of the University
College for Indians on Salisbury Island in Durban Bay: a gymnasium, a hostel,
and dressing rooms at the swimming bath and football fields were built, and the
library was extended: by May the library contained about 25,000 books50
The Minister of Indian Affairs announced in the Assembly on 5 May(") that
architects had been appointed to design permanent buildings for the college, to be
erected at Chiltern Hills, Westville.
The staff consists of 75 academic and 38 administrative personnel, including an
Indian professor of psychology and eleven Indian lecturers!") About 300 of the
students are doing extramural studies. Those at the college are enrolled in the
faculties of arts, science, commerce, or education; but Indian students have been
admitted to various universities (as indicated above) to study medicine, dentistry,
architecture, engineering, law, and social science. At the first graduation
ceremony held at the University College nine students obtained a B.A. or B.Sc.
and one a Secondary Teachers' Diploma. Twenty-six others, who had taken
correspondence courses with the University of South Africa, were capped at this
ceremony.(9
UNIVERSITIES FOR WHITE STUDENTS
Port Elizabeth
The University of Port Elizabeth Act, No. 1 of 1964, provided for the
establishment of a dual-medium university in Port Elizabeth, which will open in
1965.
When introducing the Bill the Minister of Education, Arts, and Science said(9")
that in 1958 the University of Rhodes applied for an extension of its activities in
Port Elizabeth. The Government authorized the establishment of part-time and
extra-mural classes, but made it clear that it was not binding itself for all time.
For some years there had been requests from a number of sources for an
independent university in Port Elizabeth, the Minister continued, and a sum of
more than Ri-million was collected or guaranteed by private persons for the
purpose. After examining the recommendations of a fact-finding Commission the
Government decided that a university should be established there. Land was made
available by the Port Elizabeth City Council, and
(86) South African Digest, 29 May.
(17) Hansard 15 cols. 5436-7.
(81) South African Digest, 29 May; and Natal Mercury, 18 September.
(8s) Natal Mercury, 12 May.
(90) Assembly, 21 January, Hansard 2 cols. 323-333.
A SURVEY OF RACE
294

the University of Rhodes agreed to sell to the new university the property it had
acquired in Port Elizabeth.
The Act provides that the media of instruction shall be English and Afrikaans, as
determined by the Council after consultation with the Senate. When possible the
two languages will be used on an equal basis. The conscience clause is included
in the Act. The Minister said that the Universities of Rhodes and Stellenbosch,
representing the two language groups, would in effect be the guardians of the new
university until it reached maturity and its examinations and degrees received the
necessary recognition.
An interim Council has been established, and Dr. E. J. Marais (formerly Vice-
President of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research) has been
appointed as the Rector.
Four Chinese students who were studying at the Port Elizabeth branch of Rhodes
will probably have to make new arrangements to continue their studies for (unless
the Minister authorizes exceptions) the university will cater for White students
only.(91)
Proposed bilingual (or Afrikaans-medium) university in
Johannesburg
The University of South Africa, situated in Pretoria, has for many years provided
extra-mural tuition for students of all races. It has apparently now been decided
that it should move to Johannesburg and re-open as a bilingual (or Afrikaans-
medium) university with a separate bilingual section for external students.' 12)
Graduate course in Africa studies
A graduate course in Africa studies (as well as the existing post-graduate course)
is to be made available in 1965 at the University of Stellenbosch.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
CONSTITUTION OF NUSAS
Student bodies of the English-medium universities are affiliated to the National
Union of S.A. Students (NUSAS) - i.e. the student organizations at the
universities of Cape Town, the Witwatersrand, Rhodes, and Natal (including the
Non-European section and the Non-White Medical School) and at the
Johannesburg College of Education. The authorities of the Non-White
(91) Sunday Times, 26 January.
(92) Star, 21 July and 8 December. and Sunday Times, 13 December. The
Transvaler
stated that it will be an Afrikaans-medium institution, but the Principal, Prof.
S. Pauw, said that it will be bilingual.
RELATIONS : 1964
295

university colleges have not permitted the student bodies of these colleges to
affiliate; but numbers of the students are individual members. Students at the
Afrikaans-medium universities are affiliated to the Afrikaans Studentebond; but
there is a branch of NUSAS at the University of Stellenbosch.
Each of the universities affiliated to NUSAS has its own arrangements in regard
to individual membership. At some of them students pay a composite fee which
includes the NUSAS subscription as well as tuition and other fees. Should a
student not wish to be a member of NUSAS he is free to ask in writing for the
return of his membership fee.
ATTACKS ON NUSAS IN 1963
NUSAS has been an outspoken critic of university apartheid and other racially
discriminatory measures, thereby incurring much criticism from right-wing
elements. As described in last year's Survey/, in September 1963 the Minister of
Justice called on students who were "compulsory members" to resign "in the
interest and for the sake of our country". NUSAS, he said, "has become the
mouthpiece of leftists and liberalists . . . it is tainted with communism and has
been for many years".
Leaders of NUSAS, past and present, indignantly repudiated any connection with
communism or with any particular political party. The then President of NUSAS,
Mr. Jonty Driver, said on 17 October 1963 that only 335 of the 18,500 members
had resigned since the Minister's attack.
S.A. Conservative Students' Association
Early in 1964 there was a movement at the University of the Witwatersrand, led
by Mr. Anton Mostert, to destroy NUSAS by attracting students to a rival S.A.
Conservative Students' Association (SACSA). In terms of its constitution SACSA
will offer relentless opposition to the forces of "leftism" and to any organization
which advocates a multiracial basis for the South African community. It will
further the maintenance of the traditional form of government in South Africa
"without any interference from any extraneous body, force, or government".
Students were invited to join and to resign from NUSAS if they were conservative
in outlook, supporters of either the United Party or the Nationalist Party, patriots
who put their love for South Africa above all, and opponents of integration.
SACSA was rejected by the S.R.C.'s of some of the Englishmedium universities;
but a branch was formed at the University of Cape Town, and a new Students'
Association was formed by NUSAS dissidents in Durban.
296
A SURVEY OF RACE

Botha's Hill Seminar

During May about 70 members of NUSAS, in their individual capacities, attended
a seminar at Botha's Hill, Natal, at which the activities and objectives of the
organization were discussed. Among the papers read was one by Mr. Jonty
Driver. According to reports(93) he analysed the South African student scene,
reported on certain recommendations by Mr. Martin Legassick (a former overseas
representative of NUSAS) and by Mr. Magnus Gunther (a former NUSAS Vice-
President, studying in the United States), and gave his own views.
On behalf of NUSAS Mr. Legassick, who held a lecturing post in Ghana, had
attended a student seminar held in Dar-esSalaam. In his report (quoted by Mr.
Driver) he is stated to have expressed the view that NUSAS was too conservative,
too much concerned with student affairs and not enough with the overall political
scene. He felt NUSAS should take account of the possibility of its being banned
and should establish a base outside the country. He also felt that NUSAS should
be the student wing of the liberation movement and should try to help unite all the
forces working towards democracy in South Africa.
Expressing his own views, Mr. Driver is reported to have disagreed specifically
with some of Mr. Legassick's recommendations, but to have said he thought that
NUSAS should try to unite the various forces opposed to authoritarism, and that
its student functions should be subordinated to its fight for a democratic society in
South Africa.
The seminar rejected Mr. Legassick's ideas.
Reactions
The Nationalist Press presented the more radical proposals discussed at the
seminar as being either NUSAS policy or the official views of Mr. Driver in his
capacity as President. Many hundreds of copies of an anonymous pamphlet
alleging, inter alia, that NUSAS leaders considered the organization should be a
wing of the Liberation Movement, were distributed among Natal students.(9")
Another pamphlet, said to have been issued by SACSA at the University of the
Witwatersrand, alleged that the aim of NUSAS leaders was to hand over control
of the organization to Non-Whites and to participate in the freedom struggle
which aimed at "revolution, sabotage, and the invasion of South Africa".(95)
Although NUSAS leaders vehemently denied these allegations and stated that the
pamphlets were part of a "smear" campaign,
(93) e.g. Rand Daily Mail, 27 June.
(94) Cape Times, 21 May.
(95) Rand Daily Mail, 8 June.
RELATIONS : 1964
297

A SURVEY OF RACE
about 400 Natal students are said to have resigned,090) and apparently about 600
more did so in other centres.0'7) The S.R.C. of the University of Natal decided to
end its affiliation; but, at a subsequent meeting, it resolved to reserve judgment
until the annual NUSAS conference in July (see below). A similar decision was
made by the S.R.C. of the Johannesburg College of Education.
The Minister of Education, Arts, and Science announced that he would not allow
the Johannesburg Nursery School Training College to affiliate to NUSAS should
it desire to do so. (He has power, in terms of regulations under the Vocational
Education Act, to determine to which organizations students at vocational
education institutions may belong).(") Mr. Legassick resigned from NUSAS after
the seminar had rejected his views. It was reported(") that during a visit to South
Africa he was visited by the Security Branch and that he admitted that he had
been travelling on two passports - South African and British. He was then
deprived of his South African nationality.
"Secret Activities" of NUSAS
A Nationalist M.P., Mr. J. F. Schoonbee, stated in the Assembly that apart from
being an organization to look after the interests of students, NUSAS apparently
had other activities.
In a speech to Cape Town students("') Mr. Driver described the "secret" activities
which, he said, had not been made public because the executive did not want to
make capital out of them. NUSAS, he said, ran a loan fund to help students with
their fees. It operated a Political Freedom Fund to help with the defence of
students charged with political offences and to aid their dependants if they were
convicted. It ran a Prison Education Scheme, providing correspondence courses
for people serving longterm sentences or undergoing long periods of detention
awaiting trial: the prison authorities were giving full co-operation.
NUSAS, Mr. Driver continued, assisted the S.A. Committee for Higher Education
(SACHED), which provided bursaries enabling students to study for University of
London degrees. And it was involved in plans for establishing a College for Adult
Education and Training in Bechuanaland.
NUSAS Conference in Pietermaritzburg
An overwhelming majority of the delegates to the NUSAS conference in July
supported a motion censuring Mr. Driver for
(96) Sunday Express, 7 June.
(97) Sunday Times, 28 June.
(98) Assembly, 14 May, Hansard 16 cols. 5976, 5988.
(99) Sunday Times, 7 June.
(100) Cape Times, 29 May.
298

expressing personal opinions which would inevitably be associated with NUSAS

policy, and deploring the fact that his paper had been used in an attempt to
"smear" the organization.
In an editorial commenting on the proceedings the Rand Daily Mail statedV1) that
NUSAS "comes out of this conference as a level-headed body which has not
allowed itself to be stampeded in any one direction and as firm in its anti-
communist views as it could well be". The students reaffirmed their opposition to
all forms of totalitarianism - "whether the South African branch of nationalism, or
communism".G102)
The Chairman of the Natal S.R.C. is reported to have said afterwards("') that the
Natal delegation attending the Pietermaritzburg conference was satisfied that
stories of NUSAS being communist-inclined and a subversive organization were
untrue, and they were satisfied that NUSAS was prepared to take the more
conservative views of Durban into account when formulating their policies. They
decided to remain affiliated, as did the Johannesburg College of Education.
Mr. Maeder Osler was elected President for the forthcoming year.
During the conference the Security Branch made a dawn raid on the men's
residence and arrested Mr. David de Keller. His trial on a charge of sabotage, his
conviction, and sentence of ten years' imprisonment have been described in an
earlier chapter.
Student conference in Cape Town
"Conservative" students at the University of Cape Town, who were not members
of NUSAS, convened a conference during August to discuss ways of achieving
closer co-operation between English and Afrikaans-medium universities.
Delegates from all the universities were invited, together with representatives of
the Afrikaanse Studentebond (ASB) and NUSAS.
Heated argument took place between the ASB and the NUSAS members over the
inclusion in the NUSAS delegation of a Coloured student. Finally all the
Afrikaans-speaking students and some of the SACSA members left, and the
chairman declared the conference closed.' 04)
African Resistance Movement trials
As mentioned earlier, Mr. Adrian Leftwich,__who is a pastpresident of NUSAS,
confessed in ia-rt that he had been one of the leaders of the African Resistance
Movement. He turned State witness and gave evidence against other members,
including Mr.
(101) 16 July.
(102) Star, 15 July.
(103) Ibid, 30 July.
(104) Cape Times, 8 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
299

_4_.Keler. It was alleged during the trials that another leader had been Mr.
Neville Rubin, also a NUSAS past-president, who had left the country. Mr. Jont'
Driver was president when he said he thought NUSAS should try to unite the
forces opposed to authoritarianism. He was arrested under the 90-day clause but
released after about 28 days: no charge was laid against him. According to Mr.
Osler,(1°5) when Mr. Driver was released the Security Police infor-me him that
"there was no suspicion at all that NUSAS had been involved in any extra-legal
activities". A fourth past-president, Mr. Ernest Wentzel, was also arrested under
the 90-day clause but was released after about 21 days: again, no charge was laid.
After a number of young people had been sent to gaol on convictions of sabotage
the Minister of Justice renewed his attacks on NUSAS. He is reported(1"6) to
have said, at a Nationalist Party meeting in Klerksdorp, that there would be no
remission of sentences for political prisoners except, possibly, for those "led
astray" by the four past presidents of NUSAS. "Because of my sympathy for them
and their parents I will, if their parents can prove to me that they were misled by
'these offspring of snakes' (addergebroedsel), give them a remission of their
sentences".
NUSAS reaction
Mr,_Osler the new President of NUSAS, publicly rejected any suggestion that this
organization could be held responsible for the acts of a few individual members.
He invited the Minister of Justice to address a NUSAS meeting and to see its
activities for himself; but the Minister spurned this suggestion. The NUSAS
executive accepted what they interpreted as a resignation by Mr. Rubin from his
office as an honorary Vice-President, and deprived Mr. Leftwich of a similar
office.
S.R.C. elections were held at the various universities during October. At the
universities of Cape Town, the Witwatersrand, Rhodes, and Natal (both the
Durban and the Pietermaritzburg sections) NUSAS men topp dtheppgfls_aqga
ed the positions: they won all the seats on the Durban S.R.C.. SACSA candidates
had relatively little support.
STUDY LOANS AND BURSARIES
NATIONAL STUDY LOANS AND BURSARIES ACT
No. 89 of 1964
In terms of this Act a National Study Loan and Bursary Fund was created to assist
matriculated students of any race who
(105) Sunday Times, 22 November. (106) Ibid, 15 November.
300
A SURVEY OF RACE

wish to study at a university, university college, training college, technical

college, or vocational school.
Companies that make donations to the fund may deduct these from their taxable
incomes up to a maximum amount of one per cent of their incomes. Provision is
made for an initial, repayable, advance by Parliament.
The fund will be administered by the Secretary for Education, Arts, and Science.
An advisory committee is to be set up, consisting of the Secretary, three persons
appointed by the Minister to represent donors to the Fund, the chairman of the
University Advisory Committee, the chairman of the Committee of University
Principals, and a person appointed by the Minister to represent university
colleges. After consultation with this committee the Minister will determine the
basis on which loans and bursaries will be awarded.
When introducing the Bill("7) the Minister said the object was to assist poor
students. The universities already had funds allowing for the award of
scholarships to brilliant students.
On an earlier occasion he said'08) that his Department made a sum of R126,600 a
year available to the universities for the provision of bursaries, and, in addition,
since 1956 it had voted R253,000 for study loans. He estimated that about
R500,000 a year was contributed to university bursary and loan funds oy bodies
such as the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, the Railways, the
Atomic Power Board, oil companies, the Chamber of Mines, the Iron and Steel
Corporation, the Helpmekaarfonds, and others. Industrial concerns had donated
R1,239,000 in 1963-64, and R1,588,938 the previous year for the technological
training of Whites at universities. There were numerous privately-donated
bursaries.
He was in favour of making loans, rather than grants, the Minister said, and
recipients would have to undertake to serve for a number of years.
LOANS TO NON-WHITE MEDICAL STUDENTS
Replying to a question in the Assembly on 31 January1"9) the Minister of Justice
(on behalf of his colleague) said that during 1963-64 there were 75 Non-White
medical students at the University of Natal who were receiving loans, which
totalled R15,000.
STUDENT TEACHERS
As indicated earlier, student teachers may be granted official bursaries or loans.
The Department of Coloured Affairs informed
(107) Assembly, 18 June, Hansard 21 col. 8620.
(10) Assembly, 14 May, Hansard 16 cols. 5991-3.
(109) Hansard 2 col. 550.
RELATIONS: 1964
301
the Institute of Race Relations(1) that Coloured students in the Cape who are
taking a university degree and secondary teacher's certificate, or the lower
secondary teacher's diploma course, can apply for bursaries of R200 a year or for
interest-free lions of up to that amount. Students studying for a primary teacher's
certificate may apply for bursaries of R80 or loans of up to R160 a year.
The Minister of Economic Affairs said in the Assembly on 4 February("') that in
1963, 133 African student teachers were receiving loans totalling R14,200.
Other official bursaries and loans have been mentioned earlier in this chapter.
S.A. COLOURED ADVANCEMENT TRUST
During the year a group of people in Cape Town launched an appeal for R100,000
to establish a S.A. Coloured Advancement Trust. They said that they were
concerned at the number of Coloured students who left school after the Junior
Certificate stage, and that they hoped to encourage deserving young people to
obtain professional, technical, or commercial qualifications. An executive
committee, under the chairmanship of Dr. R. E. van der Ross, was elected at a
public meeting held on 2 August, and prominent Coloured and White citizens
have accepted honorary patronage of the Trust. 12)
ISAACSON FOUNDATION BURSARY FUND
One of the largest of the private funds is the Isaacson Foundation Bursary Fund,
administered by the Institute of Race Relations, and established in 1955 by the
trustees of a bequest of R100,000, left by the late Mr. Morris Isaacson for the
establishment of a Foundation for educational purposes. Up to the end of 1963
this Foundation had paid R47,681 to the bursary fund, and further payments have
been made since."13) Numbers of other donations have been received - from
private persons, business firms, the Bantu Welfare Trust, the Oppenheimer
Memorial Trust, the Quaker Service Fund, the Johannesburg Rotary Club, and the
Oxford Committee for Famine Relief.
From this Bursary Fund grants are made to Africans from the Witwatersrand area
for completing their schooling, and loans for taking higher educational courses.
According to the latest annual report of the Fund about R80,906 has been spent,
R44,590 of it on loan bursaries and the rest in grants. These were made
(110) Le:ter No. 7/20 of 18 July.
(11) Hansard 3 col. 707.
(112) Cape Times, 29 June and 3 August.
(113) Race Relat'ons News, August.
302
A SURVEY OF RACE

to 180 Africans for university education, to 417 for assistance in matriculating,

and to 54 for other courses.
As one factor in determining their selection applicants are given ability tests
administered by the National Institute for Personnel Research.
PROFESSIONAL AND SCIENTIFIC ORGANIZATIONS
APARTHEID IN PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
Towards the end of 1962 the Government informed professional and scientific
organizations which were in receipt of subsidies (mainly towards the production
of their periodicals) that unless they amended their constitutions in such a way as
to exclude Non-Whites from membership their subsidies would be terminated.
The Non-Whites could form separate societies, it was said.
The Medical Association was not affected as it receives no subsidy. Speaking in
the Assembly on 13 May,"14) Capt. J. A. L. Basson (United Party) said that so far
as he could ascertain the Government's decision would be of direct concern to 8
or 9 organizations which had about 14,000 members, only 14 or 15 of them Non-
Whites from South Africa. But some of these bodies had members from outside
the country and did not know to what racial group they belonged.
Dr. A. Radford (United Party) added"')5 that he understood that 3 of the 14 Non-
Whites were Japanese (considered to be White under the Population Registration
Act). The remaining 11 were distributed between a number of societies. It would
be impracticable for 1 or 2 Non-Whites interested in a particular scientific subject
to form a society of their own. Moreover, Dr. Radford said, "If the Government
persists with this policy the overseas partners of these organizations will break off
their connections and our societies will stand isolated ... Many senior members
will resign and join overseas societies direct. Some societies will disintegrate". If
overseas links were lost the South African bodies would cease to receive journals
which were exchanged. They would forfeit the benefit of library research
conducted by overseas organizations, which were willing to send photostat copies
of papers needed by South African scientists. South Africans would no longer be
able to attend international congresses. Scientists from overseas would be unlikely
to accept posts in the Republic. Dr. Radford begged the Minister of Education,
Arts, and Science to leave well alone.
The Minister stated,(11") that, at their request, he had discussed the application of
the Government's policy with representatives of
(114) Hansard 16 co!s. 5958-9.
(115) Col. 5964.
(111) Cols. 5989-90.
RELATIONS: 1964
303

the S.A. Akademie vir Wetenskap en Kuns and of the Associated Scientific and
Technical Societies of S.A. These representatives had said that they would go
back and consult with their constituent bodies and would thereafter again get in
touch with him. So far they had not done so. (It is understood that it was
necessary to await the annual meetings of the various societies).
"I have arrived at the following decision", the Minister announced. "For the
financial year 1964-65 I will still continue paying these subsidies to the
associations as in the past, hoping that during the present year a basis will be
found for implementing the policy of the Government. If this hope is, however,
not realized, I shall have no other choice but to stop the subsidies for 1965-66".
S.A. ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROMOTION OF
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE
In September theologians and professors from the universities of Potchefstroom,
Pretoria, and Bloemfontein launched a S.A. Association for the Promotion of
Christian Science, with the object of "ensuring that the Christian attitude is
maintained in science". The aims are reported(11 7) to be to unify Christian
scientists, to mould the youth along the "right lines", saving them from "the evils
of the wrong philosophies and approaches". According to the report the founders
said they were "against evolutionism, against liberalism, and against humanism".
(117) Sunday Times, 2 September.
A SURVEY OF RACE
304

RELATIONS: 1964
HEALTH
ADMINISTRATION AND COST OF NON-WHITE
HEALTH SERVICES
In reply to a question in the Assembly, the Minister of Bantu Administration and
Development said on 7 February 1) that the committee appointed in February
1961 to investigate and report on health services in the Bantu areas had submitted
its report, which was being studied. (Certain policy decisions, presumably
resulting from the report, are described later).
The Government has appointed an inter-departmental committee to inquire into
the medical care of African workers. Its terms of reference include the extent to
which employers could or should be held financially liable for the medical
examination and treatment and hospital expenses of their African employees.,"
Representatives of the Departments of Health and Bantu Administration and
Development and of the provinces are serving on the committee.
The (Snyman) Commission of Inquiry into the High Cost of Medical Services and
Medicines stated in its report that at least 95 per cent of the cost of the medical
care of the Non-White population was borne by the State authorities (including
the provinces). Almost the entire Non-White population (nearly 90 per cent in
Natal and practically 80 per cent in the other provinces) enjoyed free medical
care.
The Snyman Commission rejected the principle of a national health insurance
scheme. It concerned itself almost exclusively with the needs of the White section
of the population, but stated that the principles it recommended could later be
applied to NonWhites. In essence these recommendations were that medical aid
schemes (estimated by the Commission to cover 48 per cent of the White
population in 1960) should be extended to as many people as possible, so that the
total cost should be spread over the maximum number of persons. Young people
should be encouraged to contribute as soon as they started work, the Commission
considered.
In view of the fact that the committee investigating health services in Bantu areas
had not yet submitted its report, and as the pattern of responsibility in these areas
had, thus, not yet become clear, the Commission did not venture into this field. In
a
(1) Hansard 3 col. 952.
(2) Cape Times, 18 September.
305

letter03) to the Institute of Race Relations Professor Snyman said that the idea of
medical cover schemes implied an established community in an economic
position to carry its own medical expenses.
A Bill to implement certain of the Commission's recommendations was drafted. A
Central Advisory Council for Medical Schemes had previously been appointed to
assist with the expansion of existing schemes and the establishment of new ones,
with certain minimum requirements, and to promote co-operation between the
schemes, hospitals, and the medical and dental associations.
The Bill was, however, shelved pending further discussions. The Federated
Chambers of Industries pointed to certain complications in regard to medical aid
funds created through industrial council agreements; and it was reported4) that
medical aid societies preferred to negotiate directly with the medical profession
without the possible intervention of a third party, as was suggested in the Bill.
SITING OF HOSPITALS AND ADMISSION OF PATIENTS
In mid-1964 discussions took place between representatives of the Department of
Bantu Administration and Development, the Department of Health, the
Administrators of the four provinces, and provincial officials.
In a statement issued thereafter it was said that the objective was to send Africans
in "White" areas who were in need of hospitalization to hospitals in African areas
if the town concerned was within reasonable reach thereof. A big hospital to be
built at Umlazi, for example, would serve the Africans of the Durban area, and
one proposed for Garankuwa would serve those in and around Pretoria.
It was the intention, the statement continued, that hospitals for mentally ill
Africans and tuberculotics would be built in the Reserves by the Department of
Bantu Administration and Development, and administered by the Department of
Health in the case of mental patients and the province concerned in the case of
tuberculotics.
In terms of the new framework, private mission hospitals could still be built in the
Reserves.
An advisory committee to co-ordinate the provision of hospital services in Bantu
areas had been created, representative of the participants in the discussions5)
This policy is not a new one. Several Non-White hospitals in "White" areas have
already been forced to close. In November
(3) Dated 14 April. The Institute of Race Relations published a Summary of the
Snyman Comm'ssion's Recommendat'ons Regarding Medical Aid Schemes, R.R.
28/64.
(4) Sunday Times, 7 June.
(5) Rand Daily Mail, 28 July.
306
A SURVEY OF RACE

1963, for example, it was announced that the Tempe Isolation Hospital in
Bloemfontein was to close because, in terms of Government policy, it could no
longer cater for Africans, and it was uneconomical to continue running it for a
limited number of White patients. In October 1964 the Johannesburg City Council
was informed that the Waterval Hospital for Non-White tuberculosis patients
would have to cease operating.
For some years the Government has refused to sanction the expansion of Non-
White hospitals which are "wrongly sited" and largely for this reason many of
them have become very seriously overcrowded. The report for 1962-63 of the
Transvaal Hospitals Department showed that this was the case in 15 of the 41
provincial Non-White hospitals, especially those in smaller towns; the Sabie
Hospital, for example, was overcrowded to an extent of 173.2 per cent on average
during the year. In the larger towns the corresponding figures were 117.4 per cent
in Pretoria, 127.7 per cent in Germiston, and 160.5 per cent in Pietersburg(6)
The Edendale Hospital (Pietermaritzburg) and King Edward VIII Hospital,
Durban, are consistently overcrowded.()
Unless in emergencies, Indians are no longer being admitted to the Non-European
section of the Johannesburg General Hospital, and must, instead, go to the
Coronationville Hospital which is in a Coloured area. This is in spite of the fact
that the wards they occupied were originally paid for by the Indian community,
and provided facilities far superior to those at Coronationville. These wards are
now being used for emergency cases for members of any Non-White group.08)
The private Indian R. K. Khan Hospital and Dispensary Trust has recently
contributed R400,000 towards the erection of a hospital at Chatsworth which will
serve the Indians of Durban and surrounding areas, and will be administered by
the province.0)
At the end of 1963 there wore 85 mission hospitals within or nearby the Reserves,
providing 11,500 beds."0)
MAIN DISEASES AFFECTING THE POPULATION
During June the Medical Association of S.A. held a conference on disease and
preventive medicine among Africans.
According to the Bureau of Statistics the notifiable disease that gave most cause
for concern in 1963 was tuberculosis. Others with a comparatively high incidence
are scarlet fever, diphtheria, kwashiorkor, and, to a lesser extent, meningitis and
typhoid fever. Cases of poliomyelitis and malaria still occur, but on a much
reduced scale.' 1)
(6) Pretoria News, 14 May.
(7) Rand Daily Mail, 31 January.
(8) Star, 25 January.
(9) Natal Mercury, 22 May.
(10) Bantu, December 1963.
(11) Pretoria News, 18 January.
307
RELATIONS: 1964

308 A SURVEY OF RACE

Tuberculosis
According to the Pietermaritzburg Medical Officer of Health, 40 people a day are
dying of TB in South Africa.(12) The Minister of Health reported in March(1)
that there were about 200,000 cases in South Africa - a higher figure than in
previous years. The increase, he said, was mainly because of improved and
intensified methods of detection.
This statement was challenged by the S.A. National Tuberculosis Association
(SANTA).(4) Over the past two or three years there had been serious difficulty in
providing X-ray services in rural areas, and case-finding had been reduced there,
SANTA said, yet new rural cases notified in 1963 showed an increase of 12.2 per
cent over the 1962 figure.
In reply to questions in the Assembly on 21 April('-) the Minister of Health gave
the following statistics: TB Cases reported during 196,)
Age Group Whites Coloured Asians Africans
Children under 5 years 184 2,069 119 11,309
Juveniles .......... 154 1,842 194 10,418
Adults .......... 875 3,741 616 35,674
Totals 1,213 7,652 929 57,401
Percentage increase or decrease as compared with 1962
Children under 5 years - 7.0 + 7.5 - 16.8 + 20.3
Juveniles ..........- 5.8 + 2.4 - 27.3 + 5.0
Adults .......... -4.9 +1.2 +5.7 +3.4
In the Press release quoted above, SANTA pointed out that a total of 67,195 new
cases were found in 1963, as compared with 63,450 the previous year. The most
startling increase, of 20.3 per cent, had been among African infants.
Fewer new cases had been found in urban areas, although many of the larger local
authorities had improved their casefinding. The Chairman of Durban's Public
Health Committee said("6) that reasons for this were the Government-subsidized
milk scheme, improved housing, and the vaccination of African babies at major
hospitals. But, according to the Medical Officer of Health of the East London
Divisional Council,(17) the authorities are only "scratching the surface" in rural
areas. "For every case discharged we find another two", he said. He was often
afraid to tell a farmer that an African employee had TB in case the African was
(12) Natal Mercury, 11 December 1963.
(s) Senate, 16 March, Hansard 9 col. 2218.
(14) In its Press release, Stencil No. 2949, of 3 April.
(15) Hansard 13 cols. 4603-4.
(16) Natal Mercury, 15 May.
(17) Daily Despatch, 13 June.

then discharged and had to leave the farm, with his family. This frequently
happened.
As at 31 March SANTA was running 34 centres with 6,800 beds and another 290
beds in course of construction. There were 22 centres for Africans, 10 for
Coloured, and one each for Indians and Whites. The Government pays seven-
eighths of the running costs. As part of its campaign SANTA is producing a
magazine especially designed for African readers which is distributed free of
charge.
The Minister of Health said(I") that it is difficult to persuade bread-winners with
TB to have the necessary treatment, involving three to six months in an institution
and then one or two years' attendance as an outpatient. In spite of the assistance
SANTA gave them the dependants still suffered.
The BCG vaccine developed in recent years was, perhaps, 60 per cent effective,
the Minister continued. If a person became very malnourished he could contract
TB even after vaccination.
During 1963 an experimental campaign had been in progress in Soweto,
Johannesburg, he said. Officials visited every house and vaccinated all susceptible
people, particularly children. In all, more than 162,000 persons were vaccinated,
and, of those under 20 years of age, 14 per cent reacted positively. It had been
planned, as a next step, to vaccinate all new-born babies, persons in institutions
(orphanages, etc.), mining employees, and others, and to institute a similar
campaign in the peri-urban areas, but there was a world-wide shortage of the
vaccine and only 500,000 doses, instead of about the 31 million required, could be
obtained in 1963. Teams of health personnel were constantly at work in the
Reserves.
Kwashiorkor
In a written reply to a question in the Assembly, the Minister of Health intimated
that there were 16,206 notified cases of kwashiorkor in 1963: 15,560 African, 592
Coloured, 46 Asian, and 8 White. He is reported to have stated that the incidence
is 10 per 1,000 for Africans, 2 for Coloured, and 0.3 for Asians!")
It seems undoubted that not all the cases have come to the attention of medical
authorities. A doctor in the Northern Transvaal, where there has been prolonged,
severe drought, said it was farcical that only those sufferers who were fit enough
to walk to clinics were recorded as suffering from the disease. Many had long
distances to come and could not afford transport.2°)
The Medical Officer of Health of the Cape Divisional Council estimated that for
every child suffering from kwashiorkor there
(1,) Senate, 16 March, Hansard 9 co's. 2218-23; and Assembly 27 May, Hansard
18
col. 6694.
(11) Rand Daily Mail, report, 1 February 1964 and 4 December 1963.
(2o) Star, 18 March.
RELATIONS: 1964
309

A SURVEY OF RACE
are 30 to 40 other children who have a more or less severe protein deficiency.(21)
An attendant disease with a very high incidence is gastro-enteritis.
It was disclosed by a Johannesburg paediatrician that Baragwanath Hospital treats
hundreds of cases a year of African children with rickets, caused by a lack of
vitamin D. It could be prevented if parents exposed their babies to early-morning
sunlight, but many Africans did not know this.!")
The Government subsidizes the distribution of milkpowder to children by local
authorities. The Dairy Industry Control Board supplies one-pound packets at 15
cents per lb., and of this amount the State pays 5 cents: the vote for this purpose
was increased from R40,000 in 1963 to R65,000 in 1964.023) The local
authorities must contribute at least half of the remaining 10 cents, any balance
being found by the children's parents. According to the Minister of Health,(24) in
areas where the local authorities organized milk distribution schemes the deaths
from kwashiorkor fell by half within one year, and the general incidence
decreased, as did that of attendant diseases.
Far from all the local authorities in the country have organized such schemes,
however; in Natal, for example, only 9 of a possible 119 had done so towards the
end of 1963. (25)
Eye diseases
In various rural areas, notably the Northern Transvaal, there has been a high
incidence among Africans of trachoma. Smaller numbers of cases are found in
towns.
In 1952 the National Council for the Blind launched a trachoma project in the
Northern Transvaal. By the end of 1963, with the aid of State subsidies, its mobile
units had treated about 50,000 persons suffering from some form of eye disease,
and had operated on more than 2,600 cases. Besides this, antibiotic ointment had
been distributed to some 75,000 children. The incidence of trachoma at the
schools visited had been reduced from 35.4 to 5 per cent and would have fallen
still further but for the influx each year of new pupils with the disease.
The S.A. Institute of Medical Research has developed a vaccine which is reported
to be showing encouraging results, not only in preventing trachoma, but also in
curing those already infected.(")
(21) Cape Times, 2 July.
(22) Star, 28 April.
(23) Minister of Finance, Assembly 25 March, Hansard 10 col. 3691.
(24) Senate. 16 March, Hansard 9 cols. 2411-4.
(25) Natal Mrrcury, 30 November 1963.
(26) Star, 16 January.
310

RELATIONS: 1964
Poliomyelitis
During 1960 the State began distributing an oral vaccine against polio, free of
charge. The Minister of Health said in the Senate on 16 March2") that in the
course of a campaign in 1961-62 the authorities managed to immunize 80 per cent
of those in the susceptible age groups. A few "islands" remained, for example, in
remote parts of African Reserves where the people were suspicious.
So far as was known, not a single person who had been vaccinated contracted the
disease. The success of the campaign led to public indifference to the dangers of
the disease, parents neglected to have their children vaccinated, and the number of
cases again began to rise.
In January it was made compulsory for every child over the age of three months,
and every immigrant under 40 years of age, to be immunized against polio.
Smallpox
Early in 1964 there was a minor outbreak of smallpox in Port Elizabeth. The
Minister of Health said(28) that the infection had started with a family of African
immigrants from Nyasaland. Fellow-travellers on the train they took from
Mafeking were liable to be infected: all contacts who could be traced had been
isolated. Until South Africa's borders had been effectively fenced in, the Minister
continued, it would be impracticable to isolate African immigrants who had not
been vaccinated against smallpox. If this were attempted at the main points of
entry the Africans would simply walk over the border at a different spot.
In October vaccination for everyone in the country was rendered compulsory. The
Department of Health announced that in order to avoid prosecution people would
have to show distinct vaccination marks, or certificates of exemption, of
insusceptibility to or unfitness for vaccination, or certificates showing that they
had already had the disease.
Bilharzia
In the course of the speech quoted above the Minister said that a solution to the
problem of bilharzia had not yet been found. Posters illustrating the way in which
the disease is contracted had been widely distributed.
Whooping cough
During June 36 Non-White children died of whooping cough in Murraysburg,
Cape. The town council was told that the main cause of these deaths was the
draughty condition of the houses.29)
(27) Hansard 9 cols. 2214-8.
(28) Speech op cit, col. 2414.
(2) Rand Daily Mail, 12 June

Diseases from which Africans are relatively free

In an address given in May, Dr. F. W. Quass, director of the National Nutrition
Research Institute, said that the adult African was relatively free from coronary
heart disease, diabetes, and gall and kidney stones - diseases known to be related
to dietary imbalance. Care should be taken in attempts to improve the diet of
Africans.
HEALTH PERSONNEL
Medical practitioners
There are reported to have been 8,468 registered medical practitioners in South
Africa in March, with about 273 more graduating annuallyY°) Of the qualified
persons, 103 were Africans.(") There were 90 African students at the Natal
Medical School,(2) and smaller numbers at the Universities of Cape Town and the
Witwatersrand.
It would appear that there may be adequate numbers of medical practitioners in
the larger towns, but that provincial administrations are finding difficulty in
staffing outlying hospitals,3) and that there is a shortage in rural areas, especially
the African Reserves.
Dr. W. H. Barnard, Registrar of the S.A. Medical and Dental Council, is
reported3") to have said in an address to that body that the scarcity of African
doctors was the crux of the medical manpower problem. The Natal Medical
School could admit larger numbers, but the limiting factor was the very small
number of African matriculants with the necessary attainments in English,
mathematics, and an overall aggregate.(")
On the other hand, Dr. Barnard continued, out of 100 suitable Indian applicants in
1963 the Natal Medical School accepted only 25. Any decision to step up the
numbers admitted would have to be made only after very careful consideration
had been given to the possibilities of their employment after graduation, he said.
The areas where they could practise were restricted; many Indians were too poor
to pay doctors' fees; and some of the wealthier Indians patronized White doctors.
(Information about Coloured and Indian medical students at other universities in
South Africa is contained in the chapter on education).
(30) Sunday Times, 15 March, quoting National Bureau of Educational and Social
Research.
(C1) Mr. Lionel Murray, M.E.C., at congress of Association of Surgeons, Star, 16
July.
(32) Minister of Education, Arts and Science, Assembly 7 February Hansard 3
col.
953.
(33) Natal Mercury, 29 November 1963, and Star, 16 July.
(34) Rand Daily Mail, 19 March.
(s5) See chapter on Education, page 276.
312
A SURVEY OF RACE

Nurses
In the Assembly on 7 February the Minister of Health gave the following statistics
in regard to certain African nurses:("6)
Qualified In training
Sister tutors .......... 6 ?
Theatre sisters ...... 22 15
Ophthalmic nurses ... 19 8
Health visitors ....... 224 ?
Midwives .......... 5,103 626
He gave no figures relating to the thousands of Africans qualified in general
nursing, nor to nurses of other racial groups.
There is a serious shortage of nurses, partly because of the expansion of hospital
services, and partly because (in spite of certain increases in pay) the salaries
offered are insufficiently attractive and the hours of duty have been regarded as
too onerous. The report of the Transvaal Director of Hospital Services for 196263,
for example, stated that marriage was depriving the nursing service of more
women than could be recruited. About 20 per cent of the posts for trained nurses
were usually vacant making it necessary to use senior student nurses and auxiliary
nurses for the less advanced duties. (37) It is reported(38) that because of the
shortage of nurses some hospitals have had to close wards.
New salary scales for White nurses were announced on 19 November: those for
Non-White nurses were still under investigation at the time of writing. According
to the Minister of Health, the increases for Whites will cost the country R3-
million a year. A staff nurse, for example, will gain an increase of R180 a year
and will have a higher top alary notch. The Nursing Association did not consider
the increases to be adequate.
During September five Coloured and one African nurses were made honorary life
members of the S.A. Nursing Association "n recognition of their services to the
profession.
South Africa's first mothercraft training course for Non-White nurses was
inaugurated during the year at the Red Cross Children's Hospital in Cape Town.
This is a temporary arrangement; in 1965 the Sarah Fox Home and Mothercraft
Training Centre will be opened at Athlone, Cape Town. It will eventually be
staffed entirely by Coloured women.
Degree courses in nursing are to be introduced at the University College of Fort
Hare within two years.(39)
(31) Hansard 3 col. 749.
(37) Rand Daily Mail, 25 May.
(3s) e.g. Rand Daily Mail, 12 June.
(39) Star, 22 October.
RELATIONS: 1964
313

A SURVEY OF RACE
Radiographers
A course for Non-White radiographers was started in 1961 at the King Edward
VIII Hospital, Durban. Since then 29 students have completed the two-year
course, and 19 were in training during 1964.(40)
Physiotherapists
The first school of physiotherapy for Non-Whites has been opened at the King
Edward VIII Hospital, with 12 places available initially. Students take a three-
year course leading to the award of the National Diploma in Physiotherapy of the
Department of Education, Arts and Science.41)
Medical technologists
A further course now available to Non-Whites at this hospital is a four-year one
for medical technologists. During 1964 there were 43 students in training.(")
African health educators
The Minister of Health announced in February(43) that his Department intended
training African health education workers whose duties would be to disseminate
knowledge of nutrition and immunization against diseases, and who would assist
in the TB control programme.
MENTAL HEALTH
According to a recently-published annual report of the Commissioner of Mental
Hygiene, at the end of 1962 there were 9,469 White and 15,076 Non-White
mentally disordered and defective persons under statutory care. But more
accommodation and staff for Non-Whites were urgently required. In the case of
Whites there was an excess of beds over patients of 822, on average during the
preceding year, in mental hospitals and institutions for the mentally defective. But
so far as Non-Whites were concerned there was an excess of patients over beds of
an average of 5,472, which means that far from all the Non-Whites needing care
can be admitted to existing institutions. In reply to a question in the Assembly on
11 February(44) the Minister of Justice stated that because of a lack of adequate
accommodation in such institutions, 258 mentally deranged persons had been
temporarily detained in
(40) Natal Mercury, 29 April.
(41) bid, 24 June.
(42) Ibid, 12 May.
(13) Assembly, 18 February, Hansard 5 col. 1498.
(4') Hansard 4 cols. 1097-8.
314

prisons during the year ended June 1963. Pending their removal to mental
hospitals, he said, they were medically examined by district surgeons and were
given drugs and physical treatment if necessary.
The Commissioner stated that the percentage of long-stay cases was higher for
Non-Whites than for Whites. The discharge rates, respectively, were 87 per cent
and 72 per cent.
New mental hospitals are to be built for Indians in Springfield, Durban, and for
Africans in the Eastern Cape.
Mr. T. J. Stander, the Director of the S.A. National Council for Mental Health, is
reported to have said in June(") that South Africa boasted some of the most
modern mental hospitals in the world, but this was true only of the material
structures. A hospital was only as good as its staff, and here the country fell far
below international standards. He drew a disastrous parallel between Holland and
South Africa in regard to the staff-patient ratio, and pointed to the relative paucity
of training facilities in South Africa.
It is only recently that training facilities for Non-Whites have been provided or
demanded. The Commissioner said that the first group of qualified Non-White
mental nurses was registered in 1962.
(45) Star, 15 June.
RELATIONS: 1964
315

A SURVEY OF RACE
NUTRITION
RESEARCH
Towards the end of 1956 the National Nutrition Research Institute of the Council
for Scientific and Industrial Research, in co-operation with the hospital authorities
and the medical faculty of the University of Pretoria, established a special ward at
the Pretoria General Hospital for African children suffering from the malnutrition
disease kwashiorkor, the under-nutrition disease marasmis, or from pellagra or
other deficiency diseases. Patients are drawn from clinical wards, and while they
are treated scientists study methods of preventing and curing nutritional diseases
and the efficacy of various nutritious yet cheap foods.
It was through the NNRI that the valuable milk powder distribution scheme,
described in the previous chapter, was launched.
More recently this Institute together with the authorities mentioned above has
established a second special ward at the Pretoria General Hospital for nutritional
research among adult Africans. Inter alia, certain liver diseases which occur
frequently amongst Africans but from which Whites seldom suffer are being
studied to try to find out whether nutritional patterns, or possibly heredity, are
contributory causes.
Another NNRI project is a long-term study of the health and nutritional standards
of school-children in Pretoria. Samples have been drawn from each of the four
main racial groups. When this field-work has been completed it is hoped to
extend the investigation to include Africans in rural areas.
Research is in progress aimed at developing a supplementary feeding mixture
containing egg powder, fish flour, milk powder, soya meal, and synthetic
vitamins. The value of other supplementary foodstuffs, such as mixed vegetables,
is being studied too.0)
In a report recently published by the Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research(2) Messrs. M. L. Neser and P. J. Pretorius pointed out that to prevent
malnutrition a campaign against ignorance of food values must be combined with
one against poverty. The incomes of a large proportion of the Non-Whites in the
country are too low to allow for adequate clothing, feeding, and housing, they
said. But because wages cannot be raised to
(1) From reports in the South African Digest, 12 December 1963; Bantu, August:
and Rand Daily Mail, 27 May.
(2) Research Report No. 210, The Planning of Food Mixtures for the Prevention
of
Malnutrition.
316

adequate levels overnight urgent relief measures are needed to overcome dietary
inadequacies, especially amongst young children. They suggested the large-scale
distribution of a cheap food mixture, consisting largely of vegetable ingredients
because of the high cost of animal proteins.
CRISIS IN THE NORTHERN TRANSVAAL
Conditions in the area
For the fifth year in succession there has been very severe drought in the Northern
Transvaal, and the conditions described in previous issues of this Survey have
persisted. Over wide areas streams and dams have dried up, crops have been lost,
wild plants normally used as food have become hard to find, grazing has wellnigh
disappeared, numbers of cattle have died. White farmers have suffered much
hardship, but the plight of Africans has been worse. Many breadwinners normally
employed on farms have been thrown out of work. In normal times a high
proportion of the families are completely dependent on crops or cattle for their
living, and very few of them have any reserves on which to fall back.
Mr. Len Apfel, organiser in Johannesburg for the Soutpansberg Relief
Organization,(" and Mr. Keith Abendroth<4) have described conditions. Certain
districts have been better off than others, but at the beginning of the year some
people in the worst areas were able to eat only once in every three days, or even
less often, and there were instances of children fainting at school. The Rev. E. C.
Walker, secretary of the Soutpansberg Organization, said,O5) "Things are very
bad in some areas and pellagra and kwashiorkor are definitely on the increase".
Mr. Abendroth wrote in March, "Hardest hit are the Makuya and Mhinga areas"
(north of the Kruger National Park) . . . . "In them tribesmen are returning to near
primeval living conditions, grubbing at the roots of trees for food and fighting off
packs of hunger-crazed baboons for the life-giving ... berries. At Tsiendelu
tribesmen near the hills have to guard their pitifully thin pack of goats and sheep
from marauding baboons - normally vegetarian animals driven to meat by
hunger".
Relief work
A description of the work being done by various voluntary relief organizations
was given in last year's Survey:6 some of these are the Potgietersrus Relief
Committee, the Soutpansberg
(3) Star, 21 April.
(4) Rand Daily Mail, 18 March.
Q) bid, 21 May.
(6) Pages 258 et seq.
RELATIONS: 1964
317

A SURVEY OF RACE
Relief Organization (mentioned above), Kupugani (see later), the Northern
Transvaal Relief Fund, the Christian Council and various individual churches and
missions, and the Save the Children Fund.
South African firms and citizens donated money, foodstuffs, and medical
supplies, and generous gifts were received from overseas.
This voluntary work was continued until 1 June 1964, when the Department of
Bantu Administration and Development extended its programme very widely,
assumed full responsibility for needy Africans, and asked voluntary bodies to
discontinue their efforts.
The Minister said in the Senate(7) that during 1963 the State spent R37,014 on the
purchase of food for distribution, mainly through Bantu Authorities, to Africans
in drought-stricken areas who were physically unfit to perform remunerative
work. Numerous development schemes had been launched to provide
employment for as many as possible, enabling them to earn money to provide for
their families.
He added, later, * that the special development projects included the building of
dams, forestry, road construction, soil conservation, eradication of weeds, sisal
cultivation, etc. The maximum use was being made of manual labour so as to
employ as many as possible - women as well as men.
The aged, the sick, disabled persons, and children needing care were being
provided with free food, either daily meals or rations made up of balanced
foodstuffs. The Department of Health supplied free powdered milk where
necessary, and had health educators in the area. In the worst district the school
children were being fed.
During April the Minister visited Pietersburg to discuss the situation with officials
and chiefs, and thereafter announced that he was detailing a senior official, with
staff, to co-ordinate the work being done by Bantu Affairs Commissioners and
Bantu Authorities. This official visited chiefs, missions, voluntary committees,
police posts, and shopkeepers to assess the extent of the need.
Significant announcements were then made.09) Besides the aged and infirm,
about 250,000 children would be fed. The Government was negotiating with the
Citrus, Banana, and Potato Boards for surpluses which could be used in the
scheme, and private firms had offered commodities at below cost price, and
transport. Food thus acquired would be given free where considered necessary,
otherwise offered at low prices.
(1) 31 January, Hansard 2 col. 317.
(8) Press statement 81/64 (K) of 25 April; Assemb'y, 5 May. Hansard 15 cols.
5442-4.
(9) Rand Daily Mail, 21 May.
318

Pay for relief work has been increased from 20 to 25 cents a day, and a portion is
made in the form of vouchers to ensure the purchase of approved foodstuffs.
Stock sales have been organized to obtain the best possible prices before the cattle
deteriorate further; and cattle belonging to Africans are being moved from
drought-stricken areas to places with better grazing. Alternatively, stock feed is
supplied on a recoverable basis. Seed is made available on a similar basis.
In his statement in May, quoted earlier, the Minister said that a nominal amount of
R120,000 had been made available for this scheme in the financial year 1964-65,
and would be increased as the need arose. This sum was additional to
Departmental expenditure on relief works undertaken to provide employment.
Organizations that had been doing relief work in the Northern Transvaal
welcomed the extension of the Government's efforts. The Rev. Parry Okeden,
who had organized the Potgietersrus Relief Committee, pointed out(1") that the
Government could work on a scale far beyond the reach of any voluntary bodies.
He added, "There is, however, a grave need which is not met by the Government
relief schemes. I refer to the African labourers and their families on European
farms, who fall outside the jurisdiction of the Department of Bantu
Administration. In the course of my work I see many under-nourished African
children; the worst of these, beyond all doubt, are on European farms where the
drought has left the farmer without the means to pay and feed his labourers."
DROUGHT IN OTHER AREAS
The Northern Transvaal has suffered most; but there has been a serious drought,
too, in Northern Natal and Zululand, the Northern Cape, and parts of the Free
State.
Various voluntary bodies have worked in these areas, too Kupugani, the Christian
Council, individual churches and missions and others.
The Rev. and Mrs. K. B. Hollowes at the Springvale Mission in Natal, for
example, run a mobile clinic and feeding scheme, supplying food free of charge to
TB patients and those in dire need, otherwise selling protein food at low cost. Mr.
Hollowes told the Press, "The further we delve into the more remote areas, the
more sickness, malnutrition, and poverty we find".1)
KUPUGANI
The establishment in 1962 of Kupugani (the Nutrition Corporation of S.A. Ltd.)
has been described in previous issues of this
(10) Rand Daily Mail, 10 July.
(11) Natal Mercury, 6 February.
RELATIONS: 1964
319

A SURVEY OF RACE
Survey.()2 By March it had 7 regional offices and more than 200 local
committees: more have been established since then. Its continuing source of
revenue is through fees and donations from firms and individuals who have
become members; but during the year it has received special donations of
R100,000 from the Native Recruiting Corporation and R14,000 from the Oxford
Famine Relief Fund.
Kupugani provides a basic, nourishing meal for more than two million people a
month, using newly-developed, cheap highprotein foods. Its main activities have
been in drought-stricken areas, especially the Northern Transvaal and Zululand,
where about 50,000 African children have been given a daily meal. (As is
mentioned earlier, the Department of Bantu Administration and Development
took over this work in the Northern Transvaal from 1 June). Children whose
parents can afford it pay a cent a day, but in very needy cases no charge is made.
Surplus maize has been bought and used in Zululand, where some 5,000 children
receive porridge and a high protein soup. In several areas soup kitchens are run
for aged or disabled persons.
Kupugani gave a truck to the Soutpansberg Relief Organization, and for some
months (until the Government took over) paid the salaries of an African health
educator and a driver to help with the distribution of food supplies.
Another of Kupugani's activities is the running of feeding depots in Coloured,
Indian, and African urban townships. Mugs of soup can be bought there, and
nutritious foodstuffs purchased at subsidized prices.
Industrial feeding schemes have been embarked upon. Kupugani has itself
initiated schemes, some of which have become financially self-supporting. In
other cases it has helped individual firms or groups of firms by channelling low-
cost fortified foods, by supplying health educators, and by giving advice and
practical help.
As mentioned later, Kupugani has bought very large amounts & surplus oranges,
other fruit, maize, potatoes, and milk, and has distributed these at cost plus
distribution charges through welfare organizations and schools in the towns and
mission stations and voluntary committees in African reserves. (It is of interest
that the Government has now decided to adopt this idea of purchasing surplus
foods, for distribution in the Northern Transvaal).
Coloured and African health educators are employed, who give lectures and
demonstrations in urban and rural areas.
In March Kupugani held a national convention on malnutrition and the best
methods of eradicating it. Thereafter it announced further plans. It intends
investigating surpluses of eggs and meat, and the possibility of obtaining game
culled from game
(12) 1963, page 262; 1962, page 208.
320

reserves and turning it into biltong. Other suggestions were distributing low cost
seed for crops and vegetables and encouraging mission stations to produce food;
and helping schools and missions to breed rabbits for sale as food.
FOOD SURPLUSES
It was Kupugani that first propagated the idea of buying agricultural surpluses at a
low cost and selling them at the lowest possible prices to people who could not
otherwise afford them. It suggested that these products could, in this way, be
popularized, and new internal markets opened.
The Mealie Control Board has been perturbed about huge surpluses of maize that
built up over several years. The total production in 1962-63 was 67,243,000
bags.00 Official estimates for 1963-64 were that 25,400,000 bags would be sold
on the domestic market, and 31,283,000 bags exported: a total of 56,683,000
bags, or 10,560,000 less than the 1962-63 production.4) The amount that can be
exported is governed by the carrying capacity of the railways. Because of a heat
wave early in the year and prolonged drought in many areas the 1963-64 crop was
far smaller than had been expected: it was officially estimated at 48,969,000
bags.(5 But this was an exceptionally bad year.
During 1963 the Control Board sent a mission to the United States to study curbs
on production, and it has set up a marketing promotion department which is trying
to boost domestic sales.' ) Kupugani has taken over some of the surplus stored
grain for use in its feeding schemes.
It was announced in May that millions of oranges, grapefruit, and lemons were
being dumped and left to rot in the Eastern Transvaal because there was no
market for them. The Citrus Board invited charitable organizations to take as
much as they wanted, but they had to supply their own transport and few were
able to do this. Kupugani then enlisted the aid of various private firms to transport
as much of the fruit as possible to the droughtstricken Northern Transvaal and
other areas.17)
The Banana Control Board sold some 625,000 lbs. of surplus bananas to
Kupugani at a nominal price, for free distribution to African children in drought
areas, or for sale at low prices in African townships and in the Northern
Transvaal. Further supplies were made available at low prices to Bantu
Authorities, or were given to recognized charities on condition that none of the
fruit was offered for sale.(18)
(13) Sunday Times, 24 May.
(14) Rand Daily Mail, 19 February.
(11) See note 13.
(11) Star, 10 December 1963, and Rand Daily Mail, 16 January
(1) Rand Daily Mail, 25 and 28 May.
( 1) Ibid, 12 December 1963, Star, 5 February.
RELATIONS: 1964
321

A SURVEY OF RACE
The potato co-operatives and the Egg Control Board have been exploring ways of
increasing sales among Africans.
OTHER FEEDING SCHEMES
The African Children's Feeding Scheme has extended its activities from the
Johannesburg area to cover various other Reef towns. At the end of February
1964 it was feeding some 28,000 children a day, from feeding centres and vans,
and at farm and town schools, cr6ches, and clinics. Children are asked to pay 1
cent for a meal that costs 3 cents.
In March 1963 various voluntary organizations in Springs called a meeting in the
Kwa Thema African township, to which school principals, school board members,
and municipal officials were invited, with the object of starting a voluntary school
feeding scheme. The organizations concerned (the Round Table, Rotary, Lions,
the National Council of Women, and others) presented the necessary equipment,
and the Africans elected a committee which is now running the scheme at the nine
primary schools in the area. For 5 cents a week the pupils receive a daily meal of
fortified biscuits and a high quality protein soup which is prepared by volunteers
among local housewives. Parents can order baby foods through the schools.
Committee members are giving talks on nutrition at meetings of women's guilds,
and local shopkeepers have agreed to stock the protein foods that are
recommended.19)
A fund-raising drive was launched in April by the Durban Non-European
Children's Fund, which is composed of six local welfare organizations. Between
them these organizations feed about 14,000 Non-White babies and children daily,
and provide soup kitchens, health education, clinics, creches, and nursery
schools.(20)
The Pretoria Joint Council continues its African Children's Feeding Scheme.21)
Besides this, a Mamelodi Feeding Scheme is now operating. A group of White
women, including some Americans, each day feeds about 150 children suffering
from malnutrition, who are sent to the centre by the staff of the municipal clinic.
The work of other voluntary organizations has been described in previous issues
of this Survey: they include the Save the Children Fund in Johannesburg; the
Cape Flats Distress Association, the Peninsula School Feeding Association and
the Service Dining Rooms in Cape Town; the Mayor's School Feeding
Committees in Port Elizabeth and East London; a scheme run by the
Bloemfontein Joint Council; the Upington Mission in the Northern Cape, and
others.
(19) Bantu, November 1963.
(20) Natal Mercury, 16 April.
(21) See 1963 Survey, page 262.
322

RELATIONS: 1964
Employers are increasingly appreciating the value of industrial feeding schemes.
The work of Kupugani in this connection has been described earlier. There are
numerous privately-organized schemes; but in recent months a commercial firm
which supplies hot cooked meals in insulated containers has been extending its
activities. During 1963 it established a "super-kitchen" in Springs which by mid-
1964 was supplying meals for 2,500 African workers in 40 factories. Breakfast,
lunch, and mid-shift snacks are served at a charge of 12 cents a day, of which
most of the employers pay half. African health educators visit the factories to
explain the composition of the meals, the value of a balanced diet, and the
relationship between nutrition and productivity.
This pilot project was highly successful, and the firm concerned is establishing a
second kitchen on the outskirts of Johannesburg which will be capable of
supplying meals for 50,000 African workers daily in the industrial areas of
Johannesburg, Germiston, and Alberton22)
(22) Star report, quoted in the South African Digest, 17 July.
323

A SURVEY OF RACE
WELFARE
NOTES ON SOME WELFARE PROJECTS
African Self-Help Association
The African Self-Help Association has now extended its activities from
Johannesburg to include Benoni and Carltonville. It has about 2,000 African
women members, organized into 45 service committees in various areas. In
accordance with Government requirements its White helpers have formed
themselves into an advisory committee which helps with fund-raising.
The African service committees themselves raise funds by means of street
collections, sales of work, jumble sales, garden competitions, and other functions.
Sewing classes are held with the double purpose of training the women and
producing items for sale.
The Association has built and equipped 15 creches or day nurseries for children of
working mothers, and is running about 17 others in temporary premises. Some
2,000 children attend daily. The African Children's Feeding Scheme assists with
the provision of meals. Fees of RI per child per month, or a little more, are
charged, and the Johannesburg City Council makes grants-in-aid.
Besides these crches various service committees have organized boys' clubs,
school-feeding schemes, and other projects, and have worked for better facilities
in their townships.(')
There have been no facilities for the training of African nursery school teachers
since the course run by the Anglican Church at Sophiatown had to be closed
under the Group Areas Act. White students at the Nursery School Training
College in Johannesburg used to visit African townships to teach hygiene,
handwork and other subjects to the African supervisors of crgches. Early in 1964
the Minister of Education, Arts and Science directed that this voluntary work was
to cease. After Mrs. Helen Suzman M.P. (Progressive Party) had made
representations in the Assembly, however, the Minister said he would reconsider
the matter.(2)
(1) Bantu, May.
(2) 14 May, Hansard 16 cols. 5976-7, 5993.
324

Community improvement scheme at Alexandra Township

In 1962 representatives of official and voluntary bodies at work in Alexandra
Township, Johannesburg, set up the Alexandra Planning Council to co-ordinate
and extend the community work then being done.
The programme decided upon was based on health and nutrition. Numerous
training courses, with expert lecturers, have been arranged for African adults and
school-children in nutrition, hygiene, and etiquette, practical demonstrations are
held, and "Health Days" organized.
The Chairman, Mr. Eric Galli, is reported(3) to have said that by October 1964
the campaign was touching the lives of almost all of the residents of the township
(they numbered about 50,000). Self-improvement was becoming a habit and a
way of life.
Old Age Homes for Non-Whites
In reply to a question in the Assembly(" the Minister of Bantu Administration and
Development said that there were two State homes for aged Africans,
accommodating 50, and five Stateaided homes with 428 residents. Arrangements
for the care of the aged in settlements in their ethnic homelands were under
consideration, he added.
The Minister of Indian Affairs said(5) that there were no State homes for Indians.
State aid had recently been given, for the first time, to two private homes,
accommodating 70 persons. There was no demand for additional facilities, he
said: the existing accommodation was not fully utilized.
No information was given about homes for Coloured.
In the issue of Bantu for February a description was given of two of the homes for
Africans, run by the Pretoria City Council, one for men and the other for women.
Their old-age pensions are paid to the Council, and in return they have free board
and accommodation (three to a room), little luxuries such as tobacco and beer for
the men, and R2.50 a month pocket money. There is a large Bantu Refuge Home
in Germiston, accommodating about 260 elderly African men and 60 women with
no traceable relatives. It is aided by the State and by Reef municipalities.
Notes on some of the projects for the handicapped
Two institutions for Africans run by the Transvaal Society for the Care of Non-
European Blind (Ezenzeleni near Roodepoort and Itereleng at Hammanskraal) are
within two or three years
(3) Star, 20 October.
(4) 12 May, Hansard 16 col. 5789.
(5) Ibid. and 2 June, Hansard 19 col. 7004.
RELATIONS : 1964
325

A SURVEY OF RACE
to be moved to the new village of Garankuwa, situated in a Bantu homeland just
north of Pretoria. At present they accommodate about 200 blind men and women.
The State, which considers that Ezenzeleni is "wrongly sited" in a White area,
will meet the cost of the erection of new buildings for double the numbers. The
Society has, however, experienced anxiety as to whether private White supporters
on the Reef will continue their donations to running costs after this institution is
moved.06)
The Margaret Ballinger Home, which occupies an adjoining farm, is a home for
convalescent African children, approximately one-half of whom are long-term
orthopaedic cases requiring preand post-operative care. After being under notice
to move from the White area for 8 years it has now been told that it must do so as
soon as possible. The only alternative site approved by the authorities is five acres
next to Baragwanath Hospital, and this will entail a change in the nature of the
home, which is now set in rural surroundings and is to some extent self-
supporting.
Limited numbers of crippled, blind, deaf, and aged Africans are being employed
at Elandsdoorn, near Groblersdal, in weaving floor-mats, baskets, brushes, and
brooms from fibres. They are encouraged to use their own designs for the mats.
Accommodation is provided for them. This scheme has been very successful and
has inspired the establishment, at Pietersburg, of a training centre for physically
fit Africans who will be expected to return to their homelands and develop local
industries there.(7)
The Minister of Labour said in the Assembly(8) that his department was
subsidizing sheltered employment factories employing 1,541 disabled Whites,
419 Coloured, 10 Asians, and 30 Africans.
A first African "place of safety" in Cape Town, under the Children's Act, is to be
established by the Cape Divisional Council.
PENSIONS
Increases in social pension rates
Except in the case of Indians no increases were made during 1964 in the rates of
basic pensions or in the free income allowance under the means test.
It was, however, decided that a special allowance previously paid only to people
in exceptionally needy circumstances should be payable to all social pensioners,
and that this sum should be consolidated with amounts hitherto known as
"additional pensions" and "bonuses".
(G) Star. 10 June.
(7) Bantu, July.
(1) 24 April, Hansard 13 col. 480.
326

RELATIONS: 1964 327

Rates for Indians were raised to the same amounts as for Coloured people9)
The maximum old age pension rates (per annum) are now:White Coloured and
African
Indian
City Town Rural
R R R R R
Basic pension ... 144 72 24 18 12
Allowance ... 180 90 23.40 23.40 23.40
Total per annum 324 162 47.40 41.40 35.40
Total per month 27 13.50 3.95 3.45 2.95
Under the means test the free income allowable per
annum is:White Coloured and African
Indian
City Town Rural
R R R R R
180 90 24 18 12
Should a pensioner's private income exceed the free income allowable for his
group, deductions according to a sliding scale are made in the pension rate to a
point where no pension is payable.
African Social Pensions
It has been mentioned in previous issues of this Survey that the Governmernt
regards the existing system of social pensions as being inappropriate for Africans.
African pensioners gained a small concession during the year in that, as for other
groups, the "special allowance" (R5.10 a year in their case) was made payable to
all of them, and not only to those in dire need. But for a number of years the rates
of African pensions have not been increased to any appreciable extent.
Instead, money has been paid annually to the Native Trust for disbursement
through Bantu Authorities to persons in tribal areas who are in need of financial
assistance. Money paid to the Trust had reached a total of R2,689,992 at the end
of the financial year 1962-63. Although the rate of expenditure had increased, it
totalled only R109,554 at the same date.(")
Total sums voted for social pensions
The amounts voted for social pensions in 1964-65 are contained under a large
number of heads in the Estimates of
(9) Minister of Social Welfare and Pensions, Assemb'y 12 June, Hansard 20 co's.
7899-7900.
(10) Figures quoted in last Survey, combined with those given in Part III of the
Report of the Controller and Auditor-General for 1962-63, R.P. 59/1963.

A SURVEY OF RACE
Expenditure to be Defrayed from Revenue Account (R.P. 1 and 44/64) and the
Supplementary Estimates (R.P. 44/64).
The extracts that follow have been made by the writer. They refer to pensions and
grants to individuals only, thus they exclude State contributions to pension and
provident funds, expenditure on State homes, and subsidies for child welfare and
to homes or projects conducted by voluntary organizations. Civil pensions, too,
are excluded.
Social pensions payable include:
War veterans (Whites, Coloured, Asians)
Ex-members of military forces (Africans)
Blind (all groups)
Old age (all groups)
Disability (all groups)
Emergency relief, pauper relief, special grants-in-aid
(all groups)
Maintenance of indigent leprosy patients outside government institutions (Whites,
Asians)
Maintenance of children and parents or guardians
(Whites, Coloured, Asians)
Family allowances (Whites, Coloured)
Welfare services by Bantu Authorities in Bantu Areas
(Africans)
The total amounts voted under these heads in 1964-65 were: Total amounts Per
head of population(1)
Whites ... R50,767,500 R15.2
Coloured ... R 11,947,000 R 7.0
Asians ... R 2,177,800 R 4.2
Africans ... R10,301,000 R 0.9
Workmen's Compensation for Africans
If a workman is injured on duty the employer is required to notify the Workmen's
Compensation Commissioner and to submit to him a claim form filled in by the
worker concerned. Until recently claims on behalf of Africans had to be submitted
through the local Bantu Affairs Commissioner or magistrate, but the Workmen's
Compensation Amendment Act, No. 21 of 1964, rendered this unnecessary.
Largely because of the complicated procedure that obtained in the past
considerable numbers of Africans never received sums due to them. By the time
payment was made a man might have changed his job, and unless he had given
full personal particulars on his claim form it might be difficult to trace him. It was
noone's particular responsibility to do so.
(11) Total amount for each group divided by estimated total population of that
group
in June 1964.
328

African claimants do not always give adequate particulars. In response to

representations by the Trade Union Council of S.A. in 1962 the Workmen's
Compensation Commissioner urged employers to ensure that forms were filled in
as fully as possible.(12)
If an employee has left by the time that the money is paid, the employer returns it
to the Commissioner. Unless the worker makes enquiries it is retained in the
Commissioner's office for a year, after which the name of the person entitled to
the award is published in the Gazette. Should he then not claim his money within
a month it is forfeited.
A list of nearly 1,400 persons entitled to compensation (most of them Africans)
was published in the Gazette Extraordinary of 26 March. At least 14 of the
Africans had more than R100 due to them.
Publication on pensions
The Institute of Race Relations has recently published Social Pensions in South
Africa - Fact Paper No. 15, by Mary Draper.
(12) Star, 2 April.
RELATIONS: 1964
329

A SURVEY OF RACE
SPORT
OLYMPIC GAMES
Government policy in regard to race and sport
The Government's policy in regard to race and sport has been described in
previous issues of this Survey.(1) It is, briefly, as follows:
1. In South Africa Whites and Non-Whites must not compete
against one another in sport.
2. South African sportsmen may compete outside the country s borders with
sportsmen of other races who are not South Africans. But sporting bodies may not
send mixed teams to represent South Africa as a whole in international events. If
Whites take part in tournaments or competitions overseas they must do so as
representatives of the Whites of this country, and Non-Whites must take part as
representatives
of Non-White South Africans.
3. The Government will help White and Non-White sports associations as far as
possible, but not where their purpose is to force the country to depart from the
Government's policy. 4. Non-White associations should develop alongside the
corresponding White associations. The White executive committee should co-
ordinate the work of both, and representation in the corresponding world
organizations should be through
members of the White body.
5. One or two members of the White executive committee may attend meetings of
the Non-White committee when requested, to maintain liaison. If this method
appears impracticable in a particular instance, one or more members of the Non-
White body can be elected or co-opted to the White executive committee in an
advisory capacity when matters affecting the
Non-Whites are discussed.
Early in 1963 the Minister of the Interior said(') that if sporting bodies did not
comply with Government policy legislation would be introduced to force them to
do so. At the time of writing no such legislation had been instituted but, as in the
past, the Government has controlled South African participation in overseas
events through the issue or refusal of passports.
(1) 1962, page 213; 1963, page 283.
(2) Assembly, Hansard 3 of 1963, col. 753.
330

Course adopted by the SAONGA

The South African Olympic and National Games Association (SAONGA is
composed of representatives of a number of national bodies in the various codes
of sport.
The International Olympic Committee (IOC) has for some years been increasingly
concerned about racialism in South African sport. Rule 1 of its constitution
forbids discrimination on grounds of race, religion, or political affiliation. Its Rule
24 provides, inter alia, that national Olympic committees must be in a position to
resist any political or other pressures that might cause them to depart from the
Olympic principles.
In an endeavour to meet the IOC's requirements while conforming with
Government policy (and with past White practice in South Africa) the SAONGA
decided in 1959 to encourage its constituent bodies, which were representative of
White sportsmen, to invite the corresponding Non-White bodies to affiliate to
them, and to assist them. If the controlling committee in any particular code of
sport then selected a Non-White player from an affiliated body as a candidate for
the Olympic Games, the choice would be supported by SAONGA.
SANROC
Some Non-White sporting bodies have become affiliated to the corresponding
White ones, for example the S.A. Bantu Football Association to the (White)
Football Association of S.A. But other Non-White organizations have refused
what they deem to be subservient affiliated status, and have held out for
membership of national associations on a basis of full equality. In 1959 these
organizations formed the S.A. Sports Association, pledged to work for the full
and direct recognition of all South African sportsmen.
At a meeting of this body in 1962 the S.A. Non-Racial Open Committee for
Olympic Sport (SANROC) was created with the aim of obtaining recognition by
the IOC in place of SAONGA.
During the year now under review SANROC has continued its campaign, in spite
of the banning, imprisonment, or flight from South Africa of numbers of its
leading members (described in an earlier chapter). In July, for example, SANROC
sent letters to each of the Premiers due to attend the Commonwealth Prime
Ministers' conference, urging them to call on their governments to withdraw all
financial aid to sports organizations "which continue to collaborate with the
racialist South African sporting bodies", and to take the "maximum steps" within
their power to isolate South African "racialist" sportsmen from international
sport.(3)
(1) Rand Daly Mail report. 7 July.
RELATIONS: 1964
331

A SURVEY OF RACE
IOC decisions, January 1964
As reported in last year's Survey,(') at a meeting in BadenBaden in October 1963
the IOC warned the SAONGA that the invitation to South Africa to compete in
the Tokyo Olympic Games would be withdrawn unless, by the end of that year,
the following conditions were met:
1. The SAONGA must make a firm declaration of its acceptance of the spirit of
the Olympic code, and, in particular, of Rules
1 and 24, read together.
2. The SAONGA must obtain from the Government of South Africa a change in
policy regarding colour discrimination .n
sport.
The deadline was subsequently extended to 15 January 1964.
The SAONGA sent a memorandum to the IOC, and its president, Mr. Frank
Braun, attended the next meeting of the IOC, held in Innsbruck during January.
According to reports(5) the SAONGA affirmed its loyalty to the Olympic
principles, but pointed out that the South African Government was not prepared to
change its policy. SAONGA would, however, conduct Olympic trials to IOC
standards (separately, if necessary), and all South African citizens would be free
to compete if they had attained the necessary standards. Any Non-Whites who
merited selection would be sent to compete at the Tokyo Games. The Government
was likely to grant them passports.
According to reports, at the Innsbruck meeting the Afro-Asian delegates again
urged that South Africa be suspended from the IOC. But suspension was rejected
because a majority of members considered that the SAONGA had made real
progress. It had, however, not yet done what was required of it in terms of the first
condition mentioned above: to meet this requirement, it was stated, SAONGA
should collectively, clearly, and publicly dissociate itself from the policy of non-
competition in sport, and in the administration of sport, between Whites and Non-
Whites in South Africa. The original invitation to SAONGA to compete in the
Tokyo Games would, therefore, remain "withdrawn"; but if the conditions were
met it could, up to August, apply for re-admission.
(This time there was no mention of the second condition mentioned earlier: i.e.
that SAONGA must obtain a change in the policy of the South African
Government.)
Mr. Braun is reported to have said(6) that it was now for the governing bodies of
the various Olympic sports in South Africa to consider whether they were
prepared to endorse a statement to the effect that, if the policy of the country
permitted it, they
(4) Page 287.
(5) e.g. Rand Daily Mail, 15 January, 28 January.
(6) Star, 29 January.
332

would associate themselves with integrated competition and administration in

their respective codes of sport.
Selection of South African competitors
The SAONGA arranged South African Games for Whites from 29 February to 9
March, and for Non-Whites from 24 April to 10 May. Whites and Non-Whites,
respectively, from other countries were invited to compete. A committee of Non-
Whites, assisted by SAONGA officials, was set up to organize the NonWhite
Games. National selectors from the various codes of sport were present at both
series of games to make tentative selections for the Olympic Games.
As described in the pages that follow, several Non-Whites were tentatively
selected. SAONGA decided that both the White and the Non-White contestants
would be awarded Springbok colours. A resolution was passed reaffirming
SAONGA's loyalty to the Olympic constitution, including the principle that
complete equality of opportunity should be afforded to all citizens of the country
to compete in the Olympic Games.(') The resolution and a provisional list of
contestants were sent to the IOC.
The Executive Board of the IOC replied that it was glad to note that some Non-
Whites had been included in the preliminary list of the South African team. It
pointed out, however, that SAONGA had not yet replied to the conditions laid
down earlier under Rule 24: in effect, it had not publicly dissociated itself from
the policy of segregation in sport, and the administration of sport, in South Africa.
"The rescinding of the resolution withdrawing your invitation to the Tokyo
Games cannot be considered until this condition is met", the Board stated.80
There were fifty days left within which further action could be taken by the
SAONGA.
Statement by the Minister of the Interior
At this stage the South African Minister of the Interior made a Press statement re-
iterating the Government's policy, as described earlier. He emphasized that the
participation in international or world sports competitions by mixed teams
representative of South Africa as a whole could under no circumstances be
approved.
Even if South Africa had been invited to the Games, the Minister continued,
"whatever the conditions", the SAONGA would have had to satisfy the
Government that it had complied with the "traditional South African custom in
sport" before the Government would grant permission.
In spite of the concessions which the SAONGA was prepared to make, the
Minister said, the IOC had nevertheless not been
(7) Rand Daly Mail, 17 June.
(8) Ibid, 27 June.
RELATIONS : 1964
333

prepared to invite South Africa to the Games. It was obvious that the IOC wished,
on political grounds, to force South Africa to abandon its traditional policy of
separate development. Concessions, thus, had no value. This confirmed the
attitude of South Africa that she must persist in applying her principles
consistently.(')
Withdrawal of invitation to the Games in Tokyo
The President of SAONGA informed the IOC that he had nothing to add to his
previous letter. He pointed out that South African athletes were being made the
victims of political philosophies. 0)
The result was that South Africa could not take part in the Tokyo Games. But it
has not been suspended or expelled from the IOC.
Reported elaboration of Government policy
The Afrikaans newspaper Dagbreek stated in its issue of 17 July that the probable
conditions under which a South African team would have been sent to Tokyo
would not have been acceptable to the Government. Whites and Non-Whites
would probably have left the country separately, but have linked up once outside
South Africa, and have worn similar blazers.!1)
Dagbreek had made enquiries about the official policy, it stated, and had been
informed that whereas there might be one "contingent" from South Africa at an
overseas sporting tournament or competition, it must consist of separate teams
representing, respectively, the Whites and the Non-Whites of the country. They
might not travel together, nor stay together, nor take part in the same events on
the programme, nor compete against one another, nor wear the same colours or
badges.
ATHLETICS
In 1963 and early 1964 the Rand Daily Mail organized a series of 50-mile walks;
those who completed the distance were originally termed members of a "50-mile
club"-but other arrangements have been substituted. People from all sections of
the community were invited to participate. But on 7 March the paper announced
that it had been ordered by the Transvaal Provincial Administration to limit the
walks to Whites only. About 14 NonWhites, mainly Indians, had taken part the
previous weekend, the
(9) Ibid.
(10) Ibid, 13 August.
(11) This was the procedure adopted when South African boxers visited the
United
States in 1963. See 1963 Survey, page 295.
334
A SURVEY OF RACE

Rand Daily Mail stated: not the slightest objection had been raised by any White
competitor.
When Peter Snell, the world's fastest miler, visited South Africa from New
Zealand during March, the Anglo American Corporation flew him and his coach
to Welkom; there they conducted an "athletics clinic" for Non-White athletes.
It was announced in March that the S.A. Amateur Athletic Union (SAAAU)
would select, on merit and irrespective of race, a team of athletes to tour Europe
and, if this proved possible, io be nominated for the Olympic Games.
Shortly afterwards Humphrey Khosi became the first African to break a South
African athletic record, running the 880 yards in 1 minute 48.9 seconds, thereby
beating the record by 1.2 seconds. Benoni Malaka equalled the White Southern
Transvaal record by running the distance in 1 minute 50.5 seconds. At the Non-
White section of the South African Games Khosi did even better, with a time of 1
minute 48.7 seconds.
It was reported('2) that at these Games there were good NonWhite performances,
too, in the marathon and the three miles. Otherwise standards were still some way
below those of Whites, but had shown an all-round improvement.
On the basis of performances at the two sets of Games, both Khosi and Malaka
were nominated for the European tour. In an endeavour to meet the Government's
requirements the President of the SAAAU, Mr. M. Mare, announced13) that the
touring athletes would be regarded as a "contingent", not a team. White members
would represent the Whites of South Africa, and NonWhites the Non-Whites.
None of the members would be awarded Springbok colours, but they would all
wear similar uniforms. (It was shortly after this that the SAONGA decided that all
those selected for the Olympic Games would be granted Springbok colours).
It is reported1") that SANROC asked the European countries concerned to
withdraw the invitation on the grounds that the SAAAU practised discrimination,
making selections from affiliated, racially segregated, Non-White bodies only, to
the exclusion of rival non-racial bodies, and preferring to award no colours at al1
rather than being willing to grant these to Non-Whites.
On 26 June the IOC decided to exclude South Africa from the Tokyo Games
unless the SAONGA dissociated itself from the policy of segregation in sport, and
next day the Minister of the Interior made the statement referred to above. At this
time tennis players from the Soviet Bloc were refusing to compete against South
Africans at Wimbledon: this matter is described later.
(12) Star, 11 May.
(u') Rand Daily Mail, 9 June, Star, 13 June.
u) Sunday Times, 14 June.
RELATIONS : 1964
335

A SURVEY OF RACE
Although the athletes were to have left for Europe very early in July, Mr. Mare
announced on 27 June that in view of the IOC's decision and the occurrences at
Wimbledon the SAAAU was cancelling the European tour. There was a storm of
protest: leading athletics officials from all over South Africa called for a full
meeting)of the SAAAU Executive Committee to discuss this decision, which had,
apparently, been made by the management committee.
The Executive Committee ratified the decision when they met on 30 June,
however. Members refused to give reasons; but the pro-Nationalist paper Die
Burger reported on 1 July that the Minister of the Interior had refused to grant
passports to the two Africans because he would not allow a mixed contingent to
tour together. Die Burger commented that the Minister's decision would be quoted
by South Africa's enemies as justification for the IOC's decision.
The S.A. Bantu Amateur Athletic and Cycling Association then decided to make
urgent representations to the Minister to allow the two Africans to compete in the
European events, as representatives of their own association only. Considerable
confusion followed. It appeared that the Department of the Interior stated that
passports would be issued to the Africans if the SAAAU submitted a resolution to
the effect that although the tour had been cancelled, individual associations were
free to send their own representatives. This was, however, not done.
It was reported in July(5) that the Soviet Union planned to move South Africa's
expulsion from the International Amateur Athletics Federation (IAAF) when this
body met during the Tokyo Games.
The IAAF met on 22 October. After a 2 -hour debate the Soviet motion was
defeated by 145 votes to 82.
BOXING
In terms of the Boxing and Wrestling Control Act of 1954, professional boxing in
South Africa is handled by a Board of Control. Qualified officials only may
control and judge professional bouts. Africans control their own amateur
tournaments; but as no African has qualified to do so, White officials have
supervised Non-White professional fights.
At an African professional tournament held in Johannesburg during February,
which was attended by some 10,000 African spectators, a section of the crowd
rioted after disagreeing with a decision by White officials of the Transvaal Board
of Control. The Whites were insulted, two of them were slightly injured, and their
cars were damaged. Several officials announced next day that they
(15) Star, 7 July, also Sunday Times, 11 October.
336

would stop judging and refereeing Non-White fights; and the Transvaal Board of
Control cancelled all Non-White tournaments throughout the province pending
the result of an immediate enquiry.
The Board called a round-table conference with Non-White boxing promoters. It
was, thereafter, announced(6) that the ban would be lifted from 9 March. The
Board was satisfied that the behaviour of African spectators was usually
sportsmanlike, and that the disturbance on 8 February had been caused by a small
bunch of hooligans. The African promoters had passed a unanimous vote of
confidence in the White officials. Not all these officials were willing to make their
services available in future, however. At a later date applications would be invited
from Africans wishing to train as officials.
It was announced in Aprit17) that the S.A. Amateur Boxing Association
(SAABA) planned to send a mixed group of boxers to Australia and New Zealand
in 1965, arrangements to be made in the same way as for the United States visit in
1963.0") Whether this plan will have to be modified in the light of the
developments described earlier has not been stated publicly.
A sub-committee of SAABA graded both White and NonWhite amateur boxers
on their performances at their respective Games. Three Non-Whites were
included in the first seven of the merit list - A. Sithole, J. Khunou, and S. Moloi.
The S.A. Non-European Amateur Boxing Association is the Non-White body
affiliated to the SAABA and recognised by it. There is a rival S.A. Boxing Union,
helped by the S.A. Sports Association (which stands for non-racialism).
According to reports(19) it appears that there is considerable dissension in and
between these bodies.
At a meeting of the International Boxing Association held during the Tokyo
Games there was a move by the Soviet Union to have South Africa expelled; but
it was ruled that as the matter was not on the agenda it could not be discussed.
The Russians hinted that they would raise it at a later date.(20)
WEIGHT-LIFTING
South Africa had a weight-lifter of world class in Precious McKenzie, a Non-
White from Cape Town. He was a member of the S.A. Amateur Weight-Lifting
Federation, a non-racial body which is not recognized by the S.A. Amateur
Weight-Lifting Union. This Union instead recognizes a very small Non-White
Association which has become affiliated to it.
(16) e.g. Star, 21 February.
(17) Ibid, 8 April.
(18) See 1963 Survey, page 295.
(19) e.g. Post, 2 August.
(20) Star, 9 Octobei.
RELATIONS: 1964
337

A SURVEY OF RACE
In mid-1964 there was some debate as to whether Mr. McKenzie would join the
Non-White Association in order to be considered for the Tokyo Games.21) (He
had refused to do so in 1963 and thereby forfeited a place in a South African team
that competed in world championships). Subsequently, however, he decided to
leave South Africa and settle in Britain.
SWIMMING
At a meeting of the Congress of the International Amateur Swimming Federation
(FINA) held during the Tokyo Games, a two-thirds majority turned down a
motion by the Soviet Union calling for the expulsion of South Africa.
FOOTBALL
Controlling bodies
World football (both amateur and professional) is controlled by the Federation of
International Football Associations (FIFA).
In South Africa there is, firstly, the Football Association of S.A. (FASA), which
has been the internationally recognized body. To it are affiliated the National
Football League (professional), the S.A. Bantu Football Association, the S.A.
Indian Football Association, the (African) National Professional Soccer League,
and (for a period) the Coloured Football Association of Southern Africa.
Then there is a rival grouping, the S.A. Soccer Federation (SASF), with the
(professional) S.A. Soccer League (SASL) affiliated to it. These are non-racial
bodies, although in fact almost exclusively Non-White, and they have sought to
displace FASA at international level"2)
Teams for World Cup and All-African cup matches
As stated in last year's Survey/, since 1962, shortly after being temporarily
suspended from FIFA, FASA has encouraged NonWhite clubs to affiliate to it.
Within the framework of Government policy it gave considerable help to those
that did so, and formed a "top-level" committee for liaison, on which the Non-
White clubs have full voting rights.
As it was impracticable to consider sending a mixed team overseas, FASA
decided that it would enter an all-Non-White team for the next World Cup
competition. Outstanding Non-White players were selected, in various parts of the
country, for special
('1) e.g. Sunday Chronicle, 21 June.
(22) Further details are given in Sport and Race in South Africa, by Mary Draper,
published by the S.A. Institute of Race Relations in 1963.
338

coaching; but in order to be considered players had to belong to clubs that were
affiliated to FASA rather than to the SASF.
FASA planned to enter a Non-White team for an All-African cup tournament,
which would have had to play both "home" and "away" matches against other
teams. It suggested that matches against teams with African members only could
be held at "home", and those against mixed teams from other countries might
perhaps be held "away". But arrangements fell through because a meeting of the
African Football Confederation, held in Ghana, decided not to accept a South
African team chosen on a racial basis. The SASL is reported to have sent a cable
to the Confederation complaining that FASA was influencing municipalities to
deny the use of sports grounds to clubs affiliated to SASF (this matter is described
below).(23)
South Africa was drawn for the preliminary rounds in the World Cup competition
in a sub-group together with North Korea, South Korea, and Australia. FIFA
suggested that the matches between these countries should be played in
Australia.(4) But shortly afterwards, as described later, the question of South
Africa's participation fell away because FASA was suspended from FIFA.
It is reported that the National Football League planned to invite a Portuguese
team from Europe to tour South Africa, but 'abandoned the plan on finding out
that this team included several Non-White members.(25)
Alignment of Non-White bodies
In March the Coloured Football Association of Southern Africa decided that for
two years it would suspend its affiliation to FASA. In the following month the
Eastern Transvaal Indian Football Association resolved to leave the Indian body
affiliated to FASA and to seek affiliation to the SASF instead.260
Use of municipal sportsgrounds
It was mentioned in last year's Survey that local authorities had in turn been
debarring SASL-affiliated clubs from using municipal grounds: in mid-1963 the
only major grounds open to these clubs were Natalspruit in Johannesburg,
Currie's Fountain in Durban, Green Point Stadium in Cape Town, and the Royal
Agricultural Showgrounds in Pietermaritzburg.
SASL claimed to have far greater support than the FASAaffiliated clubs. Its
matches at the Natalspruit ground attracted an
(23) Rand Daily Mail, 5 December, 1963.
(24) Star, 13 February and 1 April.
(25) Star, 20 January.
(26) Sunday Express, 8 March, and Post, 26 April.
RELATIONS: 1964
339

A SURVEY OF RACE
average of 5,000 to 10,000 spectators, and on occasions considerably more.(2 7)
Because of the campaign by the SASF/SASL to have FASA excluded from the
international body, Mr. Vivian Granger, general manager of the National Football
League (affiliated to FASA) decided in December 1963 to declare "total war"
against these rival groups. FASA/NFL officials requested meetings with City
Councils or Mayors concerned to urge the point of view that by allowing rival
clubs to use municipal grounds, the local authorities were "helping them to get
FASA out of FIFA". Mr. Granger said that the door was open for these clubs to
become affiliated to FASA if they got rid of "football politicians" at the top.(28
As mentioned last year, in 1962 the Johannesburg City Council directed that only
Indian clubs could use the Natalspruit ground. It complained that the majority of
players and spectators at matches there of SASL/SASF clubs had been Africans.
The Indian Sports Ground Association, which controlled the ground, failed to
heed the directive, whereupon an ejectment order was served. This was contested
by the Association in the Supreme Court, and, later the Appellate Division, but
without success.29)
It was announced in March that the Bantu Sports Ground in Johannesburg, used
by the Johannesburg African Football Association, was to be closed. The
Manager of the city's NonEuropean Affairs Department said the prime reason was
that a new expressway was to be built which would cut through the ground. He
advised the club concerned to affiliate to the (FASA) Johannesburg Bantu
Association, which had the use of other municipal grounds3"° Soon afterwards
the (SASF) Coloured Soccer League was told that unless it merged with a local
FASA club it would be denied further use of grounds leased from the
municipality.(")
FASA's representations to the Cape Town, Durban, and Pietermaritzburg
municipalities had, at the time of writing, not met with success.
In reply to Mr. Granger's "total war", SASF called on its supporters to boycott
NFL matches. This caused concern because in many areas, especially Natal, a
large proportion of the spectators (and thus of the gate-money paid) have been
Non-White. It appears that the proposed boycott has not been effective in towns
where the SASF has continued to have the use of municipal grounds; but about
2,000 Indian soccer fans from Durban who travelled to Johannesburg to watch the
(White) Challenge Cup Final met with some hostility from local Indians.(32)
(27) Star, 27 July, 1963.
(28) Natal Mercury, 13 December, 1963.
(C) Rand Daily Mail, 11 March and 17 September.
(30) Ibid, 13 March.
(1) Ibid, 15 June.
(32) Star, 17 December 1963, and Rand Daily Mail, 12 Octobet.
340

As stated in previous years, the Bloemfontein Stadium is closed to Non-White

spectators (and the White professional association there thus loses potential gate-
money). In August the coach of this body pleaded unsuccessfully for six leading
Non-White players and the senior Non-White officials to be allowed to watch
matches, with the object of improving Non-White play.(")
Renewed suspension from FIFA
FASA was suspended from FIFA in 1961 on the grounds of alleged racial
discrimination, but, following a tour of South Africa by the FIFA president, its
Executive Committee decided to lift the suspension. In the interval South African
teams had been unable to tour abroad or to receive overseas teams.
It was reported in July that the United Arab Republic intended moving FASA's
expulsion (and not merely suspension) at a meeting of the FIFA assembly to be
held in Tokyo during the Olympic Games. At this meeting, in October, the FIFA
president urged that no action be taken in view of the increasing support FASA
was giving to Non-White soccer; but he and delegates from Western nations who
accepted his argument were outvoted, and a motion for FASA's suspension was
again adopted.
RUGBY
In a book published in 1963 by a prominent Maori rugbyplayer, entitled I, George
Sepia, a description is given of the New Zealand Rugby Union's policy, followed
over the years, of excluding Maoris from teams playing against South Africa, and
of the increasingly bitter controversy about this in New Zealand.
The S.A. Rugby Board held jubilee celebrations in May, during which a meeting
was held of the International Rugby Board. Overseas members of the international
body attended. The S.A. Board sought, and obtained, Government approval for a
special invitation to be extended to two leading Maoris. There was considerable
speculation as to whether or not this would pave the way for the inclusion of
Maoris in future All-Black teams touring South Africa.3")
It would appear that unless any Maoris who qualify are included, the next tour,
due in 1967, will be cancelled, for the Minister of Maori Affairs in New Zealand
announced in July that Maoris would not be excluded on the ground of race from
future teams going overseas.35)
(33) Sunday Express, 28 August.
(34) Star, 6 January.
(35) Ibid, 22 July.
RELATIONS : 1964
341

GOLF
It was reported last year(3") that the Minister of Community Development was
asked during 1963 to authorize (under the Group Areas Act) the participation of
Mr. "Papwa" Sewgolum in an open golf tournament to be held in Johanhesburg,
but replied that as the legal position was not clear he did not intend either granting
or refusing a permit. Golf officials interpreted this as meaning that "Papwa" could
play. Similarly, his entry for the 1963 S.A. Open Championships, held in
Bloemfontein in December, was accepted.
It seems that the S.A. Professional Golfers' Association is bound to accept entries
from qualified members of national associations affiliated to the British PGA, and
the S.A. Non-European Golf Association has become so affiliated. In accepting
entries from Non-White players South African bodies, acting on legal advice,
have not allowed them to use clubhouse facilities.
Both "Papwa" and Mr. Ismael Chowglay (a Coloured player) played in the
"Open" at Bloemfontein: "Papwa" was bracketed with two Whites in the third
place. A tent, later replaced by a well-equipped caravan, was provided as a
restroom for these two men. They were not invited to an official civic reception
for the rest of the golfers; but the Free State Coloured Golf Union arranged a
reception for them in the Coloured township, the Mayor contributing to the
expenses from his own pocket.("'7)
In August "Papwa" won the Dutch Open for the third time (the previous occasions
being 1959 and 1960).
The Non-European Golf Association arranges "Opens" for Non-White golfers. At
present the only properly-grassed course for Non-Whites is at Springfield,
Durban; but championship-standard links are being provided at Athlone (Cape
Town) and Umlazi (Durban). Other courses may be constructed on the Rand and
in Port Elizabeth.(38) In the meanwhile White golf clubs have continued to make
courses available, under Government permit (although it is doubtful whether such
permits are legally necessary if club-house facilities are not offered to the Non-
Whites).
During the year under review Non-White championships have been played at
Glendower (Johannesburg), Benoni Country Club, and the Bloemfontein Golf
Club. Permits were granted under the Group Areas Act. Conditions imposed, in
the case of Bloemfontein, were, inter alia, that Whites might not be on the course
during the championships, or be in the vicinity when presentations were made to
winners.(39)
(36) Page 299.
07) Cape Times, 4 and 6 December, 1963.
(3s) Bantu, February.
(31) World, 3 August.
342
A SURVEY OF RACE

TENNIS
Anti-apartheid demonstrations took place in Oslo, in May, during the South
Africa-Norway Davis Cup tennis matches. One of the Norwegian players
withdrew. There were boos and catcalls from a group of students whenever a
South African player served, and then about 100 students swarmed on to the court
during play and threw themselves flat on it. The police dragged them off and
arrested about 50 persons. But the noise and confusion continued, until the
organizers stopped play and arranged for the match to be continued in secret on a
private court. On the following days police cordoned off the courts and checked
spectators at the turnstiles.0°
The Wimbledon championships were played during June. On at least four
occasions players from the Soviet Bloc scratched when they were due to play with
or against South Africans although, in at least one case, a couple had previously
been warned by the committee of management that, if they won their previous
match, they would meet a South African pair in the next round. A young South
African competitor is reported to have broken down when a man distributing anti-
apartheid leaflets shouted abuse at her.!41)
It is reported that the Secretary of the All-England Club that organizes the
tournament said that some arrangements might have to be made to prevent a
future repetition of the Soviet tactics. Possibly players would be required to
undertake to play any other participant.42)
No item on the agenda affected South Africa adversely at a meeting, next day, of
representatives of the Davis Cup nations. Their committee is bound by the rules of
the International Lawn Tennis Federation.
This body met in Vienna on 8 July. It is reported(43) that political issues
generated some heat, but that harmonious decisions were eventually reached.
Voting was by secret ballot. Among the resolutions were the following:
1. In no circumstances shall there be racial discrimination at international
tournaments.
2. Teams or players whose entry has been accepted shall not
withdraw except for reasons of health or bereavement or unless with the
permission of the organizing committee. Any transgressor will be refused entry to
future competitions unless a written guarantee is given that such acts will not
again occur.
(This should prevent a repetition of the Wimbledon
occurrence.)
(411) Star, 14 May.
(41) Star, 26, 29, and 30 June.
('') Ibid, 1 July.
(13) Ibid, 9 July.
RELATIONS: 1964
343

A SURVEY OF RACE
3. Visas shall be guaranteed to players and representatives accepted to play in
tournaments or to attend meetings in other
countries.
BOWLING
South African bowlers, too, found themselves the centre Gf controversy at some
cities they visited during an overseas tour in mid-1964. The Lord Provost of
Glasgow refused to arrange a civic luncheon for them; anti-apartheid pickets
greeted them in Cardiff where, again, no civic reception was given; the Irish
Bowling League opposed an invitation for them to visit Dublin. Aberystwyth
(Wales) was another centre where picketing and demonstrations took place: in
spite of this the Mayor gave them a reception and they presented him with a
medal."4
CRICKET
There were some similar demonstrations when a South African cricket team
toured Australia and New Zealand in February and March. Australian trade
unionists, supported by the National Union of Australian University Students, had
circulated a leaflet stating "..... The cricket team from South Africa cannot expect
the same warm welcome as other visiting teams. We are not against the South
African cricketers as individuals. We are against apartheid".
In Wellington, New Zealand, the wicket was damaged before a test match began.
The Manager of the South African team, Mr. Ken Viljoen, is reported to have said
that one of the most disappointing aspects of the tour was the small size of the
crowds. (5)
Later, the Worcestershire County cricket team, which had won the English
County Championship that season, planned to visit Rhodesia and East Africa, but
did not include South Africa because two of its key men were Coloured. One of
these was Basil D'Oliveira, brought up in South Africa but unable to play in first
class matches there.
TABLE TENNIS
As mentioned in previous Surveys, the S.A. Table Tennis Board (in theory non-
racial, but in practice Non-White) is recognized by the international controlling
body, rather than the corresponding White association. In 1964, as in 1961 and
1962, a team of Non-White players selected by the Board was refused
(44) Rand Daily Mail, 15 and 16 May, Star, 19 May.
(45) Star, 15, 19, and 22 February.
344

passports: they had hoped to represent South Africa in all-African championships

held in Ghana.
MOTOR RACING
A Coloured motor mechanic from East London has several times applied for
permission to participate in major motor racing events in South Africa. On the
first occasion no reply was received to his application, which had been submitted
to the Department of the Interior. Next time he wanted to compete in the S.A.
Grand Prix in East London: the organizers of the event accepted his entry "subject
to confirmation". He received no reply until after the day of the race; then he was
informed that his application had been passed to the Department of Community
Development, but too late for any effective action to be taken.
On subsequent occasions his applications were, apparently, granted, for he took
part in races in Port Elizabeth, Pietermaritzburg, and Durban.(4")
FOUNDATION FOR AMATEUR SPORT
The establishment of a Sports Foundation, with an initial fund of R100,000, was
announced by Dr. Anton Rupert in July. According to reports its services will be
available to all the people of South Africa. The aim is to encourage the general
public to participate in amateur sport rather than be mere spectators. Coaching
and expert advice are to be made available.(7)
NON-WHITE SPORTS DINNER
Organizers of the first Non-White "Sportsman of the Year" Dinner, originally to
be held in Johannesburg on 9 September, postponed the function because they
feared that if it were held in a Coloured area, Africans might not be allowed to
attend. Similarly, Coloured and Indian sportsmen would need permits to be
present if it were held in an African township. In either case it seemed unlikely
that the presence of White guests would be permitted.(8) Eventually separate
functions were arranged for sportsmen of the various racial groups.
SPORTING LINKS WITH ZAMBIA
The Zambian Minister of Social Welfare announced on 21 October that all
sporting links between his country and South Africa were to be terminated.
(41) Rand Daily Mail, 8 January; Star, 10 July.
(47) Star, 30 July.
(48) Rand Daily Mail, 3 September.
345
RELATIONS: 1964

A SURVEY OF RACE
APARTHEID ON BEACHES
Natal
Some of the Natal coastal towns have complied with the Reservation of Separate
Amenities Act of 1953, or plans for racial zoning under the Group Areas Act, or
have submitted to indirect Government pressure, and have zoned various beaches
for members of specified racial groups. In Durban, for example, beaches for
Indians and for Coloured people have been developed and equipped in the area
north of the Country Club. A sea-side resort for Indians is being developed by
private interests on the north coast.
In 1963 Isipingo Beach, a few miles to the south of Durban, was zoned for
Indians in terms of the Group Areas Act. By implication, contiguous towns and
their beaches, further south, will be for White occupation; and certain stretches of
coastline adjoining African Reserves will be bathing places for Africans
(including the thousands of Africans domiciled in Durban itself). Umnini Beach,
about 25 miles south of Durban, is an example.
General situation in the Cape
The situation in the Cape is more involved. A far-reaching Government policy
decision, made known early in the year, is that Non-Whites (including resident
employees) must not be allocated beaches in proclaimed White group areas.(4")
Much of the coast-line in built-up areas has been allocated to Whites.
As described in previous Surveys, the Cape Provision of Separate Amenities
Ordinance of 1955 provided (inter alia) that, after consultation with the local
authority concerned, the Administrator might direct this body to reserve any, or
all, or parts of any beach or other public amenity for the exclusive use of persons
belonging to a particular race or class. If the local authority failed to carry out the
instructions, the Administrator might direct the Provincial Secretary to carry out
any works necessary to give effect to the instructions, at the local authority's
epxense. A 1964 Public Resorts Ordinance gave the Administrator even greater
powers. These powers had, at the time of writing, been used merely as a threat
(but an effective threat).
A Provincial Commission under Mr. J. C. Heunis, M.P.C., had been appointed to
inquire into separate beach amenities, and started work in 1960, faced with the
task of making suggestions for the entire Cape coast. So far, only its
recommendations in regard to East London (described later) have been published.
(4n) Cape Times, 25 April.
346

The matter is not a simple one from any point of view. During December 1963 a
conference was called in Cape Town of representatives of about 42 Divisional
Councils and municipalities which have coastal strips in their areas. Some were in
favour of the racial zoning of beaches, others opposed the principle, but it was
apparently generally accepted that the object of the conference was to advance
"the policy that was the law". It was, furthermore, agreed that financial assistance
from the Province should be sought.050)
Simonstown
One of the very few areas in which zoning has been completed, and appropriate
notice-boards erected, is Simonstown. Proposals by the Town Council, advertised
in November 1963 and opposed strenuously by many citizens, have since been
adopted.
Although (according to reports) the town is 61 per cent NonWhite, all the best
beaches and existing amenities have been allocated to Whites. The Non-White
sea-shore is an unattractive stretch with limited access, because it is bounded by a
fenced railway line. At high tide only two small beaches in this area remain
uncovered: at one of these a factory discharges effluent, while at the other
untreated sewage and garbage is washed ashore from ships (Black Sash report). A
Vigilance Society, formed to fight the plan, said in a petition that "the portion of
the sea and seashore to be reserved for Non-White people is unsuitable for
bathing, fishing, diving, or recreation of any kind... (the beaches) lack all
amenities, have no shade or grass". Shelly Beach Pool, built in 1937 specifically
for Non-Whites, is to be handed to Whites.(")
There is a buffer strip between the Non-White and the White beaches which
neither group can use except in emergencies or with permission. No-one may
enter an area not set aside for his group except for:
a) persons saving others from drowning, or giving first aid;
b) professional fishermen;
c) nursemaids or servants attending children;
d) town council employees in the course of their duties.
Cape Town
The Cape Town City Council has been reluctant to act in this matter and has
postponed decision. On 3 February it was informed that unless, within a
fortnight's time, it had informed the Provincial Administration that it had agreed
to erect beach zoning notices, the Province would be reluctantly compelled itself
to see
(.1) Cape Tmes, 5 December, 1963.
() Ibid, 28 November, 5 December; Rand Daily Mail, 17 December 1963.
RELATIONS : 1964
347

A SURVEY OF RACE
that beaches were demarcated for the various groups, charging the costs to the
City Council.
The Council asked for an extension of time to allow for discussions in a more
conciliatory spirit, and was granted until 31 March. The chairman of the local
authority's Amenities Committee then had discussions with representatives of the
Department of Community Development and of the Province.(52)
Thereafter it was reported(53) that the Government representatives were prepared
to set aside two beaches only for Coloured in the Cape Peninsula area:
Strandfontein on False Bay, south of the main Coloured group area and more than
21 miles from the centre of the city, and the outlying beach of Oudekraal, to
which no public transport is available. The City Council, if forced to zone
beaches, wanted to allocate to Coloured people at least six further, more
accessible beaches, customarily used by members of this group, but adjacent to or
falling within proclaimed White group areas. On 31 March the City Council was
granted a further extension of time. No decisions had been published at the time
of writing.
There is a stretch of beach at Kalk Bay which has for years been used by
Coloured people. In May the municipality's Amenities Committee proposed that
playground equipment and further toilets be provided there, but local White
residents objected on the grounds that this area became seriously overcrowded
during the season, youths had on occasion damaged fishing boats, and it was
considered undesirable to attract more Coloured visitors to the area by providing
amenities for them.540
Mnandi Beach on the False Bay coast has been allocated to Africans. It is to the
south of the African townships of Nyanga and Guguletu, and adjacent to the
Coloured beach at Strandfontein. The Cape Town City Council has been
developing this area: already there is a restaurant, an open-air dance floor, a
children's playground with swings, and cloakrooms. African supervisors and
qualified lifesavers are on duty.
East London
The Heunis Commission's recommendations for the zoning of the East London
beaches were made public in June. They are reported to have "shocked" City
Councillors. The Commission criticized the Council for not placing
recommendations before it: the Council declined to do so because it did not
consider that zoning is necessary.
The Government plans eventually to move all the Africans from the established
townships of East London to the village of
(52) Star, 3 February.
(53) Ibid, 22 March.
(54) Cape Times, 22 and 23 May.
348

Mdantsane, some ten miles north of the city; but this is a longterm project.
However, in view of this plan the Commission proposed that no beach be set
aside for Africans along the 13 miles of the municipal coastline. The area
suggested for African use is about ten miles to the west of the city, beyond Cove
Rock, a popular resort amongst Whites. This small resort is placed in a "buffer
strip" between proposed African and White beaches.
So far as the municipal coastline is concerned, relatively small beaches are
suggested for Coloured and Indian use, some rocky parts are unzoned, buffer
strips are indicated, but the main stretches of developed sea-shore are allocated to
Whites.
At the time of wrting no decision has been announced.(55)
POSSIBLE LEGISLATION
1 "Protection of Race Relations" Bill
In December 1963 a Nationalist Sunday newspaper forecast the introduction of a
"Protection of Race Relations" Bill, which, inter alia, would:
a) debar Non-White spectators from attending White
sporting events, unless under special permit;
b) prohibit mixed sporting events;
c) prohibit all mixed recreation, including attendance at
cinema, operatic, and theatrical performances (even if
separate seating arrangements were made).00
Questioned on this matter in the Assembly on 28 January, the Minister of the
Interior said,(-7) "At this stage no legislation is anticipated in regard to the
attendance of Whites and NonWhites at sports events. I have, however, already
warned that if there is persistence in undermining our traditional way of life as far
as this aspect is concerned, the introduction of legislation will be considered."
2. Sunday Sport and Entertainment Bill
The effect of this measure, published early in 1963, would have been to prohibit
sporting events and entertainments on Sundays if admission fees were charged or
donations accepted. Should it be passed, public swimming pools would have to be
closed on Sundays, Sunday night symphony concerts could no longer take place,
nor the popular Sunday professional football matches. Especially in Natal football
clubs derive a large proportion of their revenue from these matches. On the other
hand, the
(55) Eastern Province Herald, 5 June.
(56) Sunday Times report of the Nationalist Press forecast, 17 December, 1963.
(11) Hansard 2 col. 388.
RELATIONS: 1964
349
350 A SURVEY OF RACE
Bill would legalize fishing in the Free State on Sundays: this is at present
prohibited.
The Bill was referred to a Select Committee before its Second Reading. So far
this committee has not reported.

RELATIONS: 1964
OTHER FORMS OF RECREATION
PAINTING AND SCULPTURE
Gerald Sekoto, born in the Transvaal and now living permanently in Paris, has
recently held his sixth one-man exhibition there, with musicians as the theme. He
has exhibited, too, in Rome, Venice, and Washington.
Andrew Matjuoadi, Louis Maqhubela and Ephraim Ngatane are well-known
painters of life in the African townships. Mr. Ngatane held exhibitions in Pretoria
and Johannesburg in mid1964. Like so many other African artists he began his
career under Cecil Skotnes at the Polly St. Centre (now moved to the Jubilee
Centre) in Johannesburg. Sidney Kumalo, who has become a prominent sculptor
and artist, assists in helping students at the centre.
Illustrations for a children's reader to be published in Maseru were drawn by
Lucas Sithole, distinguished for his sculpture as well as painting.
During the past two years the name of Gladys Mgudlandlu has risen to
prominence. Her paintings were exhibited in Cape Town and Johannesburg
during 1964.
Works by Michael Zondi are becoming increasingly wenknown. He recently
presented two sculptures to a mission, the theme of one being the mutual desire
for friendship between Black and White. Some of his works have been on view at
the Durban office of the Institute of Race Relations.
PHOTOGRAPHY
Peter Magubane and Jurgen Schadeberg (a German immigrant who trained him)
held a joint exhibition in Cologne during March of photographs portraying the
peoples of South Africa.
Shortly before this Mr. Magubane had been the first African to hold a one-man
photographic exhibition in South Africa. In 1962 he was named among the
world's great photographers by the Photographic Year Book and won a prize for
the best South African Press pictures.
WRITING
The Samuel E. Mqhayi Encouragement Awar for Bantu literature was in 1964
won by Oliver Matsepe, now at work on his fourth book in Northern Sotho. It was
made for a work
351

published in 1962, the main theme of which is the relationship between a chief
and his people. This award, of R200, is presented by the S.A. Akademie vir
Wetenskap en Kuns, and is named after a distinguished Xhosa writer and poet.
Mr. Lewis Nkosi, who left South Africa on an exit permit after having been
refused a passport, spent a year at Harvard University and is now in London. His
play The Rhythm of Violence was published recently (it is banned in South
Africa), and his essays on African culture and a collection of poems will appear
shortly.
A work entitled Indaba, My Children, by the Johannesburg witch-doctor
Vusumazulu "Credo" Mutwa, has been published, and is already being translated
into German. Credo relates much of the folklore and legend of Africa, with the
object of giving Whites a better knowledge of Africans. Royalties are to be paid
into a trust fund at the University of the Witwatersrand to enable Credo and others
to do further research into pre-history and tribal history.
A translation into Zulu of Homer's Iliad, by Bhekesisa Kunene, was adapted for
Radio Bantu by Pieter Erasmus and broadcast as a serial early in the year.
THE THEATRE, OPERA, AND MUSIC
Dorkay House in Johannesburg, the headquarters of Union Artists and the African
Music and Drama Association, continues to be a workshop for music and drama
as well as a centre for the production of musical and other shows. It is Dorkay
House that produced Township Jazz, King Kong, The Blood Knot, Sponono, and
annual performances of the Messiah.
An American producer paid the return air fares for the cast of Sponono (the
musical by Alan Paton and Krishna Shah) to visit the United States in order that
the show might be presented on Broadway: the cast consisted of 25 Africans and
one White player. Unfortunately it had to close after just over a fortnight; but
performances were subsequently staged at the World Fair, and the cast sang at
Radio City Music Hall and appeared on TV.
The American production of The Blood Knot, a play by Athol Fugard, enjoyed a
long run off-Broadway.() Another overseas success was the revue Wait a Minim,
produced by Leon Gluckman, which opened at the Fortune Theatre, London, after
running for three years in South Africa. It is likely to be taken to New York some
time in 1965. Its South African stars have appeared on TV and made long-playing
records.
Massed African choirs under the direction of the African Music and Drama
Association gave some memorable performances
(1) See 1963 Survey, page 24, for an account of the London run.
A SURVEY OF RACE
352

RELATIONS: 1964
in 1964. They sang the Messiah in Johannesburg and Durban, these performances
being sponsored by the Desert Lily Shellhole of the MOTH organization in aid of
charity. And they presented, in Johannesburg, a new programme of indigenous
choral music and mime entitled Intskolo ("sweet music").
Later, during the Johannesburg Festival, Khahi Mngoma directed the massed
choirs in performances of the oratorios Samson and Judas Maccabeus. Mr.
Mngoma holds the Performer's and Teacher's Licentiates of the Royal Schools.
African jazz continues its popularity and has found a new leader in Chris
McGregor. A long-playing record was produced in 1963 featuring well-known
African musicians in compositions by Mr. McGregor, Kippie Moeketsi, and
Dollar Brand. In July Mr. McGregor and his "Blue Note" group were given
passports to take part in the Antibes Jazz Festival.
In Durban, Des Morley produced Cobwebs in the Garden, a play by the local
Indian poetess and novelist Dr. Ansuyah R. Singh. It is a 15th century historical
play, written in rich, beautiful English.
Brian Somhlahlo and Cornelius Mabaso, members of the Dorkay House group,
were awarded British Council bursaries to attend a three-month course in London
arranged by the British Drama League. Jan Fredericks, a 16-year old Coloured
pianist, passed the Performer's A.T.C.L. with the highest marks in the Transvaal.
An African folk-singer, Dorothy Masuke, has recorded her first TV show in
Britain. Miriam Makeba, the internationallyfamous Xhosa singer, was given a
three-quarters of an hour solo star-billing on the B.B.C.
The (Coloured) Eoan Group in Cape Town, during the year, gave an evening of
solo and choral excerpts from famous operas, participated in a presentation of The
Show Boat, and, with the Cape Town Municipal Orchestra, staged the operetta
San Maratto by Dr. Joseph Manca (Eoan's musical director).
This group, founded in 1933, began by giving speech training to Coloured people
in District Six. Now, besides staging opera, ballet, and drama, members organize
church bands, orchestral and drama groups, body building and ballet classes for
children, a creche, and a boys' club. They have their own building. The permanent
membership is between 1,700 and 2,000; but it is estimated that more than 50,000
Coloured people have taken part in the Eoan Group's activities.02)
APARTHEID IN THE THEATRE
The Administrator of the Cape announced in April that the Cape Performing Arts
Board (Capab), of which he is Chairman,
(2) From address by Prof. J. B. du Toit, Cape Times, 19 May.
353

was to sponsor the establishment of a Ri-million opera house on the Foreshore,

Cape Town. This Board was created to promote culture for the White group.
Accordingly, the Administrator said that the opera house would be for White
audiences only.
He understood, he said, that plans were being made to provide comparable
cultural amenities for the Coloured group at the University College of the Western
Cape at Bellville South. The Rector of this college added, in a Press statement,
that the academic hall there would be planned in such a way as to have the
amenities of a theatre.
The pro-Government newspaper Die Burger commented(') that an opera house for
Whites only would be something exceptional in Cape Town. One of the first
questions that arose was whether the Performing Arts Board would be able to
count on public support in initial fund-raising and in attendance. Would the
facilities at Bellville South really be comparable with those of a Rl-million opera
house?, Die Burger asked. Additional complications might be overseas boycotts
by artists and the withholding of copyrights. The paper suggested that policy
should be revised to make possible, at least, separate "Brown evenings".
There were wide protests, along the same lines, from other sources. It was pointed
out that the Eoan Group had made the greatest contribution to opera in Cape
Town, yet in terms of the proposed arrangements they were to be offered inferior
facilities.
An advisory committee had been appointed by the Performing Arts Board to
obtain the technical information necessary and to consider ways and means of
raising funds. In view of the public reaction, however, a fund-raising drive among
businessmen was postponed. The Cape Town City Council refused an appeal by
the Cape Provincial Municipal Association to contribute towards the funds of the
Performing Arts Board.
A paradox in the Cape is that a theatre-owner in Wynberg is permitted to admit
racially-mixed audiences because his theatre was established before the area was
zoned, but must provide separate parking-lots for White and Coloured because
these were extended later.4)
When major theatrical events are staged in Johannesburg, separate evenings for
Non-Whites are now often arranged, in the same theatres.
The students of the Johannesburg College of Education produced Romeo and
Juliet during July and wished to invite NonWhites (only) to one of the
performances, but the Administrator of the Transvaal refused his permission. The
students arranged a separate performance away from the college buildings.
The Film Censorship Board has on several occasions ruled that a particular film
may be shown in a Non-White cinema
(3) Issues of 7 and 14 June.
(4) Sunday Chronicle, 23 August.
354
A SURVEY OF RACE

provided that children between the ages of 4 and 16 and Africans are not
admitted. The police then often watch to ensure that Africans do not attend. This
has caused resentment amongst African professional men who are excluded,
while Coloured and Indian teenagers are not.(5)
Leonard Schach, the Cape Town-born producer, said in June that South Africans
no longer had access to the best of the latest plays, for most of the leading
dramatists overseas had signed a declaration forbidding the production of their
works in the Republic.
The London Symphony Orchestra commenced a world tour in September to mark
its 60th anniversary, but excluded South Africa from its itinerary because the
British Musicians' Union forbids members to play to segregated audiences. It
would have been possible to arrange for mixed audiences in Cape Town and
Durban, but there was no suitable hall in Johannesburg.
The policy of the British Actors' Equity Association was described in the previous
issue of this Survey.(6)
APARTHEID IN CIVIC HALLS AND LIBRARIES
The Cape Town City Hall and other civic halls there have for many years been
used by all sections of the community, and municipal functions are open to
members of all racial groups. But when new civic buildings are erected the
Department of Community Development may decide by which group they shall
be occupied.
During 1964, when the City Council planned to build a civic centre and library at
Three Anchor Bay to serve the Green Point and Sea Point areas, the Department
ruled that only Whites should be allowed to use the facilities. The Council was
most perturbed: its General Purposes Committee stated that the Department's
stand disregarded the traditions of the city, were an encroachment on the city's
local autonomy, and were a threat to the future letting policy for other municipal
halls.(7)
The Administrator was asked to receive a deputation, but replied that no good
purpose would be served as the question of the use of the hall must be decided by
the City Council in consultation with the Department of Community
Development.8)
At the time of writing the Council had postponed plans for other new civic centres
which it hopes to build on the Foreshore and in Rondebosch.
Municipal halls in Durban and Pietermaritzburg are available for multi-racial
meetings, but, by the decision of the City Councils
(5) Natal Mercury, 11 September, and Sunday Chronicle, 2 August.
(1) Page 276.
(7) Cape Times, 1 July.
(1) Ibid, 6 August.
RELATIONS : 1964
355

concerned, those in Pretoria and Johannesburg are not. An anomaly that has
provoked comment is that in terms of municipal regulations mixed meetings and
audiences, and all-African meetings and audiences, are not allowed in the Town
Hall of Umtata, the capital of the Transkei.
The Cape Provincial Library Ordinance of 1955 provides that "under both the
(Provincial) service and any free library service in an urban area separate facilities
shall be provided for Europeans and Non-Europeans". Government policy is that
these separate facilities shall be in the areas allocated to the various groups.
This presents no difficulties so far as suburban libraries are concerned; but the
Cape Town City Council has been reluctant to apply apartheid in the central
(Wale St.) library, the patrons of which are estimated to be 72.5 per cent White,
27.0 per cent Coloured, and 0.5 per cent African9) During April the Provincial
Secretary informed the Council that unless separate facilities had been provided
by the end of 1964 the Administrator would be reluctantly compelled to withhold
the next provincial library subsidy.
Realising that the Department of Community Development was unlikely to
sanction the establishment of a separate library for Coloured people in the central
area, and that, in any case, it would be difficult to divide the book stocks, the
Council proposed that separate entrances, counters, and reading rooms should be
provided at the Wale St. library. At first the Provincial Secretary replied that such
an arrangement would not really be satisfactory; but it is understood that the
Administrator has since agreed to it and has granted an extension of timec')
LIBRARY ASSOCIATIONS AND SERVICES
It was reported in the 1963 issue of this Survey(1") that, in response to a
Ministerial statement of Government policy, the S.A. Library Association decided
when possible to create separate associations for each of the four main racial
groups. It called a conference of African librarians and associate workers during
October to form a Bantu Library Association.(2)
The Non-European Library Service in Pretoria (a section of the State Library)
offers tuition to Non-Whites who wish to take the preliminary certificate of the
S.A. Library Association, and holds vacation courses. Lower or higher diploma
courses may be taken by correspondence through the University of South Africa.
The Service lends prescribed text books and other works of reference to Non-
White libraries and educational institutions,
(9) Sunday Chronicle, 16 August.
(10) Ibid, also Cape Times, 18 April.
(11) Page 270.
(12) South African Digest, 2 October.
356
A SURVEY OF RACE

and to individuals who are out of reach of such facilities. Only the return postage
on the books has to be paid.
Increasing numbers of municipalities are establishing libraries in Non-European
townships.
TEACHING OF LANGUAGES
A non-profit making company called Tegnidisc has since 1958 been producing
long-playing records designed to enable the people of South Africa to understand
one another's languages and thereby learn to understand one another.
Pronunciation guides and dictionaries are supplied with the records. Courses are
now available in Afrikaans, English, Zulu, Xhosa, Northern Sotho, and Southern
Sotho, and a Tswana course is in preparation. More than 12,500 courses had been
purchased by August.13)
The Department of English at the University of the Witwatersrand has tape-
recorded a course designed to help urban Africans to become increasingly
proficient in English. The English Academy of Southern Africa sponsored the use
of this course in a "language laboratory" on the premises of a large Johannesburg
business concern.(4
HOLIDAY RESORTS
The Natal Provincial Administration is proposing to establish a rest camp for
Non-Whites in the Umfolozi Game Reserve. (1)
The firm of Lever Brothers is establishing a holiday resort on African Trust land
on the South Coast of Natal, designed for the children of its African employees.
An African member of the staff and his wife will look after the children and a
local doctor will pay regular visits. Every year about 15 groups, each of 35
children between the ages of 7 and 12, will be sent to the resort by train. The
nominal fee of R4 per child can be paid by the employees in instalments from
their pay packets.!6
A special holiday train for Coloured people will leave Cape Town in December
for a round-the-country tour.(7)
(IS) Bantu, August.
(14) Rand Daily Mail, 30 April.
(15) Natal Witness, 6 June.
(16) Star, 17 February.
(17) Star, 14 August.
RELATIONS: 1964
357

A SURVEY OF RACE
LIQUOR
SUCCESS OF LIQUOR AMENDMENT ACTS
The Liquor Amendment Acts of 1961, 1962 and 1963, and the Bantu Beer Act of
1962, were described in relevant issues of this Survey. They removed restrictions
on the purchase and possession of liquor by Non-Whites.
The Minister of Justice said in the Senate on 10 March(') that these measures had
been a success. He compared the number of convictions of persons of all races for
liquor offences for the sixmonth period 1 January to 30 June 1962 (just before the
restrictions were removed) and the corresponding period in 1963: First six months
of:
1962 1963
Drunkenness .................. 32,783 30,560
Illegal possession of Bantu beer ...... 31,339 16,039
Illegal possession of other liquor ...... 7,323 1,088
Illegal possession and sale of yeast ... 623 244
Sale without licence ............. 428 344
Other offences ................ 6,256 3,569
A breakdown of the total number of convictions for all liquor offences in 1960
and 1962 is:(2) White Coloured and Asian African Persons under 17 years
1960 ......... 25 137 649
1962 ... .... ... 33 112 491
Persons aged 17-20 years
1960 ........... 661 3,073 6,401
1962 .......... 526 2,530 4,250
Persons 21 years and over
1960 .......... 10,825 45,584 133,261
1962 ......... 7,728 36,088 75,509
As will be noted, the number of convictions of African adults in 1962 was only a
little over half the 1960 figure.
In a letter to the Institute of Race Relations dated 20 August the Secretary for
Justice wrote: "Since it is generally known that the supply of liquor to Non-
Whites under the laws passed during 1961 and thereafter has not presented any
difficulties worth mentioning and that the whole scheme is running smoothly, it
was
(1) Hansard 8 cols. 1971-2.
(2) From figures given by the Minister of Justice, Assembly, 11 February,
Hansard
4 cols. 1125-6.
358

not considered worth while referring to the matter again in the Department's
annual report for 1963".
BANTU BEER
It is reported from both Johannesburg and Durban that sales of Bantu beer have
increased, although stronger types of liquor are now available to Africans3)
The Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 42 of 1964, rendered it an offence for any
person to sell Bantu beer powder to anyone other than a local authority or anyone
licensed or authorized to sell Bantu beer (bottle stores, authorized associations of
Coloured persons or Asians, etc.). Local authorities may sell this powder.
A Bantu beer research fund is to be established, financed mainly by a levy on the
sale of Bantu beer by local authorities.
LIQUOR LICENCES
Various Coloured and Indian hotel and bottle-store proprietors have been granted
liquor licences; but Africans are apparently being granted such licences in the
African "homelands" only. The African owner of an hotel in Soweto,
Johannesburg, was informed by the licensing board that if he wanted to sell liquor
he must establish an hotel in a Reserve.04) Licences to sell to Africans in urban
areas have been granted to local authorities, mines, and other employers of large
numbers of Africans, rather than to Africans themselves.
PROFITS
Local authorities have to pay 80 per cent of the net profits they make to the
Department of Bantu Administration and Development for use in the general
interests of Africans. The remaining 20 per cent must be spent on social or
recreational amenities or social welfare services for Africans, or, subject to certain
conditions, on housing schemes. Profits from municipal sales of Bantu beer
accrue to the local authorities and must be spent by them in a similar manner to
their share of other liquor profits.
The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said in the
Assembly on 27 February(5) that the Vanderbijlpark, Springs, and Potchefstroom
municipalities were making some money available from their share of liquor
profits for development in the Bantu homelands. (Most other local authorities
spend profits for the benefit of urban Africans in their areas of jurisdiction).
(3) Star, 13 February, and Natal Mercury, 21 February.
(4) Rand Daily Mail, report, 15 April.
(5) Hansard 6 col. 2135.
RELATIONS: 1964
359
A SURVEY OF RACE
SOUTH-WEST AFRICA
DESCRIPTION OF THE TERRITORY
The area of South-West Africa is 318,261 square miles. The Namib desert runs
from north to south along the coast, and between this and the Kalahari desert, in
the east, is a central highland. The only perennial rivers are in the extreme north
and south. Elsewhere some channels collect flood-water after rains, and there is
underground water in many parts.
In an address given to the Institute of Race Relations in July') Mr. Gordon Lawrie
said that 48.26 per cent of the total area is held by White farmers (a very small
part of this is farmed by Coloured), while 26.64 per cent consists of African
Reserves and the Rehoboth Gebiet which is set aside for the Basters (people of
mixed ancestry). The Government owns 10.37 per cent, and the rest consists of
town lands, game reserves, diamond areas, and the Walvis Bay area (which is
legally part of the Republic).
In the African Reserves, which are mainly situated in the north, there is a
traditional subsistence economy. Many of the men work as migrant labourers in
the Southern Sector. White farmers run sheep in the dry south and cattle further
north; diamonds and a variety of minerals are mined; and there are fishing and
guano industries.
Final administrative and legislative authority for the affairs of the territory is
vested in the Government of the Republic. A Legislative Assembly
(representative of Whites only) has power to make ordinances on certain matters
provided that the provisions do not conflict with relevant South African laws; but
Non-White affairs are handled, in the main, by the Republican authorities. One
White member is nominated to the South African Senate on the ground of his
acquaintance with the "reasonable wants and wishes" of the Non-Whites of
South-West Africa.
THE PEOPLE
The population of the territory in 1960 was:
Ovambo ......... 239,363
Kaokovelders ...... 9,234
Okavango .......... 27,871 Damara ......... 44,353
(1) "New Light on South-West Africa: Some Extracts from and Comments on the
Odendaal Report".
360

Herero .... ... ... ... 35,354

E. Caprivians ...... 15,840 Tswana ......... 9,992
Bushmen ......... 11,762
Nama ... ... ... ... 34,806
Basters .......... 11,257
Coloured . .......... 12,708
Whites .... ... ... ... 73,464
526,004
The Ovambo are said to be among the more progressive of the Bantu inhabitants.
The Herero are nomadic people, who at one time were at war with other tribes.
They and others formerly used the Damara as slaves. The Nama are a Hottentot
group. Both the Basters and the Coloured are of mixed ancestry, but the former,
unlike the Coloured, tend to feel that their future lies with the Africans rather than
the Whites.
There are various Non-White political movements, which do not appear to have
very wide followings. The most closely-knit and articulate group is the Herero,
under Chief Hosea Kutako. He and the one-time leader of the S.W.A. People's
Organization (SWAPO), Dr. Mburumba Kerina, advocate the dissolution of all
existing parties and the formation of a national one, aiming at equality for all
races. It is reported(2) that this idea is supported by Chief Samuel Witbooi of the
Nama and by Mr. Allan Louw, chairman of the Baster Assembly.
But it is opposed by SWAPO and SWANU (S.W.A. National Union), who have
formed a National Liberation Front in which each retains its identity. The Herero
Council refused to link up with this body. The President of SWAPO, Mr. Sam
Nujoma, and most of the other leaders are exiles: they have an office in Dar-es-
Salaam and representatives in Cairo, the United States, and elsewhere.3) In a
bulletin issued in September they stated, "We are now irrevocably committed to a
course of armed revolution".4)
During April the Herero Council called a convention at Rehoboth to foster the
creation of a national party. SWAPO and SWANU refused to participate. But the
convention did not eventuate because the magistrate at Rehoboth prohibited the
meeting. Permission was then sought to hold it in a Herero Reserve: the
magistrate for that area agreed provided that only Herero attended. Chief Hosea
Kutako rejected this suggestion and
(2) Sunday Times, 5 April; and Star, 16 May.
(3) Star, 20 January.
(4) Ibid, 23 September.
361
RELATIONS: 1964

asked the United Nations Secretary-General to approach the Administrator in the

matter.(-)
A recently-established body is the Caprivi African National Union, led by Mr. B.
K. Simbwaye. During July it sent a petition to the Trusteeship Council asking for
help in securing the South African Government's withdrawal from the Caprivi
Strip.06)
ODENDAAL COMMISSION'S REPORT
Proposals for "homelands"
The appointment of the (Odendaal) Commission of Enquiry by the South African
Government was mentioned in last year's ,Survey. It was instructed to enquire
into the welfare and progress of all the inhabitants of South-West Africa, the Non-
Whites in particular, and to make recommendations for a 5-year plan for the
development of the various Non-White groups inside and outside their territories.
The Commission's report was published during the year under review. In making
the brief summary of it that follows the writer has drawn extensively on the paper
by Mr. Gordon Lawrie, quoted above.
The theme of the Commission's argument was that the only way to ensure
harmonious development was by means of the provision of "homelands" for each
of the Non-White groups except (as described below) the Coloured. The ten
proposed homelands, which range in size from 155,400 hectares (384,009 acres)
for the Tswana to 5,899,680 hectares for the Herero, would develop gradually
towards political independence; but the existing economic interdependence of the
several parts would be retained.
Some of the Non-White peoples already have Reserves - the Kaokovelders, East
Caprivians, Ovambo, Okavango, and Basters; but the Tswana, Damara, and
Bushmen have no areas of their own, and appreciable numbers of the Herero and
Nama live outside the Reserves set aside for their groups. Few of the relatively
small African areas in the Southern Sector of the territory are homogeneous in
population.
The Commission recommended that in order to create the various homelands
additional land should be set aside for African occupation: in terms of its
proposals the African areas would be enlarged by about 50 per cent. Mr. Lawrie
stated that if the plan were carried out in full the Non-White homelands would
occupy 39.6 per cent of the territory, while the White area would be reduced to
44.1 per cent. The Commission suggested that about 425 White farms (half of
them in Damaraland), which are some
(5) Ibid, 30 April and 16 May.
(6) Rand Daily Mail, 9 July.
362
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964
12,771 square miles in area, should be purchased, and that Government-owned
land be added. The Africans would be required to give up certain "Black Spots".
It was recommended that an agricultural settlement on the Orange River be
created for Coloured farmers, and that Coloured townships be established on the
outskirts of the main towns, where rights of ownership should be available.
Whenever possible Coloured people should be assisted to leave the territory and
find employment in the Western Cape.
The report did not state explicitly how many people would have to move, in terms
of its recommendations; but using material from the report Mr. Lawrie estimated
that about 129,993 NonWhites (28.67 per cent of the Non-White population)
would be required to do so. Hereroland would be increased in area by 45 per cent,
he said, but 74 per cent of the Herero would have to move to take up residence in
this homeland. The Nama area would be more than doubled in size, but 87 per
cent of the Nama would be moved. The Damara and the Bushmen would for the
first time have homelands of their own, but 94 per cent of the former group and
95 per cent of the latter would be displaced from their present homes.
Proposed administration
In terms of the Commission's proposals the South African Government would
remain the final authority in all areas. In the White area there would be an
Administrator, an Executive Committee, and a Legislative Assembly - according
to Mr. Lawrie the powers of the Assembly would amount to something less than
those of a provincial council: various of the functions of the present Legislative
Assembly would be transferred to the Republican Government. Namaland and
the Rehoboth Gebiet (the Baster area) would fall under the Republic's Department
of Coloured Affairs, and the African areas under the Department of Bantu
Administration and Development.
Local government bodies were proposed for 7 of the homelands (Ovamboland,
Okavangoland, the Kaokoveld, Caprivi East, Damaraland, Hereroland, and
Namaland). Detailed proposals for these areas differed; but the general pattern
was the development for each area of a legislative council consisting of a majority
of chiefs and a minority of elected members.
The Coloured people would have a Council similar to that for Coloured in the
Republic. For the Tswana there would be a community authority consisting of a
headman and two councillors. Bushmanland would be placed under the guidance
and protection of a commissioner; and the future of the Basters would be decided
after consultation between them and representatives of the South African
Government.
363

In urban areas where the numbers warranted it Non-White townships with their
own urban councils would be created.
Five-year development plan
The Commission recommended that during the first five years the South African
Government should make a sum of R 114,450,000 available in loan funds for
development works and, in addition, should meet the deficit on the territory's
ordinary budget, estimated at R41,000,000 over the five years. The proposed
budget for development works was:
R-million
African areas: roads ... ... ... ... ... 8.4
.. education ... ... ... ... 3.5
hospitals ... ... ... ... 1.5
community centres ..... 1.25
water supply ......... 12.2
Water for White areas ............. 10.8
Power supply ... .... ... ... ... ... 49.0
Airports ..................... 3.0
Coloured housing ... ... ... ..... 4.0
Compensation for White farmers (at R5
per hectare) ............ 17.0
Compensation for African farmers (at R3
per hectare) ... .... ... ... ... ... 3.8
114.45
It was pointed out by the Commission that the economic future of the territory
depended to a very large extent on the availability of water and power. It thus
recommended that a hydro-electric scheme be undertaken.
An irrigation scheme has already been started in Ovamboland, where by 1963
nearly R500,000 had been spent on digging a canal which collects flood-waters in
the north and carries them to areas further south. As a second phase a similar
scheme, further west, will make use of the natural course of a flood-water
channel. The Commission recommended that these canals be converted into
perennial streams by pumping water into them from the Kunene River (which
forms part of the border between SouthWest Africa and Angola).
To provide power for this scheme and for the mines, industries, and towns in the
south the Commission proposed the construction of a hydro-electric scheme at the
Ruacana Falls on the Kunene River, and a link-up between an Angolan power
station at Matala and the South-West African electric grid. (Discussions have
been conducted between the South African and
364
A SURVEY OF RACE

Portuguese Governments on economic matters, and it is reported7) that agreement

has been reached, inter alia, on the utilization of the Kunene for the benefit of the
inhabitants of Angola and SouthWest Africa).
Besides the expenditure on converting the canals into perennial streams, further
expenditure was proposed on providing more dams and boreholes in the
homelands. The canals will, of course, assist greatly in the development of the
African areas through which they pass: but it appears doubtful whether these areas
will derive much benefit for many years from the proposed power lines. Mr.
Lawrie quoted the Commission's remark that it is uneconomic to tap high voltage
lines to meet very small demands.
The Commission found that although the number of hospital beds and health
personnel were low, the people's health appeared to be good. The main difficulty
in providing adequate health services was the low density of the population.
Therefore, besides recommending the extension of hospital and clinic services,
the Commission urged the need for roads, ambulance services, a radio medical
service, and air facilities for medical personnel.
It suggested that 16 principal air fields be constructed, and that 26 existing
secondary fields be improved.
Educational services should be extended as an integral part of community
development, the Commission considered. Its proposals for the education of
Africans would bring the system more or less into line with that for Bantu
education in South Africa: mother-tongue instruction was recommended for
primary schools with 9 African languages recognized and developed for the
purpose. But the Commission suggested that until the State could provide an
adequate educational service mission schools should continue to be subsidized.
The Commission outlined a second 5-year development plan, involving
expenditure totalling R60-million. The South African Government would need to
advance half of this and would be called upon to meet a R61-million gap between
ordinary expenditure and revenue. The development work should be continued,
the Commission recommended, during a third five-year period.
OFFICIAL DISCUSSIONS IN SOUTH-WEST AFRICA
Shortly after the Commission's report had been presented Dr. Verwoerd addressed
a public meeting at Windhoek (mainly of Whites); the Minister of Coloured
Affairs held meetings at various centres with representatives of the Coloured,
Baster, and Nama communities; and the Minister of Bantu Administration and
Development and his Deputy Minister met the various African groups.
Questioned in the Assembly about these meetings with
.(7) Rand Daily Mail, 14 October.
RELATIONS : 1964
365

Non-Whites,O) the Ministers concerned indicated that the purpose had been to
explain the Commission's recommendations.
No formal resolutions were asked for, the Ministers said; but a gathering of
Coloured people at Windhoek spontaneously adopted a motion of confidence in
the Republican Government. Spokesmen on behalf of some of the African groups
stated that they welcomed and accepted the recommendations: two groups made
written statements to this effect. "Herero spokesmen did, however, say that they
could not speak on behalf of the whole Herero tribe".
Apart from one representative of the S.A. Press Association, the Press was
excluded from these meetings. This representative reported(9) that the S.W.A.
Coloured Council, the Ovambo, and certain other tribes backed the plan. The
Rehoboth Basters listened to the Minister in silence, then their chairman stood up
and said that his people could not consider the report because the question of
South-West Africa was sub judice. The Herero appeared to be divided. (It was
announced earlier0) that Herero leaders had written to the United Nations
Secretary-General asking for Security Council action to prevent South Africa
from implementing the Commission's recommendations).
PROVISIONAL LOAN VOTE
In his Budget Speech(") the Minister of Finance said, "The Report of the
Odendaal Commission still has to be considered by the South-West African
Legislative Assembly, and I do not wish to anticipate in any way the decisions of
that body. I think it would be prudent, however, to make some provision for
assistance to the Territory in terms of the Report, and I propose to set aside R20-
million provisionally for this purpose" (on Loan Account).
REPRESENTATIONS BY THE UNITED STATES AND BRITAIN
It was reported in March(12) that the United States and Britain had, through
diplomatic channels, pointed out to South Africa that if any attempt were made to
carry out the Commission's plan for the creation of homelands Liberia and
Ethopia (which in 1960 had instituted a case against South Africa in the
International Court of Justice) would almost certainly apply to this Court for an
injunction restraining South Africa from proceeding, on the grounds that the
Government of the Republic was forestalling the judgment, and that the creation
of homelands was a breach of the clause in the mandate laying down that there
should be no racial
(S) 3 March, Hansard 7, cols. 2316-8.
(9) Star, 15 and 18 February; Rand Daily Mail, 20 February and 2 March.
(10) Sunday Express, 2 February.
(11) Assembly, 16 March, Hansard 9 col. 3039.
(12) Rand Daily Mail, 27 March.
366
A SURVEY OF RACE

discrimination. Should such an injunction not be granted quickly, the Security

Council was likely to take action, possibly through establishing a United Nations
presence in South-West Africa.
Speaking in the Assembly on 5 May,(13) Dr. Verwoerd confirmed that
communications had been received through diplomatic channels. They were, he
said, based on the false assumption that South Africa would not take the
International Court case into consideration, and on another erroneous assumption
that if an interdict were applied for and granted the action taken by South Africa
would be such as to lead to intervention by the Security Council. "We have
always taken a strong stand on the sub judice rule", he stated.
DECISIONS BY THE SOUTH AFRICAN GOVERNMENT
On 5 May Dr. Verwoerd tabled in the Assembly a Whitt Paper setting out the
Government's decisions. The Government, he saidI4) accepted the direction
indicated in the Commission's report. The decisions now placed before the House
for approval dealt with fundamental economic and social matters which could
usefully, and in some cases must, precede other forms of development. "But the
comprehensive scheme of political, economic, and social aims forms one whole
and must, at the appropriate time, be implemented as such".
However, decisions on proposals affecting the status quo of South-West Africa
would be left in abeyance; and a committee of experts would investigate the
implication of recommendations by the Commission that there should be a closer
link-up between South Africa and South-West Africa in both the financial and the
administrative spheres in order to facilitate long-term planning.
"We are not forcing the policy of separate development on South-West Africa",
Dr. Verwoerd said. He emphasized that the basic idea with which the Commission
had dealt was the preservation, not the creation, of homelands. It was an historic
fact that there were separate ethnic groups in the territory. "It is a question of
taking the kernel of homelands which still exists and by an extension of territory
and by bringing scattered groups together (that belong together) with their co-
operation re-establish former conditions". The whole process would take a long
time.
The Commission had suggested the boundaries for homelands, Dr. Verwoerd
continued. It was only fair to Whites who owned farms within these boundaries to
state what the position was. If they wished to offer their farms for purchase the
State would buy them to be used in accordance with whatever decisions were
taken in the future.
(':1) Hansard 15 cols. 5458-9, 5484. (.1 ) Hansard 15 cols. 5446-5435.
367
RELATIONS : 1964

No immediate decisions were needed on long-term recommendations for the

proposed second and third 5-year plans; but an immediate start would be made on
projects included in the first 5-year plan which aimed at economic and social
progress, including the Kunene scheme to provide water and electricity.
The White Paper stated that the projects decided upon will involve an expenditure
of Rl10-million over a five-year period according to the Commission's estimates,
but in practice will probably cost more than R150-million. As mentioned above,
the Government allocated R20-million from loan funds in 1964-65 for the
development of the territory. Further such loans will be made, and the question of
raising loans elsewhere will be dealt with by the Government.
A sum of R72.3-million is set aside for the supply of water and electricity,
including the Kunene scheme, the canal project, the provision of boreholes and
dams in African areas, and the irrigation scheme for the Coloured settlement on
the Orange River. R40.5-million will be spent on constructing 12 main roads and
a number of internal roads to open up the country (this is additional to the
Administration's normal road-building programme). R3-million will be
contributed for airfields. The Prime Minister and the Deputy Minister for South-
West African Affairs said in the Assembly15) that airfields were needed at
administrative centres, at the site where the proposed hydro-electric scheme is to
be established, and at other centres. Windhoek airport, it was stated, handled more
aircraft than any other airport in the country, except Jan Smuts: many of these
aircraft were privately owned.
The Government is to organize the exploration and mapping of the whole
territory, and to assist inhabitants of the Non-White areas to prospect and exploit
mineral resources. Attention will be given to the efficient marketing of African-
owned stock and hides, and to the establishment of a meat canning factory,
tanning processes, a furniture factory in Ovamboland, and a factory in
Okavangoland for the decortication of jute. Home industries will be developed.
A sum of R3.5-million is earmarked for the extension of schooling and teacher-
training facilities. At least 20 new hospitals or clinics will be established, and
more posts created for medical personnel of all classes. An air service for
specialists and a radio medical service will be instituted, and campaigns
undertaken to combat tuberculosis, malaria, and other diseases. Funds will be
provided where necessary for Coloured housing and for community centres.(10
(15) Cols. 5519, 5630.
(16) South African Digest, 8 May.
A SURVEY OF RACE
368

INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE

During 1963 Ethiopia and Liberia submitted memorials to the International Court
setting out particulars of their charges against South Africa in connection with its
administration of the mandate. South Africa filed a counter-memorial.
In mid-1964 Ethiopia and Liberia replied to this countermemorial. In essence the
reply centred on the claim that the implementation of the policy of apartheid
violates South Africa's obligations under the League of Nations mandate. It was
stated, "Under apartheid, the accident of birth imposes a mandatory life sentence
to discrimination, repression, and humiliation". 7)
South Africa was given until 23 December to file a rejoiner.
PROCEEDINGS AT THE UNITED NATIONS
In April South Africa refused an invitation to participate in discussions on South-
West Africa in the Special 24-member Committee on Colonialism, on the ground
that the question was sub judice.
Sierra Leone, with 12 other nations acting as co-sponsors, introduced a motion for
which all the members except the United States, Britain, and Australia voted.
These three countries abstained, indicating that they did so because they disagreed
with a paragraph which stated that the situation in South-West Africa was critical
and constituted a serious threat to international peace and security.
The resolution referred to the General Assembly resolution of 14 November
1963(1) which called on member states to impose an embargo on the supply of
arms and oil to South Africa.
It called on the South African Government to desist from implementing the
Odendaal Commission's recommendations, and stated that any attempt to annex a
part or the whole of SouthWest Africa would be contrary to international law and
a violation of the Charter of the United Nations. The Secretary-General was
requested to continue to take steps to establish an office of a United Nations
technical assistance representative in South-West Africa." 9)
A sub-committee consisting of Denmark, Ethiopia, Mali, Syria, Tanzania,
Tunisia, the Soviet Union, and Yugoslavia prepared a report on foreign enterprise
in South-West Africa. It recommended that Britain, the United States, "and other
powers whose nationals own and operate the international companies in South-
West Africa" should influence them to "renounce their ties" with the South
African Government. The British delegate said at a meeting of the Special
Committee that although Britain dis(17) Star, 15 October.
(18) 1963 Survey, page 325.
(19) Star, 21 May.
RELATIONS: 1964
369

agreed with South Africa's racial policy it could not support the sub-committee's
recommendations, since "the interests concerned are privately owned and the
United Kingdom Government has no direct control over them". The Australian
delegate supported this attitude. 2°) The representative of the United States
maintained that the report contained "undisguised propaganda attacks on the
United States and the United Kingdom", and that some of the recommendations
"clearly hawk the economic theories of a minority of this committee"30
Discussion of the report was adjourned.
A lengthy analysis of the Odendaal Commission's report was prepared by the
United Nations Secretariat. The comment was made that an attempt to divide a
population of 526,000 into 12 homelands would be an exercise, not in trusteeship,
but in the "divide and rule" techniques of a past, discredited era. The answer to the
problems of South-West Africa lay in integration, and a greater share for the
Africans of the territory's wealth and benefits.2"
In a note published on 11 November South Africa's resident representative at the
United Nations, Mr. Matthys Botha, accused the Secretariat of adopting "an
entirely partisan and prejudiced attitude" to the Odendaal Commission's report.
On South Africa's behalf he rejected the proposal to establish a U.N. technical
assistance representative in the territory.
As to the utilization of "outside expert advice" for the development of South-West
Africa, the South African Government had "come to the conclusion that it would
be neither necessary nor indeed desirable to make use of any services which
might be offered in this regard by the United Nations", Mr. Botha wrote. "South
Africa is itself capable of fully implementing all the proposals of the Odendaal
Commission which are acceptable, and can leave such outside help as the United
Nations makes available to other areas in Atrica more in need of it".
REFUGEES FROM SOUTH-WEST AFRICA
During March about 154 Herero and Damara, mostly young men, dodged police
patrols and crossed the border from SouthWest Africa into Bechuanaland, seeking
refuge with Africans in the village of Makunda, about 14 miles from the border.
Included in the party were two members of Chief Hosea Kutako's Council. There
was some speculation as to what their motive was: it was reported that none left
because of being in trouble with the authorities(23) About 30 more are reported to
have joined them
(20) Ibid, 6 November.
(31) Ibid, 31 October.
(22) Rand Dally Mail, 14 November.
(23) Star, 10 March and 23 April.
370
A SURVEY OF RACE

RELATIONS: 1964 371

later, but approximately the same number tired of the conditions and returned
home.
Three SWAPO leaders, including the president, Mr. Sam Nujoma, crossed
illegally into Bechuanaland from Dar-es-Salaam with the apparent intention of
helping the refugees to reach countries further North. After ignoring orders to
leave they were declared prohibited immigrants, and eventually returned to Dar-
es-Salaam.('4)
Mr. George Ivan-Smith, who represents the U.N. SecretaryGeneral in East,
Central, and Southern Africa, came to visit the refugees and selected nine of them
for U.N. bursaries to study in other countries. These were given transit rights. But
the remainder were mainly illiterate and did not qualify for scholarships.(25)
The Bechuanaland Government did not consider them to be political refugees.
They were told that they could leave as soon as they produced proof that another
country was willing to accept them. Meanwhile they must remain within a thirty-
mile radius of Makunda. They apparently had some money, and local Africans
helped to feed them.020 A reporter who visited them at the end of May(27) said
that they did not look ill-fed. They said they wanted to go to a country like
Ethiopia or Liberia for educational training, he stated.
In July six of the men were found in Maun, outside the 30-mile radius. On
conviction for breaking the conditions of their permits they were sentenced to R40
or 2 months. The men then lodged an appeal which succeeded: the judge ruled
that as they had not applied for permits they were not bound to comply with the
conditions stipulated in the permits handed to them. But the Bechuanaland
Government then published an amendment to the Immigration Proclamation
making it obligatory for all those entering the territory to apply for residence
permits.(")
At the time of writing the refugees had made a successful application, through Dr.
Kerina, for a hearing by the United Nations.
(24) Star, 23 March and 3 April.
(25) Rand Daily Mail, 14 April.
(26) Star, 23 April.
(27) Ibid, 29 May.
('") Star, 21 July, and Raid Daily Mail, 3 September.

372
ALLEGED "YCCC" MEMBERS, 1964 Abrahams, Dr. K. G ... Esc
kid
Afr
ter
Alexander, Dr. Neville ... Im Alexander, D. H . ....... Im Barn, F. C ............... Im
Davis, J. W . .......... Im
Davis, L. B. .......... Im
Hendricks, G. F . ....... Im September, D. E . ...... Im Solomons, M .. ........... Im
Van der Heyden, D ... Im
Van der Heyden, E ... Im
Van der Heyden, I. L ... Im
I. SOME ALLEGED "SPEAR" MEMBE]
TRIALS, 1964
Babenia, M. Barsel, Esth
Bernstein, I
Bernstein, L Beyleveld, I
Bokaba, A. Chiba, L.
Diale, N. Ezra, V. First, J. Gay, L..
aped to Bechuanaland, apparently napped there, allowed by South ican authorities
to return to the ritory. prisoned for 10 years. prisoned. prisoned. prisoned.
prisoned. prisoned. prisoned. prisoned. prisoned. prisoned. prisoned.
RS WHO WERE INVOLVED IN MAJOR
. .......... Imprisoned for sabotage, Nair case.
er .........Alleged co-conspirator with Mkwayi,
etc. Charged with continuing activities of Communist Party. (Case proceeding).
lilda ...... Alleged co-conspirator with Mkwayi,
etc., and member of central committee of Communist Party. Fled from S.A.
in 1963.
G. (Rusty) ... Acquitted at Rivonia. Rearrested under Suppression of
Communism Act
and fled while on bail, 1963.
.. .......... Alleged co-conspirator with Mkwayi,
etc. State witness in Fischer case.
Admitted had been Communist Party
member.
............. 8 years' imprisonment in Mashaba
case.
............. Found guilty of numerous acts of
sabotage, preparing for guerilla warfare, and furthering the aims of
communism. Sentenced to 18 years. ............. 8 years' imprisonment in Mashaba
case.
............. Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Fled
from S.A. 1963.
... ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Fled
from S.A. 1963.
............. Alleged co-conspirator in Mkwayi case.
A SURVEY OF RACE
APPENDIX
ACCUSED AND ALLEGED CO-CONSPIRATORS IN
SABOTAGE TRIALS

RELATIONS: 1964
373
Goldberg, Dennis ...... Found guilty at Rivonia trial and given life sentence.
Alleged coconspirator in Mkwayi case. Goldreich, Arthur ...... Co-conspirator in
Rivonia and Mkwayi cases. Escaped from a police cell in 1963 and fled from S.A.
Harmel, M. A ........... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Fled
from S.A. 1963. Police agent alleged he was Communist Party member. Hepple,
Bob ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Fled
from S.A. in 1963 after being released on bail as a State witness. Hodgson, P. J
........... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. Fled from S.A. in
1963.
Ismael, E .............. Imprisoned for sabotage, Nair case.
Jones, Cyril .......... Alleged co-conspirator Mkwayi case.
Charged with continuing activities of a banned organization.
Joseph, Arthur ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Kathrada, A. M . ...... Life sentence in Rivonia trial. Alleged co-conspirator in
Mkwayi case. Kazrils, R ............... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. Fled from S.A. in 1963. Khayingo, W ........... Death sentence for
murder.
Kitson, Ian ............. Found guilty of numerous acts of
sabotage, preparing for guerilla warfare, and furthering the aims of communism.
Sentenced to 20 years. Kotane, Moses .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia.
Fled
from S.A. in 1963.
Legware, J.. .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba case.
Lephago, D............ Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba case.
Letboko, J .............. Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba case.
Letele, Dr. Arthur ....... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Left S.A. some years
ago.
Lewitton, Isaac .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Maharaj, S ............... Found guilty of numerous acts of
sabotage, preparing for guerilla warfare, and furthering the aims of communism.
Sentenced to 12 years. Makiwane, Tennyson ... Alleged co-conspirator,
Rivonia. Left
S.A. in 1960.
Mampane, P . .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba case.
Mandela, Nelson ...... 5-year sentence in 1963. Life sentence
at Rivonia. Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Mapumulo, M. S . ....... Imprisoned for sabotage, Nair case. Marks, John J
...... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Left
S.A. some years ago.
Mashaba, A........... 15 years' imprisonment for sabotage.
Mashidi, K ............... Alleged co-conspirator with Mashaba.
Mashilo, F ............... Alleged co-conspirator with Mashaba.
Matibela, E............. Sentenced to 5 years in Mashaba case.
Matsemela, M ........... Found guilty of sabotage and sentenced to 7 years.
Alleged coconspirator in Mashaba case. Matsoaledi, Elias ....... Life sentence in
Rivonia case. Alleged co-conspirator Mashaba and Mkwayi cases.

374
Matthews, J. E
Mbeki, Govan Mhlaba, Raymon Mini, V. Mkaba, Z. Mkwanazi, R. Mkwayi, W.
Mlangeni, Andre Modise, Johanne Moepye, J. Mohamed, Joyce
Molefe, L. M. Mongano, P. Moodley, Mary
Mosupye, F. Mosupye, I. J. Naicker, George Naidoo, Indres Naidoo, Nandah
Nair, Billy ... Nanabhai, S. Nanan, Billy Nchabaleng, P. Ndhlovu, C. Ngudle,
Solwand Nkadimeng, A. Nokwe, Duma Ntsoane, J ...
A SURVEY OF RACE
....... Found guilty of numerous acts of
sabotage, preparing for guerilla warfare, and furthering the aims of
communism. Sentenced to 15 years. ......... Life sentence in Rivonia case. Alleged
co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
d ... ... Life sentence in Rivonia case. Alleged
co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
......... Death sentence for murder, 1963. ......... Death sentence for murder, 1963.
......... Imprisoned for sabotage, Nair case. ......... Found guilty of numerous acts of
sabotage, preparing for guerilla warfare, and furthering aims of communism.
Sentenced to life imprisonment.
.w ...... Life sentence in Rivonia case. Alleged
co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
...Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. Fled from S.A. in 1963. ......... Alleged co-conspirator in
Mashaba
case.
...... Found guilty of helping people to
escape from the country. Sentenced to R100 (or 50 days) plus 3 months
suspended for 3 years, and R150 (or
75 days).
....... Sentenced to 12 years in Mashaba
case.
....... Sentenced to 15 years in Mashaba case. ......... Found guilty of helping
people to
escape from the country. Sentenced to R200 (or 100 days) plus 6 months
suspended for 3 years, and R50 (or 25
days).
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba case.
....... State witness and co-conspirator in
Mashaba case.
....... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. Imprisoned for
sabotage, Nair case. ......... 12 years for sabotage. agopal ... Alleged co-
conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Charged with continuing activities of a banned organization and undergoing
military training (case proceeding). ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. 20-year sentence for
sabotage.
......... 12 years for sabotage. ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
......... Sentenced to 8 years in Mashaba case. ......... Imprisoned for 20 years for
sabotage,
Nair case.
Ile ....... Alleged co-conspirator in Rivonia case.
Committed suicide while in gaol, 1963. ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba
case.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Fled from S.A. in 1963.
....... Sentenced to 8 years in Mashaba case.

Radebe, James S. ...... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Left S.A. in 1963.

Resha, Robert ........... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia. Left
S.A. in 1961.
Segwarithle, P ........... Alleged co-conspirator, Mashaba case.
Silora, Levy .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Singh, M ............... State witness. Alleged co-conspirator
in aiding escapes.
Sisulu, Walter .......... 6-year sentence in 1963, life sentence
in Rivonia case. Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Slovo, Ruth .............. Alleged co-conspirator, Mkwayi case.
Fled from S.A. in 1964. Slovo, Joe ............. Alleged co-conspirator in Rivonia
and
MN[kwayi cases. Fled from S.A. in 1964. Police agent alleged he had
coniiections with Communist Party. Somana, Brian .......... Alleged co-
conspirator in Mkwayi case.
Charged with attempted murder. Strachan, Harold ....... Alleged co-conspirator
in Rivonia and MNkwayi cases. Imprisoned for sabotage in 1963.
Tambo, Oliver .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. Left S.A. in 1960. Thibela, C ............... Found guilty of helping
people to
escape from the country. Sentenced to R100 (or 50 days) plus 3 months
suspended for 3 years, and R50 (or 25 days).
Turok, Ben .............. Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases. Sentenced to 3 years' imprisonment in 1963 for sabotage. Police
agent alleged he had connections with Communist Party. Williams, Cecil ..........
Alleged co-conspirator, Rivonia case.
Left S.A. some years ago. Wolpe, Harold .......... Co-accused, Rivonia and
Mkwayi cases.
Escaped from a police cell in 1963 and fled from S.A.
Il. OTHER ALLEGED "SPEAR" MEMBERS, 1964
Hodgson, Rica .......... Fled from S.A., 1963.
Levy, Leon ............. Ex-General Secretary, SACT-U. Released from extended 90-
day arrest in 1963 and allowed to leave S.A. permanently.
Matthews, Joe .......... Left S.A. in 1960.
September, Reginald ... Ex-leader Coloured People's Congress.
Fled from S.A., 1964.
IV. ALLEGED MEMBERS OF AFRICAN RESISTANCE MOVEMENT
(OR
NATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR LIBERATION) AND OTHERS ACCUSED
OF
SABOTAGE
Abrahams, Abdurr Berman, Montague Brooks, Alan K.
Capatos, Dennis
ahman Sentenced to 5 years for sabotage. ....... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson
and
Evans cases. Left S.A. some time ago. ...... Found guilty of membership of an
unlawful organization and sentenced
to 4 years (2 suspended).
...... Alleged that explosives were stored in
his flat.
RELATIONS: 1964
375

376
Cassiem, A.
Cohen, Harr
Cox, G.
Daniels, E.
de Keller, I Dhladhla, J
Eisenstein,
Evans, Davi Green, F. B Harris, Joh:
Helmstedt, Higgs, Denn
Hillman, N( Hirson, B. Isaacs, S. Kemp, Step Lang, J. G. Laredo, J. Leftwich, A
Lewin, H. I Lloyd, J. N Marsh, Jam' McConkey, Mutch, Mrs
A SURVEY OF RACE
............ Sentenced to 5 years for sabotage.
Leave to appeal granted.
.y ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and
Evans cases.
............ Charged in Hirson case but was discharged and left S.A.
............ Found guilty of sabotage and sentenced to 15 years. Alleged
coconspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. D. G. ...... Found guilty of sabotage, and
sentenced to 10 years' imprisonment.
)hannes ....... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and
Evans cases. State witness in Hirson
case.
R .......... Found guilty of sabotage, Hirson case,
and sentenced to 7 years.
d .......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson case.
Found guilty of possessing explosives
and sentenced to 5 years.
[...........Alleged co-conspirator Hirson case.
Fled from S.A.
n .......... Found guilty of murder (station
bomb). Given death sentence. Leave to appeal granted. Alleged co-conspirator,
Hirson and Evans cases.
Mrs. T ........ State witness in Harris and Hirson
cases.
.is ......... Kidnapped in N. Rhodesia; brought
to Johannesburg, but was allowed to return. Alleged co-conspirator in Harris,
Hirson, Evans, and Daniels
cases.
evell ....... Alleged co-conspirator, Daniels case. M .......... Found guilty of
sabotage, and sentenced to 9 years. Alleged co-conspirator in Daniels case.
............ Sentenced to 12 years for sabotage.
hanie ...... Found guilty of membership of an
unlawful organization, Brooks case.
Sentenced to 5 years (3 suspended). F ........... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and
Evans cases. Left S.A. in about 1960.
Alleged co-conspirator in Hirson case. ............ Found guilty of possessing
explosives
and sentenced to 5 years.
......... Alleged co-conspirator in Hirson,
Evans, and Daniels cases. State witness in Daniels, Hirson, and Brooks
cases.
. ......... Found guilty of sabotage, Hirson case,
and sentenced to 7 years.
.. ........ Alleged co-conspirator in Harris,
Hirson, and Evans cases. State witness
in Harris and Hirson cases.
es ......... Sentenced to 5 years for sabotage.
Leave to appeal granted.
Miss R. M. ... Alleged co-conspirator, Daniels case. H. . ....... Alleged co-
conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. Fled from S.A.

RELATIONS: 1964
Mutch, Ronald Ngubeni, M. Olifant, S.
Omar, Y. I....
Prager, F. Prager, Rhoda Rubin, N ... Schneider, M. Schoon, M ... Setlapello, M.
Swersky, Anne Symington, Lor
Thorns, R. Tibane, W.
Trew, A. A.
Van der Riet, Vigne, R. Vilakazi, J. Watson, Robert
Wentzel, Roser
....... .. Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. Fled from S.A.
......... Sentenced to 12 years for sabotage. ......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson
and Evans cases. State witness in Hirson
case.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. Fled from S.A.
......... Charged with sabotage, Hirson case, but acquitted.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. Died in 1964.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Daniels case.
Left S.A. some years ago.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson,
Evans, and Daniels cases. Fled from
S.A.
......... Sentenced to 12 years for sabotage.
Leave to appeal granted.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. Left S.A.
H ....... Alleged co-conspirator, Harris, Hirson,
and Evans cases. Fled from S.A.
rna ...... Alleged co-conspirator, Harris case.
Left S.A. Police made unsuccessful application for her extradition from
S. Rhodesia.
......... Sentenced to 12 years for sabotage.
Leave to appeal granted.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases. State witness in Hirson
case.
......... Found guilty of membership of an unlawful organization, Brooks case.
Sentenced to 4 years (2 suspended). Miss L. ... Alleged co-conspirator in Daniels
case.
Turned State witness.
......... Alleged co-conspirator Hirson, Daniels, and Evans cases. Fled from S.A.
......... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and Evans cases.
.......... Alleged co-conspirator, H i r s o n,
Daniels, and Evans cases. Fled from
S.A.
nary ....... Alleged co-conspirator, Hirson and
Evans cases. Fled to Swaziland. She alleged she was kidnapped there and brought
back. Turned State witness,
Hirson case.
377

378 A SURVEY OF RACE

INDEX
A
Abrahams, Mr. Abdurrahman-95, 375 Abrahams, Dr. K. G.-25, 75, 80, 86, 372
Absentees-see Refugees Accomplices-see Trials Afforestation-see Reserves
African/American Institute-79 African Children's Feeding Scheme-322, 324
African areas: control of entry-39
also see Reserves
African Chamber of Commerce-187 African Foundation-24 African Freedom
Movement-see African Resistance Movement African National Congress-8, 25,
26, 75, 77, 78, 88, 97 African population, distribution of-136 African Reserves-
see Transkei and Reserves African Resistance Movement-30, 65, 77, 86, 92, 95,
299, 375 African Self-Help Association-324 African women: entry into and
presence in urban areas-176
entry into urban employment-179
.. . status and rights-194
visits to husbands in towns-177 Africans in urban areas-see Pass laws Africans,
State expenditure on-194 also see Bantu
Agriculture-246
employment in-see Farm in Reserves-see Reserves Aid Centres-182 Airspace:
bans on South African overflights-120
control of in South Africa-76 Alexander, Dr. N. E.-25, 86, 372 Alexandra
Township-226, 325 Aliwal North-204 American Board Mission-10 Amnesty
International-51, 78 Anglican Church-10, 17, 73, 187 Anti-Apartheid Committee
in London-114 Anticom-23
Arenstein, Mrs. J.-55 Arms: ban on supplies to South Africa-121, 122 Association
of Chambers of Commerce-187, 232, 240 Athletics-334
B
Baker, Mr. L.-96 Banda, Dr. Hastings-127 Banishment of Africans-57 Banned
organizations: trials for membership of-85, 97

RELATIONS: 1964
Banning orders on persons-6, 53, 54
prosecutions for failure to obey terms-55 also see Publications Bans on South
Africa-see United Nations Bantu Authorities-146, 154 et seq. Bantu beer-358, 359
Bantu Commissioners' Courts-105 Bantu education 267 et seq.
Advisory Board-267
Bursaries-see Bursaries
Children in Coloured schools-278
Double sessions-273, 274
Enrolment and distribution of pupils-272, 275
Examination results-275
Financing of-144, 194, 267 et seq.
Libraries in schools-270
Medium of instruction-147 Per capita expenditure-270
School boards-145, 274
School funds-272
Special schools-278
Teachers-280
Technical and vocational-169, 253, 288
Text books-270, 277
Transkei-144, 147, 268, 270
University Colleges-see University Bantu Investment Corporation-164, 228 Bantu
Labour Act of 1964-188 Bantu Laws Amendment Act of 1963-193 ,, of 1964-
161, 174, 248, 253, 359 Bantu Special Education Act-278 Bantu Wage and
Productivity Association-232 Bantu Welfare Trust-302
also see African
Barmen: job reservation-244 Barnett, Mr. C., M.P.-200 Barsel, Mrs. E.-96, 372
Barsel, Mr. H.-96 Basutoland: politicians prohibited immigrants in South Africa-
52
refugees from South Africa-9, 77
relationships with South Africa-127
South African students-293 Batfair-254
Beaches: apartheid-346
security measures-35
Bechuanaland: politicians prohibited immigrants in South Africa-52
,1 refugees from South Africa-25, 76, 78
Belfast-221
Benoni: Indian group area-219
Urban Bantu Council-188
Berman, Mr. D. E. Montague-31, 81, 92, 375 Bernstein, Mr. and Mrs. L. G.-80,
87, 89, 372 Besterspruit,-156 Bhekezulu, Paramount Chief-156 Bilharzia-311
Black Sash-20, 68, 73, 187, 192 Black Spots-154 et seq, 224 Blindness-310, 325,
328 Bloemfontein Joint Council-322 Bloomberg, Mr. A., M.P.-200
379

380
A SURVEY OF RACE
Boksburg: Coloured group area and governing body-204, 219 Border industries-
165
Areas where development is taking place-165 et seq
Definition of border areas-165
Inducements to industrialists-166, 168
Rural villages-191 et seq, 228
Training for employees-169
Wno&differental-1f lt 1Q
Bowling-344
Boxing-336
Boycotts-see United Nations
British Council of Churches-117 Broadcasting-5, 48
Radio programmes in schools-' Broederbond-20 Brookes, Hon. Dr. E. H.-6, 7
Brooks, Mr. A. K.-71, 93, 375 Brown, Rev. B. H. M.-i 1 Brown, Mr. P.-6 Brutus,
Mr. D.-85 Buccaneers-122 Building Industry-239, 240, 243, 244, 252, 289
Bultfontein police assaults-100 Bursaries and study loans-289, 292, 300 Bus
drivers and operators-259, 261 Businessmen-see Commerce Buthelezi, Chief G.-
155
278
Cape Flats Distress Association-212, 322 Cape Town: African housing-227
. . 11 Beaches-346, 347
City Council: attitudes of-205, 355
.. .. . .. employees-260
Civic buildings: apartheid-355
Cost of living for Africans-232
Feeding schemes-322 Group areas-211, 214
Influx control-190 Carletonville-221 Carter, Mr. A.-77 Cassiem, Mr. A.-95, 376
Catholic Church-li, 17, 73, 187 Cato Manor-228 Cato Ridge border industries-173
Census figures-135, 225 Centlivres, Hon. A. van de Sandt-73 Charlestown-224
Chiba, Mr. L.-89, 372 Christian Council of S.A.-Il, 49, 187, 318, 319 Christian
Institute-12, 49 Church of the Province-see Anglican Churches, attitudes-10, 17
,, membership-17
also see under names of individual churches
Ciskei: African housing-228
Bantu Authorities and Black Spots-154
Border industries-169, 170, 171
Unemployment-191

RELATIONS: 1964
Civil Rights League-73 Clothing industry-243, 244 Coloured Advancement Trust-
302 Coloured Affairs Department-199, 207 Coloured Council-195, 198, 200
Coloured Development Corporation-207 Coloured education-281 Control-196,
281 Council-281
Enrolment and distribution of pupils-275, 283 . . Examination results-285
Financing of-282 Per capita expenditure-271 School boards-282 Teachers-285
Technical and Vocational-see Technical University students-see University
Coloured organizations-8 Coloured people: distribution of-135
9 Sabra survey-19
Coloured Persons' Representative Council Act-195 Coloured political
representation-4, 198, 200 Coloured Reserves-see Reserves Coloured voters-4
Commerce: African Bulk-Buying Organization-254
African Chamber of Commerce-254
African traders in towns-194, 253
Batfair-254
Coloured Development Corporation-207
in African Reserves-146, 152, 164
Indian traders-203, 210, 213, 217, 219, 222, 223
White traders in the Transkei-146, 153
Common Market proposed in Southern Africa-2, 127 Commonwealth Prime
Ministers' Conference-il16 Communism 2, 3, 22, 26, 28, 30, 49, 52, 60
Communist Party-26, 28, 30, 52, 88, 90, 96 Communists listed-52
in educational profession-53
, legal profession-53 Congo-127
Congregational Union-10 Congress Group-8 Congress of Democrats-53, 75
Conservative Republican Party-7 Conservative Students' Association-296
Construction-see Building Consumer price index-234 Contact--47
Continuation classes-280 Convictions-see Trials, Detention, Prisoners
Cost of living-232 Courts of law in African townships-105 Cox, Mr. G.-92, 376
Cricket-344
Criminal statistics-see Trials, Detentions, Prisoners Cunningham, Commander G.-
-51, 78, 80 Curfew regulations-183 Customs: seizing of imported publications-40
381

382 A SURVEY OF RACE

D
Daniels, Mr. E. J.-92, 93, 376 Defence and Aid Fund-67, 68, 98 Defence Force-34
De Keller, Mr. D. G.-93, 299, 300, 376 Delius, Mr. A.-48 Dennis, Mr. 0.-76, 80
Deportation of Africans-57 Detention after completing prison sentence-56
12 days-38
90 days-see Ninety
without trial in the Transkei-57
also see Trials, Prisoners
Dhladhla, Mr. J.-92, 376 Dhlamini, Mr. S.-98 Diplomatic representation in
Africa-125 Division of Emergency Planning-34 Doctors-301, 312 Domestic
servants-193 Doyle, Mollie-96 Driver, Mr. J.-296, 297, 298, 300 Drivers: job
reservation-241, 243, 244, 246, 259 Duckponds-157 Duncan, Florence-96
Duncan, Mr. P.-75 Durban: Beaches-346
Group areas-221
housing for Africans-228 Indians-206
Non-European Children's Fund-322
Dutch Reformed Churches-12, 13, 14, 16, 21, 22, 23
E
East London: African housing-169, 171, 228
Beaches-348
East Rand: African housing-227 . . Group areas-219 Economic Advisory
Council-168, 230 Ecumenical movement-10, 49 Eden, Mr. G. S., M.P.-200
Education-267 et seq
Distribution of pupils (all races)-275
Language teaching for adults-357
National Advisory Education Council-281 National education pattern proposed-
281
Per capita expenditure (all races)-271
White pupils-281
also see Bantu, Coloured, Indian education, and Universities
Eisenstein, Mr. R.-92, 376 Emergency Regulations in the Transkei-57, 148
Employment-230
African share of national income-231
Bantu Labour (Settlement of Disputes) Act-263, 266
Cost of living-232
Economic Advisory Council-168, 230
Economic situation-230
Industrial agreements-263

RELATIONS: 1964 383

Employment: Manpower-234 Migrant labour-175 et seq, 192, 247
National income-230
Skilled workers: shortage of-234 et seq, 245 et seq
Strikes-266
Unemployment-236
Use of Non-White skilled workers-164, 240, 242
Wage levels-230
.. in border industries-166, 169 also see under various sectors of the economy
Endorsements out of towns-189 et seq Engelbrecht, Rev. B.-13 Entry into African
areas-39 Estcourt border industries-173 Evans, Mr. D.-92, 376 Evaton,-220, 227
Exiles-see Refugees
Exit permits-51 Eye diseases-310, 325 Ezra, Mr. V.-75, 372
F
Famine relief-see Feeding Farm labour: African-192, 247, 319 Coloured-247
Control of presence of Africans on farms of Whites-249
Meetings of Africans on farms-250
Squatters-250
Wages-248
also see Agriculture, Reserves
Farm prisons-104 Farming areas: presence of Indian traders-211 Farming in South
Africa-246 Federated Chamber of Industries-187, 235, 241, 242, 306 Federation
of Free African Trade Unions of S.A.-264 Feeding schemes-270, 310, 316 et seq
Festenstein, Dr. H.-85 Films: censorship-354 First aid training-35 First, Mr. J.-80,
372 Fischer, Mr. A., Q.C.-28, 88, 96 Fishermen-261 Food and Agricultural
Organization-109, 128 Food surpluses-321 Football-338 Foreign Africans: control
and presence of-181, 184, 192 Forward-40, 84 Frankfurt conference-15
Freemasons-21 Fugitives-see Refugees
G
Gandar, Mr. L.-48 Gane, Miss G.-77 Ganyile, Mr. A.-75 Gatherings, social:
definition of-55 Gazides, Dr. C.-70, 71, 96

384 A SURVEY OF RACE

General Law Amendment Act of 1964-22, 36, 38, 56, 59, 137, 209 Germiston:
African housing-227 Geyser, Prof. A. S.-14 Goldberg, Mr. D.-30, 87, 373
Goldreich, Mr. A.-28, 75, 82, 87, 373 Golf-342
Gounden, Mr. S. K.-98 Graaff, Sir de V., M.P.-3, 6, 21, 44, 48, 185 Graytown-
224 Green, Mr. F. H.-80, 92, 376 Group areas-209 et seq
Effects on Indians-203, 210, 213, 217, 219, 222, 223
Financing of development-209
in Transkeian towns-152
Property values-223
Siting of educational and welfare institutions-290, 306, 326 Guzana, Mr. K.-141
H
Halls: apartheid in-355 Hammarsdale-170 Handicapped persons: institutions for-
326 Harmel, Mr. M. A.-75, 373 Harris, Mr. John-30, 81, 93, 376 Health-305
Educators-314, 320, 323
Personnel-312
Heidelberg, Transvaal: African township-227 Helmstedt, Mrs. T.-92, 94, 376
Hepple, Mr. A.-40, 84 Hepple, Mr. Bob-75, 87, 373 Higgs, Mr. D.-80, 81, 92 94,
376 High Commission Territories:
Committee for relief for refugees-78
Dr. Verwoerd's attitude re relationships-126
Use of 12-day detention clause to prevent escapes to-38 also see each territory
Hirson, Mr. B. M.-92, 376 Hlabisa, Mr. K. V.-77 Hodgson, Mr. P. J.-75, 373
Hodgson, Mrs. R.-375 Holiday resorts-357 Holland, Mr. M. W., M.P.-200
Hospitals-306 Hotels in African areas-165 House arrest-6, 55 Housing-209 et seq
Financing of-209
Income limits for assisted-210
Loans in African areas-165 Howick-229
Hurley, the Most Rev. D. E.-18
Immigrants (prohibited)-52 Immigration-238 Immorality-138

RELATIONS: 1964 385

Indian Congress-203, 210 Indian Council-201 Indian Demonstration by women in
Pretoria-202 Indian Education-286
. . Control of-286
Double sessions-287 Enrolment-275 Financing of-288 Per capita expenditure-271
Technical and vocational-290 University College-288, 294 Indian Laws
Amendment Act of 1964-208 Indian marriages-208 Indian organizations-8, 203,
210 Indians: Effects of group areas proclamations-203, 210, 213, 217, 219, 222,
223
Indians: Naturalization of-208 Indians: Repatriation grants-208 Industrial
Development Corporation-166, 168, 170, 211 Industrial Feeding-320, 323
Industry: Border-see Border
Employment in-251
in Reserves-145, 151, 164
Indian-owned-211, 223
Location of-166 Influx control-see Pass Laws Institute of Race Relations - 16,
18, 33, 42, 51, 84, 98, 123, 186, 190, 191, 200, 208, 214, 231, 250, 254, 256, 271,
277, 284, 302, 306, 329, 358 Interdenominational African Ministers' Association-
187 International Court of Justice-2, 118, 369 International Labour Organization-
109, 128 International organizations: S. Africa's membership of-128, 134
International Red Cross-57, 66 International Telecommunications Union-133
Isaacs, Mr. S.-95, 376 Isaacson Foundation Bursary Fund-302 Isipingo Beach-
223, 346
J
Jewish Board of Deputies-23, 73 Job reservation-242 Johannesburg: African
attorneys-193
African townships-225, 274
African population-225
City Council: employees-259, 260
.. .. .. views expressed-187
Coloured and Indian governing bodies-205
Cost of living for Africans-232, 233
Group areas and housing-216
Transport: bus drivers-259
also see Local authorities
Jones, Mr. C.-97, 373 Joseph, Mrs. H.-55 Joseph, Mr. P.-70, 97 Juvenile
delinquency-104, 183, 279
386 A SURVEY OF RACE
K
Kantor, Mr. J.-87 Kathrada, Mr. A. M.-87, 89, 373 Kaunda, Dr. K.-125, 127
Kazrils, Mr. R.-75, 373 Kemp, Miss S.-71, 93, 376 Khama, Mr. Seretse-52, 126
Khayingo, Mr. W.-86, 108, 113, 373 King William's Town-172 Kitson, Mr. I.-89,
373 Klerksdorp-204 Knapp-Fisher, Rt. Rev, E. G.-10 Kotane, Mr. M.-8, 75, 373
Kupugani-67, 319 Kwashiorkor-309, 316
L
Labour bureaux-175, 177, 178
tenants-248
also see Employment
Ladysmith-173 Lang, Mr. J. G. F.-81, 92, 376 Language teaching-357 Laredo,
Mr. J.-92, 376 Law courts in African townships-105 Leballo, Mr. P.-9, 77
.Leftwich, Mr. A.-92, 93, 299, 300, 376 Legal profession-53, 261
.... African attorneys in Johannesburg-193
Communists in profession-53 Lenasia-205, 218 Letele, Dr. A.-8, 373 Letlaka, Mr.
T. T.-77 Levy, Mr. L.-265, 375 Levy, Mr. N.-70, 71, 96 Lewin, Mr. H.-71, 92,
376 Liberal Party-6, 157 Liberalism-2, 3, 7, 22, 265, 296 Libraries: apartheid in-
355
in educational institutions-270
Services-356 Library Association-356 Liquor-358
Listed persons-52 Literacy rates-274 Literature-351-also see Publications Lloyd,
Mr. J. N.-92, 94, 376 Lobola fees-159 Local authorities: employees of-241, 258
powers of vis-d-vis the Government-175,, 178, 184 Local government: African-
188-also see Reserves Coloured and Indian-196, 204 London Missionary Society-
10 London Sanctions Conference-115 Loza, Mr. E.-60 Ludi, Mr. G. G.-96
Luthuli, ex-Chief A. J.-9

387
RELATIONS: 1964
M
Maharaj, Mr. S.-71, 89, 373 Mahono, Mr. N.-9 Makiwane, Mr. T.-8, 373
Malnutrition-309, 316 et seq Mandela, Mr. N.-26, 27, 29, 87, 88, 89, 373
Manpower-see Employment Manufacturing-see Industry Marks, Mr. J. J.-373
Marsh, Mr. J.-95, 376 Mashaba, Mr. A.-90, 373 Matanzima, Mr. G.-140, 142
Matanzima, Chief K.-140, 141, 142, 148 Matriculation-276, 285 Matsemela, Mr.
M.-91, 373 Matsoaledi, Mr. E.-87, 373 Matthews, Mr. John E.-89, 374 Mbata,
Mr. J. M.-50 Mbeki, Mr. G.-87, 374 Medical practitioners-312
services-305
technologists-314 training-301, 312 Meidlinger, Dr. G.-76, 80 Mental Health-314
Methodist Church-10, 11, 17, 187 Mfaxa, Mr. E.-77 Mhlaba, Mr. R.-87, 374
Middleton, Jean-96 Migrant labour-see Pass laws Mindolo Consultation-16 Mini,
Mr. V.-86, 108, 113, 374 Mining: employment in-250
in Reserves-164 Mitchell, Mr. D., M.P.-258 Mitchell, Mr. M. L., M.P.-60 Mkaba,
Mr. Z.-86, 108, 113, 374 Mkwayi, Mr. W.-90, 374 Mlangeni, Mr. A.-87, 374
Modise, Mr. J.-75, 374 Moerane, Mr. M. T.-48, 50 Mohamed, Mrs. J.-76, 91, 374
Mokitimi, Rev. S.-11 Molefe, Mr. Levy-91, 374 Mondhlo-156 Mongano, Mr. P.-
91, 374 Moodley, Mrs. M.-76, 91, 37, Mooi River-173 Moolla, Mr. A. M.-203
Moonsamy, Mr. K.-98 Mothapeng, Mr. Z.-69 Motor racing-345 Motor vehicle
assembly: job reservation-245 Murray, Prof. A.-23 Music-352
Mutch, Mr. and Mrs. R.-30, 80, 376, 377 Myrdal group at United Nations-107,
108

388 A SURVEY OF RACE

N
Naicker, Mr. M. P.-98 Naidoo, Mr. M. D.-98 Naidoo, Mr. N.-97, 374 Nair, Mr.
B.-90, 374 Nakasa, Mr. N.-50 Namaqualand diamond concessions-207 Natal
African areas-155 Natal Medical School-301, 312 National Committee for
Liberation-25, 26, 30, 86, 92
also see African Resistance Movement
National Council of Women-73, 322 National income-230 National Indian
Council-201 National Institute for Personnel Research-240, 303 National
Liberation Front-see National Committee National Study Loans and Bursaries
Act-300 National Union of S.A. Students-98, 295 Nationalist Party-i, 46, 47, 211
also see numerous references under various subject heads
Native Labour (Settlement of Disputes) Act-263, 266 Naude, Rev. C. F. Beyers-
12, 13 Ndhlovu, Mr. C.-90, 374 Neame, Sylvia-96 Nelspruit-172 New African-47
Newcastle-173 Newspaper Press Union-40, 42 Ngakane, Dr. P.-58 Ngubeni, Mr.
M.-95, 377 Ngudle, Mr. L. S.-65, 72, 374 Nicholson, Ann-96 Nigel transit camp-
192 Night classes-280 Ninety day arrest-59 Access to courts of law-62 Alleged
illtreatment of detainees-62, 68, 85 Conditions of detention-60, 66 Decision to
arrest persons-63 Dependants of detainees-67, 105 Evidence by State witnesses-
90 et seq Legal practitioners: statements by-61 Mental and psychological effects
of detention-71, 85 Numbers detained-64 Protests against-73 Purpose of
detention-64 Reading and writing materials-61 Rearrest after 90 days-60
Regulations relating to detainees-63 Statements by detainees-59 Suspension of
provisions-74 Nokwe, Mr. D.-8, 75, 374 Northern African areas-159 Ntoane, Rev.
S. G. S.-15 Nurses-313

RELATIONS: 1964 389

0
Occupations of population-see Employment Odendaal Commission-362
Offences-see Detention, Prisoners, Trials
Oil embargo proposed-110, 115, 120, 123 Old age homes-325 Olifant, Mr. S.-92,
377 Olympic Games-330 Omar, Mr. Y. I.-80, 92, 377 Opera-352
Oppenheimer, Mr. H. F.-236 Orange Free State African areas-160 Organization
for African Unity-il17 Organizations deemed unlawful-25 Osler, Mr. Maeder-
299, 300 Oxford Committee for Famine Relief-79, 302
P
Paarl: African housing-227
Coloured governing body-205
Influx control-190 Padachee, Mr. N.-98 Painting-351
Pan-African Congress-8, 25, 75, 77, 78 Paris Evangelical Missionary Society-10
Pass laws: African women: entry and residence in urban areas-176, 179 entry into
urban employment-179 visits to husbands in towns-177 Africans in urban areas-
175 et seq, 186 Curfew-183
Deemed idle or undesirable-180 Employment of-178 Endorsements out-189
Numbers of Africans-188 Qualified under Section 10--175 Re-entry after
absence-177 Removal of-181 Farming areas-250
Foreign Africans-181, 184, 192 Labour bureaux-175, 177, 178
Migrant labour-175 et seq, 192, 247
Pass consultants-183
Reference books-175 et seq
Settlements for Africans sent out of urban areas-191
Transkei opposition to influx control-148
Western Cape-190 Witwatersrand-191 Passports-50
Paton, Mr. A.-6, 7 Pensions-326
Petty offenders-103, 182 Phalaborwa-172 Pharmaceutical training-261
Photography-351 Physiotherapists-314 Pietermaritzburg: African housing-229
,, Group areas-224

390 A SURVEY OF RACE

Pietersburg- 172 Pillay, Mr. R. G.-98 Pinetown-224 Police Force: Alleged
assaults on prisoners-62, 68, 85, 100
Raids-7, 65
Strength and training-99 Police Reserve-35 Poliomyelitis-311 Political offences-
see Detention, Prisoners, Trials Pont, Professor A. D.-12, 22 Population
registration-137
Size of-135, 225 Poqo-8, 25, 84 Port Elizabeth group areas-216 Port Shepstone-
173 Portuguese Government: relations with-127, 365 Post Office: employment-
236, 241, 256 Potchefstroom-221 Potgietersrus-173 Poto, Paramount Chief
Victor-6, 140, 141, 148 Prager, Mr. F.-92, 377 Presbyterian Church-10, 11, 15, 17
Prescribed areas-174 Press Code-see Publications Pretoria-204, 205, 220
Joint Council-322 Price indices-234 Prisoners: Alleged assaults on-62, 68, 85,
100
Convicted persons 1962-63-102
Corporal punishment-103
Dependants of-67, 105
Education scheme-98, 298
Escapes-104
Executions-86, 103
Numbers-102
Petty offenders-103, 182
Political-see Trials, Detention, Ninety Day also see Juvenile delinquency
Prisons: Farm prisons-104
Outstations-104
Photographs of-105
Robben Island-35, 56, 66, 85, 89, 101, 103 Professional organizations: apartheid-
303 Professions-260, 312 Progressive Party-4, 49, 60, 68, 185, 187, 199
Prosecutions-see Trials Protected places-35 Pro Veritate-12, 13 Provincial
Administrations: employment-236, 255, 258 Public Service: employment-255
Publications: Banning of-40
By Non-White authors-351
Control Board-40
Legislation proposed for control of Press-46
Newspaper circulation-47
Newspaper Press Union-40, 42
Press code-40, 42
Press Commission Report--43
S.A. Press Association-45 Purchasing power of Africans-230

RELATIONS: 1964 391

R
Race: potential of people of different groups-138 Radebe, Mr. J.-75, 375 Radio-5,
48, 278 Radiographers-314 Railways: Employment-236, 241, 257
Threat of oil embargo-123 Recreation-351
also see Sport
Possible apartheid legislation-349 Reference books-see Pass laws Refugees from
South Africa-75
Alleged vigilante group outside South Africa-77, 80, 81, 82
Bursaries for-79
also see Basutoland, Bechuanaland, Swaziland, Tanganyika, Zambia, Rhodesia,
South-West Africa
Religions of population-17 Reserves: African-140, 160, 247
. . Afforestation-150
Agriculture 150, 163 Area of-160, 246 Bantu Investment Corporation-164, 228
Commerce and industry-146, 152, 164 Control of entry into-39 Financing of
development-161 Health services-305 Hotels-165
Housing loans-165 ,, Irrigation-150
Land holdings-246 Land usage-162 Mining-164
Population-136, 247 Rehabilitation of land-149, 150, 162 Title to plots in
villages-173 also see Border industries
Reserves: Coloured-206 Agriculture-207 Control of-196 Development
Corporation-206 Diamond concessions-207 Political meetings-4 Resha, Mr. R.-8,
375 Residence permits in South Africa-52 Residensia-220 Rhodesia: Diplomatic
and economic relations-127
,, Refugees from South Africa-81 Rivonia trial-26, 60, 72, 80, 85, 87, 111, 112
Robben Island-35, 56, 66, 85, 89, 101, 103 Roman Catholic Church-11, 17, 73,
187 Rosslyn-170 Rotary Club-20 Round, Mr. E.-95 Rubin, Mr. N.-81, 92, 300,
377 Rugby-51, 341 Rupert, Mr. A.-345 Rural townships: title granted to Africans-
173 also see Border industries

392 A SURVEY OF RACE

Russell, Mr. J. H.-73 Rustenburg-172, 188
S
Sabotage-7, 25, 31, 60, 83, 88
Station bomb-32, 81, 93
Training in-27, 28, 29, 38
Trials-see Trials
Sachs, Mr. A. L.-61 Sailors-261
Saloojee, Mr. S.-65 Sanctions-see United Nations Sanctions Conference, London-
115 Schermbrucker, Mr. I. F.-62, 69, 96 Schneider, Mr. M.-77, 80, 92, 377
Scholtz, Dr. G. D.-3 School feeding-270, 322 Schoon, Mr. M.-95, 377 Schreiner,
the Hon. 0. D.-18 Scientific organizations: apartheid-303 Association for the
Promotion of Christian Science
-304
Sculpture-351 Secondary industry-see Industry Security Council-see United
Nationi Security in South Africa-34
also see Sabotage Sentences-see Trials
September, Mr. and Mrs. R.-76, 80, 375 Setlapello, Mr. M.-92, 377 Sewgolum,
Mr. "Papwa"-342 Simonstown Agrecment-122
Beach apartheid-347 Singh, Mrs. M.-76, 375 Sisulu, Mr. W.-26, 28, 375 Skilled
workers-see Employment Slovo, Mr. and Mrs. J.-80, 375 Smallpox-311 Sobey,
Mr. D.-77 Sobukwe, Mr. R.-56, 93 Soccer-338
Social pensions-326 Social Services Association-102 Social welfare-324 Socialist
League-31, 92 Sons of England-21 South African Association for the Promotion
of Christian Science-304
Broadcasting Corporation-5, 48
Bureau of Racial Affairs-19, 198
Congress of Trade Unions-86, 264, 265 Conservative Students' Association-296
Federation of Trade Unions-242
Institute of Race Relations-see Institute
Jewish Board of Deputies-23
Library Association-356
National Tuberculosis Association-308
Newspaper Press Union-see Publications

RELATIONS: 1964 393

South African Non-Racial Olympics Committee-94, 331
Press Association-see Publications South-West Africa-2, 360 International Court
of Justice-2, 118, 369 Political organizations-79, 361 Refugees from-361, 370
Soweto-see Johannesburg
Spear of the Nation-8, 25, 26, 60, 80, 86, 88, 89, 90, 97, 372 Sport-330
Possible legislation re apartheid-349
Sunday-349
Sports dinner-345 Sports Foundation-345 Squatters-250 Standerton-220 Station
bombing-32, 81, 93 Steel and Industries Federation-187 Stellenbosch group areas-
215 Steytler, Dr. J.-5, 6 Strachan, Mr. H.-375 Strikes-266
Student organizations-295 Students' Christian Association-134 Summit
Conferences in Africa- 117, 120 Suppression of Communism-see Communism
Suzman, Mrs. H., M.P.-56, 60, 64, 67, 68, 176, 182, 185, 199, 273, 274, 324
Swaziland: Politicians prohibited immigrants in S.A.-52
9, Refugees from S.A.-51, 75
Schools and universities: S.A. students-51 Swersky, Mrs. A. H.-80, 377
Swimming-338, 346 Symington, Miss L.-80, 81, 94, 377
T
Table Tennis-344 Tambo, Mr. 0.-8, 375 Tanzania: Refugees from South Africa-
79
of South-West Africa-361
Taxation of Africans-272 Taxi driving-246 Teachers-see Bantu Education,
Coloured Education
Bursaries for-301
Technical training: Africans-169, 253, 288
Coloured and Indians-290
For border industries-169, 171
Whites-239
Tennis-343
Theatre-352, 353 Thibela, Mrs. C.-76, 91, 375 Thorns, Mr. R.-95, 377 Tibane,
Mr. W.-92, 377 Tongaat-206, 223 Trade Union Council of S.A.-130, 169, 187,
242, 264, 329 Trade Unionism-259, 262 Traders: Africans in Reserves-146, 152,
164 towns-194, 253 Indian-203, 210, 213, 217, 219, 222, 223
in Transkei-146

394 A SURVEY OF RACE

Traffic police: African-259 Transkei: Afforestation-150
Agriculture-150
Bantu Authorities-146
Budget-143, 161 By-election-148
Civil Service-148
Commerce-146, 152
Democratic Party-6, 141
Development and Reserve Fund-145
Development Plans-149
Education-144, 147, 268, 270
Emergency regulations-57, 148
Future of Whites and Coloured-153
Government-140
Group areas in towns-152
Industry-151
Influx control: opposition to-148
Irrigation-i 50
Land rehabilitation-149, 150, 162
Legislation passed-144
Legislative Assembly proceedings-142
Mother-tongue education-147
National Independence Party-142
Roads-149
Xhosa in towns-140
also see Reserves Transvaler-3 Travel documents-see Passports Trevelyan, Mr.
G.-77 Trew, Mr. A.-93, 377 Trewhela, Mr. P.-70, 71, 96 Trials: Accomplices in
criminal proceedings-36
African Resistance Movement-92, 95
Banned organizations: membership of-85, 97
Communist Party: alleged members of-96
Disobeying banning orders-55
Immorality-138
National Committee for Liberation-92
Political offences-83 et seq
Rivonia-26, 60, 72, 86, 87, 111, 112
Sabotage-86 et seq
Witnesses deemed recalcitrant-36
also see Detention, Prisoners
Tshombe, Mr. Moise-127 Tswana Bantu Authorities-158 Tuberculosis-308
Tugela Basin-173 Turok, Mr. B.-375 Tyitya, Mr. J.-65
U
Umkonto we Sizwe-see Spear
Umlazi-228
Unemployment-236 United Nations-86, 106
Bursaries for refugees-79
Conference on Trade and Development-134

RELATIONS: 1964 395

United Nations-Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization-128, 138, 274
Myrdal group-107
Sanctions: Airspace-120
Airways and shipping-120 Arms-121, 122 General merchandise-120, 124 In
force-120
Logistics of-l110, 111, 115 Oil-l0, 115, 120, 123 Sanctions Conference in
London-115
South Africa's membership-106
South-West Africa issue-369
also see FAO, ILO, etc.
United Party-3, 37, 44, 48, 60, 68, 185, 186, 191, 199, 303 United States/South
Africa Leadership Exchange Programme-50 Universal Postal Union-132
Universities: Degrees awarded-291
Enrolment-290
University of Cape Town-51, 296
Natal-301, 312
Port Elizabeth-294
Rhodes-294
Stellenbosch-240, 295
South Africa-295
the Witwatersrand-296, 357 University College for Indians-288, 294
of the Western Cape-204, 282, 293
Colleges-enrolment-291
for Africans-269, 292, 313 Unlawful organizations-25 Urban areas: Bantu
Councils-188
Coloured and Indian governing bodies-204
Influx control-see Pass Laws
Local authorities: Employees-241, 258
.. .. .. . Powers-175, 178, 184
Utility companies-211
V
Van der Bijl, Major P., M.P.-3 Van der Riet, Miss L.-93, 377 Van Selms, Prof.
A.-14 Verulam-224 Verwoerd, the Rt. Hon. Dr. H. F., M.P.-I, 5, 20, 34, 46, 48,
110, 112, 116, 122, 125, 127, 131, 168, 230, 239, 241, 365, 367
Vigilante group outside South Africa-77, 80, 81, 82 Vigne, Mr. R.-81, 92, 377
Vilakazi, Mr. J.-92, 377 Visas-51
Vocational training-see Technical Volkskongres-22, 46 Vryheid: African removal
scheme-156
w
Wage levels-230
9 . 9 in border industries-166, 169
also see Employment, and under various sectors of the economy

A SURVEY OF RACE
Waterval Boven-221 Watson, Mr. R.-81, 92, 377 Webb, Rev. Dr. J. B.-13 Weight
lifting-337 Weinberg, Mr. Eli-96 Welfare-324
Welkom: Urban Bantu Council-188 Wentzel, Mr. E.-300 Wentzel, Mrs. R.-77,
82, 92, 377 Western African areas-158 Western Cape: Influx control-190 White
River: Police assaults-100 Whooping cough-311 Whyte, Mr. Quintin-186
Williams, Mr. C.-375 Wilson, Rt. Hon. Mr. Harold-122 Witnesses deemed
recalcitrant-36
also see Trials for political offences
Witwatersrand: Influx control-191 Wollheim, Dr. 0.--4, 190, 214 Wolpe, Mr. H.-
28, 75; 82, 87, 375 Workmen's compensation-328 World Alliance of Reformed
Churches-15 World Council of Churches-12, 16, 49, 50, 68, 79 World Health
Organization-130 World Student Christian Federation-134
Y
Youth centres: African-105, 183 Yu Chi Chan Club-25, 86, 372
z
Zambia: Diplomatic representation-125
Refugees from S.A.-79
Sporting links-345 Zululand-155
396
RELATIONS: 1964